diff options
| author | André Fabian Silva Delgado <emulatorman@parabola.nu> | 2015-09-08 01:01:14 -0300 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | André Fabian Silva Delgado <emulatorman@parabola.nu> | 2015-09-08 01:01:14 -0300 |
| commit | e5fd91f1ef340da553f7a79da9540c3db711c937 (patch) | |
| tree | b11842027dc6641da63f4bcc524f8678263304a3 /Documentation | |
| parent | 2a9b0348e685a63d97486f6749622b61e9e3292f (diff) | |
Linux-libre 4.2-gnu
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
562 files changed, 18970 insertions, 7690 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1 b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..140d85b4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../w1_master_timeout_us +Date: April 2015 +Contact: Dmitry Khromov <dk@icelogic.net> +Description: Bus scanning interval, microseconds component. + Some of 1-Wire devices commonly associated with physical access + control systems are attached/generate presence for as short as + 100 ms - hence the tens-to-hundreds milliseconds scan intervals + are required. + see Documentation/w1/w1.generic for detailed information. +Users: any user space application which wants to know bus scanning + interval diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28ea00 b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28ea00 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e928def14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28ea00 @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../w1_seq +Date: Apr 2015 +Contact: Matt Campbell <mattrcampbell@gmail.com> +Description: Support for the DS28EA00 chain sequence function + see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm for detailed information +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28EA00 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget index 875988146..840c324ef 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /config/pcie-gadget Date: Feb 2011 KernelVersion: 2.6.37 -Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> Description: Interface is used to configure selected dual mode PCIe controller diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-aufs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-aufs deleted file mode 100644 index 99642d105..000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-aufs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -What: /debug/aufs/si_<id>/ -Date: March 2009 -Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> -Description: - Under /debug/aufs, a directory named si_<id> is created - per aufs mount, where <id> is a unique id generated - internally. - -What: /debug/aufs/si_<id>/plink -Date: Apr 2013 -Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> -Description: - It has three lines and shows the information about the - pseudo-link. The first line is a single number - representing a number of buckets. The second line is a - number of pseudo-links per buckets (separated by a - blank). The last line is a single number representing a - total number of psedo-links. - When the aufs mount option 'noplink' is specified, it - will show "1\n0\n0\n". - -What: /debug/aufs/si_<id>/xib -Date: March 2009 -Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> -Description: - It shows the consumed blocks by xib (External Inode Number - Bitmap), its block size and file size. - When the aufs mount option 'noxino' is specified, it - will be empty. About XINO files, see the aufs manual. - -What: /debug/aufs/si_<id>/xino0, xino1 ... xinoN -Date: March 2009 -Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> -Description: - It shows the consumed blocks by xino (External Inode Number - Translation Table), its link count, block size and file - size. - When the aufs mount option 'noxino' is specified, it - will be empty. About XINO files, see the aufs manual. - -What: /debug/aufs/si_<id>/xigen -Date: March 2009 -Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> -Description: - It shows the consumed blocks by xigen (External Inode - Generation Table), its block size and file size. - If CONFIG_AUFS_EXPORT is disabled, this entry will not - be created. - When the aufs mount option 'noxino' is specified, it - will be empty. About XINO files, see the aufs manual. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg index bb820be48..fff817efa 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg @@ -98,4 +98,13 @@ Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access logic is used internally when messages are printed to the console, /proc/kmsg or the syslog() syscall. + By default, kernel tries to avoid fragments by concatenating + when it can and fragments are rare; however, when extended + console support is enabled, the in-kernel concatenation is + disabled and /dev/kmsg output will contain more fragments. If + the log consumer performs concatenation, the end result + should be the same. In the future, the in-kernel concatenation + may be removed entirely and /dev/kmsg users are recommended to + implement fragment handling. + Users: dmesg(1), userspace kernel log consumers diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata index 9231daef3..aa4296498 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ trim unsupported: Drive does not support DSM TRIM unqueued: Drive supports unqueued DSM TRIM only queued: Drive supports queued DSM TRIM - forced_unqueued: Drive's unqueued DSM support is known to be + forced_unqueued: Drive's queued DSM support is known to be buggy and only unqueued TRIM commands are sent diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-aufs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-aufs deleted file mode 100644 index 82f951849..000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-aufs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/fs/aufs/si_<id>/ -Date: March 2009 -Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> -Description: - Under /sys/fs/aufs, a directory named si_<id> is created - per aufs mount, where <id> is a unique id generated - internally. - -What: /sys/fs/aufs/si_<id>/br0, br1 ... brN -Date: March 2009 -Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> -Description: - It shows the abolute path of a member directory (which - is called branch) in aufs, and its permission. - -What: /sys/fs/aufs/si_<id>/brid0, brid1 ... bridN -Date: July 2013 -Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> -Description: - It shows the id of a member directory (which is called - branch) in aufs. - -What: /sys/fs/aufs/si_<id>/xi_path -Date: March 2009 -Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> -Description: - It shows the abolute path of XINO (External Inode Number - Bitmap, Translation Table and Generation Table) file - even if it is the default path. - When the aufs mount option 'noxino' is specified, it - will be empty. About XINO files, see the aufs manual. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2fe2e3dae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x @@ -0,0 +1,450 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/enable_source +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace entiry. + Enabling a source implies the source has been configured + properly and a sink has been identidifed for it. The path + of coresight components linking the source to the sink is + configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cpu +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) The CPU this tracing entity is associated with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_pe_cmp +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the number of PE comparator inputs that are + available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_addr_cmp +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the number of address comparator pairs that are + available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_cntr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the number of counters that are available for + tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_ext_inp +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates how many external inputs are implemented. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/numcidc +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the number of Context ID comparators that are + available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/numvmidc +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the number of VMID comparators that are available + for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nrseqstate +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the number of sequencer states that are + implemented. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_resource +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the number of resource selection pairs that are + available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_ss_cmp +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the number of single-shot comparator controls that + are available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/reset +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (W) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back + to its boot configuration. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mode +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls various modes supported by this ETM, for example + P0 instruction tracing, branch broadcast, cycle counting and + context ID tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/pe +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls which PE to trace. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/event +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the tracing of arbitrary events from bank 0 to 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/event_instren +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the behavior of the events in bank 0 to 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/event_ts +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the insertion of global timestamps in the trace + streams. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/syncfreq +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls how often trace synchronization requests occur. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cyc_threshold +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Sets the threshold value for cycle counting. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/bb_ctrl +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls which regions in the memory map are enabled to + use branch broadcasting. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/event_vinst +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls instruction trace filtering. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/s_exlevel_vinst +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) In Secure state, each bit controls whether instruction + tracing is enabled for the corresponding exception level. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/ns_exlevel_vinst +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) In non-secure state, each bit controls whether instruction + tracing is enabled for the corresponding exception level. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/addr_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which address comparator or pair (of comparators) to + work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/addr_instdatatype +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls what type of comparison the trace unit performs. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/addr_single +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used to setup single address comparator values. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/addr_range +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used to setup address range comparator values. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/seq_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which sequensor. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/seq_state +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Use this to set, or read, the sequencer state. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/seq_event +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Moves the sequencer state to a specific state. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/seq_reset_event +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Moves the sequencer to state 0 when a programmed event + occurs. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cntr_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which counter unit to work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cntrldvr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) This sets or returns the reload count value of the + specific counter. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cntr_val +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) This sets or returns the current count value of the + specific counter. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cntr_ctrl +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the operation of the selected counter. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/res_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which resource selection unit to work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/res_ctrl +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the selection of the resources in the trace unit. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/ctxid_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which context ID comparator to work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/ctxid_val +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Get/Set the context ID comparator value to trigger on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/ctxid_masks +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Mask for all 8 context ID comparator value + registers (if implemented). + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/vmid_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which virtual machine ID comparator to work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/vmid_val +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Get/Set the virtual machine ID comparator value to + trigger on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/vmid_masks +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Mask for all 8 virtual machine ID comparator value + registers (if implemented). + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcoslsr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the OS Lock Status Register (0x304). + The value it taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpdcr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Power Down Control Register + (0x310). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpdsr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Power Down Status Register + (0x314). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trclsr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the SW Lock Status Register + (0xFB4). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcauthstatus +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Authentication Status Register + (0xFB8). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcdevid +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Device ID Register + (0xFC8). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcdevtype +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Device Type Register + (0xFCC). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpidr0 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID0 Register + (0xFE0). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpidr1 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID1 Register + (0xFE4). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpidr2 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID2 Register + (0xFE8). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpidr3 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID3 Register + (0xFEC). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr0 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E0). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr1 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E4). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr2 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the maximum size of the data value, data address, + VMID, context ID and instuction address in the trace unit + (0x1E8). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr3 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the value associated with various resources + available to the trace unit. See the Trace Macrocell + architecture specification for more details (0x1E8). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr4 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F0). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr5 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F4). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr8 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the maximum speculation depth of the instruction + trace stream. (0x180). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr9 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the number of P0 right-hand keys that the trace unit + can use (0x184). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr10 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the number of P1 right-hand keys that the trace unit + can use (0x188). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr11 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the number of special P1 right-hand keys that the + trace unit can use (0x18C). The value is taken directly from + the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr12 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the number of conditional P1 right-hand keys that + the trace unit can use (0x190). The value is taken directly + from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr13 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the number of special conditional P1 right-hand keys + that the trace unit can use (0x194). The value is taken + directly from the HW. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe index 21640eaad..657df13b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Description: 'FCoE Controller' instances on the fcoe bus. Attributes: - fcf_dev_loss_tmo: Device loss timeout peroid (see below). Changing + fcf_dev_loss_tmo: Device loss timeout period (see below). Changing this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all FCFs discovered by this controller. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Attributes: lesb/err_block: Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count. lesb/fcs_error: Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel - Serivces error count. + Services error count. Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0) @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Attributes: fabric. selected: 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use; - 0 indicates that the swich will not be used. + 0 indicates that the switch will not be used. fc_map: The Fibre Channel MAP @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Attributes: mac: The FCF's MAC address - fka_peroid: The FIP Keep-Alive peroid + fka_period: The FIP Keep-Alive period fabric_state: The internal kernel state "Unknown" - Initialization value @@ -101,9 +101,9 @@ Attributes: "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system - dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout peroid for this FCF. + dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout period for this FCF. -Notes: A device loss infrastructre similar to the FC Transport's +Notes: A device loss infrastructure similar to the FC Transport's is present in fcoe_sysfs. It is nice to have so that a link flapping adapter doesn't continually advance the count used to identify the discovered FCF. FCFs will exist in a diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio index 1fbdd79d1..70c9b1ac6 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -71,6 +71,8 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_raw What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_raw KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -81,6 +83,11 @@ Description: unique to allow association with event codes. Units after application of scale and offset are millivolts. + Channels with 'i' and 'q' modifiers always exist in pairs and both + channels refer to the same signal. The 'i' channel contains the in-phase + component of the signal while the 'q' channel contains the quadrature + component. + What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_raw KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org @@ -246,8 +253,16 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_i_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_q_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_q_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_i_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_offset @@ -273,14 +288,22 @@ Description: to the _raw output. What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_supply_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_i_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_q_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_i_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_q_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_peak_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale @@ -328,6 +351,10 @@ Description: What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibscale What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_calibscale What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_calibscale What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibscale What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibscale @@ -420,6 +447,16 @@ Description: to the underlying data channel, then this parameter gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz. +What: /sys/.../in_accel_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_magn_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a known or controllable high pass filter is applied + to the underlying data channel, then this parameter + gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz. + What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_raw KernelVersion: 2.6.37 @@ -880,6 +917,26 @@ Description: met before an event is generated. If direction is not specified then this period applies to both directions. +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a low pass filter can be applied to the event generation + this property gives its 3db frequency in Hz. + A value of zero disables the filter. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a high pass filter can be applied to the event generation + this property gives its 3db frequency in Hz. + A value of zero disables the filter. + What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_en What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_en What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_en @@ -1016,6 +1073,10 @@ What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY-voltageZ_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_en @@ -1034,6 +1095,10 @@ What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_type What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_type What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_type What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_type What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_type What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_type What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_type @@ -1071,6 +1136,10 @@ Description: What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_index @@ -1228,6 +1297,8 @@ Description: or without compensation from tilt sensors. What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_i_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_q_raw KernelVersion: 3.18 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -1236,6 +1307,11 @@ Description: present, output should be considered as processed with the unit in milliamps. + Channels with 'i' and 'q' modifiers always exist in pairs and both + channels refer to the same signal. The 'i' channel contains the in-phase + component of the signal while the 'q' channel contains the quadrature + component. + What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_en @@ -1362,3 +1438,26 @@ Description: hwfifo_watermak_min but not equal to any of the values in this list, the driver will chose an appropriate value for the hardware fifo watermark level. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_calibemissivity +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_calibemissivity +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_calibemissivity +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_object_calibemissivity +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The emissivity ratio of the surface in the field of view of the + contactless temperature sensor. Emissivity varies from 0 to 1, + with 1 being the emissivity of a black body. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_oversampling_ratio +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_oversampling_ratio +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_oversampling_ratio +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied number of measurements for acquiring one + data point. The HW will do <type>[_name]_oversampling_ratio + measurements and return the average value as output data. Each + value resulted from <type>[_name]_oversampling_ratio measurements + is considered as one sample for <type>[_name]_sampling_frequency. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecbc1f4af --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/conversion_mode +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the hardware conversion mode used. The three + available modes are "normal", "high-speed" and "low-power", + where the last is the default mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei index 2066f0bbd..20e4d1638 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei @@ -4,4 +4,18 @@ KernelVersion: 3.10 Contact: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> linux-mei@linux.intel.com Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent - Format: mei:<mei device name> + Format: mei:<mei device name>:<device uuid>: + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../name +Date: May 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client device name + Format: string + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../uuid +Date: May 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client device uuid + Format: xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d08f28dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/janz-cmodio/.../modulbus_number +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Ira W. Snyder <ira.snyder@gmail.com> +Description: + Value representing the HEX switch S2 of the janz carrier board CMOD-IO or CAN-PCI2 + + Read-only: value of the configuration switch (0..15) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest index aae68fc2d..5151290cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest @@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ driver is bound with root hub device. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../get_dev_desc Date: March 2014 -Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> Description: Write to this node to issue "Get Device Descriptor" for Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.06. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u1_timeout Date: March 2014 -Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> Description: Set "U1 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0 @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u2_timeout Date: March 2014 -Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> Description: Set "U2 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0 @@ -27,21 +27,21 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../hot_reset Date: March 2014 -Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> Description: Write to this node to issue "Reset" for Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.29, TD.7.31, TD.7.34 and TD.7.35. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_entry Date: March 2014 -Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> Description: Write to this node to issue "U3 entry" for Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.35 and TD.7.36. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_exit Date: March 2014 -Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> Description: Write to this node to issue "U3 exit" for Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.36. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl index d46bba801..acfe9df83 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl @@ -6,6 +6,17 @@ Example: The real path of the attribute /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s/irqs_max is Slave contexts (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s): +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/afu_err_buf +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + AFU Error Buffer contents. The contents of this file are + application specific and depends on the AFU being used. + Applications interacting with the AFU can use this attribute + to know about the current error condition and take appropriate + action like logging the event etc. + + What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/irqs_max Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org @@ -15,6 +26,7 @@ Description: read/write that hardware can support (eg. 2037). Write values will limit userspace applications to that many userspace interrupts. Must be >= irqs_min. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/irqs_min Date: September 2014 @@ -24,6 +36,7 @@ Description: read only userspace must request on a CXL_START_WORK ioctl. Userspace may omit the num_interrupts field in the START_WORK IOCTL to get this minimum automatically. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/mmio_size Date: September 2014 @@ -31,6 +44,7 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmaped by userspace. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/modes_supported Date: September 2014 @@ -38,6 +52,7 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only List of the modes this AFU supports. One per line. Valid entries are: "dedicated_process" and "afu_directed" +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/mode Date: September 2014 @@ -46,6 +61,7 @@ Description: read/write The current mode the AFU is using. Will be one of the modes given in modes_supported. Writing will change the mode provided that no user contexts are attached. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/prefault_mode @@ -59,6 +75,7 @@ Description: read/write descriptor as an effective address and prefault what it points to. all: all segments process calling START_WORK maps. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/reset Date: September 2014 @@ -66,12 +83,14 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: write only Writing 1 here will reset the AFU provided there are not contexts active on the AFU. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/api_version Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Decimal value of the current version of the kernel/user API. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/api_version_compatible Date: September 2014 @@ -79,6 +98,7 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Decimal value of the the lowest version of the userspace API this this kernel supports. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl AFU configuration records (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0/cr0): @@ -92,6 +112,7 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Hexadecimal value of the vendor ID found in this AFU configuration record. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/device Date: February 2015 @@ -99,6 +120,7 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Hexadecimal value of the device ID found in this AFU configuration record. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/class Date: February 2015 @@ -106,6 +128,7 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Hexadecimal value of the class code found in this AFU configuration record. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/config Date: February 2015 @@ -115,6 +138,7 @@ Description: read only record. The format is expected to match the either the standard or extended configuration space defined by the PCIe specification. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl @@ -126,18 +150,21 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmaped by userspace. This includes all slave contexts space also. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/pp_mmio_len Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space length. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/pp_mmio_off Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space offset. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl Card info (eg. /sys/class/cxl/card0) @@ -147,12 +174,14 @@ Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Identifies the CAIA Version the card implements. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/psl_revision Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Identifies the revision level of the PSL. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/base_image Date: September 2014 @@ -162,6 +191,7 @@ Description: read only that support loadable PSLs. For FPGAs this field identifies the image contained in the on-adapter flash which is loaded during the initial program load. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/image_loaded Date: September 2014 @@ -169,6 +199,7 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Will return "user" or "factory" depending on the image loaded onto the card. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/load_image_on_perst Date: December 2014 @@ -183,6 +214,7 @@ Description: read/write user or factory image to be loaded. Default is to reload on PERST whichever image the card has loaded. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/reset Date: October 2014 @@ -190,3 +222,4 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: write only Writing 1 will issue a PERST to card which may cause the card to reload the FPGA depending on load_image_on_perst. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net index 5ecfd72ba..668604fc8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net @@ -39,6 +39,25 @@ Description: Format is a string, e.g: 00:11:22:33:44:55 for an Ethernet MAC address. +What: /sys/class/net/<bridge iface>/bridge/group_fwd_mask +Date: January 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Bitmask to allow forwarding of link local frames with address + 01-80-C2-00-00-0X on a bridge device. Only values that set bits + not matching BR_GROUPFWD_RESTRICTED in net/bridge/br_private.h + allowed. + Default value 0 does not forward any link local frames. + + Restricted bits: + 0: 01-80-C2-00-00-00 Bridge Group Address used for STP + 1: 01-80-C2-00-00-01 (MAC Control) 802.3 used for MAC PAUSE + 2: 01-80-C2-00-00-02 (Link Aggregation) 802.3ad + + Any values not setting these bits can be used. Take special + care when forwarding control frames e.g. 802.1X-PAE or LLDP. + What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/broadcast Date: April 2005 KernelVersion: 2.6.12 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fdbc03a2b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3 @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/termination +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Ira W. Snyder <ira.snyder@gmail.com> +Description: + Value representing the can bus termination + + Default: 1 (termination active) + Reading: get actual termination state + Writing: set actual termination state (0=no termination, 1=termination active) + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/fwinfo +Date: May 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Andreas Gröger <andreas24groeger@gmail.com> +Description: + Firmware stamp of ican3 module + Read-only: 32 byte string identification of the ICAN3 module + (known values: "JANZ-ICAN3 ICANOS 1.xx", "JANZ-ICAN3 CAL/CANopen 1.xx") diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9be398b87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/in_flight +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Show the number of I/Os currently in-flight between the st + module and the SCSI mid-layer. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/io_ns +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total amount of time spent waiting for all I/O + to and from the tape drive to complete. This includes all + reads, writes, and other SCSI commands issued to the tape + drive. An example of other SCSI commands would be tape + movement such as a rewind when a rewind tape device is + closed. This item is measured in nanoseconds. + + To determine the amount of time spent waiting for other I/O + to complete subtract read_ns and write_ns from this value. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/other_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + The number of I/O requests issued to the tape drive other + than SCSI read/write requests. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_byte_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total number of bytes requested from the tape drive. + This value is presented in bytes because tape drives support + variable length block sizes. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total number of read requests issued to the tape + drive. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_ns +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total amount of time in nanoseconds waiting for + read I/O requests to complete. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_byte_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total number of bytes written to the tape drive. + This value is presented in bytes because tape drives support + variable length block sizes. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total number of write requests issued to the tape + drive. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_ms +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total amount of time in nanoseconds waiting for + write I/O requests to complete. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/resid_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the number of times we found that a residual >0 + was found when the SCSI midlayer indicated that there was + an error. For reads this may be a case of someone issuing + reads greater than the block size. +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48ddacbe0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/class/zram-control/ +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The zram-control/ class sub-directory belongs to zram + device class + +What: /sys/class/zram-control/hot_add +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + RO attribute. Read operation will cause zram to add a new + device and return its device id back to user (so one can + use /dev/zram<id>), or error code. + +What: /sys/class/zram-control/hot_remove +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + WO attribute. Remove a specific /dev/zramX device, where X + is a device_id provided by user. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu index da9551357..b683e8ee6 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Description: Parameters for the CPU cache attributes coherency_line_size: the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets transferred from memory to cache - level: the cache hierarcy in the multi-level cache configuration + level: the cache hierarchy in the multi-level cache configuration number_of_sets: total number of sets in the cache, a set is a collection of cache lines with the same cache index diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff index b3f6a2ac5..db197a879 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -What: /sys/module/hid_logitech/drivers/hid:logitech/<dev>/range. +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/range Date: July 2011 KernelVersion: 3.2 -Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@gmail.com> +Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net> Description: Display minimum, maximum and current range of the steering wheel. Writing a value within min and max boundaries sets the range of the wheel. @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Description: Display minimum, maximum and current range of the steering What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/alternate_modes Date: Feb 2015 KernelVersion: 4.1 -Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@gmail.com> +Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net> Description: Displays a set of alternate modes supported by a wheel. Each mode is listed as follows: Tag: Mode Name @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Description: Displays a set of alternate modes supported by a wheel. Each What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/real_id Date: Feb 2015 KernelVersion: 4.1 -Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@gmail.com> +Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net> Description: Displays the real model of the wheel regardless of any alternate mode the wheel might be switched to. It is a read-only value. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a662370b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS620A:00/protection_level +Date: August 16, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the built-in accelerometer protection level, + valid values are: + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Low + * 2 -> Medium + * 3 -> High + The default potection value is set to 2 (Medium). +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS620A:00/reset_protection +Date: August 16, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file turns off the built-in accelerometer for a few + seconds and then restore normal operation. Accepting 1 as the + only parameter. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries index c78f9ab01..210ad44b9 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/firmware/dmi/ +What: /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/ Date: February 2011 Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com> Description: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff3cac8ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/ +Date: April 2015 +Contact: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@globallogic.com> +Description: + The firmware provides DMI structures as a packed list of + data referenced by a SMBIOS table entry point. The SMBIOS + entry point contains general information, like SMBIOS + version, DMI table size, etc. The structure, content and + size of SMBIOS entry point is dependent on SMBIOS version. + The format of SMBIOS entry point and DMI structures + can be read in SMBIOS specification. + + The dmi/tables provides raw SMBIOS entry point and DMI tables + through sysfs as an alternative to utilities reading them + from /dev/mem. The raw SMBIOS entry point and DMI table are + presented as binary attributes and are accessible via: + + /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/smbios_entry_point + /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/DMI + + The complete DMI information can be obtained using these two + tables. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi index 05874da7c..e794eac32 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi @@ -18,3 +18,13 @@ Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> Description: It shows the physical address of config table entry in the EFI system table. Users: Kexec + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/systab +Date: April 2005 +Contact: linux-efi@vger.kernel.org +Description: Displays the physical addresses of all EFI Configuration + Tables found via the EFI System Table. The order in + which the tables are printed forms an ABI and newer + versions are always printed first, i.e. ACPI20 comes + before ACPI. +Users: dmidecode diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e431d1a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/ +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: Provides userland access to read the EFI System Resource Table + (ESRT), a catalog of firmware for which can be updated with + the UEFI UpdateCapsule mechanism described in section 7.5 of + the UEFI Standard. +Users: fwupdate - https://github.com/rhinstaller/fwupdate + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_count +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The number of entries in the ESRT + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_count_max +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The maximum number of entries that /could/ be registered + in the allocation the table is currently in. This is + really only useful to the system firmware itself. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_version +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The version of the ESRT structure provided by the firmware. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/ +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: Each ESRT entry is identified by a GUID, and each gets a + subdirectory under entries/ . + example: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry0/ + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_type +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: What kind of firmware entry this is: + 0 - Unknown + 1 - System Firmware + 2 - Device Firmware + 3 - UEFI Driver + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_class +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: This is the entry's guid, and will match the directory name. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_version +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The version of the firmware currently installed. This is a + 32-bit unsigned integer. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/lowest_supported_fw_version +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The lowest version of the firmware that can be installed. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/capsule_flags +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: Flags that must be passed to UpdateCapsule() + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/last_attempt_version +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The last firmware version for which an update was attempted. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/last_attempt_status +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The result of the last firmware update attempt for the + firmware resource entry. + 0 - Success + 1 - Insufficient resources + 2 - Incorrect version + 3 - Invalid format + 4 - Authentication error + 5 - AC power event + 6 - Battery power event + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..512c51be6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*twl4030-usb/vbus +Description: + Read-only status reporting if VBUS (approx 5V) + is being supplied by the USB bus. + + Possible values: "on", "off". + + Changes are notified via select/poll. diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle index f4b78eafd..b713c35f8 100644 --- a/Documentation/CodingStyle +++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ functions: typeof(x) ret; \ ret = calc_ret(x); \ (ret); \ -)} +}) ret is a common name for a local variable - __foo_ret is less likely to collide with an existing variable. diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt index aef8cc5a6..55b70b903 100644 --- a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt +++ b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ the case would look like this: if (!dma_set_mask_and_coherent(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) { using_dac = 1; - consistent_using_dac = 1; + consistent_using_dac = 1; } else if (!dma_set_mask_and_coherent(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) { using_dac = 0; consistent_using_dac = 0; @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ There are two types of DMA mappings: transfer, unmapped right after it (unless you use dma_sync_* below) and for which hardware can optimize for sequential accesses. - This of "streaming" as "asynchronous" or "outside the coherency + Think of "streaming" as "asynchronous" or "outside the coherency domain". Good examples of what to use streaming mappings for are: diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl index efc8d90a9..0992531ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ <para> Note: The terms "transformation" and cipher algorithm are used - interchangably. + interchangeably. </para> </sect1> @@ -536,8 +536,8 @@ <para> For other use cases of AEAD ciphers, the ASCII art applies as - well, but the caller may not use the GIVCIPHER interface. In - this case, the caller must generate the IV. + well, but the caller may not use the AEAD cipher with a separate + IV generator. In this case, the caller must generate the IV. </para> <para> @@ -584,8 +584,8 @@ kernel crypto API | IPSEC Layer | +-----------+ | | | (1) -| givcipher | <----------------------------------- esp_output -| (seqiv) | ---+ +| aead | <----------------------------------- esp_output +| (seqniv) | ---+ +-----------+ | | (2) +-----------+ | @@ -620,8 +620,8 @@ kernel crypto API | IPSEC Layer <orderedlist> <listitem> <para> - esp_output() invokes crypto_aead_givencrypt() to trigger an encryption - operation of the GIVCIPHER implementation. + esp_output() invokes crypto_aead_encrypt() to trigger an encryption + operation of the AEAD cipher with IV generator. </para> <para> @@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ struct sockaddr_alg sa = { <sect1><title>Zero-Copy Interface</title> <para> - In addition to the send/write/read/recv system call familty, the AF_ALG + In addition to the send/write/read/recv system call family, the AF_ALG interface can be accessed with the zero-copy interface of splice/vmsplice. As the name indicates, the kernel tries to avoid a copy operation into kernel space. @@ -1669,9 +1669,19 @@ read(opfd, out, outlen); </chapter> <chapter id="API"><title>Programming Interface</title> + <para> + Please note that the kernel crypto API contains the AEAD givcrypt + API (crypto_aead_giv* and aead_givcrypt_* function calls in + include/crypto/aead.h). This API is obsolete and will be removed + in the future. To obtain the functionality of an AEAD cipher with + internal IV generation, use the IV generator as a regular cipher. + For example, rfc4106(gcm(aes)) is the AEAD cipher with external + IV generation and seqniv(rfc4106(gcm(aes))) implies that the kernel + crypto API generates the IV. Different IV generators are available. + </para> <sect1><title>Block Cipher Context Data Structures</title> !Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Block Cipher Context Data Structures -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request </sect1> <sect1><title>Block Cipher Algorithm Definitions</title> !Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Block Cipher Algorithm Definitions @@ -1680,7 +1690,7 @@ read(opfd, out, outlen); !Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_alg !Finclude/linux/crypto.h blkcipher_alg !Finclude/linux/crypto.h cipher_alg -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h rng_alg +!Finclude/crypto/rng.h rng_alg </sect1> <sect1><title>Asynchronous Block Cipher API</title> !Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous Block Cipher API @@ -1704,26 +1714,27 @@ read(opfd, out, outlen); !Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_set_crypt </sect1> <sect1><title>Authenticated Encryption With Associated Data (AEAD) Cipher API</title> -!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Authenticated Encryption With Associated Data (AEAD) Cipher API -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_aead -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_aead -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_ivsize -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_authsize -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_blocksize -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_setkey -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_setauthsize -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_encrypt -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_decrypt +!Pinclude/crypto/aead.h Authenticated Encryption With Associated Data (AEAD) Cipher API +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_alloc_aead +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_free_aead +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_aead_ivsize +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_aead_authsize +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_aead_blocksize +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_aead_setkey +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_aead_setauthsize +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_aead_encrypt +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_aead_decrypt </sect1> <sect1><title>Asynchronous AEAD Request Handle</title> -!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous AEAD Request Handle -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_reqsize -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_tfm -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_alloc -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_free -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_callback -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_crypt -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_assoc +!Pinclude/crypto/aead.h Asynchronous AEAD Request Handle +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_aead_reqsize +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_tfm +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_alloc +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_free +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_callback +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_crypt +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_assoc +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_ad </sect1> <sect1><title>Synchronous Block Cipher API</title> !Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Synchronous Block Cipher API diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl index 9765a4c08..2fb9a5457 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl @@ -2439,6 +2439,18 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <title>Tile group</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc.c Tile group </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>Bridges</title> + <sect3> + <title>Overview</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_bridge.c overview + </sect3> + <sect3> + <title>Default bridge callback sequence</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_bridge.c bridge callbacks + </sect3> +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_bridge.c + </sect2> </sect1> <!-- Internals: kms properties --> @@ -2573,7 +2585,22 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >Description/Restrictions</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="36" valign="top" >DRM</td> + <td rowspan="37" valign="top" >DRM</td> + <td valign="top" >Generic</td> + <td valign="top" >“rotation”</td> + <td valign="top" >BITMASK</td> + <td valign="top" >{ 0, "rotate-0" }, + { 1, "rotate-90" }, + { 2, "rotate-180" }, + { 3, "rotate-270" }, + { 4, "reflect-x" }, + { 5, "reflect-y" }</td> + <td valign="top" >CRTC, Plane</td> + <td valign="top" >rotate-(degrees) rotates the image by the specified amount in degrees + in counter clockwise direction. reflect-x and reflect-y reflects the + image along the specified axis prior to rotation</td> + </tr> + <tr> <td rowspan="5" valign="top" >Connector</td> <td valign="top" >“EDID”</td> <td valign="top" >BLOB | IMMUTABLE</td> @@ -2834,7 +2861,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="21" valign="top" >i915</td> + <td rowspan="20" valign="top" >i915</td> <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Generic</td> <td valign="top" >"Broadcast RGB"</td> <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> @@ -2850,14 +2877,6 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="1" valign="top" >Plane</td> - <td valign="top" >“rotation”</td> - <td valign="top" >BITMASK</td> - <td valign="top" >{ 0, "rotate-0" }, { 2, "rotate-180" }</td> - <td valign="top" >Plane</td> - <td valign="top" >TBD</td> - </tr> - <tr> <td rowspan="17" valign="top" >SDVO-TV</td> <td valign="top" >“mode”</td> <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> @@ -3364,20 +3383,8 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >omap</td> - <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Generic</td> - <td valign="top" >“rotation”</td> - <td valign="top" >BITMASK</td> - <td valign="top" >{ 0, "rotate-0" }, - { 1, "rotate-90" }, - { 2, "rotate-180" }, - { 3, "rotate-270" }, - { 4, "reflect-x" }, - { 5, "reflect-y" }</td> - <td valign="top" >CRTC, Plane</td> - <td valign="top" >TBD</td> - </tr> - <tr> + <td valign="top" >omap</td> + <td valign="top" >Generic</td> <td valign="top" >“zorder”</td> <td valign="top" >RANGE</td> <td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=3</td> @@ -4067,7 +4074,7 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> <title>DPIO</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_reg.h DPIO <table id="dpiox2"> - <title>Dual channel PHY (VLV/CHV)</title> + <title>Dual channel PHY (VLV/CHV/BXT)</title> <tgroup cols="8"> <colspec colname="c0" /> <colspec colname="c1" /> @@ -4118,7 +4125,7 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> </tgroup> </table> <table id="dpiox1"> - <title>Single channel PHY (CHV)</title> + <title>Single channel PHY (CHV/BXT)</title> <tgroup cols="4"> <colspec colname="c0" /> <colspec colname="c1" /> @@ -4153,6 +4160,12 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> </tgroup> </table> </sect2> + + <sect2> + <title>CSR firmware support for DMC</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_csr.c csr support for dmc +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_csr.c + </sect2> </sect1> <sect1> @@ -4204,7 +4217,6 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> !Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_shrinker.c </sect2> </sect1> - <sect1> <title> Tracing </title> <para> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl index e84f09467..589b40cc5 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl @@ -954,6 +954,8 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %pI4\n", &ipaddress); <function>MODULE_LICENSE()</function> that specifies a GPL compatible license. It implies that the function is considered an internal implementation issue, and not really an interface. + Some maintainers and developers may however + require EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL() when adding any new APIs or functionality. </para> </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/.gitignore b/Documentation/DocBook/media/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e461c585f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +!*.svg diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile index 8bf7c6191..23996f88c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile @@ -65,29 +65,31 @@ IOCTLS = \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h) \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h) \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) \ - VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL \ - VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL \ - VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE \ - VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE \ - VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL \ - VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION \ - VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION \ + +DEFINES = \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+(DTV_[^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \ TYPES = \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^typedef\s+[^\s]+\s+([^\s]+)\;/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^}\s+([a-z0-9_]+_t)/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^typedef\s+.*\s+(\S+)\;/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^typedef\s+.*\s+(\S+)\;/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) ENUMS = \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/audio.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/audio.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) + +ENUM_DEFS = \ + $(shell perl -e 'open IN,"cat @ARGV| cpp -fpreprocessed |"; while (<IN>) { if ($$enum) {print "$$1\n" if (/\s*([A-Z]\S+)\b/); } $$enum = 0 if ($$enum && /^\}/); $$enum = 1 if(/^\s*enum\s/); }; close IN;' \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) STRUCTS = \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \ @@ -95,7 +97,7 @@ STRUCTS = \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h) \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (!/dtv\_cmds\_h/ && /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([A-Z][^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/ && !/_old/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h) \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h) \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h) \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) \ @@ -179,7 +181,6 @@ DOCUMENTED = \ -e "s/v4l2\-mpeg\-vbi\-ITV0/v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-1/g" DVB_DOCUMENTED = \ - -e "s/\(linkend\=\"\)FE_SET_PROPERTY/\1FE_GET_PROPERTY/g" \ -e "s,\(struct\s\+\)\([a-z0-9_]\+\)\(\s\+{\),\1\<link linkend=\"\2\">\2\<\/link\>\3,g" \ -e "s,\(}\s\+\)\([a-z0-9_]\+_t\+\),\1\<link linkend=\"\2\">\2\<\/link\>,g" \ -e "s,\(define\s\+\)\(DTV_[A-Z0-9_]\+\)\(\s\+[0-9]\+\),\1\<link linkend=\"\2\">\2\<\/link\>\3,g" \ @@ -188,14 +189,17 @@ DVB_DOCUMENTED = \ -e "s,\(audio-mixer\|audio-karaoke\|audio-status\|ca-slot-info\|ca-descr-info\|ca-caps\|ca-msg\|ca-descr\|ca-pid\|dmx-filter\|dmx-caps\|video-system\|video-highlight\|video-spu\|video-spu-palette\|video-navi-pack\)-t,\1,g" \ -e "s,DTV-ISDBT-LAYER[A-C],DTV-ISDBT-LAYER,g" \ -e "s,\(define\s\+\)\([A-Z0-9_]\+\)\(\s\+_IO\),\1\<link linkend=\"\2\">\2\<\/link\>\3,g" \ + -e "s,\(define\s\+\)\(DTV_[A-Z0-9_]\+\)\(\s\+\),\1\<link linkend=\"\2\">\2\<\/link\>\3,g" \ -e "s,<link\s\+linkend=\".*\">\(__.*_OLD\)<\/link>,\1,g" \ + -e "s/\(linkend\=\"\)FE_SET_PROPERTY/\1FE_GET_PROPERTY/g" \ + -e "s,<link\s\+linkend=\".*\">\(DTV_ISDBS_TS_ID_LEGACY\|DTV_MAX_COMMAND\|DTV_IOCTL_MAX_MSGS\)<\/link>,\1,g" \ # # Media targets and dependencies # install_media_images = \ - $(Q)-cp $(OBJIMGFILES) $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/v4l/*.svg $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media_api + $(Q)-cp $(OBJIMGFILES) $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/*.svg $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/v4l/*.svg $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media_api $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/%: $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/%.b64 $(Q)base64 -d $< >$@ @@ -243,9 +247,14 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/dmx.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_ @( \ echo "<programlisting>") > $@ @( \ + for ident in $(ENUM_DEFS) ; do \ + entity=`echo $$ident | tr _ -` ; \ + r="$$r s/([^\w\-])$$ident([^\w\-])/\1\&$$entity\;\2/g;";\ + done; \ expand --tabs=8 < $< | \ sed $(ESCAPE) $(DVB_DOCUMENTED) | \ - sed 's/i\.e\./&ie;/') >> $@ + sed 's/i\.e\./&ie;/' | \ + perl -ne "$$r print $$_;") >> $@ @( \ echo "</programlisting>") >> $@ @@ -254,9 +263,14 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/frontend.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h $( @( \ echo "<programlisting>") > $@ @( \ + for ident in $(ENUM_DEFS) ; do \ + entity=`echo $$ident | tr _ -` ; \ + r="$$r s/([^\w\-])$$ident([^\w\-])/\1\&$$entity\;\2/g;";\ + done; \ expand --tabs=8 < $< | \ sed $(ESCAPE) $(DVB_DOCUMENTED) | \ - sed 's/i\.e\./&ie;/') >> $@ + sed 's/i\.e\./&ie;/' | \ + perl -ne "$$r print $$_;") >> $@ @( \ echo "</programlisting>") >> $@ @@ -298,11 +312,22 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media-entities.tmpl: $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml @( \ echo -e "\n<!-- Ioctls -->") >>$@ @( \ - for ident in $(IOCTLS) ; do \ + for ident in `echo $(IOCTLS) | sed -e "s,VIDIOC_RESERVED,,"`; do\ entity=`echo $$ident | tr _ -` ; \ - id=`grep "<refname>$$ident" $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/vidioc-*.xml $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media-ioc-*.xml | sed -r s,"^.*/(.*).xml.*","\1",` ; \ - echo "<!ENTITY $$entity \"<link" \ + id=`grep -e "<refname>$$ident" -e "<section id=\"$$ident\"" $$(find $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR) -name *.xml -type f)| sed -r s,"^.*/(.*).xml.*","\1",` ; \ + if [ "$$id" != "" ]; then echo "<!ENTITY $$entity \"<link" \ "linkend='$$id'><constant>$$ident</constant></link>\">" \ + >>$@ ; else \ + echo "Warning: undocumented ioctl: $$ident. Please document it at the media DocBook!" >&2; \ + fi; \ + done) + @( \ + echo -e "\n<!-- Defines -->") >>$@ + @( \ + for ident in $(DEFINES) ; do \ + entity=`echo $$ident | tr _ -` ; \ + echo "<!ENTITY $$entity \"<link" \ + "linkend='$$entity'><constant>$$ident</constant></link>\">" \ >>$@ ; \ done) @( \ @@ -322,6 +347,15 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media-entities.tmpl: $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml "linkend='$$entity'>$$ident</link>\">" >>$@ ; \ done) @( \ + echo -e "\n<!-- Enum definitions -->") >>$@ + @( \ + for ident in $(ENUM_DEFS) ; do \ + entity=`echo $$ident | tr _ -` ; \ + echo "<!ENTITY $$entity \"<link" \ + "linkend='$$entity'><constant>$$ident</constant></link>\">" \ + >>$@ ; \ + done) + @( \ echo -e "\n<!-- Structures -->") >>$@ @( \ for ident in $(STRUCTS) ; do \ diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml index a7ea56c71..ea56743dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <title>DVB Audio Device</title> <para>The DVB audio device controls the MPEG2 audio decoder of the DVB hardware. It -can be accessed through <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/audio0</emphasis>. Data types and and -ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/audio.h</emphasis> in your +can be accessed through <constant>/dev/dvb/adapter?/audio?</constant>. Data types and and +ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <constant>linux/dvb/audio.h</constant> in your application. </para> <para>Please note that some DVB cards don’t have their own MPEG decoder, which results in @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ typedef enum { </programlisting> <para>AUDIO_SOURCE_DEMUX selects the demultiplexer (fed either by the frontend or the DVR device) as the source of the video stream. If AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY -is selected the stream comes from the application through the <emphasis role="tt">write()</emphasis> system +is selected the stream comes from the application through the <constant>write()</constant> system call. </para> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml index 85eaf4fe2..d0b07e763 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <title>DVB CA Device</title> <para>The DVB CA device controls the conditional access hardware. It can be accessed through -<emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/ca0</emphasis>. Data types and and ioctl definitions can be accessed by -including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/ca.h</emphasis> in your application. +<constant>/dev/dvb/adapter?/ca?</constant>. Data types and and ioctl definitions can be accessed by +including <constant>linux/dvb/ca.h</constant> in your application. </para> <section id="ca_data_types"> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml index c8683d66f..34f2fb1cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml @@ -1,33 +1,50 @@ <title>DVB Demux Device</title> <para>The DVB demux device controls the filters of the DVB hardware/software. It can be -accessed through <emphasis role="tt">/dev/adapter0/demux0</emphasis>. Data types and and ioctl definitions can be -accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/dmx.h</emphasis> in your application. +accessed through <constant>/dev/adapter?/demux?</constant>. Data types and and ioctl definitions can be +accessed by including <constant>linux/dvb/dmx.h</constant> in your application. </para> <section id="dmx_types"> <title>Demux Data Types</title> <section id="dmx-output-t"> -<title>dmx_output_t</title> -<programlisting> -typedef enum -{ - DMX_OUT_DECODER, /⋆ Streaming directly to decoder. ⋆/ - DMX_OUT_TAP, /⋆ Output going to a memory buffer ⋆/ - /⋆ (to be retrieved via the read command).⋆/ - DMX_OUT_TS_TAP, /⋆ Output multiplexed into a new TS ⋆/ - /⋆ (to be retrieved by reading from the ⋆/ - /⋆ logical DVR device). ⋆/ - DMX_OUT_TSDEMUX_TAP /⋆ Like TS_TAP but retrieved from the DMX device ⋆/ -} dmx_output_t; -</programlisting> -<para><emphasis role="tt">DMX_OUT_TAP</emphasis> delivers the stream output to the demux device on which the ioctl is -called. -</para> -<para><emphasis role="tt">DMX_OUT_TS_TAP</emphasis> routes output to the logical DVR device <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/dvr0</emphasis>, -which delivers a TS multiplexed from all filters for which <emphasis role="tt">DMX_OUT_TS_TAP</emphasis> was -specified. -</para> +<title>Output for the demux</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dmx-output"> + <title>enum dmx_output</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry align="char" id="DMX-OUT-DECODER">DMX_OUT_DECODER</entry> + <entry>Streaming directly to decoder.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="DMX-OUT-TAP">DMX_OUT_TAP</entry> + <entry>Output going to a memory buffer (to be retrieved via the + read command). Delivers the stream output to the demux + device on which the ioctl is called.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="DMX-OUT-TS-TAP">DMX_OUT_TS_TAP</entry> + <entry>Output multiplexed into a new TS (to be retrieved by + reading from the logical DVR device). Routes output to the + logical DVR device <constant>/dev/dvb/adapter?/dvr?</constant>, + which delivers a TS multiplexed from all filters for which + <constant>DMX_OUT_TS_TAP</constant> was specified.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="DMX-OUT-TSDEMUX-TAP">DMX_OUT_TSDEMUX_TAP</entry> + <entry>Like &DMX-OUT-TS-TAP; but retrieved from the DMX + device.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> + </section> <section id="dmx-input-t"> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml index 4c15396c6..858fd7d17 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml @@ -28,13 +28,23 @@ <holder>Convergence GmbH</holder> </copyright> <copyright> - <year>2009-2014</year> + <year>2009-2015</year> <holder>Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder> </copyright> <revhistory> <!-- Put document revisions here, newest first. --> <revision> + <revnumber>2.1.0</revnumber> + <date>2015-05-29</date> + <authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials> + <revremark> + DocBook improvements and cleanups, in order to document the + system calls on a more standard way and provide more description + about the current DVB API. + </revremark> +</revision> +<revision> <revnumber>2.0.4</revnumber> <date>2011-05-06</date> <authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials> @@ -95,18 +105,26 @@ Added ISDB-T test originally written by Patrick Boettcher <chapter id="dvb_demux"> &sub-demux; </chapter> - <chapter id="dvb_video"> - &sub-video; - </chapter> - <chapter id="dvb_audio"> - &sub-audio; - </chapter> <chapter id="dvb_ca"> &sub-ca; </chapter> - <chapter id="dvb_net"> + <chapter id="net"> &sub-net; </chapter> + <chapter id="legacy_dvb_apis"> + <title>DVB Deprecated APIs</title> + <para>The APIs described here are kept only for historical reasons. There's + just one driver for a very legacy hardware that uses this API. No + modern drivers should use it. Instead, audio and video should be using + the V4L2 and ALSA APIs, and the pipelines should be set using the + Media Controller API</para> + <section id="dvb_video"> + &sub-video; + </section> + <section id="dvb_audio"> + &sub-audio; + </section> + </chapter> <chapter id="dvb_kdapi"> &sub-kdapi; </chapter> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml index 3018564dd..08227d4e9 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml @@ -1,14 +1,88 @@ -<section id="FE_GET_SET_PROPERTY"> -<title><constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant></title> -<para>This section describes the DVB version 5 extension of the DVB-API, also -called "S2API", as this API were added to provide support for DVB-S2. It was -designed to be able to replace the old frontend API. Yet, the DISEQC and -the capability ioctls weren't implemented yet via the new way.</para> -<para>The typical usage for the <constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant> -API is to replace the ioctl's were the <link linkend="dvb-frontend-parameters"> -struct <constant>dvb_frontend_parameters</constant></link> were used.</para> +<section id="frontend-properties"> +<title>DVB Frontend properties</title> +<para>Tuning into a Digital TV physical channel and starting decoding it + requires changing a set of parameters, in order to control the + tuner, the demodulator, the Linear Low-noise Amplifier (LNA) and to set the + antenna subsystem via Satellite Equipment Control (SEC), on satellite + systems. The actual parameters are specific to each particular digital + TV standards, and may change as the digital TV specs evolves.</para> +<para>In the past, the strategy used was to have a union with the parameters + needed to tune for DVB-S, DVB-C, DVB-T and ATSC delivery systems grouped + there. The problem is that, as the second generation standards appeared, + those structs were not big enough to contain the additional parameters. + Also, the union didn't have any space left to be expanded without breaking + userspace. So, the decision was to deprecate the legacy union/struct based + approach, in favor of a properties set approach.</para> + +<para>NOTE: on Linux DVB API version 3, setting a frontend were done via + <link linkend="dvb-frontend-parameters">struct <constant>dvb_frontend_parameters</constant></link>. + This got replaced on version 5 (also called "S2API", as this API were + added originally_enabled to provide support for DVB-S2), because the old + API has a very limited support to new standards and new hardware. This + section describes the new and recommended way to set the frontend, with + suppports all digital TV delivery systems.</para> + +<para>Example: with the properties based approach, in order to set the tuner + to a DVB-C channel at 651 kHz, modulated with 256-QAM, FEC 3/4 and symbol + rate of 5.217 Mbauds, those properties should be sent to + <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY"><constant>FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant></link> ioctl:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>&DTV-DELIVERY-SYSTEM; = SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>&DTV-FREQUENCY; = 651000000</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>&DTV-MODULATION; = QAM_256</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>&DTV-INVERSION; = INVERSION_AUTO</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>&DTV-SYMBOL-RATE; = 5217000</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>&DTV-INNER-FEC; = FEC_3_4</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>&DTV-TUNE;</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + +<para>The code that would do the above is:</para> +<programlisting> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> +#include <linux/dvb/frontend.h> + +static struct dtv_property props[] = { + { .cmd = DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM, .u.data = SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A }, + { .cmd = DTV_FREQUENCY, .u.data = 651000000 }, + { .cmd = DTV_MODULATION, .u.data = QAM_256 }, + { .cmd = DTV_INVERSION, .u.data = INVERSION_AUTO }, + { .cmd = DTV_SYMBOL_RATE, .u.data = 5217000 }, + { .cmd = DTV_INNER_FEC, .u.data = FEC_3_4 }, + { .cmd = DTV_TUNE } +}; + +static struct dtv_properties dtv_prop = { + .num = 6, .props = props +}; + +int main(void) +{ + int fd = open("/dev/dvb/adapter0/frontend0", O_RDWR); + + if (!fd) { + perror ("open"); + return -1; + } + if (ioctl(fd, FE_SET_PROPERTY, &dtv_prop) == -1) { + perror("ioctl"); + return -1; + } + printf("Frontend set\n"); + return 0; +} +</programlisting> + +<para>NOTE: While it is possible to directly call the Kernel code like the + above example, it is strongly recommended to use + <ulink url="http://linuxtv.org/docs/libdvbv5/index.html">libdvbv5</ulink>, + as it provides abstraction to work with the supported digital TV standards + and provides methods for usual operations like program scanning and to + read/write channel descriptor files.</para> + <section id="dtv-stats"> -<title>DTV stats type</title> +<title>struct <structname>dtv_stats</structname></title> <programlisting> struct dtv_stats { __u8 scale; /* enum fecap_scale_params type */ @@ -20,19 +94,19 @@ struct dtv_stats { </programlisting> </section> <section id="dtv-fe-stats"> -<title>DTV stats type</title> +<title>struct <structname>dtv_fe_stats</structname></title> <programlisting> #define MAX_DTV_STATS 4 struct dtv_fe_stats { __u8 len; - struct dtv_stats stat[MAX_DTV_STATS]; + &dtv-stats; stat[MAX_DTV_STATS]; } __packed; </programlisting> </section> <section id="dtv-property"> -<title>DTV property type</title> +<title>struct <structname>dtv_property</structname></title> <programlisting> /* Reserved fields should be set to 0 */ @@ -41,7 +115,7 @@ struct dtv_property { __u32 reserved[3]; union { __u32 data; - struct dtv_fe_stats st; + &dtv-fe-stats; st; struct { __u8 data[32]; __u32 len; @@ -57,115 +131,19 @@ struct dtv_property { </programlisting> </section> <section id="dtv-properties"> -<title>DTV properties type</title> +<title>struct <structname>dtv_properties</structname></title> <programlisting> struct dtv_properties { __u32 num; - struct dtv_property *props; + &dtv-property; *props; }; </programlisting> </section> -<section id="FE_GET_PROPERTY"> -<title>FE_GET_PROPERTY</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call returns one or more frontend properties. This call only - requires read-only access to the device.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY">FE_GET_PROPERTY</link>, - dtv_properties ⋆props);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int num</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY">FE_GET_PROPERTY</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct dtv_property *props</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Points to the location where the front-end property commands are stored.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -&return-value-dvb; -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row> - <entry align="char"><para>EOPNOTSUPP</para></entry> - <entry align="char"><para>Property type not supported.</para></entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -</section> - -<section id="FE_SET_PROPERTY"> -<title>FE_SET_PROPERTY</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call sets one or more frontend properties. This call - requires read/write access to the device.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_SET_PROPERTY">FE_SET_PROPERTY</link>, - dtv_properties ⋆props);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int num</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_PROPERTY">FE_SET_PROPERTY</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct dtv_property *props</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Points to the location where the front-end property commands are stored.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -&return-value-dvb; -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row> - <entry align="char"><para>EOPNOTSUPP</para></entry> - <entry align="char"><para>Property type not supported.</para></entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -</section> - <section> <title>Property types</title> <para> -On <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY">FE_GET_PROPERTY</link>/<link linkend="FE_SET_PROPERTY">FE_SET_PROPERTY</link>, +On <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY">FE_GET_PROPERTY and FE_SET_PROPERTY</link>, the actual action is determined by the dtv_property cmd/data pairs. With one single ioctl, is possible to get/set up to 64 properties. The actual meaning of each property is described on the next sections. </para> @@ -193,7 +171,7 @@ get/set up to 64 properties. The actual meaning of each property is described on <para>Central frequency of the channel.</para> <para>Notes:</para> - <para>1)For satellital delivery systems, it is measured in kHz. + <para>1)For satellite delivery systems, it is measured in kHz. For the other ones, it is measured in Hz.</para> <para>2)For ISDB-T, the channels are usually transmitted with an offset of 143kHz. E.g. a valid frequency could be 474143 kHz. The stepping is bound to the bandwidth of @@ -205,25 +183,78 @@ get/set up to 64 properties. The actual meaning of each property is described on </section> <section id="DTV-MODULATION"> <title><constant>DTV_MODULATION</constant></title> -<para>Specifies the frontend modulation type for cable and satellite types. The modulation can be one of the types bellow:</para> -<programlisting> - typedef enum fe_modulation { - QPSK, - QAM_16, - QAM_32, - QAM_64, - QAM_128, - QAM_256, - QAM_AUTO, - VSB_8, - VSB_16, - PSK_8, - APSK_16, - APSK_32, - DQPSK, - QAM_4_NR, - } fe_modulation_t; -</programlisting> +<para>Specifies the frontend modulation type for delivery systems that supports + more than one modulation type. The modulation can be one of the types + defined by &fe-modulation;.</para> + + +<section id="fe-modulation-t"> +<title>Modulation property</title> + +<para>Most of the digital TV standards currently offers more than one possible + modulation (sometimes called as "constellation" on some standards). This + enum contains the values used by the Kernel. Please note that not all + modulations are supported by a given standard.</para> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-modulation"> + <title>enum fe_modulation</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="QPSK"><constant>QPSK</constant></entry> + <entry>QPSK modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="QAM-16"><constant>QAM_16</constant></entry> + <entry>16-QAM modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="QAM-32"><constant>QAM_32</constant></entry> + <entry>32-QAM modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="QAM-64"><constant>QAM_64</constant></entry> + <entry>64-QAM modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="QAM-128"><constant>QAM_128</constant></entry> + <entry>128-QAM modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="QAM-256"><constant>QAM_256</constant></entry> + <entry>256-QAM modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="QAM-AUTO"><constant>QAM_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>Autodetect QAM modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="VSB-8"><constant>VSB_8</constant></entry> + <entry>8-VSB modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="VSB-16"><constant>VSB_16</constant></entry> + <entry>16-VSB modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="PSK-8"><constant>PSK_8</constant></entry> + <entry>8-PSK modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="APSK-16"><constant>APSK_16</constant></entry> + <entry>16-APSK modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="APSK-32"><constant>APSK_32</constant></entry> + <entry>32-APSK modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="DQPSK"><constant>DQPSK</constant></entry> + <entry>DQPSK modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="QAM-4-NR"><constant>QAM_4_NR</constant></entry> + <entry>4-QAM-NR modulation</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</section> + </section> <section id="DTV-BANDWIDTH-HZ"> <title><constant>DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ</constant></title> @@ -253,19 +284,45 @@ get/set up to 64 properties. The actual meaning of each property is described on </section> <section id="DTV-INVERSION"> <title><constant>DTV_INVERSION</constant></title> - <para>The Inversion field can take one of these values: - </para> - <programlisting> - typedef enum fe_spectral_inversion { - INVERSION_OFF, - INVERSION_ON, - INVERSION_AUTO - } fe_spectral_inversion_t; - </programlisting> - <para>It indicates if spectral inversion should be presumed or not. In the automatic setting - (<constant>INVERSION_AUTO</constant>) the hardware will try to figure out the correct setting by - itself. - </para> + + <para>Specifies if the frontend should do spectral inversion or not.</para> + +<section id="fe-spectral-inversion-t"> +<title>enum fe_modulation: Frontend spectral inversion</title> + +<para>This parameter indicates if spectral inversion should be presumed or not. + In the automatic setting (<constant>INVERSION_AUTO</constant>) the hardware + will try to figure out the correct setting by itself. If the hardware + doesn't support, the DVB core will try to lock at the carrier first with + inversion off. If it fails, it will try to enable inversion. +</para> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-spectral-inversion"> + <title>enum fe_modulation</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="INVERSION-OFF"><constant>INVERSION_OFF</constant></entry> + <entry>Don't do spectral band inversion.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="INVERSION-ON"><constant>INVERSION_ON</constant></entry> + <entry>Do spectral band inversion.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="INVERSION-AUTO"><constant>INVERSION_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>Autodetect spectral band inversion.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</section> + </section> <section id="DTV-DISEQC-MASTER"> <title><constant>DTV_DISEQC_MASTER</constant></title> @@ -279,25 +336,64 @@ get/set up to 64 properties. The actual meaning of each property is described on <title><constant>DTV_INNER_FEC</constant></title> <para>Used cable/satellite transmissions. The acceptable values are: </para> - <programlisting> -typedef enum fe_code_rate { - FEC_NONE = 0, - FEC_1_2, - FEC_2_3, - FEC_3_4, - FEC_4_5, - FEC_5_6, - FEC_6_7, - FEC_7_8, - FEC_8_9, - FEC_AUTO, - FEC_3_5, - FEC_9_10, - FEC_2_5, -} fe_code_rate_t; - </programlisting> - <para>which correspond to error correction rates of 1/2, 2/3, etc., - no error correction or auto detection.</para> +<section id="fe-code-rate-t"> +<title>enum fe_code_rate: type of the Forward Error Correction.</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-code-rate"> + <title>enum fe_code_rate</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="FEC-NONE"><constant>FEC_NONE</constant></entry> + <entry>No Forward Error Correction Code</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-AUTO"><constant>FEC_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>Autodetect Error Correction Code</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-1-2"><constant>FEC_1_2</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 1/2</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-2-3"><constant>FEC_2_3</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 2/3</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-3-4"><constant>FEC_3_4</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 3/4</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-4-5"><constant>FEC_4_5</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 4/5</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-5-6"><constant>FEC_5_6</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 5/6</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-6-7"><constant>FEC_6_7</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 6/7</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-7-8"><constant>FEC_7_8</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 7/8</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-8-9"><constant>FEC_8_9</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 8/9</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-9-10"><constant>FEC_9_10</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 9/10</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-2-5"><constant>FEC_2_5</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 2/5</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-3-5"><constant>FEC_3_5</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 3/5</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</section> </section> <section id="DTV-VOLTAGE"> <title><constant>DTV_VOLTAGE</constant></title> @@ -305,12 +401,31 @@ typedef enum fe_code_rate { the polarzation (horizontal/vertical). When using DiSEqC epuipment this voltage has to be switched consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC spec.</para> - <programlisting> - typedef enum fe_sec_voltage { - SEC_VOLTAGE_13, - SEC_VOLTAGE_18 - } fe_sec_voltage_t; - </programlisting> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-sec-voltage"> + <title id="fe-sec-voltage-t">enum fe_sec_voltage</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry align="char" id="SEC-VOLTAGE-13"><constant>SEC_VOLTAGE_13</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Set DC voltage level to 13V</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="SEC-VOLTAGE-18"><constant>SEC_VOLTAGE_18</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Set DC voltage level to 18V</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="SEC-VOLTAGE-OFF"><constant>SEC_VOLTAGE_OFF</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Don't send any voltage to the antenna</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> </section> <section id="DTV-TONE"> <title><constant>DTV_TONE</constant></title> @@ -321,13 +436,30 @@ typedef enum fe_code_rate { <para>Sets DVB-S2 pilot</para> <section id="fe-pilot-t"> <title>fe_pilot type</title> - <programlisting> -typedef enum fe_pilot { - PILOT_ON, - PILOT_OFF, - PILOT_AUTO, -} fe_pilot_t; - </programlisting> +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-pilot"> + <title>enum fe_pilot</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry align="char" id="PILOT-ON"><constant>PILOT_ON</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Pilot tones enabled</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="PILOT-OFF"><constant>PILOT_OFF</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Pilot tones disabled</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="PILOT-AUTO"><constant>PILOT_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Autodetect pilot tones</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> </section> </section> <section id="DTV-ROLLOFF"> @@ -336,14 +468,33 @@ typedef enum fe_pilot { <section id="fe-rolloff-t"> <title>fe_rolloff type</title> - <programlisting> -typedef enum fe_rolloff { - ROLLOFF_35, /* Implied value in DVB-S, default for DVB-S2 */ - ROLLOFF_20, - ROLLOFF_25, - ROLLOFF_AUTO, -} fe_rolloff_t; - </programlisting> +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-rolloff"> + <title>enum fe_rolloff</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry align="char" id="ROLLOFF-35"><constant>ROLLOFF_35</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Roloff factor: α=35%</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="ROLLOFF-20"><constant>ROLLOFF_20</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Roloff factor: α=20%</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="ROLLOFF-25"><constant>ROLLOFF_25</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Roloff factor: α=25%</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="ROLLOFF-AUTO"><constant>ROLLOFF_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Auto-detect the roloff factor.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> </section> </section> <section id="DTV-DISEQC-SLAVE-REPLY"> @@ -364,31 +515,82 @@ typedef enum fe_rolloff { <section id="fe-delivery-system-t"> <title>fe_delivery_system type</title> <para>Possible values: </para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_delivery_system { - SYS_UNDEFINED, - SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A, - SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_B, - SYS_DVBT, - SYS_DSS, - SYS_DVBS, - SYS_DVBS2, - SYS_DVBH, - SYS_ISDBT, - SYS_ISDBS, - SYS_ISDBC, - SYS_ATSC, - SYS_ATSCMH, - SYS_DTMB, - SYS_CMMB, - SYS_DAB, - SYS_DVBT2, - SYS_TURBO, - SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_C, -} fe_delivery_system_t; -</programlisting> - </section> +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-delivery-system"> + <title>enum fe_delivery_system</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="SYS-UNDEFINED"><constant>SYS_UNDEFINED</constant></entry> + <entry>Undefined standard. Generally, indicates an error</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DVBC-ANNEX-A"><constant>SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A</constant></entry> + <entry>Cable TV: DVB-C following ITU-T J.83 Annex A spec</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DVBC-ANNEX-B"><constant>SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_B</constant></entry> + <entry>Cable TV: DVB-C following ITU-T J.83 Annex B spec (ClearQAM)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DVBC-ANNEX-C"><constant>SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_C</constant></entry> + <entry>Cable TV: DVB-C following ITU-T J.83 Annex C spec</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-ISDBC"><constant>SYS_ISDBC</constant></entry> + <entry>Cable TV: ISDB-C (no drivers yet)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DVBT"><constant>SYS_DVBT</constant></entry> + <entry>Terrestral TV: DVB-T</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DVBT2"><constant>SYS_DVBT2</constant></entry> + <entry>Terrestral TV: DVB-T2</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-ISDBT"><constant>SYS_ISDBT</constant></entry> + <entry>Terrestral TV: ISDB-T</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-ATSC"><constant>SYS_ATSC</constant></entry> + <entry>Terrestral TV: ATSC</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-ATSCMH"><constant>SYS_ATSCMH</constant></entry> + <entry>Terrestral TV (mobile): ATSC-M/H</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DTMB"><constant>SYS_DTMB</constant></entry> + <entry>Terrestrial TV: DTMB</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DVBS"><constant>SYS_DVBS</constant></entry> + <entry>Satellite TV: DVB-S</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DVBS2"><constant>SYS_DVBS2</constant></entry> + <entry>Satellite TV: DVB-S2</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-TURBO"><constant>SYS_TURBO</constant></entry> + <entry>Satellite TV: DVB-S Turbo</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-ISDBS"><constant>SYS_ISDBS</constant></entry> + <entry>Satellite TV: ISDB-S</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DAB"><constant>SYS_DAB</constant></entry> + <entry>Digital audio: DAB (not fully supported)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DSS"><constant>SYS_DSS</constant></entry> + <entry>Satellite TV:"DSS (not fully supported)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-CMMB"><constant>SYS_CMMB</constant></entry> + <entry>Terrestral TV (mobile):CMMB (not fully supported)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DVBH"><constant>SYS_DVBH</constant></entry> + <entry>Terrestral TV (mobile): DVB-H (standard deprecated)</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> + + +</section> </section> <section id="DTV-ISDBT-PARTIAL-RECEPTION"> <title><constant>DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION</constant></title> @@ -630,114 +832,177 @@ typedef enum fe_delivery_system { </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-FRAME-MODE"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_MODE</constant></title> - <para>RS frame mode.</para> + <para>Reed Solomon (RS) frame mode.</para> <para>Possible values are:</para> - <para id="atscmh-rs-frame-mode"> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_rs_frame_mode { - ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_ONLY = 0, - ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_SEC = 1, -} atscmh_rs_frame_mode_t; -</programlisting> - </para> +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="atscmh-rs-frame-mode"> + <title>enum atscmh_rs_frame_mode</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSFRAME-PRI-ONLY"><constant>ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_ONLY</constant></entry> + <entry>Single Frame: There is only a primary RS Frame for all + Group Regions.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSFRAME-PRI-SEC"><constant>ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_SEC</constant></entry> + <entry>Dual Frame: There are two separate RS Frames: Primary RS + Frame for Group Region A and B and Secondary RS Frame for Group + Region C and D.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-FRAME-ENSEMBLE"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_ENSEMBLE</constant></title> - <para>RS frame ensemble.</para> + <para>Reed Solomon(RS) frame ensemble.</para> <para>Possible values are:</para> - <para id="atscmh-rs-frame-ensemble"> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble { - ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_PRI = 0, - ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_SEC = 1, -} atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble_t; -</programlisting> - </para> +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="atscmh-rs-frame-ensemble"> + <title>enum atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSFRAME-ENS-PRI"><constant>ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_PRI</constant></entry> + <entry>Primary Ensemble.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSFRAME-ENS-SEC"><constant>AATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_SEC</constant></entry> + <entry>Secondary Ensemble.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSFRAME-RES"><constant>AATSCMH_RSFRAME_RES</constant></entry> + <entry>Reserved. Shouldn't be used.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-CODE-MODE-PRI"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_PRI</constant></title> - <para>RS code mode (primary).</para> + <para>Reed Solomon (RS) code mode (primary).</para> <para>Possible values are:</para> - <para id="atscmh-rs-code-mode"> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_rs_code_mode { - ATSCMH_RSCODE_211_187 = 0, - ATSCMH_RSCODE_223_187 = 1, - ATSCMH_RSCODE_235_187 = 2, -} atscmh_rs_code_mode_t; -</programlisting> - </para> +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="atscmh-rs-code-mode"> + <title>enum atscmh_rs_code_mode</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSCODE-211-187"><constant>ATSCMH_RSCODE_211_187</constant></entry> + <entry>Reed Solomon code (211,187).</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSCODE-223-187"><constant>ATSCMH_RSCODE_223_187</constant></entry> + <entry>Reed Solomon code (223,187).</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSCODE-235-187"><constant>ATSCMH_RSCODE_235_187</constant></entry> + <entry>Reed Solomon code (235,187).</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSCODE-RES"><constant>ATSCMH_RSCODE_RES</constant></entry> + <entry>Reserved. Shouldn't be used.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-CODE-MODE-SEC"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_SEC</constant></title> - <para>RS code mode (secondary).</para> - <para>Possible values are:</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_rs_code_mode { - ATSCMH_RSCODE_211_187 = 0, - ATSCMH_RSCODE_223_187 = 1, - ATSCMH_RSCODE_235_187 = 2, -} atscmh_rs_code_mode_t; -</programlisting> + <para>Reed Solomon (RS) code mode (secondary).</para> + <para>Possible values are the same as documented on + &atscmh-rs-code-mode;:</para> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-BLOCK-MODE"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_BLOCK_MODE</constant></title> <para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Block Mode.</para> <para>Possible values are:</para> - <para id="atscmh-sccc-block-mode"> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_sccc_block_mode { - ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_SEP = 0, - ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_COMB = 1, -} atscmh_sccc_block_mode_t; -</programlisting> - </para> +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="atscmh-sccc-block-mode"> + <title>enum atscmh_scc_block_mode</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-SCCC-BLK-SEP"><constant>ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_SEP</constant></entry> + <entry>Separate SCCC: the SCCC outer code mode shall be set independently + for each Group Region (A, B, C, D)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-SCCC-BLK-COMB"><constant>ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_COMB</constant></entry> + <entry>Combined SCCC: all four Regions shall have the same SCCC outer + code mode.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-SCCC-BLK-RES"><constant>ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_RES</constant></entry> + <entry>Reserved. Shouldn't be used.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-A"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_A</constant></title> <para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate.</para> <para>Possible values are:</para> - <para id="atscmh-sccc-code-mode"> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { - ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF = 0, - ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR = 1, -} atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t; -</programlisting> - </para> +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="atscmh-sccc-code-mode"> + <title>enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-HLF"><constant>ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF</constant></entry> + <entry>The outer code rate of a SCCC Block is 1/2 rate.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-QTR"><constant>ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR</constant></entry> + <entry>The outer code rate of a SCCC Block is 1/4 rate.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-RES"><constant>ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_RES</constant></entry> + <entry>to be documented.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-B"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_B</constant></title> <para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate.</para> - <para>Possible values are:</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { - ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF = 0, - ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR = 1, -} atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t; -</programlisting> + <para>Possible values are the same as documented on + &atscmh-sccc-code-mode;.</para> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-C"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_C</constant></title> <para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate.</para> - <para>Possible values are:</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { - ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF = 0, - ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR = 1, -} atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t; -</programlisting> + <para>Possible values are the same as documented on + &atscmh-sccc-code-mode;.</para> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-D"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_D</constant></title> <para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate.</para> - <para>Possible values are:</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { - ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF = 0, - ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR = 1, -} atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t; -</programlisting> + <para>Possible values are the same as documented on + &atscmh-sccc-code-mode;.</para> </section> </section> <section id="DTV-API-VERSION"> @@ -746,65 +1011,74 @@ typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { </section> <section id="DTV-CODE-RATE-HP"> <title><constant>DTV_CODE_RATE_HP</constant></title> - <para>Used on terrestrial transmissions. The acceptable values are: + <para>Used on terrestrial transmissions. The acceptable values are + the ones described at &fe-transmit-mode-t;. </para> - <programlisting> -typedef enum fe_code_rate { - FEC_NONE = 0, - FEC_1_2, - FEC_2_3, - FEC_3_4, - FEC_4_5, - FEC_5_6, - FEC_6_7, - FEC_7_8, - FEC_8_9, - FEC_AUTO, - FEC_3_5, - FEC_9_10, -} fe_code_rate_t; - </programlisting> </section> <section id="DTV-CODE-RATE-LP"> <title><constant>DTV_CODE_RATE_LP</constant></title> - <para>Used on terrestrial transmissions. The acceptable values are: + <para>Used on terrestrial transmissions. The acceptable values are + the ones described at &fe-transmit-mode-t;. </para> - <programlisting> -typedef enum fe_code_rate { - FEC_NONE = 0, - FEC_1_2, - FEC_2_3, - FEC_3_4, - FEC_4_5, - FEC_5_6, - FEC_6_7, - FEC_7_8, - FEC_8_9, - FEC_AUTO, - FEC_3_5, - FEC_9_10, -} fe_code_rate_t; - </programlisting> + </section> + <section id="DTV-GUARD-INTERVAL"> <title><constant>DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL</constant></title> <para>Possible values are:</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_guard_interval { - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_32, - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_16, - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_8, - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_4, - GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO, - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_128, - GUARD_INTERVAL_19_128, - GUARD_INTERVAL_19_256, - GUARD_INTERVAL_PN420, - GUARD_INTERVAL_PN595, - GUARD_INTERVAL_PN945, -} fe_guard_interval_t; -</programlisting> + +<section id="fe-guard-interval-t"> +<title>Modulation guard interval</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-guard-interval"> + <title>enum fe_guard_interval</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-AUTO"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>Autodetect the guard interval</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-1-128"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_1_128</constant></entry> + <entry>Guard interval 1/128</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-1-32"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_1_32</constant></entry> + <entry>Guard interval 1/32</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-1-16"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_1_16</constant></entry> + <entry>Guard interval 1/16</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-1-8"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_1_8</constant></entry> + <entry>Guard interval 1/8</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-1-4"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_1_4</constant></entry> + <entry>Guard interval 1/4</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-19-128"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_19_128</constant></entry> + <entry>Guard interval 19/128</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-19-256"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_19_256</constant></entry> + <entry>Guard interval 19/256</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-PN420"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_PN420</constant></entry> + <entry>PN length 420 (1/4)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-PN595"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_PN595</constant></entry> + <entry>PN length 595 (1/6)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-PN945"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_PN945</constant></entry> + <entry>PN length 945 (1/9)</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> <para>Notes:</para> <para>1) If <constant>DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL</constant> is set the <constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO</constant> the hardware will @@ -812,26 +1086,64 @@ typedef enum fe_guard_interval { in the missing parameters.</para> <para>2) Intervals 1/128, 19/128 and 19/256 are used only for DVB-T2 at present</para> <para>3) DTMB specifies PN420, PN595 and PN945.</para> +</section> </section> <section id="DTV-TRANSMISSION-MODE"> <title><constant>DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE</constant></title> - <para>Specifies the number of carriers used by the standard</para> + <para>Specifies the number of carriers used by the standard. + This is used only on OFTM-based standards, e. g. + DVB-T/T2, ISDB-T, DTMB</para> + +<section id="fe-transmit-mode-t"> +<title>enum fe_transmit_mode: Number of carriers per channel</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-transmit-mode"> + <title>enum fe_transmit_mode</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-AUTO"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>Autodetect transmission mode. The hardware will try to find + the correct FFT-size (if capable) to fill in the missing + parameters.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-1K"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_1K</constant></entry> + <entry>Transmission mode 1K</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-2K"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_2K</constant></entry> + <entry>Transmission mode 2K</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-8K"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_8K</constant></entry> + <entry>Transmission mode 8K</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-4K"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_4K</constant></entry> + <entry>Transmission mode 4K</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-16K"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_16K</constant></entry> + <entry>Transmission mode 16K</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-32K"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_32K</constant></entry> + <entry>Transmission mode 32K</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-C1"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_C1</constant></entry> + <entry>Single Carrier (C=1) transmission mode (DTMB)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-C3780"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_C3780</constant></entry> + <entry>Multi Carrier (C=3780) transmission mode (DTMB)</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> + - <para>Possible values are:</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_transmit_mode { - TRANSMISSION_MODE_2K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_8K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_4K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_1K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_16K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_32K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_C1, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_C3780, -} fe_transmit_mode_t; -</programlisting> <para>Notes:</para> <para>1) ISDB-T supports three carrier/symbol-size: 8K, 4K, 2K. It is called 'mode' in the standard: Mode 1 is 2K, mode 2 is 4K, mode 3 is 8K</para> @@ -842,19 +1154,48 @@ typedef enum fe_transmit_mode { <para>3) DVB-T specifies 2K and 8K as valid sizes.</para> <para>4) DVB-T2 specifies 1K, 2K, 4K, 8K, 16K and 32K.</para> <para>5) DTMB specifies C1 and C3780.</para> +</section> </section> <section id="DTV-HIERARCHY"> <title><constant>DTV_HIERARCHY</constant></title> <para>Frontend hierarchy</para> - <programlisting> -typedef enum fe_hierarchy { - HIERARCHY_NONE, - HIERARCHY_1, - HIERARCHY_2, - HIERARCHY_4, - HIERARCHY_AUTO - } fe_hierarchy_t; - </programlisting> + + +<section id="fe-hierarchy-t"> +<title>Frontend hierarchy</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-hierarchy"> + <title>enum fe_hierarchy</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="HIERARCHY-NONE"><constant>HIERARCHY_NONE</constant></entry> + <entry>No hierarchy</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="HIERARCHY-AUTO"><constant>HIERARCHY_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>Autodetect hierarchy (if supported)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="HIERARCHY-1"><constant>HIERARCHY_1</constant></entry> + <entry>Hierarchy 1</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="HIERARCHY-2"><constant>HIERARCHY_2</constant></entry> + <entry>Hierarchy 2</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="HIERARCHY-4"><constant>HIERARCHY_4</constant></entry> + <entry>Hierarchy 4</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</section> + </section> <section id="DTV-STREAM-ID"> <title><constant>DTV_STREAM_ID</constant></title> @@ -891,15 +1232,37 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy { </section> <section id="DTV-INTERLEAVING"> <title><constant>DTV_INTERLEAVING</constant></title> - <para id="fe-interleaving">Interleaving mode</para> - <programlisting> -enum fe_interleaving { - INTERLEAVING_NONE, - INTERLEAVING_AUTO, - INTERLEAVING_240, - INTERLEAVING_720, -}; - </programlisting> + +<para>Time interleaving to be used. Currently, used only on DTMB.</para> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-interleaving"> + <title>enum fe_interleaving</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="INTERLEAVING-NONE"><constant>INTERLEAVING_NONE</constant></entry> + <entry>No interleaving.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="INTERLEAVING-AUTO"><constant>INTERLEAVING_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>Auto-detect interleaving.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="INTERLEAVING-240"><constant>INTERLEAVING_240</constant></entry> + <entry>Interleaving of 240 symbols.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="INTERLEAVING-720"><constant>INTERLEAVING_720</constant></entry> + <entry>Interleaving of 720 symbols.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> + </section> <section id="DTV-LNA"> <title><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></title> @@ -921,7 +1284,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving { <para>For most delivery systems, <constant>dtv_property.stat.len</constant> will be 1 if the stats is supported, and the properties will return a single value for each parameter.</para> - <para>It should be noticed, however, that new OFDM delivery systems + <para>It should be noted, however, that new OFDM delivery systems like ISDB can use different modulation types for each group of carriers. On such standards, up to 3 groups of statistics can be provided, and <constant>dtv_property.stat.len</constant> is updated @@ -940,10 +1303,10 @@ enum fe_interleaving { and <constant>uvalue</constant> is for unsigned values (counters, relative scale)</para></listitem> <listitem><para><constant>scale</constant> - Scale for the value. It can be:</para> <itemizedlist mark='bullet' id="fecap-scale-params"> - <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - The parameter is supported by the frontend, but it was not possible to collect it (could be a transitory or permanent condition)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_DECIBEL</constant> - parameter is a signed value, measured in 1/1000 dB</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_RELATIVE</constant> - parameter is a unsigned value, where 0 means 0% and 65535 means 100%.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_COUNTER</constant> - parameter is a unsigned value that counts the occurrence of an event, like bit error, block error, or lapsed time.</para></listitem> + <listitem id="FE-SCALE-NOT-AVAILABLE"><para><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - The parameter is supported by the frontend, but it was not possible to collect it (could be a transitory or permanent condition)</para></listitem> + <listitem id="FE-SCALE-DECIBEL"><para><constant>FE_SCALE_DECIBEL</constant> - parameter is a signed value, measured in 1/1000 dB</para></listitem> + <listitem id="FE-SCALE-RELATIVE"><para><constant>FE_SCALE_RELATIVE</constant> - parameter is a unsigned value, where 0 means 0% and 65535 means 100%.</para></listitem> + <listitem id="FE-SCALE-COUNTER"><para><constant>FE_SCALE_COUNTER</constant> - parameter is a unsigned value that counts the occurrence of an event, like bit error, block error, or lapsed time.</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -953,7 +1316,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving { <para>Possible scales for this metric are:</para> <itemizedlist mark='bullet'> <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_DECIBEL</constant> - signal strength is in 0.0001 dBm units, power measured in miliwatts. This value is generally negative.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_DECIBEL</constant> - signal strength is in 0.001 dBm units, power measured in miliwatts. This value is generally negative.</para></listitem> <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_RELATIVE</constant> - The frontend provides a 0% to 100% measurement for power (actually, 0 to 65535).</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -963,7 +1326,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving { <para>Possible scales for this metric are:</para> <itemizedlist mark='bullet'> <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_DECIBEL</constant> - Signal/Noise ratio is in 0.0001 dB units.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_DECIBEL</constant> - Signal/Noise ratio is in 0.001 dB units.</para></listitem> <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_RELATIVE</constant> - The frontend provides a 0% to 100% measurement for Signal/Noise (actually, 0 to 65535).</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -985,7 +1348,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving { <title><constant>DTV_STAT_PRE_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT</constant></title> <para>Measures the amount of bits received before the inner code block, during the same period as <link linkend="DTV-STAT-PRE-ERROR-BIT-COUNT"><constant>DTV_STAT_PRE_ERROR_BIT_COUNT</constant></link> measurement was taken.</para> - <para>It should be noticed that this measurement can be smaller than the total amount of bits on the transport stream, + <para>It should be noted that this measurement can be smaller than the total amount of bits on the transport stream, as the frontend may need to manually restart the measurement, losing some data between each measurement interval.</para> <para>This measurement is monotonically increased, as the frontend gets more bit count measurements. The frontend may reset it when a channel/transponder is tuned.</para> @@ -1014,7 +1377,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving { <title><constant>DTV_STAT_POST_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT</constant></title> <para>Measures the amount of bits received after the inner coding, during the same period as <link linkend="DTV-STAT-POST-ERROR-BIT-COUNT"><constant>DTV_STAT_POST_ERROR_BIT_COUNT</constant></link> measurement was taken.</para> - <para>It should be noticed that this measurement can be smaller than the total amount of bits on the transport stream, + <para>It should be noted that this measurement can be smaller than the total amount of bits on the transport stream, as the frontend may need to manually restart the measurement, losing some data between each measurement interval.</para> <para>This measurement is monotonically increased, as the frontend gets more bit count measurements. The frontend may reset it when a channel/transponder is tuned.</para> @@ -1255,8 +1618,8 @@ enum fe_interleaving { <para>In addition, the <link linkend="frontend-stat-properties">DTV QoS statistics</link> are also valid.</para> </section> </section> - <section id="frontend-property-satellital-systems"> - <title>Properties used on satellital delivery systems</title> + <section id="frontend-property-satellite-systems"> + <title>Properties used on satellite delivery systems</title> <section id="dvbs-params"> <title>DVB-S delivery system</title> <para>The following parameters are valid for DVB-S:</para> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/examples.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/examples.xml index f037e568e..c9f68c718 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/examples.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/examples.xml @@ -1,8 +1,10 @@ <title>Examples</title> <para>In this section we would like to present some examples for using the DVB API. </para> -<para>Maintainer note: This section is out of date. Please refer to the sample programs packaged -with the driver distribution from <ulink url="http://linuxtv.org/hg/dvb-apps" />. +<para>NOTE: This section is out of date, and the code below won't even + compile. Please refer to the + <ulink url="http://linuxtv.org/docs/libdvbv5/index.html">libdvbv5</ulink> + for updated/recommended examples. </para> <section id="tuning"> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-recv-slave-reply.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-recv-slave-reply.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4595dbfff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-recv-slave-reply.xml @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +<refentry id="FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY</refname> + <refpurpose>Receives reply from a DiSEqC 2.0 command</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct dvb_diseqc_slave_reply *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to &dvb-diseqc-slave-reply;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>Receives reply from a DiSEqC 2.0 command.</para> +&return-value-dvb; + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dvb-diseqc-slave-reply"> + <title>struct <structname>dvb_diseqc_slave_reply</structname></title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>uint8_t</entry> + <entry>msg[4]</entry> + <entry>DiSEqC message (framing, data[3])</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint8_t</entry> + <entry>msg_len</entry> + <entry>Length of the DiSEqC message. Valid values are 0 to 4, + where 0 means no msg</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>int</entry> + <entry>timeout</entry> + <entry>Return from ioctl after timeout ms with errorcode when no + message was received</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> + +</refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-reset-overload.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-reset-overload.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c104df77e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-reset-overload.xml @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<refentry id="FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD</refname> + <refpurpose>Restores the power to the antenna subsystem, if it was powered + off due to power overload.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>NULL</paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>If the bus has been automatically powered off due to power overload, this ioctl + call restores the power to the bus. The call requires read/write access to the + device. This call has no effect if the device is manually powered off. Not all + DVB adapters support this ioctl.</para> +&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-send-burst.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-send-burst.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f6a68f32 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-send-burst.xml @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +<refentry id="FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST</refname> + <refpurpose>Sends a 22KHz tone burst for 2x1 mini DiSEqC satellite selection.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>enum fe_sec_mini_cmd *<parameter>tone</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>tone</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to &fe-sec-mini-cmd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + +<para>This ioctl is used to set the generation of a 22kHz tone burst for mini + DiSEqC satellite + selection for 2x1 switches. + This call requires read/write permissions.</para> +<para>It provides support for what's specified at + <ulink url="http://www.eutelsat.com/files/contributed/satellites/pdf/Diseqc/associated%20docs/simple_tone_burst_detec.pdf">Digital Satellite Equipment Control + (DiSEqC) - Simple "ToneBurst" Detection Circuit specification.</ulink> + </para> +&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> + +<refsect1 id="fe-sec-mini-cmd-t"> +<title>enum fe_sec_mini_cmd</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-sec-mini-cmd"> + <title>enum fe_sec_mini_cmd</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry align="char" id="SEC-MINI-A"><constant>SEC_MINI_A</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Sends a mini-DiSEqC 22kHz '0' Tone Burst to + select satellite-A</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="SEC-MINI-B"><constant>SEC_MINI_B</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Sends a mini-DiSEqC 22kHz '1' Data Burst to + select satellite-B</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</refsect1> + +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-send-master-cmd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-send-master-cmd.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38cf313e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-send-master-cmd.xml @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +<refentry id="FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD</refname> + <refpurpose>Sends a DiSEqC command</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct dvb_diseqc_master_cmd *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to &dvb-diseqc-master-cmd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>Sends a DiSEqC command to the antenna subsystem.</para> +&return-value-dvb; + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dvb-diseqc-master-cmd"> + <title>struct <structname>dvb_diseqc_master_cmd</structname></title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>uint8_t</entry> + <entry>msg[6]</entry> + <entry>DiSEqC message (framing, address, command, data[3])</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint8_t</entry> + <entry>msg_len</entry> + <entry>Length of the DiSEqC message. Valid values are 3 to 6</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> + +</refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-enable-high-lnb-voltage.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-enable-high-lnb-voltage.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c11890b18 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-enable-high-lnb-voltage.xml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<refentry id="FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE</refname> + <refpurpose>Select output DC level between normal LNBf voltages or higher + LNBf voltages.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>unsigned int <parameter>high</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>high</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>Valid flags:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>0 - normal 13V and 18V.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>>0 - enables slightly higher voltages instead of + 13/18V, in order to compensate for long antenna cables.</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>Select output DC level between normal LNBf voltages or higher + LNBf voltages between 0 (normal) or a value grater than 0 for higher + voltages.</para> +&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-get-info.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-get-info.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed0eeb29d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-get-info.xml @@ -0,0 +1,266 @@ +<refentry id="FE_GET_INFO"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_GET_INFO</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_GET_INFO</refname> + <refpurpose>Query DVB frontend capabilities and returns information about + the front-end. This call only requires read-only access to the device</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct dvb_frontend_info *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_GET_INFO</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to struct &dvb-frontend-info;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>All DVB frontend devices support the +<constant>FE_GET_INFO</constant> ioctl. It is used to identify +kernel devices compatible with this specification and to obtain +information about driver and hardware capabilities. The ioctl takes a +pointer to dvb_frontend_info which is filled by the driver. When the +driver is not compatible with this specification the ioctl returns an error. +</para> +&return-value-dvb; + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dvb-frontend-info"> + <title>struct <structname>dvb_frontend_info</structname></title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>char</entry> + <entry>name[128]</entry> + <entry>Name of the frontend</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>fe_type_t</entry> + <entry>type</entry> + <entry><emphasis role="bold">DEPRECATED</emphasis>. DVBv3 type. Should not be used on modern programs, as a + frontend may have more than one type. So, the DVBv5 API should + be used instead to enumerate and select the frontend type.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint32_t</entry> + <entry>frequency_min</entry> + <entry>Minimal frequency supported by the frontend</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint32_t</entry> + <entry>frequency_max</entry> + <entry>Maximal frequency supported by the frontend</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint32_t</entry> + <entry>frequency_stepsize</entry> + <entry>Frequency step - all frequencies are multiple of this value</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint32_t</entry> + <entry>frequency_tolerance</entry> + <entry>Tolerance of the frequency</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint32_t</entry> + <entry>symbol_rate_min</entry> + <entry>Minimal symbol rate (for Cable/Satellite systems), in bauds</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint32_t</entry> + <entry>symbol_rate_max</entry> + <entry>Maximal symbol rate (for Cable/Satellite systems), in bauds</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint32_t</entry> + <entry>symbol_rate_tolerance</entry> + <entry>Maximal symbol rate tolerance, in ppm</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint32_t</entry> + <entry>notifier_delay</entry> + <entry><emphasis role="bold">DEPRECATED</emphasis>. Not used by any driver.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>&fe-caps;</entry> + <entry>caps</entry> + <entry>Capabilities supported by the frontend</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + <para>NOTE: The frequencies are specified in Hz for Terrestrial and Cable + systems. They're specified in kHz for Satellite systems</para> + </refsect1> + +<refsect1 id="fe-caps-t"> +<title>frontend capabilities</title> + +<para>Capabilities describe what a frontend can do. Some capabilities are + supported only on some specific frontend types.</para> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-caps"> + <title>enum fe_caps</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="FE-IS-STUPID"><constant>FE_IS_STUPID</constant></entry> + <entry>There's something wrong at the frontend, and it can't + report its capabilities</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-INVERSION-AUTO"><constant>FE_CAN_INVERSION_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend is capable of auto-detecting inversion</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-1-2"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_1_2</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports FEC 1/2</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-2-3"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_2_3</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports FEC 2/3</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-3-4"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_3_4</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports FEC 3/4</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-4-5"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_4_5</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports FEC 4/5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-5-6"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_5_6</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports FEC 5/6</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-6-7"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_6_7</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports FEC 6/7</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-7-8"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_7_8</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports FEC 7/8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-8-9"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_8_9</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports FEC 8/9</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-AUTO"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend can autodetect FEC.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-QPSK"><constant>FE_CAN_QPSK</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports QPSK modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-QAM-16"><constant>FE_CAN_QAM_16</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports 16-QAM modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-QAM-32"><constant>FE_CAN_QAM_32</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports 32-QAM modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-QAM-64"><constant>FE_CAN_QAM_64</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports 64-QAM modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-QAM-128"><constant>FE_CAN_QAM_128</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports 128-QAM modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-QAM-256"><constant>FE_CAN_QAM_256</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports 256-QAM modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-QAM-AUTO"><constant>FE_CAN_QAM_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend can autodetect modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-TRANSMISSION-MODE-AUTO"><constant>FE_CAN_TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend can autodetect the transmission mode</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-BANDWIDTH-AUTO"><constant>FE_CAN_BANDWIDTH_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend can autodetect the bandwidth</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-GUARD-INTERVAL-AUTO"><constant>FE_CAN_GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend can autodetect the guard interval</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-HIERARCHY-AUTO"><constant>FE_CAN_HIERARCHY_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend can autodetect hierarch</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-8VSB"><constant>FE_CAN_8VSB</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports 8-VSB modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-16VSB"><constant>FE_CAN_16VSB</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports 16-VSB modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-HAS-EXTENDED-CAPS"><constant>FE_HAS_EXTENDED_CAPS</constant></entry> + <entry>Currently, unused</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-MULTISTREAM"><constant>FE_CAN_MULTISTREAM</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports multistream filtering</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-TURBO-FEC"><constant>FE_CAN_TURBO_FEC</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports turbo FEC modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-2G-MODULATION"><constant>FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports "2nd generation modulation" (DVB-S2/T2)></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-NEEDS-BENDING"><constant>FE_NEEDS_BENDING</constant></entry> + <entry>Not supported anymore, don't use it</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-RECOVER"><constant>FE_CAN_RECOVER</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend can recover from a cable unplug automatically</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-MUTE-TS"><constant>FE_CAN_MUTE_TS</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend can stop spurious TS data output</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-get-property.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-get-property.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53a170ed3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-get-property.xml @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<refentry id="FE_GET_PROPERTY"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_SET_PROPERTY, FE_GET_PROPERTY</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_SET_PROPERTY</refname> + <refname>FE_GET_PROPERTY</refname> + <refpurpose>FE_SET_PROPERTY sets one or more frontend properties. + FE_GET_PROPERTY returns one or more frontend properties.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct dtv_properties *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_SET_PROPERTY, FE_GET_PROPERTY</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to &dtv-properties;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>All DVB frontend devices support the +<constant>FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant> and <constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY</constant> +ioctls. The supported properties and statistics depends on the delivery system +and on the device:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> + <para><constant>FE_SET_PROPERTY:</constant></para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>This ioctl is used to set one or more + frontend properties.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>This is the basic command to request the frontend to tune into some + frequency and to start decoding the digital TV signal.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>This call requires read/write access to the device.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>At return, the values are updated to reflect the + actual parameters used.</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <para><constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY:</constant></para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>This ioctl is used to get properties and +statistics from the frontend.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>No properties are changed, and statistics aren't reset.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>This call only requires read-only access to the device.</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-read-status.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-read-status.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc0dc2a55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-read-status.xml @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +<refentry id="FE_READ_STATUS"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_READ_STATUS</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_READ_STATUS</refname> + <refpurpose>Returns status information about the front-end. This call only + requires read-only access to the device</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>unsigned int *<parameter>status</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_READ_STATUS</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>status</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to a bitmask integer filled with the values defined by + &fe-status;.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>All DVB frontend devices support the +<constant>FE_READ_STATUS</constant> ioctl. It is used to check about the +locking status of the frontend after being tuned. The ioctl takes a +pointer to an integer where the status will be written. +</para> +<para>NOTE: the size of status is actually sizeof(enum fe_status), with varies + according with the architecture. This needs to be fixed in the future.</para> +&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> + +<refsect1 id="fe-status-t"> +<title>int fe_status</title> + +<para>The fe_status parameter is used to indicate the current state + and/or state changes of the frontend hardware. It is produced using + the &fe-status; values on a bitmask</para> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-status"> + <title>enum fe_status</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry align="char" id="FE-HAS-SIGNAL"><constant>FE_HAS_SIGNAL</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">The frontend has found something above the noise level</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="FE-HAS-CARRIER"><constant>FE_HAS_CARRIER</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">The frontend has found a DVB signal</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="FE-HAS-VITERBI"><constant>FE_HAS_VITERBI</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">The frontend FEC inner coding (Viterbi, LDPC or other inner code) is stable</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="FE-HAS-SYNC"><constant>FE_HAS_SYNC</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Synchronization bytes was found</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="FE-HAS-LOCK"><constant>FE_HAS_LOCK</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">The DVB were locked and everything is working</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="FE-TIMEDOUT"><constant>FE_TIMEDOUT</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">no lock within the last about 2 seconds</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="FE-REINIT"><constant>FE_REINIT</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">The frontend was reinitialized, application is + recommended to reset DiSEqC, tone and parameters</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-frontend-tune-mode.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-frontend-tune-mode.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99fa8a015 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-frontend-tune-mode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<refentry id="FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE</refname> + <refpurpose>Allow setting tuner mode flags to the frontend.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>unsigned int <parameter>flags</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>flags</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>Valid flags:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>0 - normal tune mode</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>FE_TUNE_MODE_ONESHOT - When set, this flag will + disable any zigzagging or other "normal" tuning behaviour. + Additionally, there will be no automatic monitoring of the + lock status, and hence no frontend events will be + generated. If a frontend device is closed, this flag will + be automatically turned off when the device is reopened + read-write.</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>Allow setting tuner mode flags to the frontend, between 0 (normal) + or FE_TUNE_MODE_ONESHOT mode</para> +&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-tone.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-tone.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62d44e4cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-tone.xml @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +<refentry id="FE_SET_TONE"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_SET_TONE</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_SET_TONE</refname> + <refpurpose>Sets/resets the generation of the continuous 22kHz tone.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>enum fe_sec_tone_mode *<parameter>tone</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_SET_TONE</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>tone</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to &fe-sec-tone-mode;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + +<para>This ioctl is used to set the generation of the continuous 22kHz tone. + This call requires read/write permissions.</para> +<para>Usually, satellite antenna subsystems require that the digital TV + device to send a 22kHz tone in order to select between high/low band on + some dual-band LNBf. It is also used to send signals to DiSEqC equipment, + but this is done using the DiSEqC ioctls.</para> +<para>NOTE: if more than one device is connected to the same antenna, + setting a tone may interfere on other devices, as they may lose + the capability of selecting the band. So, it is recommended that + applications would change to SEC_TONE_OFF when the device is not used.</para> + +&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> + +<refsect1 id="fe-sec-tone-mode-t"> +<title>enum fe_sec_tone_mode</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-sec-tone-mode"> + <title>enum fe_sec_tone_mode</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry align="char" id="SEC-TONE-ON"><constant>SEC_TONE_ON</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Sends a 22kHz tone burst to the antenna</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="SEC-TONE-OFF"><constant>SEC_TONE_OFF</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Don't send a 22kHz tone to the antenna + (except if the FE_DISEQC_* ioctls are called)</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</refsect1> + +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-voltage.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-voltage.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c89a6f79b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-voltage.xml @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<refentry id="FE_SET_VOLTAGE"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_SET_VOLTAGE</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_SET_VOLTAGE</refname> + <refpurpose>Allow setting the DC level sent to the antenna subsystem.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>enum fe_sec_voltage *<parameter>voltage</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_SET_VOLTAGE</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>voltage</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to &fe-sec-voltage;</para> + <para>Valid values are described at &fe-sec-voltage;.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + +<para>This ioctl allows to set the DC voltage level sent through the antenna + cable to 13V, 18V or off.</para> +<para>Usually, a satellite antenna subsystems require that the digital TV + device to send a DC voltage to feed power to the LNBf. Depending on the + LNBf type, the polarization or the intermediate frequency (IF) of the LNBf + can controlled by the voltage level. Other devices (for example, the ones + that implement DISEqC and multipoint LNBf's don't need to control the + voltage level, provided that either 13V or 18V is sent to power up the + LNBf.</para> +<para>NOTE: if more than one device is connected to the same antenna, + setting a voltage level may interfere on other devices, as they may lose + the capability of setting polarization or IF. So, on those + cases, setting the voltage to SEC_VOLTAGE_OFF while the device is not is + used is recommended.</para> + +&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> + +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml index 8a6a6ff27..01210b33c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml @@ -1,485 +1,112 @@ <title>DVB Frontend API</title> -<para>The DVB frontend device controls the tuner and DVB demodulator -hardware. It can be accessed through <emphasis -role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/frontend0</emphasis>. Data types and and -ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis -role="tt">linux/dvb/frontend.h</emphasis> in your application.</para> - -<para>DVB frontends come in three varieties: DVB-S (satellite), DVB-C -(cable) and DVB-T (terrestrial). Transmission via the internet (DVB-IP) -is not yet handled by this API but a future extension is possible. For -DVB-S the frontend device also supports satellite equipment control -(SEC) via DiSEqC and V-SEC protocols. The DiSEqC (digital SEC) -specification is available from +<para>The DVB frontend API was designed to support three types of delivery systems:</para> +<itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>Terrestrial systems: DVB-T, DVB-T2, ATSC, ATSC M/H, ISDB-T, DVB-H, DTMB, CMMB</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Cable systems: DVB-C Annex A/C, ClearQAM (DVB-C Annex B), ISDB-C</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Satellite systems: DVB-S, DVB-S2, DVB Turbo, ISDB-S, DSS</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<para>The DVB frontend controls several sub-devices including:</para> +<itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>Tuner</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Digital TV demodulator</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Low noise amplifier (LNA)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Satellite Equipment Control (SEC) hardware (only for Satellite).</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<para>The frontend can be accessed through + <constant>/dev/dvb/adapter?/frontend?</constant>. Data types and + ioctl definitions can be accessed by including + <constant>linux/dvb/frontend.h</constant> in your application. +</para> + +<para>NOTE: Transmission via the internet (DVB-IP) + is not yet handled by this API but a future extension is possible.</para> +<para>On Satellite systems, the API support for the Satellite Equipment Control + (SEC) allows to power control and to send/receive signals to control the + antenna subsystem, selecting the polarization and choosing the Intermediate + Frequency IF) of the Low Noise Block Converter Feed Horn (LNBf). It + supports the DiSEqC and V-SEC protocols. The DiSEqC (digital SEC) +specification is available at <ulink url="http://www.eutelsat.com/satellites/4_5_5.html">Eutelsat</ulink>.</para> -<para>Note that the DVB API may also be used for MPEG decoder-only PCI -cards, in which case there exists no frontend device.</para> - -<section id="frontend_types"> -<title>Frontend Data Types</title> - -<section id="fe-type-t"> -<title>Frontend type</title> - -<para>For historical reasons, frontend types are named by the type of modulation used in -transmission. The fontend types are given by fe_type_t type, defined as:</para> - -<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-type"> -<title>Frontend types</title> -<tgroup cols="3"> - &cs-def; - <thead> - <row> - <entry>fe_type</entry> - <entry>Description</entry> - <entry><link linkend="DTV-DELIVERY-SYSTEM">DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM</link> equivalent type</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody valign="top"> - <row> - <entry id="FE_QPSK"><constant>FE_QPSK</constant></entry> - <entry>For DVB-S standard</entry> - <entry><constant>SYS_DVBS</constant></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry id="FE_QAM"><constant>FE_QAM</constant></entry> - <entry>For DVB-C annex A standard</entry> - <entry><constant>SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A</constant></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry id="FE_OFDM"><constant>FE_OFDM</constant></entry> - <entry>For DVB-T standard</entry> - <entry><constant>SYS_DVBT</constant></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry id="FE_ATSC"><constant>FE_ATSC</constant></entry> - <entry>For ATSC standard (terrestrial) or for DVB-C Annex B (cable) used in US.</entry> - <entry><constant>SYS_ATSC</constant> (terrestrial) or <constant>SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_B</constant> (cable)</entry> - </row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> - -<para>Newer formats like DVB-S2, ISDB-T, ISDB-S and DVB-T2 are not described at the above, as they're -supported via the new <link linkend="FE_GET_SET_PROPERTY">FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_GET_SET_PROPERTY</link> ioctl's, using the <link linkend="DTV-DELIVERY-SYSTEM">DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM</link> parameter. -</para> - -<para>The usage of this field is deprecated, as it doesn't report all supported standards, and -will provide an incomplete information for frontends that support multiple delivery systems. -Please use <link linkend="DTV-ENUM-DELSYS">DTV_ENUM_DELSYS</link> instead.</para> -</section> - -<section id="fe-caps-t"> -<title>frontend capabilities</title> - -<para>Capabilities describe what a frontend can do. Some capabilities can only be supported for -a specific frontend type.</para> -<programlisting> - typedef enum fe_caps { - FE_IS_STUPID = 0, - FE_CAN_INVERSION_AUTO = 0x1, - FE_CAN_FEC_1_2 = 0x2, - FE_CAN_FEC_2_3 = 0x4, - FE_CAN_FEC_3_4 = 0x8, - FE_CAN_FEC_4_5 = 0x10, - FE_CAN_FEC_5_6 = 0x20, - FE_CAN_FEC_6_7 = 0x40, - FE_CAN_FEC_7_8 = 0x80, - FE_CAN_FEC_8_9 = 0x100, - FE_CAN_FEC_AUTO = 0x200, - FE_CAN_QPSK = 0x400, - FE_CAN_QAM_16 = 0x800, - FE_CAN_QAM_32 = 0x1000, - FE_CAN_QAM_64 = 0x2000, - FE_CAN_QAM_128 = 0x4000, - FE_CAN_QAM_256 = 0x8000, - FE_CAN_QAM_AUTO = 0x10000, - FE_CAN_TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO = 0x20000, - FE_CAN_BANDWIDTH_AUTO = 0x40000, - FE_CAN_GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO = 0x80000, - FE_CAN_HIERARCHY_AUTO = 0x100000, - FE_CAN_8VSB = 0x200000, - FE_CAN_16VSB = 0x400000, - FE_HAS_EXTENDED_CAPS = 0x800000, - FE_CAN_MULTISTREAM = 0x4000000, - FE_CAN_TURBO_FEC = 0x8000000, - FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION = 0x10000000, - FE_NEEDS_BENDING = 0x20000000, - FE_CAN_RECOVER = 0x40000000, - FE_CAN_MUTE_TS = 0x80000000 - } fe_caps_t; -</programlisting> -</section> - -<section id="dvb-frontend-info"> -<title>frontend information</title> - -<para>Information about the frontend ca be queried with - <link linkend="FE_GET_INFO">FE_GET_INFO</link>.</para> - -<programlisting> - struct dvb_frontend_info { - char name[128]; - fe_type_t type; - uint32_t frequency_min; - uint32_t frequency_max; - uint32_t frequency_stepsize; - uint32_t frequency_tolerance; - uint32_t symbol_rate_min; - uint32_t symbol_rate_max; - uint32_t symbol_rate_tolerance; /⋆ ppm ⋆/ - uint32_t notifier_delay; /⋆ ms ⋆/ - fe_caps_t caps; - }; -</programlisting> -</section> - -<section id="dvb-diseqc-master-cmd"> -<title>diseqc master command</title> - -<para>A message sent from the frontend to DiSEqC capable equipment.</para> -<programlisting> - struct dvb_diseqc_master_cmd { - uint8_t msg [6]; /⋆ { framing, address, command, data[3] } ⋆/ - uint8_t msg_len; /⋆ valid values are 3...6 ⋆/ - }; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section role="subsection" id="dvb-diseqc-slave-reply"> -<title>diseqc slave reply</title> - -<para>A reply to the frontend from DiSEqC 2.0 capable equipment.</para> -<programlisting> - struct dvb_diseqc_slave_reply { - uint8_t msg [4]; /⋆ { framing, data [3] } ⋆/ - uint8_t msg_len; /⋆ valid values are 0...4, 0 means no msg ⋆/ - int timeout; /⋆ return from ioctl after timeout ms with ⋆/ - }; /⋆ errorcode when no message was received ⋆/ -</programlisting> -</section> - -<section id="fe-sec-voltage-t"> -<title>diseqc slave reply</title> -<para>The voltage is usually used with non-DiSEqC capable LNBs to switch the polarzation -(horizontal/vertical). When using DiSEqC epuipment this voltage has to be switched -consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC spec.</para> -<programlisting> - typedef enum fe_sec_voltage { - SEC_VOLTAGE_13, - SEC_VOLTAGE_18 - } fe_sec_voltage_t; -</programlisting> -</section> - -<section id="fe-sec-tone-mode-t"> -<title>SEC continuous tone</title> +<section id="query-dvb-frontend-info"> +<title>Querying frontend information</title> -<para>The continuous 22KHz tone is usually used with non-DiSEqC capable LNBs to switch the -high/low band of a dual-band LNB. When using DiSEqC epuipment this voltage has to -be switched consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC -spec.</para> -<programlisting> - typedef enum fe_sec_tone_mode { - SEC_TONE_ON, - SEC_TONE_OFF - } fe_sec_tone_mode_t; -</programlisting> +<para>Usually, the first thing to do when the frontend is opened is to + check the frontend capabilities. This is done using <link linkend="FE_GET_INFO">FE_GET_INFO</link>. This ioctl will enumerate + the DVB API version and other characteristics about the frontend, and + can be opened either in read only or read/write mode.</para> </section> -<section id="fe-sec-mini-cmd-t"> -<title>SEC tone burst</title> - -<para>The 22KHz tone burst is usually used with non-DiSEqC capable switches to select -between two connected LNBs/satellites. When using DiSEqC epuipment this voltage has to -be switched consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC -spec.</para> -<programlisting> - typedef enum fe_sec_mini_cmd { - SEC_MINI_A, - SEC_MINI_B - } fe_sec_mini_cmd_t; -</programlisting> - -<para></para> -</section> - -<section id="fe-status-t"> -<title>frontend status</title> -<para>Several functions of the frontend device use the fe_status data type defined -by</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_status { - FE_HAS_SIGNAL = 0x01, - FE_HAS_CARRIER = 0x02, - FE_HAS_VITERBI = 0x04, - FE_HAS_SYNC = 0x08, - FE_HAS_LOCK = 0x10, - FE_TIMEDOUT = 0x20, - FE_REINIT = 0x40, -} fe_status_t; -</programlisting> -<para>to indicate the current state and/or state changes of the frontend hardware: -</para> - -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody> -<row> -<entry align="char">FE_HAS_SIGNAL</entry> -<entry align="char">The frontend has found something above the noise level</entry> -</row><row> -<entry align="char">FE_HAS_CARRIER</entry> -<entry align="char">The frontend has found a DVB signal</entry> -</row><row> -<entry align="char">FE_HAS_VITERBI</entry> -<entry align="char">The frontend FEC inner coding (Viterbi, LDPC or other inner code) is stable</entry> -</row><row> -<entry align="char">FE_HAS_SYNC</entry> -<entry align="char">Synchronization bytes was found</entry> -</row><row> -<entry align="char">FE_HAS_LOCK</entry> -<entry align="char">The DVB were locked and everything is working</entry> -</row><row> -<entry align="char">FE_TIMEDOUT</entry> -<entry align="char">no lock within the last about 2 seconds</entry> -</row><row> -<entry align="char">FE_REINIT</entry> -<entry align="char">The frontend was reinitialized, application is -recommended to reset DiSEqC, tone and parameters</entry> -</row> -</tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<section id="dvb-fe-read-status"> +<title>Querying frontend status and statistics</title> +<para>Once <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY"><constant>FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant></link> + is called, the frontend will run a kernel thread that will periodically + check for the tuner lock status and provide statistics about the quality + of the signal.</para> +<para>The information about the frontend tuner locking status can be queried + using <link linkend="FE_READ_STATUS">FE_READ_STATUS</link>.</para> +<para>Signal statistics are provided via <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY"><constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY</constant></link>. + Please note that several statistics require the demodulator to be fully + locked (e. g. with FE_HAS_LOCK bit set). See + <link linkend="frontend-stat-properties">Frontend statistics indicators</link> + for more details.</para> </section> -<section id="dvb-frontend-parameters"> -<title>frontend parameters</title> -<para>The kind of parameters passed to the frontend device for tuning depend on -the kind of hardware you are using.</para> -<para>The struct <constant>dvb_frontend_parameters</constant> uses an -union with specific per-system parameters. However, as newer delivery systems -required more data, the structure size weren't enough to fit, and just -extending its size would break the existing applications. So, those parameters -were replaced by the usage of <link linkend="FE_GET_SET_PROPERTY"> -<constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant></link> ioctl's. The -new API is flexible enough to add new parameters to existing delivery systems, -and to add newer delivery systems.</para> -<para>So, newer applications should use <link linkend="FE_GET_SET_PROPERTY"> -<constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant></link> instead, in -order to be able to support the newer System Delivery like DVB-S2, DVB-T2, -DVB-C2, ISDB, etc.</para> -<para>All kinds of parameters are combined as an union in the FrontendParameters structure: -<programlisting> -struct dvb_frontend_parameters { - uint32_t frequency; /⋆ (absolute) frequency in Hz for QAM/OFDM ⋆/ - /⋆ intermediate frequency in kHz for QPSK ⋆/ - fe_spectral_inversion_t inversion; - union { - struct dvb_qpsk_parameters qpsk; - struct dvb_qam_parameters qam; - struct dvb_ofdm_parameters ofdm; - struct dvb_vsb_parameters vsb; - } u; -}; -</programlisting></para> -<para>In the case of QPSK frontends the <constant>frequency</constant> field specifies the intermediate -frequency, i.e. the offset which is effectively added to the local oscillator frequency (LOF) of -the LNB. The intermediate frequency has to be specified in units of kHz. For QAM and -OFDM frontends the <constant>frequency</constant> specifies the absolute frequency and is given in Hz. -</para> - -<section id="dvb-qpsk-parameters"> -<title>QPSK parameters</title> -<para>For satellite QPSK frontends you have to use the <constant>dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant> structure:</para> -<programlisting> - struct dvb_qpsk_parameters { - uint32_t symbol_rate; /⋆ symbol rate in Symbols per second ⋆/ - fe_code_rate_t fec_inner; /⋆ forward error correction (see above) ⋆/ - }; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section id="dvb-qam-parameters"> -<title>QAM parameters</title> -<para>for cable QAM frontend you use the <constant>dvb_qam_parameters</constant> structure:</para> -<programlisting> - struct dvb_qam_parameters { - uint32_t symbol_rate; /⋆ symbol rate in Symbols per second ⋆/ - fe_code_rate_t fec_inner; /⋆ forward error correction (see above) ⋆/ - fe_modulation_t modulation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/ - }; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section id="dvb-vsb-parameters"> -<title>VSB parameters</title> -<para>ATSC frontends are supported by the <constant>dvb_vsb_parameters</constant> structure:</para> -<programlisting> -struct dvb_vsb_parameters { - fe_modulation_t modulation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/ -}; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section id="dvb-ofdm-parameters"> -<title>OFDM parameters</title> -<para>DVB-T frontends are supported by the <constant>dvb_ofdm_parameters</constant> structure:</para> -<programlisting> - struct dvb_ofdm_parameters { - fe_bandwidth_t bandwidth; - fe_code_rate_t code_rate_HP; /⋆ high priority stream code rate ⋆/ - fe_code_rate_t code_rate_LP; /⋆ low priority stream code rate ⋆/ - fe_modulation_t constellation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/ - fe_transmit_mode_t transmission_mode; - fe_guard_interval_t guard_interval; - fe_hierarchy_t hierarchy_information; - }; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section id="fe-spectral-inversion-t"> -<title>frontend spectral inversion</title> -<para>The Inversion field can take one of these values: -</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_spectral_inversion { - INVERSION_OFF, - INVERSION_ON, - INVERSION_AUTO -} fe_spectral_inversion_t; -</programlisting> -<para>It indicates if spectral inversion should be presumed or not. In the automatic setting -(<constant>INVERSION_AUTO</constant>) the hardware will try to figure out the correct setting by -itself. -</para> -</section> -<section id="fe-code-rate-t"> -<title>frontend code rate</title> -<para>The possible values for the <constant>fec_inner</constant> field used on -<link linkend="dvb-qpsk-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant></link> and -<link linkend="dvb-qam-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link> are: -</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_code_rate { - FEC_NONE = 0, - FEC_1_2, - FEC_2_3, - FEC_3_4, - FEC_4_5, - FEC_5_6, - FEC_6_7, - FEC_7_8, - FEC_8_9, - FEC_AUTO, - FEC_3_5, - FEC_9_10, -} fe_code_rate_t; -</programlisting> -<para>which correspond to error correction rates of 1/2, 2/3, etc., no error correction or auto -detection. -</para> -</section> -<section id="fe-modulation-t"> -<title>frontend modulation type for QAM, OFDM and VSB</title> -<para>For cable and terrestrial frontends, e. g. for -<link linkend="dvb-qam-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant></link>, -<link linkend="dvb-ofdm-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link> and -<link linkend="dvb-vsb-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link>, -it needs to specify the quadrature modulation mode which can be one of the following: -</para> -<programlisting> - typedef enum fe_modulation { - QPSK, - QAM_16, - QAM_32, - QAM_64, - QAM_128, - QAM_256, - QAM_AUTO, - VSB_8, - VSB_16, - PSK_8, - APSK_16, - APSK_32, - DQPSK, - } fe_modulation_t; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section> -<title>More OFDM parameters</title> -<section id="fe-transmit-mode-t"> -<title>Number of carriers per channel</title> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_transmit_mode { - TRANSMISSION_MODE_2K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_8K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_4K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_1K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_16K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_32K, - } fe_transmit_mode_t; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section id="fe-bandwidth-t"> -<title>frontend bandwidth</title> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_bandwidth { - BANDWIDTH_8_MHZ, - BANDWIDTH_7_MHZ, - BANDWIDTH_6_MHZ, - BANDWIDTH_AUTO, - BANDWIDTH_5_MHZ, - BANDWIDTH_10_MHZ, - BANDWIDTH_1_712_MHZ, -} fe_bandwidth_t; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section id="fe-guard-interval-t"> -<title>frontend guard inverval</title> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_guard_interval { - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_32, - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_16, - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_8, - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_4, - GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO, - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_128, - GUARD_INTERVAL_19_128, - GUARD_INTERVAL_19_256, -} fe_guard_interval_t; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section id="fe-hierarchy-t"> -<title>frontend hierarchy</title> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_hierarchy { - HIERARCHY_NONE, - HIERARCHY_1, - HIERARCHY_2, - HIERARCHY_4, - HIERARCHY_AUTO - } fe_hierarchy_t; -</programlisting> -</section> -</section> - -</section> - -<section id="dvb-frontend-event"> -<title>frontend events</title> - <programlisting> - struct dvb_frontend_event { - fe_status_t status; - struct dvb_frontend_parameters parameters; - }; -</programlisting> - </section> -</section> - +&sub-dvbproperty; <section id="frontend_fcalls"> <title>Frontend Function Calls</title> -<section id="frontend_f_open"> -<title>open()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row> -<entry align="char"> -<para>This system call opens a named frontend device (/dev/dvb/adapter0/frontend0) +<refentry id="frontend_f_open"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>DVB frontend open()</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>fe-open</refname> + <refpurpose>Open a frontend device</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcsynopsisinfo>#include <fcntl.h></funcsynopsisinfo> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>open</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>const char *<parameter>device_name</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>flags</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>device_name</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>Device to be opened.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>flags</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>Open flags. Access can either be + <constant>O_RDWR</constant> or <constant>O_RDONLY</constant>.</para> + <para>Multiple opens are allowed with <constant>O_RDONLY</constant>. In this mode, only query and read ioctls are allowed.</para> + <para>Only one open is allowed in <constant>O_RDWR</constant>. In this mode, all ioctls are allowed.</para> + <para>When the <constant>O_NONBLOCK</constant> flag is given, the system calls may return &EAGAIN; when no data is available or when the device driver is temporarily busy.</para> + <para>Other flags have no effect.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + <para>This system call opens a named frontend device (<constant>/dev/dvb/adapter?/frontend?</constant>) for subsequent use. Usually the first thing to do after a successful open is to find out the frontend type with <link linkend="FE_GET_INFO">FE_GET_INFO</link>.</para> <para>The device can be opened in read-only mode, which only allows monitoring of @@ -497,1052 +124,146 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy { for use in the specified mode. This implies that the corresponding hardware is powered up, and that other front-ends may have been powered down to make that possible.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int open(const char ⋆deviceName, int flags);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>const char - *deviceName</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Name of specific video device.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int flags</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>A bit-wise OR of the following flags:</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>O_RDONLY read-only access</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>O_RDWR read/write access</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>O_NONBLOCK open in non-blocking mode</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>(blocking mode is the default)</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURN VALUE</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>ENODEV</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Device driver not loaded/available.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EINTERNAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Internal error.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EBUSY</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Device or resource busy.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Invalid argument.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -</section> - -<section id="frontend_f_close"> -<title>close()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Return Value</title> + + <para>On success <function>open</function> returns the new file +descriptor. On error -1 is returned, and the <varname>errno</varname> +variable is set appropriately. Possible error codes are:</para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EACCES</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The caller has no permission to access the +device.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The the device driver is already in use.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>ENXIO</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>No device corresponding to this device special file +exists.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>ENOMEM</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>Not enough kernel memory was available to complete the +request.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EMFILE</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The process already has the maximum number of +files open.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>ENFILE</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The limit on the total number of files open on the +system has been reached.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>ENODEV</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The device got removed.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> +</refentry> + +<refentry id="frontend_f_close"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>DVB frontend close()</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>fe-close</refname> + <refpurpose>Close a frontend device</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcsynopsisinfo>#include <unistd.h></funcsynopsisinfo> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>close</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> <para>This system call closes a previously opened front-end device. After closing a front-end device, its corresponding hardware might be powered down automatically.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int close(int fd);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURN VALUE</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EBADF</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -</section> - -<section id="FE_READ_STATUS"> -<title>FE_READ_STATUS</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call returns status information about the front-end. This call only - requires read-only access to the device.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_READ_STATUS">FE_READ_STATUS</link>, - fe_status_t ⋆status);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> - -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_STATUS">FE_READ_STATUS</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct fe_status_t - *status</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Points to the location where the front-end status word is - to be stored.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURN VALUE</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EBADF</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EFAULT</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>status points to invalid address.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -</section> - -<section id="FE_READ_BER"> -<title>FE_READ_BER</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call returns the bit error rate for the signal currently - received/demodulated by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to - the device is sufficient.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_READ_BER">FE_READ_BER</link>, - uint32_t ⋆ber);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_BER">FE_READ_BER</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>uint32_t *ber</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The bit error rate is stored into *ber.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_READ_SNR"> -<title>FE_READ_SNR</title> - -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call returns the signal-to-noise ratio for the signal currently received - by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_READ_SNR">FE_READ_SNR</link>, uint16_t - ⋆snr);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_SNR">FE_READ_SNR</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>uint16_t *snr</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The signal-to-noise ratio is stored into *snr.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH"> -<title>FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call returns the signal strength value for the signal currently received - by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request = - <link linkend="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH">FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</link>, uint16_t ⋆strength);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH">FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</link> for this - command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>uint16_t *strength</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The signal strength value is stored into *strength.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS"> -<title>FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call returns the number of uncorrected blocks detected by the device - driver during its lifetime. For meaningful measurements, the increment in block - count during a specific time interval should be calculated. For this command, - read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Note that the counter will wrap to zero after its maximum count has been - reached.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request = - <link linkend="FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS">FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS</link>, uint32_t ⋆ublocks);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS">FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS</link> for this - command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>uint32_t *ublocks</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The total number of uncorrected blocks seen by the driver - so far.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_SET_FRONTEND"> -<title>FE_SET_FRONTEND</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call starts a tuning operation using specified parameters. The result - of this call will be successful if the parameters were valid and the tuning could - be initiated. The result of the tuning operation in itself, however, will arrive - asynchronously as an event (see documentation for <link linkend="FE_GET_EVENT">FE_GET_EVENT</link> and - FrontendEvent.) If a new <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link> operation is initiated before - the previous one was completed, the previous operation will be aborted in favor - of the new one. This command requires read/write access to the device.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link>, - struct dvb_frontend_parameters ⋆p);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct - dvb_frontend_parameters - *p</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Points to parameters for tuning operation.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Maximum supported symbol rate reached.</para> -</entry> -</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -</section> - -<section id="FE_GET_FRONTEND"> -<title>FE_GET_FRONTEND</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call queries the currently effective frontend parameters. For this - command, read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_GET_FRONTEND">FE_GET_FRONTEND</link>, - struct dvb_frontend_parameters ⋆p);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct - dvb_frontend_parameters - *p</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Points to parameters for tuning operation.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Maximum supported symbol rate reached.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section> - -<section id="FE_GET_EVENT"> -<title>FE_GET_EVENT</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call returns a frontend event if available. If an event is not - available, the behavior depends on whether the device is in blocking or - non-blocking mode. In the latter case, the call fails immediately with errno - set to EWOULDBLOCK. In the former case, the call blocks until an event - becomes available.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>The standard Linux poll() and/or select() system calls can be used with the - device file descriptor to watch for new events. For select(), the file descriptor - should be included in the exceptfds argument, and for poll(), POLLPRI should - be specified as the wake-up condition. Since the event queue allocated is - rather small (room for 8 events), the queue must be serviced regularly to avoid - overflow. If an overflow happens, the oldest event is discarded from the queue, - and an error (EOVERFLOW) occurs the next time the queue is read. After - reporting the error condition in this fashion, subsequent - <link linkend="FE_GET_EVENT">FE_GET_EVENT</link> - calls will return events from the queue as usual.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>For the sake of implementation simplicity, this command requires read/write - access to the device.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = QPSK_GET_EVENT, - struct dvb_frontend_event ⋆ev);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_GET_EVENT">FE_GET_EVENT</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct - dvb_frontend_event - *ev</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Points to the location where the event,</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>if any, is to be stored.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EWOULDBLOCK</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>There is no event pending, and the device is in - non-blocking mode.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EOVERFLOW</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Overflow in event queue - one or more events were lost.</para> -</entry> -</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -</section> - -<section id="FE_GET_INFO"> -<title>FE_GET_INFO</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call returns information about the front-end. This call only requires - read-only access to the device.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> - -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para> int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_GET_INFO">FE_GET_INFO</link>, struct - dvb_frontend_info ⋆info);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> - -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_GET_INFO">FE_GET_INFO</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct - dvb_frontend_info - *info</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Points to the location where the front-end information is - to be stored.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD"> -<title>FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>If the bus has been automatically powered off due to power overload, this ioctl - call restores the power to the bus. The call requires read/write access to the - device. This call has no effect if the device is manually powered off. Not all - DVB adapters support this ioctl.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = - <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD">FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD</link>);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD">FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD</link> for this - command.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD"> -<title>FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call is used to send a a DiSEqC command.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = - <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD">FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD</link>, struct - dvb_diseqc_master_cmd ⋆cmd);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD">FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD</link> for this - command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct - dvb_diseqc_master_cmd - *cmd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the command to be transmitted.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> + <refsect1> + <title>Return Value</title> + + <para>The function returns <returnvalue>0</returnvalue> on +success, <returnvalue>-1</returnvalue> on failure and the +<varname>errno</varname> is set appropriately. Possible error +codes:</para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EBADF</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para><parameter>fd</parameter> is not a valid open file +descriptor.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> +</refentry> + +&sub-fe-get-info; +&sub-fe-read-status; +&sub-fe-get-property; +&sub-fe-diseqc-reset-overload; +&sub-fe-diseqc-send-master-cmd; +&sub-fe-diseqc-recv-slave-reply; +&sub-fe-diseqc-send-burst; +&sub-fe-set-tone; +&sub-fe-set-voltage; +&sub-fe-enable-high-lnb-voltage; +&sub-fe-set-frontend-tune-mode; + +</section> + +<section id="frontend_legacy_dvbv3_api"> +<title>DVB Frontend legacy API (a. k. a. DVBv3)</title> +<para>The usage of this API is deprecated, as it doesn't support all digital + TV standards, doesn't provide good statistics measurements and provides + incomplete information. This is kept only to support legacy applications.</para> + +&sub-frontend_legacy_api; </section> - -<section id="FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY"> -<title>FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call is used to receive reply to a DiSEqC 2.0 command.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = - <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY">FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY</link>, struct - dvb_diseqc_slave_reply ⋆reply);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY">FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY</link> for this - command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct - dvb_diseqc_slave_reply - *reply</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the command to be received.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST"> -<title>FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call is used to send a 22KHz tone burst.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = - <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST">FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST</link>, fe_sec_mini_cmd_t burst);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST">FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>fe_sec_mini_cmd_t - burst</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>burst A or B.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_SET_TONE"> -<title>FE_SET_TONE</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This call is used to set the generation of the continuous 22kHz tone. This call - requires read/write permissions.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_SET_TONE">FE_SET_TONE</link>, - fe_sec_tone_mode_t tone);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_TONE">FE_SET_TONE</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>fe_sec_tone_mode_t - tone</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The requested tone generation mode (on/off).</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_SET_VOLTAGE"> -<title>FE_SET_VOLTAGE</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This call is used to set the bus voltage. This call requires read/write - permissions.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_SET_VOLTAGE">FE_SET_VOLTAGE</link>, - fe_sec_voltage_t voltage);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_VOLTAGE">FE_SET_VOLTAGE</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>fe_sec_voltage_t - voltage</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The requested bus voltage.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE"> -<title>FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>If high != 0 enables slightly higher voltages instead of 13/18V (to compensate - for long cables). This call requires read/write permissions. Not all DVB - adapters support this ioctl.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = - <link linkend="FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE">FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE</link>, int high);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_VOLTAGE">FE_SET_VOLTAGE</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int high</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The requested bus voltage.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE"> -<title>FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row> -<entry align="char"> -<para>Allow setting tuner mode flags to the frontend.</para> -</entry> -</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row> -<entry align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = -<link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE">FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE</link>, unsigned int flags);</para> -</entry> -</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row> -<entry align="char"> - <para>unsigned int flags</para> -</entry> -<entry align="char"> -<para> -FE_TUNE_MODE_ONESHOT When set, this flag will disable any zigzagging or other "normal" tuning behaviour. Additionally, there will be no automatic monitoring of the lock status, and hence no frontend events will be generated. If a frontend device is closed, this flag will be automatically turned off when the device is reopened read-write. -</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD"> - <title>FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row> -<entry align="char"> -<para>WARNING: This is a very obscure legacy command, used only at stv0299 driver. Should not be used on newer drivers.</para> -<para>It provides a non-standard method for selecting Diseqc voltage on the frontend, for Dish Network legacy switches.</para> -<para>As support for this ioctl were added in 2004, this means that such dishes were already legacy in 2004.</para> -</entry> -</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row> -<entry align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = - <link linkend="FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD">FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD</link>, unsigned long cmd);</para> -</entry> -</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row> -<entry align="char"> - <para>unsigned long cmd</para> -</entry> -<entry align="char"> -<para> -sends the specified raw cmd to the dish via DISEqC. -</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -</section> - -&sub-dvbproperty; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend_legacy_api.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend_legacy_api.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8fadf3a4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend_legacy_api.xml @@ -0,0 +1,654 @@ +<section id="frontend_legacy_types"> +<title>Frontend Legacy Data Types</title> + +<section id="fe-type-t"> +<title>Frontend type</title> + +<para>For historical reasons, frontend types are named by the type of modulation + used in transmission. The fontend types are given by fe_type_t type, defined as:</para> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-type"> +<title>Frontend types</title> +<tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>fe_type</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + <entry><link linkend="DTV-DELIVERY-SYSTEM">DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM</link> equivalent type</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="FE-QPSK"><constant>FE_QPSK</constant></entry> + <entry>For DVB-S standard</entry> + <entry><constant>SYS_DVBS</constant></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-QAM"><constant>FE_QAM</constant></entry> + <entry>For DVB-C annex A standard</entry> + <entry><constant>SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A</constant></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-OFDM"><constant>FE_OFDM</constant></entry> + <entry>For DVB-T standard</entry> + <entry><constant>SYS_DVBT</constant></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-ATSC"><constant>FE_ATSC</constant></entry> + <entry>For ATSC standard (terrestrial) or for DVB-C Annex B (cable) used in US.</entry> + <entry><constant>SYS_ATSC</constant> (terrestrial) or <constant>SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_B</constant> (cable)</entry> + </row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> + +<para>Newer formats like DVB-S2, ISDB-T, ISDB-S and DVB-T2 are not described at the above, as they're +supported via the new <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY">FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_GET_SET_PROPERTY</link> ioctl's, using the <link linkend="DTV-DELIVERY-SYSTEM">DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM</link> parameter. +</para> + +<para>In the old days, &dvb-frontend-info; used to contain + <constant>fe_type_t</constant> field to indicate the delivery systems, + filled with either FE_QPSK, FE_QAM, FE_OFDM or FE_ATSC. While this is + still filled to keep backward compatibility, the usage of this + field is deprecated, as it can report just one delivery system, but some + devices support multiple delivery systems. Please use + <link linkend="DTV-ENUM-DELSYS">DTV_ENUM_DELSYS</link> instead. +</para> +<para>On devices that support multiple delivery systems, + &dvb-frontend-info;::<constant>fe_type_t</constant> is filled with the + currently standard, as selected by the last call to + <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY">FE_SET_PROPERTY</link> + using the &DTV-DELIVERY-SYSTEM; property.</para> +</section> + +<section id="fe-bandwidth-t"> +<title>Frontend bandwidth</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-bandwidth"> + <title>enum fe_bandwidth</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="BANDWIDTH-AUTO"><constant>BANDWIDTH_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>Autodetect bandwidth (if supported)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="BANDWIDTH-1-712-MHZ"><constant>BANDWIDTH_1_712_MHZ</constant></entry> + <entry>1.712 MHz</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="BANDWIDTH-5-MHZ"><constant>BANDWIDTH_5_MHZ</constant></entry> + <entry>5 MHz</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="BANDWIDTH-6-MHZ"><constant>BANDWIDTH_6_MHZ</constant></entry> + <entry>6 MHz</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="BANDWIDTH-7-MHZ"><constant>BANDWIDTH_7_MHZ</constant></entry> + <entry>7 MHz</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="BANDWIDTH-8-MHZ"><constant>BANDWIDTH_8_MHZ</constant></entry> + <entry>8 MHz</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="BANDWIDTH-10-MHZ"><constant>BANDWIDTH_10_MHZ</constant></entry> + <entry>10 MHz</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> + +</section> + +<section id="dvb-frontend-parameters"> +<title>frontend parameters</title> +<para>The kind of parameters passed to the frontend device for tuning depend on +the kind of hardware you are using.</para> +<para>The struct <constant>dvb_frontend_parameters</constant> uses an +union with specific per-system parameters. However, as newer delivery systems +required more data, the structure size weren't enough to fit, and just +extending its size would break the existing applications. So, those parameters +were replaced by the usage of <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY"> +<constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant></link> ioctl's. The +new API is flexible enough to add new parameters to existing delivery systems, +and to add newer delivery systems.</para> +<para>So, newer applications should use <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY"> +<constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant></link> instead, in +order to be able to support the newer System Delivery like DVB-S2, DVB-T2, +DVB-C2, ISDB, etc.</para> +<para>All kinds of parameters are combined as an union in the FrontendParameters structure: +<programlisting> +struct dvb_frontend_parameters { + uint32_t frequency; /⋆ (absolute) frequency in Hz for QAM/OFDM ⋆/ + /⋆ intermediate frequency in kHz for QPSK ⋆/ + &fe-spectral-inversion-t; inversion; + union { + struct dvb_qpsk_parameters qpsk; + struct dvb_qam_parameters qam; + struct dvb_ofdm_parameters ofdm; + struct dvb_vsb_parameters vsb; + } u; +}; +</programlisting></para> +<para>In the case of QPSK frontends the <constant>frequency</constant> field specifies the intermediate +frequency, i.e. the offset which is effectively added to the local oscillator frequency (LOF) of +the LNB. The intermediate frequency has to be specified in units of kHz. For QAM and +OFDM frontends the <constant>frequency</constant> specifies the absolute frequency and is given in Hz. +</para> + +<section id="dvb-qpsk-parameters"> +<title>QPSK parameters</title> +<para>For satellite QPSK frontends you have to use the <constant>dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant> structure:</para> +<programlisting> + struct dvb_qpsk_parameters { + uint32_t symbol_rate; /⋆ symbol rate in Symbols per second ⋆/ + &fe-code-rate-t; fec_inner; /⋆ forward error correction (see above) ⋆/ + }; +</programlisting> +</section> + +<section id="dvb-qam-parameters"> +<title>QAM parameters</title> +<para>for cable QAM frontend you use the <constant>dvb_qam_parameters</constant> structure:</para> +<programlisting> + struct dvb_qam_parameters { + uint32_t symbol_rate; /⋆ symbol rate in Symbols per second ⋆/ + &fe-code-rate-t; fec_inner; /⋆ forward error correction (see above) ⋆/ + &fe-modulation-t; modulation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/ + }; +</programlisting> +</section> + +<section id="dvb-vsb-parameters"> +<title>VSB parameters</title> +<para>ATSC frontends are supported by the <constant>dvb_vsb_parameters</constant> structure:</para> +<programlisting> +struct dvb_vsb_parameters { + &fe-modulation-t; modulation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/ +}; +</programlisting> +</section> + +<section id="dvb-ofdm-parameters"> +<title>OFDM parameters</title> +<para>DVB-T frontends are supported by the <constant>dvb_ofdm_parameters</constant> structure:</para> +<programlisting> + struct dvb_ofdm_parameters { + &fe-bandwidth-t; bandwidth; + &fe-code-rate-t; code_rate_HP; /⋆ high priority stream code rate ⋆/ + &fe-code-rate-t; code_rate_LP; /⋆ low priority stream code rate ⋆/ + &fe-modulation-t; constellation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/ + &fe-transmit-mode-t; transmission_mode; + &fe-guard-interval-t; guard_interval; + &fe-hierarchy-t; hierarchy_information; + }; +</programlisting> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="dvb-frontend-event"> +<title>frontend events</title> + <programlisting> + struct dvb_frontend_event { + fe_status_t status; + struct dvb_frontend_parameters parameters; + }; +</programlisting> + </section> +</section> + +<section id="frontend_legacy_fcalls"> +<title>Frontend Legacy Function Calls</title> + +<para>Those functions are defined at DVB version 3. The support is kept in + the kernel due to compatibility issues only. Their usage is strongly + not recommended</para> + +<section id="FE_READ_BER"> +<title>FE_READ_BER</title> +<para>DESCRIPTION +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>This ioctl call returns the bit error rate for the signal currently + received/demodulated by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to + the device is sufficient.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>SYNOPSIS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_READ_BER">FE_READ_BER</link>, + uint32_t ⋆ber);</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>PARAMETERS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int fd</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int request</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_BER">FE_READ_BER</link> for this command.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>uint32_t *ber</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>The bit error rate is stored into *ber.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +&return-value-dvb; +</section> + +<section id="FE_READ_SNR"> +<title>FE_READ_SNR</title> + +<para>DESCRIPTION +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>This ioctl call returns the signal-to-noise ratio for the signal currently received + by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>SYNOPSIS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_READ_SNR">FE_READ_SNR</link>, uint16_t + ⋆snr);</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>PARAMETERS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int fd</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int request</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_SNR">FE_READ_SNR</link> for this command.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>uint16_t *snr</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>The signal-to-noise ratio is stored into *snr.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +&return-value-dvb; +</section> + +<section id="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH"> +<title>FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</title> +<para>DESCRIPTION +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>This ioctl call returns the signal strength value for the signal currently received + by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>SYNOPSIS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request = + <link linkend="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH">FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</link>, uint16_t ⋆strength);</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +<para>PARAMETERS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int fd</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int request</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH">FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</link> for this + command.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>uint16_t *strength</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>The signal strength value is stored into *strength.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +&return-value-dvb; +</section> + +<section id="FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS"> +<title>FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS</title> +<para>DESCRIPTION +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>This ioctl call returns the number of uncorrected blocks detected by the device + driver during its lifetime. For meaningful measurements, the increment in block + count during a specific time interval should be calculated. For this command, + read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>Note that the counter will wrap to zero after its maximum count has been + reached.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>SYNOPSIS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request = + <link linkend="FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS">FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS</link>, uint32_t ⋆ublocks);</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>PARAMETERS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int fd</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int request</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS">FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS</link> for this + command.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>uint32_t *ublocks</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>The total number of uncorrected blocks seen by the driver + so far.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +&return-value-dvb; +</section> + +<section id="FE_SET_FRONTEND"> +<title>FE_SET_FRONTEND</title> +<para>DESCRIPTION +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>This ioctl call starts a tuning operation using specified parameters. The result + of this call will be successful if the parameters were valid and the tuning could + be initiated. The result of the tuning operation in itself, however, will arrive + asynchronously as an event (see documentation for <link linkend="FE_GET_EVENT">FE_GET_EVENT</link> and + FrontendEvent.) If a new <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link> operation is initiated before + the previous one was completed, the previous operation will be aborted in favor + of the new one. This command requires read/write access to the device.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +<para>SYNOPSIS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link>, + struct dvb_frontend_parameters ⋆p);</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>PARAMETERS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int fd</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int request</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link> for this command.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>struct + dvb_frontend_parameters + *p</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Points to parameters for tuning operation.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +&return-value-dvb; +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>EINVAL</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Maximum supported symbol rate reached.</para> +</entry> +</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +</section> + +<section id="FE_GET_FRONTEND"> +<title>FE_GET_FRONTEND</title> +<para>DESCRIPTION +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>This ioctl call queries the currently effective frontend parameters. For this + command, read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +<para>SYNOPSIS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_GET_FRONTEND">FE_GET_FRONTEND</link>, + struct dvb_frontend_parameters ⋆p);</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +<para>PARAMETERS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int fd</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int request</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link> for this command.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>struct + dvb_frontend_parameters + *p</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Points to parameters for tuning operation.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +&return-value-dvb; +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>EINVAL</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Maximum supported symbol rate reached.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +</section> + +<section id="FE_GET_EVENT"> +<title>FE_GET_EVENT</title> +<para>DESCRIPTION +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>This ioctl call returns a frontend event if available. If an event is not + available, the behavior depends on whether the device is in blocking or + non-blocking mode. In the latter case, the call fails immediately with errno + set to EWOULDBLOCK. In the former case, the call blocks until an event + becomes available.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>The standard Linux poll() and/or select() system calls can be used with the + device file descriptor to watch for new events. For select(), the file descriptor + should be included in the exceptfds argument, and for poll(), POLLPRI should + be specified as the wake-up condition. Since the event queue allocated is + rather small (room for 8 events), the queue must be serviced regularly to avoid + overflow. If an overflow happens, the oldest event is discarded from the queue, + and an error (EOVERFLOW) occurs the next time the queue is read. After + reporting the error condition in this fashion, subsequent + <link linkend="FE_GET_EVENT">FE_GET_EVENT</link> + calls will return events from the queue as usual.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>For the sake of implementation simplicity, this command requires read/write + access to the device.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +<para>SYNOPSIS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = QPSK_GET_EVENT, + struct dvb_frontend_event ⋆ev);</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +<para>PARAMETERS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int fd</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int request</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_GET_EVENT">FE_GET_EVENT</link> for this command.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>struct + dvb_frontend_event + *ev</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Points to the location where the event,</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>if any, is to be stored.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +&return-value-dvb; +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>EWOULDBLOCK</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>There is no event pending, and the device is in + non-blocking mode.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>EOVERFLOW</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Overflow in event queue - one or more events were lost.</para> +</entry> +</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +</section> + +<section id="FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD"> + <title>FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD</title> +<para>DESCRIPTION</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row> +<entry align="char"> +<para>WARNING: This is a very obscure legacy command, used only at stv0299 driver. Should not be used on newer drivers.</para> +<para>It provides a non-standard method for selecting Diseqc voltage on the frontend, for Dish Network legacy switches.</para> +<para>As support for this ioctl were added in 2004, this means that such dishes were already legacy in 2004.</para> +</entry> +</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +<para>SYNOPSIS</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row> +<entry align="char"> +<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = + <link linkend="FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD">FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD</link>, unsigned long cmd);</para> +</entry> +</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +<para>PARAMETERS</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row> +<entry align="char"> + <para>unsigned long cmd</para> +</entry> +<entry align="char"> +<para> +sends the specified raw cmd to the dish via DISEqC. +</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +&return-value-dvb; +</section> + +</section> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml index 2048b53d1..bcc72c216 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml @@ -129,41 +129,41 @@ hardware. It can depend on the individual security requirements of the platform, if and how many of the CA functions are made available to the application through this device.</para> -<para>All devices can be found in the <emphasis role="tt">/dev</emphasis> -tree under <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb</emphasis>. The individual devices +<para>All devices can be found in the <constant>/dev</constant> +tree under <constant>/dev/dvb</constant>. The individual devices are called:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> -<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/audioM</emphasis>,</para> +<para><constant>/dev/dvb/adapterN/audioM</constant>,</para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/videoM</emphasis>,</para> +<para><constant>/dev/dvb/adapterN/videoM</constant>,</para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/frontendM</emphasis>,</para> +<para><constant>/dev/dvb/adapterN/frontendM</constant>,</para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/netM</emphasis>,</para> +<para><constant>/dev/dvb/adapterN/netM</constant>,</para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/demuxM</emphasis>,</para> +<para><constant>/dev/dvb/adapterN/demuxM</constant>,</para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/dvrM</emphasis>,</para> +<para><constant>/dev/dvb/adapterN/dvrM</constant>,</para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/caM</emphasis>,</para></listitem></itemizedlist> +<para><constant>/dev/dvb/adapterN/caM</constant>,</para></listitem></itemizedlist> <para>where N enumerates the DVB PCI cards in a system starting from 0, and M enumerates the devices of each type within each -adapter, starting from 0, too. We will omit the “<emphasis -role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/</emphasis>” in the further dicussion +adapter, starting from 0, too. We will omit the “ +<constant>/dev/dvb/adapterN/</constant>” in the further dicussion of these devices. The naming scheme for the devices is the same wheter devfs is used or not.</para> @@ -202,10 +202,10 @@ a partial path like:</para> </programlisting> <para>To enable applications to support different API version, an -additional include file <emphasis -role="tt">linux/dvb/version.h</emphasis> exists, which defines the -constant <emphasis role="tt">DVB_API_VERSION</emphasis>. This document -describes <emphasis role="tt">DVB_API_VERSION 5.8</emphasis>. +additional include file +<constant>linux/dvb/version.h</constant> exists, which defines the +constant <constant>DVB_API_VERSION</constant>. This document +describes <constant>DVB_API_VERSION 5.10</constant>. </para> </section> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml index 6c11ec52c..68bcd33a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ <title>Kernel Demux API</title> <para>The kernel demux API defines a driver-internal interface for registering low-level, hardware specific driver to a hardware independent demux layer. It is only of interest for -DVB device driver writers. The header file for this API is named <emphasis role="tt">demux.h</emphasis> and located in -<emphasis role="tt">drivers/media/dvb-core</emphasis>. +DVB device driver writers. The header file for this API is named <constant>demux.h</constant> and located in +<constant>">drivers/media/dvb-core</constant>. </para> <para>Maintainer note: This section must be reviewed. It is probably out of date. </para> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml index a193e8694..d2e44b7e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml @@ -1,156 +1,238 @@ <title>DVB Network API</title> -<para>The DVB net device enables feeding of MPE (multi protocol encapsulation) packets -received via DVB into the Linux network protocol stack, e.g. for internet via satellite -applications. It can be accessed through <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/net0</emphasis>. Data types and -and ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/net.h</emphasis> in your -application. -</para> -<section id="dvb_net_types"> -<title>DVB Net Data Types</title> - -<section id="dvb-net-if"> -<title>struct dvb_net_if</title> -<programlisting> -struct dvb_net_if { - __u16 pid; - __u16 if_num; - __u8 feedtype; -#define DVB_NET_FEEDTYPE_MPE 0 /⋆ multi protocol encapsulation ⋆/ -#define DVB_NET_FEEDTYPE_ULE 1 /⋆ ultra lightweight encapsulation ⋆/ -}; -</programlisting> -</section> +<para>The DVB net device controls the mapping of data packages that are + part of a transport stream to be mapped into a virtual network interface, + visible through the standard Linux network protocol stack.</para> +<para>Currently, two encapsulations are supported:</para> +<itemizedlist> + <listitem><para><ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Multiprotocol_Encapsulation"> + Multi Protocol Encapsulation (MPE)</ulink></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unidirectional_Lightweight_Encapsulation"> + Ultra Lightweight Encapsulation (ULE)</ulink></para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>In order to create the Linux virtual network interfaces, an application + needs to tell to the Kernel what are the PIDs and the encapsulation types + that are present on the transport stream. This is done through + <constant>/dev/dvb/adapter?/net?</constant> device node. + The data will be available via virtual <constant>dvb?_?</constant> + network interfaces, and will be controled/routed via the standard + ip tools (like ip, route, netstat, ifconfig, etc).</para> +<para> Data types and and ioctl definitions are defined via + <constant>linux/dvb/net.h</constant> header.</para> -</section> <section id="net_fcalls"> <title>DVB net Function Calls</title> -<para>To be written… -</para> - -<section id="NET_ADD_IF" -role="subsection"><title>NET_ADD_IF</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = NET_ADD_IF, - struct dvb_net_if *if);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals NET_ADD_IF for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct dvb_net_if *if -</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Undocumented.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + + +<refentry id="NET_ADD_IF"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl NET_ADD_IF</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>NET_ADD_IF</refname> + <refpurpose>Creates a new network interface for a given Packet ID.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct dvb_net_if *<parameter>net_if</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_SET_TONE</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>net_if</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to &dvb-net-if;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + +<para>The NET_ADD_IF ioctl system call selects the Packet ID (PID) that + contains a TCP/IP traffic, the type of encapsulation to be used (MPE or ULE) + and the interface number for the new interface to be created. When the + system call successfully returns, a new virtual network interface is created.</para> +<para>The &dvb-net-if;::ifnum field will be filled with the number of the + created interface.</para> + &return-value-dvb; -</section> +</refsect1> + +<refsect1 id="dvb-net-if-t"> +<title>struct <structname>dvb_net_if</structname> description</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dvb-net-if"> + <title>struct <structname>dvb_net_if</structname></title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry align="char">pid</entry> + <entry align="char">Packet ID (PID) of the MPEG-TS that contains + data</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char">ifnum</entry> + <entry align="char">number of the DVB interface.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char">feedtype</entry> + <entry align="char">Encapsulation type of the feed. It can be: + <constant>DVB_NET_FEEDTYPE_MPE</constant> for MPE encoding + or + <constant>DVB_NET_FEEDTYPE_ULE</constant> for ULE encoding. + </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</refsect1> +</refentry> + +<refentry id="NET_REMOVE_IF"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl NET_REMOVE_IF</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>NET_REMOVE_IF</refname> + <refpurpose>Removes a network interface.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>ifnum</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_SET_TONE</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>net_if</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>number of the interface to be removed</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + +<para>The NET_REMOVE_IF ioctl deletes an interface previously created + via &NET-ADD-IF;.</para> -<section id="NET_REMOVE_IF" -role="subsection"><title>NET_REMOVE_IF</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = NET_REMOVE_IF); -</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals NET_REMOVE_IF for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> &return-value-dvb; -</section> +</refsect1> +</refentry> + + +<refentry id="NET_GET_IF"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl NET_GET_IF</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>NET_GET_IF</refname> + <refpurpose>Read the configuration data of an interface created via + &NET-ADD-IF;.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct dvb_net_if *<parameter>net_if</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_SET_TONE</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>net_if</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to &dvb-net-if;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + +<para>The NET_GET_IF ioctl uses the interface number given by the + &dvb-net-if;::ifnum field and fills the content of &dvb-net-if; with + the packet ID and encapsulation type used on such interface. If the + interface was not created yet with &NET-ADD-IF;, it will return -1 and + fill the <constant>errno</constant> with <constant>EINVAL</constant> + error code.</para> -<section id="NET_GET_IF" -role="subsection"><title>NET_GET_IF</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = NET_GET_IF, - struct dvb_net_if *if);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals NET_GET_IF for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct dvb_net_if *if -</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Undocumented.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> &return-value-dvb; -</section> +</refsect1> +</refentry> </section> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml index 3ea1ca7e7..71547fcd7 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ <title>DVB Video Device</title> <para>The DVB video device controls the MPEG2 video decoder of the DVB hardware. It -can be accessed through <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/video0</emphasis>. Data types and and -ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/video.h</emphasis> in your +can be accessed through <emphasis role="bold">/dev/dvb/adapter0/video0</emphasis>. Data types and and +ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis role="bold">linux/dvb/video.h</emphasis> in your application. </para> <para>Note that the DVB video device only controls decoding of the MPEG video stream, not its presentation on the TV or computer screen. On PCs this is typically handled by an -associated video4linux device, e.g. <emphasis role="tt">/dev/video</emphasis>, which allows scaling and defining output +associated video4linux device, e.g. <emphasis role="bold">/dev/video</emphasis>, which allows scaling and defining output windows. </para> <para>Some DVB cards don’t have their own MPEG decoder, which results in the omission of @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ have been created to replace that functionality.</para> <section id="video-format-t"> <title>video_format_t</title> -<para>The <emphasis role="tt">video_format_t</emphasis> data type defined by +<para>The <constant>video_format_t</constant> data type defined by </para> <programlisting> typedef enum { @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ typedef enum { </programlisting> <para>VIDEO_SOURCE_DEMUX selects the demultiplexer (fed either by the frontend or the DVR device) as the source of the video stream. If VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY -is selected the stream comes from the application through the <emphasis role="tt">write()</emphasis> system +is selected the stream comes from the application through the <emphasis role="bold">write()</emphasis> system call. </para> </section> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/typical_media_device.svg b/Documentation/DocBook/media/typical_media_device.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f0c82f72c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/typical_media_device.svg @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?> +<svg stroke-linejoin="round" xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" clip-path="url(#a)" xml:space="preserve" fill-rule="evenodd" height="178.78mm" viewBox="0 0 24285.662 17877.829" width="251.99mm" version="1.2" xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" preserveAspectRatio="xMidYMid" stroke-width="28.222"><defs><clipPath id="a" clipPathUnits="userSpaceOnUse"><rect y="0" x="0" width="28000" height="21000"/></clipPath></defs><g transform="matrix(1.004 0 0 1 -2185.6 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#fcf" d="m12231 4800c-516 0-1031 515-1031 1031v4124c0 516 515 1032 1031 1032h8538c516 0 1032-516 1032-1032v-4124c0-516-516-1031-1032-1031h-8538z"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#ffc" d="m3595 15607c-293 0-585 292-585 585v2340c0 293 292 586 585 586h3275c293 0 586-293 586-586v-2340c0-293-293-585-586-585h-3275z"/></g><g transform="translate(-2197.3 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#e6e6e6" d="m2663 2186c-461 0-922 461-922 922v11169c0 461 461 923 922 923h3692c461 0 922-462 922-923v-11169c0-461-461-922-922-922h-3692z"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#ff8080" d="m4461 8602h-2260v-1086h4520v1086h-2260z"/><path fill="none" d="m4461 8602h-2260v-1086h4520v1086h-2260z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="8275" x="2579" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Audio decoder</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#ff8080" d="m4461 11772h-2260v-1270h4520v1270h-2260z"/><path fill="none" d="m4461 11772h-2260v-1270h4520v1270h-2260z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="11353" x="2617" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Video decoder</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#ff8080" d="m4453 10217h-2269v-1224h4537v1224h-2268z"/><path fill="none" d="m4453 10217h-2269v-1224h4537v1224h-2268z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="9821" x="2571" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Audio encoder</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2468.2)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#cfc" d="m15711 12832h-3810v-1281h7620v1281h-3810z"/><path fill="none" d="m15711 12832h-3810v-1281h7620v1281h-3810z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="12407" x="12377" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Button Key/IR input logic</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2411.8)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#cfe7f5" d="m14169 14572h-2268v-1412h4536v1412h-2268z"/><path fill="none" d="m14169 14572h-2268v-1412h4536v1412h-2268z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="14082" x="12882" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">EEPROM</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#fc9" d="m5140 17662h-1563v-1715h3126v1715h-1563z"/><path fill="none" d="m5140 17662h-1563v-1715h3126v1715h-1563z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="17020" x="4276" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Sensor</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m6719 8030 385-353v176h1167v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1167v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m6719 8030 385-353v176h1167v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1167v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m6719 9612 385-353v176h1167v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1167v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m6719 9612 385-353v176h1167v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1167v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m6721 11100 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m6721 11100 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2411.8)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m9962 13854 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m9962 13854 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2468.2)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m9962 12163 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m9962 12163 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m9962 17158 670-353v176h2028v-176l671 353-671 354v-177h-2028v177l-670-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m9962 17158 670-353v176h2028v-176l671 353-671 354v-177h-2028v177l-670-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="matrix(0 .83339 -1.0005 0 30268 -5276.3)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m23229 12779 1009-978 1009 978h-505v2959h505l-1009 979-1009-979h504v-2959h-504z"/><path fill="none" d="m23229 12779 1009-978 1009 978h-505v2959h505l-1009 979-1009-979h504v-2959h-504z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-9973.6 -666.6)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="706px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="15832" x="24341" class="TextPosition" transform="matrix(0,-1,1,0,8509,40173)"><tspan fill="#000000">System Bus</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#cff" d="m13151 9262h-1250v-875h2499v875h-1249z"/><path fill="none" d="m13151 9262h-1250v-875h2499v875h-1249z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="9040" x="12215" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Demux</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m9996 8765 373-357v178h1130v-178l374 357-374 358v-179h-1130v179l-373-358z"/><path fill="none" d="m9996 8765 373-357v178h1130v-178l374 357-374 358v-179h-1130v179l-373-358z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m9996 7378 373-358v179h1130v-179l374 358-374 358v-179h-1130v179l-373-358z"/><path fill="none" d="m9996 7378 373-358v179h1130v-179l374 358-374 358v-179h-1130v179l-373-358z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#cff" d="m16322 7992h-4421v-1270h8841v1270h-4420z"/><path fill="none" d="m16322 7992h-4421v-1270h8841v1270h-4420z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="7573" x="12786" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Conditional Access Module</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#ff8080" d="m4445 13287h-2269v-1224h4537v1224h-2268z"/><path fill="none" d="m4445 13287h-2269v-1224h4537v1224h-2268z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="12891" x="2601" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Video encoder</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m6721 12634 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m6721 12634 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m20791 7545 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m20791 7545 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2028 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="14478" x="1990" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Radio / Analog TV</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="700" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="10724" x="14956" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Digital TV</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-8970.5 -1395.8)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="494px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="19167" x="14724" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">PS.: picture is not complete: other blocks may be present</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="18561" x="4199" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Webcam</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2468.2)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#f90" d="m14552 16372h-2650v-1412h5299v1412h-2649z"/><path fill="none" d="m14552 16372h-2650v-1412h5299v1412h-2649z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="15882" x="12265" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Processing blocks</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2468.2)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m9962 15654 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m9962 15654 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m6702 16954 397-353v176h1201v-176l398 353-398 354v-177h-1201v177l-397-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m6702 16954 397-353v176h1201v-176l398 353-398 354v-177h-1201v177l-397-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2479.5 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="8792" x="22850" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Smartcard</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="matrix(1.0048 0 0 1 -2207.4 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#fcf" d="m2766 2600c-333 0-666 333-666 666v2668c0 333 333 666 666 666h18368c333 0 667-333 667-666v-2668c0-333-334-666-667-666h-18368z"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#ff8080" d="m5121 5155h-1614v-1816h3227v1816h-1613z"/><path fill="none" d="m5121 5155h-1614v-1816h3227v1816h-1613z" stroke="#3465af"/><text font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextShape"><tspan class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="4111" x="4374" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Tuner</tspan></tspan></tspan><tspan class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="4814" x="4151" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">FM/TV</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#ff8080" d="m2902 3702c0 111 40 202 88 202h530c48 0 89-91 89-202 0-110-41-202-89-202h-530c-48 0-88 92-88 202z"/><path fill="none" d="m2902 3702c0 111 40 202 88 202h530c48 0 89-91 89-202 0-110-41-202-89-202h-530c-48 0-88 92-88 202z" stroke="#3465af"/><path fill="#ffb3b3" d="m2902 3702c0 111 40 202 88 202s88-91 88-202c0-110-40-202-88-202s-88 92-88 202z"/><path fill="none" d="m2902 3702c0 111 40 202 88 202s88-91 88-202c0-110-40-202-88-202s-88 92-88 202z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#ff8080" d="m2903 4267c0 110 40 202 88 202h530c48 0 89-92 89-202s-41-203-89-203h-530c-48 0-88 93-88 203z"/><path fill="none" d="m2903 4267c0 110 40 202 88 202h530c48 0 89-92 89-202s-41-203-89-203h-530c-48 0-88 93-88 203z" stroke="#3465af"/><path fill="#ffb3b3" d="m2903 4267c0 110 40 202 88 202s88-92 88-202-40-203-88-203-88 93-88 203z"/><path fill="none" d="m2903 4267c0 110 40 202 88 202s88-92 88-202-40-203-88-203-88 93-88 203z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m6719 4196 385-353v176h1167v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1167v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m6719 4196 385-353v176h1167v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1167v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m9979 4150 402-368v184h1217v-184l403 368-403 369v-185h-1217v185l-402-369z"/><path fill="none" d="m9979 4150 402-368v184h1217v-184l403 368-403 369v-185h-1217v185l-402-369z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#cff" d="m16500 6189h-4500v-1389h9e3v1389h-4500z"/><path fill="none" d="m16500 6189h-4500v-1389h9e3v1389h-4500z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="5710" x="12051" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Satellite Equipment Control (SEC)</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#cff" d="m13400 4600h-1400v-1e3h2800v1e3h-1400z"/><path fill="none" d="m13400 4600h-1400v-1e3h2800v1e3h-1400z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="4316" x="12465" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Demod</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m9979 5451 402-368v184h1217v-184l403 368-403 369v-185h-1217v185l-402-369z"/><path fill="none" d="m9979 5451 402-368v184h1217v-184l403 368-403 369v-185h-1217v185l-402-369z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><path fill="#ff9" d="m7855.1 9099v7302h-1270v-14605h1270v7303z"/><path fill="none" d="m7855.1 9099v7302h-1270v-14605h1270v7303z" stroke="#3465af"/><text y="-6640.4663" x="-20770.572" transform="rotate(-90)" class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="7409.5396" x="-11193.634" class="TextPosition" transform="matrix(0,-1,1,0,-4473,23627)"><tspan fill="#000000">I2C Bus (control bus)</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +<g transform="translate(-2197.3 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="3278" x="9391" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Digital TV Frontend</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="matrix(1.015 0 0 .99994 -2233.3 -2185.7)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><g stroke="#3465af" fill="none"><path d="m3e3 2800c-18 0-35 1-53 3"/><path d="m2915 2808c-17 3-35 7-52 12"/><path d="m2832 2830c-16 6-33 12-49 20"/><path d="m2754 2864c-15 8-31 17-46 27"/><path d="m2681 2909c-14 10-28 21-42 32"/><path d="m2614 2962c-13 12-26 24-38 37"/><path d="m2554 3023c-11 13-22 27-33 41"/><path d="m2502 3091c-10 14-19 29-28 45"/><path d="m2459 3164c-8 16-15 32-22 49"/><path d="m2426 3243c-5 17-10 34-14 51"/><path d="m2406 3326c-3 18-5 35-6 53"/><path d="m2400 3411v53"/><path d="m2400 3497v53"/><path d="m2400 3582v53"/><path d="m2400 3668v53"/><path d="m2400 3753v53"/><path d="m2400 3839v53"/><path d="m2400 3924v53"/><path d="m2400 4009v54"/><path d="m2400 4095v53"/><path d="m2400 4180v53"/><path d="m2400 4266v53"/><path d="m2400 4351v53"/><path d="m2400 4437v53"/><path d="m2400 4522v53"/><path d="m2400 4607v54"/><path d="m2400 4693v53"/><path d="m2400 4778v53"/><path d="m2400 4864v53"/><path d="m2400 4949v53"/><path d="m2400 5035v53"/><path d="m2400 5120v53"/><path d="m2400 5205v54"/><path d="m2400 5291v53"/><path d="m2400 5376v53"/><path d="m2400 5462v53"/><path d="m2400 5547v53"/><path d="m2400 5633v53"/><path d="m2400 5718v53"/><path d="m2400 5803c0 18 1 36 3 53"/><path d="m2408 5888c4 18 8 35 13 52"/><path d="m2431 5971c6 16 13 33 20 49"/><path d="m2466 6049c8 15 17 31 27 46"/><path d="m2511 6122c10 14 21 28 32 42"/><path d="m2564 6188c12 13 25 26 38 38"/><path d="m2626 6248c13 11 27 23 41 33"/><path d="m2694 6300c14 10 29 19 45 27"/><path d="m2768 6343c15 7 32 15 48 21"/><path d="m2847 6375c17 5 34 10 51 14"/><path d="m2930 6395c17 2 35 4 53 5"/><path d="m3015 6400h53"/><path d="m3100 6400h53"/><path d="m3186 6400h53"/><path d="m3271 6400h53"/><path d="m3357 6400h53"/><path d="m3442 6400h53"/><path d="m3527 6400h54"/><path d="m3613 6400h53"/><path d="m3698 6400h53"/><path d="m3784 6400h53"/><path d="m3869 6400h53"/><path d="m3955 6400h53"/><path d="m4040 6400h53"/><path d="m4125 6400h54"/><path d="m4211 6400h53"/><path d="m4296 6400h53"/><path d="m4382 6400h53"/><path d="m4467 6400h53"/><path d="m4553 6400h53"/><path d="m4638 6400h53"/><path d="m4723 6400h54"/><path d="m4809 6400h53"/><path d="m4894 6400h53"/><path d="m4980 6400h53"/><path d="m5065 6400h53"/><path d="m5151 6400h53"/><path d="m5236 6400h53"/><path d="m5322 6400h53"/><path d="m5407 6400h53"/><path d="m5492 6400h53"/><path d="m5578 6400h53"/><path d="m5663 6400h53"/><path d="m5749 6400h53"/><path d="m5834 6400h53"/><path d="m5920 6400h53"/><path d="m6005 6400h53"/><path d="m6090 6400h53"/><path d="m6176 6400h53"/><path d="m6261 6400h53"/><path d="m6347 6400h53"/><path d="m6432 6400h53"/><path d="m6518 6400h53"/><path d="m6603 6400h53"/><path d="m6688 6400h54"/><path d="m6774 6400h53"/><path d="m6859 6400h53"/><path d="m6945 6400h53"/><path d="m7030 6400h53"/><path d="m7116 6400h53"/><path d="m7201 6400h53"/><path d="m7286 6400h54"/><path d="m7372 6400h53"/><path d="m7457 6400h53"/><path d="m7543 6400h53"/><path d="m7628 6400h53"/><path d="m7714 6400h53"/><path d="m7799 6400h53"/><path d="m7884 6400h54"/><path d="m7970 6400h53"/><path d="m8055 6400h53"/><path d="m8141 6400h53"/><path d="m8226 6400h53"/><path d="m8312 6400h53"/><path d="m8397 6400h53"/><path d="m8482 6400h54"/><path d="m8568 6400h53"/><path d="m8653 6400h53"/><path d="m8739 6400h53"/><path d="m8824 6400h53"/><path d="m8910 6400h53"/><path d="m8995 6400h53"/><path d="m9081 6400h53"/><path d="m9166 6400h53"/><path d="m9251 6400h53"/><path d="m9337 6400h53"/><path d="m9422 6400h53"/><path d="m9508 6400h53"/><path d="m9593 6400h53"/><path d="m9679 6400h53"/><path d="m9764 6400h53"/><path d="m9849 6400h53"/><path d="m9935 6400h53"/><path d="m10020 6400h53"/><path d="m10106 6400h53"/><path d="m10191 6400h53"/><path d="m10277 6400h53"/><path d="m10362 6400h53"/><path d="m10447 6400h53"/><path d="m10533 6400h53"/><path d="m10618 6400h53"/><path d="m10704 6400h53"/><path d="m10789 6400h53"/><path d="m10875 6400h53"/><path d="m10960 6400h53"/><path d="m11045 6400h54"/><path d="m11131 6400h53"/><path d="m11216 6400h53"/><path d="m11302 6400h53"/><path d="m11387 6400h53"/><path d="m11473 6400h53"/><path d="m11558 6400h53"/><path d="m11643 6400h54"/><path d="m11729 6400h53"/><path d="m11814 6400h53"/><path d="m11900 6400h53"/><path d="m11985 6400h53"/><path d="m12071 6400h53"/><path d="m12156 6400h53"/><path d="m12241 6400h54"/><path d="m12327 6400h53"/><path d="m12412 6400h53"/><path d="m12498 6400h53"/><path d="m12583 6400h53"/><path d="m12669 6400h53"/><path d="m12754 6400h53"/><path d="m12839 6400h54"/><path d="m12925 6400h53"/><path d="m13010 6400h53"/><path d="m13096 6400h53"/><path d="m13181 6400h53"/><path d="m13267 6400h53"/><path d="m13352 6400h53"/><path d="m13438 6400h53"/><path d="m13523 6400h53"/><path d="m13608 6400h53"/><path d="m13694 6400h53"/><path d="m13779 6400h53"/><path d="m13865 6400h53"/><path d="m13950 6400h53"/><path d="m14036 6400h53"/><path d="m14121 6400h53"/><path d="m14206 6400h53"/><path d="m14292 6400h53"/><path d="m14377 6400h53"/><path d="m14463 6400h53"/><path d="m14548 6400h53"/><path d="m14634 6400h53"/><path d="m14719 6400h53"/><path d="m14804 6400h54"/><path d="m14890 6400h53"/><path d="m14975 6400h53"/><path d="m15061 6400h53"/><path d="m15146 6400h53"/><path d="m15232 6400h53"/><path d="m15317 6400h53"/><path d="m15402 6400h54"/><path d="m15488 6400h53"/><path d="m15573 6400h53"/><path d="m15659 6400h53"/><path d="m15744 6400h53"/><path d="m15830 6400h53"/><path d="m15915 6400h53"/><path d="m16000 6400h54"/><path d="m16086 6400h53"/><path d="m16171 6400h53"/><path d="m16257 6400h53"/><path d="m16342 6400h53"/><path d="m16428 6400h53"/><path d="m16513 6400h53"/><path d="m16598 6400h54"/><path d="m16684 6400h53"/><path d="m16769 6400h53"/><path d="m16855 6400h53"/><path d="m16940 6400h53"/><path d="m17026 6400h53"/><path d="m17111 6400h53"/><path d="m17196 6400h54"/><path d="m17282 6400h53"/><path d="m17367 6400h53"/><path d="m17453 6400h53"/><path d="m17538 6400h53"/><path d="m17624 6400h53"/><path d="m17709 6400h53"/><path d="m17795 6400h53"/><path d="m17880 6400h53"/><path d="m17965 6400h53"/><path d="m18051 6400h53"/><path d="m18136 6400h53"/><path d="m18222 6400h53"/><path d="m18307 6400h53"/><path d="m18393 6400h53"/><path d="m18478 6400h53"/><path d="m18563 6400h53"/><path d="m18649 6400h53"/><path d="m18734 6400h53"/><path d="m18820 6400h53"/><path d="m18905 6400h53"/><path d="m18991 6400h53"/><path d="m19076 6400h53"/><path d="m19161 6400h54"/><path d="m19247 6400h53"/><path d="m19332 6400h53"/><path d="m19418 6400h53"/><path d="m19503 6400h53"/><path d="m19589 6400h53"/><path d="m19674 6400h53"/><path d="m19759 6400h54"/><path d="m19845 6400h53"/><path d="m19930 6400h53"/><path d="m20016 6400h53"/><path d="m20101 6400h53"/><path d="m20187 6400h53"/><path d="m20272 6400h53"/><path d="m20357 6400h54"/><path d="m20443 6400h53"/><path d="m20528 6400h53"/><path d="m20614 6400c17-1 35-2 53-5"/><path d="m20699 6390c17-4 34-9 51-14"/><path d="m20781 6365c16-6 32-13 48-21"/><path d="m20858 6329c15-8 31-17 45-27"/><path d="m20930 6283c14-10 28-21 42-32"/><path d="m20996 6229c13-12 25-25 37-38"/><path d="m21055 6167c11-14 22-28 33-42"/><path d="m21106 6098c10-15 19-30 27-45"/><path d="m21148 6024c7-16 14-33 20-49"/><path d="m21179 5944c5-17 9-34 13-51"/><path d="m21197 5861c2-18 4-35 4-53"/><path d="m21201 5776v-54"/><path d="m21201 5690v-53"/><path d="m21201 5605v-53"/><path d="m21201 5519v-53"/><path d="m21201 5434v-53"/><path d="m21201 5348v-53"/><path d="m21201 5263v-53"/><path d="m21201 5178v-54"/><path d="m21201 5092v-53"/><path d="m21201 5007v-53"/><path d="m21201 4921v-53"/><path d="m21201 4836v-53"/><path d="m21201 4750v-53"/><path d="m21201 4665v-53"/><path d="m21201 4579v-53"/><path d="m21201 4494v-53"/><path d="m21201 4409v-53"/><path d="m21201 4323v-53"/><path d="m21201 4238v-53"/><path d="m21201 4152v-53"/><path d="m21201 4067v-53"/><path d="m21201 3981v-53"/><path d="m21201 3896v-53"/><path d="m21201 3811v-53"/><path d="m21201 3725v-53"/><path d="m21201 3640v-53"/><path d="m21201 3554v-53"/><path d="m21201 3469v-53"/><path d="m21201 3383c-1-17-3-35-5-52"/><path d="m21190 3299c-4-17-8-35-14-51"/><path d="m21165 3217c-6-16-13-33-21-49"/><path d="m21129 3140c-9-16-18-31-28-46"/><path d="m21082 3068c-10-14-21-28-33-42"/><path d="m21027 3002c-12-13-24-25-37-37"/><path d="m20965 2944c-14-12-28-22-42-33"/><path d="m20896 2893c-15-9-30-18-46-27"/><path d="m20821 2852c-16-8-32-14-49-20"/><path d="m20741 2821c-17-5-34-9-51-12"/><path d="m20658 2804c-18-3-35-4-53-4"/><path d="m20573 2800h-53"/><path d="m20487 2800h-53"/><path d="m20402 2800h-53"/><path d="m20316 2800h-53"/><path d="m20231 2800h-53"/><path d="m20146 2800h-54"/><path d="m20060 2800h-53"/><path d="m19975 2800h-53"/><path d="m19889 2800h-53"/><path d="m19804 2800h-53"/><path d="m19718 2800h-53"/><path d="m19633 2800h-53"/><path d="m19548 2800h-54"/><path d="m19462 2800h-53"/><path d="m19377 2800h-53"/><path d="m19291 2800h-53"/><path d="m19206 2800h-53"/><path d="m19120 2800h-53"/><path d="m19035 2800h-53"/><path d="m18950 2800h-54"/><path d="m18864 2800h-53"/><path d="m18779 2800h-53"/><path d="m18693 2800h-53"/><path d="m18608 2800h-53"/><path d="m18522 2800h-53"/><path d="m18437 2800h-53"/><path d="m18352 2800h-54"/><path d="m18266 2800h-53"/><path d="m18181 2800h-53"/><path d="m18095 2800h-53"/><path d="m18010 2800h-53"/><path d="m17924 2800h-53"/><path d="m17839 2800h-53"/><path d="m17753 2800h-53"/><path d="m17668 2800h-53"/><path d="m17583 2800h-53"/><path d="m17497 2800h-53"/><path d="m17412 2800h-53"/><path d="m17326 2800h-53"/><path d="m17241 2800h-53"/><path d="m17155 2800h-53"/><path d="m17070 2800h-53"/><path d="m16985 2800h-53"/><path d="m16899 2800h-53"/><path d="m16814 2800h-53"/><path d="m16728 2800h-53"/><path d="m16643 2800h-53"/><path d="m16557 2800h-53"/><path d="m16472 2800h-53"/><path d="m16387 2800h-54"/><path d="m16301 2800h-53"/><path d="m16216 2800h-53"/><path d="m16130 2800h-53"/><path d="m16045 2800h-53"/><path d="m15959 2800h-53"/><path d="m15874 2800h-53"/><path d="m15789 2800h-54"/><path d="m15703 2800h-53"/><path d="m15618 2800h-53"/><path d="m15532 2800h-53"/><path d="m15447 2800h-53"/><path d="m15361 2800h-53"/><path d="m15276 2800h-53"/><path d="m15191 2800h-54"/><path d="m15105 2800h-53"/><path d="m15020 2800h-53"/><path d="m14934 2800h-53"/><path d="m14849 2800h-53"/><path d="m14763 2800h-53"/><path d="m14678 2800h-53"/><path d="m14593 2800h-54"/><path d="m14507 2800h-53"/><path d="m14422 2800h-53"/><path d="m14336 2800h-53"/><path d="m14251 2800h-53"/><path d="m14165 2800h-53"/><path d="m14080 2800h-53"/><path d="m13994 2800h-53"/><path d="m13909 2800h-53"/><path d="m13824 2800h-53"/><path d="m13738 2800h-53"/><path d="m13653 2800h-53"/><path d="m13567 2800h-53"/><path d="m13482 2800h-53"/><path d="m13396 2800h-53"/><path d="m13311 2800h-53"/><path d="m13226 2800h-53"/><path d="m13140 2800h-53"/><path d="m13055 2800h-53"/><path d="m12969 2800h-53"/><path d="m12884 2800h-53"/><path d="m12798 2800h-53"/><path d="m12713 2800h-53"/><path d="m12628 2800h-53"/><path d="m12542 2800h-53"/><path d="m12457 2800h-53"/><path d="m12371 2800h-53"/><path d="m12286 2800h-53"/><path d="m12200 2800h-53"/><path d="m12115 2800h-53"/><path d="m12030 2800h-54"/><path d="m11944 2800h-53"/><path d="m11859 2800h-53"/><path d="m11773 2800h-53"/><path d="m11688 2800h-53"/><path d="m11602 2800h-53"/><path d="m11517 2800h-53"/><path d="m11432 2800h-54"/><path d="m11346 2800h-53"/><path d="m11261 2800h-53"/><path d="m11175 2800h-53"/><path d="m11090 2800h-53"/><path d="m11004 2800h-53"/><path d="m10919 2800h-53"/><path d="m10834 2800h-54"/><path d="m10748 2800h-53"/><path d="m10663 2800h-53"/><path d="m10577 2800h-53"/><path d="m10492 2800h-53"/><path d="m10406 2800h-53"/><path d="m10321 2800h-53"/><path d="m10236 2800h-54"/><path d="m10150 2800h-53"/><path d="m10065 2800h-53"/><path d="m9979 2800h-53"/><path d="m9894 2800h-53"/><path d="m9808 2800h-53"/><path d="m9723 2800h-53"/><path d="m9637 2800h-53"/><path d="m9552 2800h-53"/><path d="m9467 2800h-53"/><path d="m9381 2800h-53"/><path d="m9296 2800h-53"/><path d="m9210 2800h-53"/><path d="m9125 2800h-53"/><path d="m9039 2800h-53"/><path d="m8954 2800h-53"/><path d="m8869 2800h-53"/><path d="m8783 2800h-53"/><path d="m8698 2800h-53"/><path d="m8612 2800h-53"/><path d="m8527 2800h-53"/><path d="m8441 2800h-53"/><path d="m8356 2800h-53"/><path d="m8271 2800h-54"/><path d="m8185 2800h-53"/><path d="m8100 2800h-53"/><path d="m8014 2800h-53"/><path d="m7929 2800h-53"/><path d="m7843 2800h-53"/><path d="m7758 2800h-53"/><path d="m7673 2800h-54"/><path d="m7587 2800h-53"/><path d="m7502 2800h-53"/><path d="m7416 2800h-53"/><path d="m7331 2800h-53"/><path d="m7245 2800h-53"/><path d="m7160 2800h-53"/><path d="m7075 2800h-54"/><path d="m6989 2800h-53"/><path d="m6904 2800h-53"/><path d="m6818 2800h-53"/><path d="m6733 2800h-53"/><path d="m6647 2800h-53"/><path d="m6562 2800h-53"/><path d="m6477 2800h-54"/><path d="m6391 2800h-53"/><path d="m6306 2800h-53"/><path d="m6220 2800h-53"/><path d="m6135 2800h-53"/><path d="m6049 2800h-53"/><path d="m5964 2800h-53"/><path d="m5879 2800h-54"/><path d="m5793 2800h-53"/><path d="m5708 2800h-53"/><path d="m5622 2800h-53"/><path d="m5537 2800h-53"/><path d="m5451 2800h-53"/><path d="m5366 2800h-53"/><path d="m5280 2800h-53"/><path d="m5195 2800h-53"/><path d="m5110 2800h-53"/><path d="m5024 2800h-53"/><path d="m4939 2800h-53"/><path d="m4853 2800h-53"/><path d="m4768 2800h-53"/><path d="m4682 2800h-53"/><path d="m4597 2800h-53"/><path d="m4512 2800h-53"/><path d="m4426 2800h-53"/><path d="m4341 2800h-53"/><path d="m4255 2800h-53"/><path d="m4170 2800h-53"/><path d="m4084 2800h-53"/><path d="m3999 2800h-53"/><path d="m3914 2800h-54"/><path d="m3828 2800h-53"/><path d="m3743 2800h-53"/><path d="m3657 2800h-53"/><path d="m3572 2800h-53"/><path d="m3486 2800h-53"/><path d="m3401 2800h-53"/><path d="m3316 2800h-54"/><path d="m3230 2800h-53"/><path d="m3145 2800h-53"/><path d="m3059 2800h-53"/></g></g><g transform="translate(-2197.3 -2186)"><rect height="1100.7" width="1213.6" y="6917.1" x="23255" fill="#f3e777"/><path fill="#ca4677" d="m22802 7700.4v-405.46l150.7-169.16c82.886-93.039 170.53-186.62 194.77-207.96l44.069-38.798 783.23-0.086 783.23-0.086v613.5 613.5h-978-978v-405.46zm1027.7 136.98v-78.372l-169.91 4.925-169.91 4.9249-5.09 45.854c-8.249 74.303 46.711 101.04 207.69 101.04h137.21v-78.372zm235.86-262.94 4.495-341.31 207.2-8.6408 207.2-8.6408 5.144-46.443c9.596-86.615-41.863-102.05-322.02-96.607l-246.71 4.7956-4.438 419.08-4.439 419.08h74.537 74.538l4.494-341.31zm391.3 313.72c26.41-19.286 36.255-41.399 32.697-73.447l-5.09-45.854h-174.05-174.05l-5.38 48.984c-9.97 90.771 0.993 97.91 150.36 97.91 99.305 0 148.27-7.6982 175.52-27.594zm-627.16-274.84v-77.768h-174.05-174.05v66.246c0 36.436 4.973 71.431 11.051 77.768 6.078 6.3366 84.401 11.521 174.05 11.521h163v-77.768zm659.89-4.9154 5.125-74.042-179.18 4.9155-179.18 4.9155-5.38 48.984c-10.473 95.348-2.259 99.57 183.28 94.197l170.2-4.9284 5.125-74.042zm-659.89-237.63v-78.372l-169.91 4.925-169.91 4.925-5.097 73.447-5.097 73.447h175 175v-78.372zm659.86 4.925-5.097-73.447h-174.05-174.05l-5.38 48.984c-10.289 93.673-2.146 97.91 188.15 97.91h175.52l-5.097-73.447zm-659.86-228.98v-77.768h-137.21c-97.358 0-147.91 7.8138-174.05 26.902-34.952 25.523-49.645 92.242-25.79 117.11 6.078 6.3366 84.401 11.521 174.05 11.521h163v-77.768z"/></g><g transform="matrix(.84874 0 0 .76147 2408.1 3615.3)"><rect height="3076.2" width="2734.3" y="13264" x="19249" fill="#6076b3"/><g stroke-linejoin="round" fill-rule="evenodd" stroke-width="28.222" fill="#e0ee2c"><rect y="13369" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="13708" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="14048" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="14387" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="14726" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="15066" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="15405" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="15744" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="16083" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="13324" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/><rect y="13663" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/><rect y="14002" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/><rect y="14342" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/><rect y="14681" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/><rect y="15020" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/><rect y="15360" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/><rect y="15699" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/><rect y="16038" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/></g><g stroke-linejoin="round" fill-rule="evenodd" transform="matrix(.98702 0 0 .90336 -2675 7020.8)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape" stroke-width="28.222"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"/></text> +<text style="word-spacing:0px;letter-spacing:0px" xml:space="preserve" font-size="1128.9px" y="9042.0264" x="22439.668" font-family="Sans" line-height="125%" fill="#000000"><tspan y="9042.0264" x="22439.668">CPU</tspan></text> +</g></g><g stroke-linejoin="round" fill-rule="evenodd" transform="translate(-11752 543.6)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape" stroke-width="28.222"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="706px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="15832" x="24341" class="TextPosition" transform="matrix(0,-1,1,0,8509,40173)"><tspan fill="#000000">PCI, USB, SPI, I2C, ...</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g stroke-linejoin="round" fill-rule="evenodd" transform="translate(-655.31 963.83)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape" stroke-width="28.222"><g transform="matrix(.49166 0 0 1.0059 6045.6 -82.24)"><path fill="#cfe7f5" d="m14169 14572h-2268v-1412h4536v1412h-2268z"/><path fill="none" d="m14169 14572h-2268v-1412h4536v1412h-2268z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><text y="-395.11282" x="-790.22229" class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="13686.9" x="12091.779" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Bridge</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +<text y="338.66486" x="-846.66675" class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="14420.677" x="12035.335" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000"> DMA</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g></svg> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml index 4e9462f1a..6e1667b5f 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml @@ -4863,7 +4863,7 @@ interface and may change in the future.</para> </note> <para> - The Image Source control class is intended for low-level control of + The Image Process control class is intended for low-level control of image processing functions. Unlike <constant>V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS</constant>, the controls in this class affect processing the image, and do not control capturing @@ -4871,7 +4871,7 @@ interface and may change in the future.</para> </para> <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="image-process-control-id"> - <title>Image Source Control IDs</title> + <title>Image Process Control IDs</title> <tgroup cols="4"> <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" /> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml index 1c17f802b..7bbc2a489 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml @@ -841,15 +841,15 @@ is the file descriptor associated with a DMABUF buffer.</entry> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved2</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>A place holder for future extensions. Applications -should set this to 0.</entry> + <entry>A place holder for future extensions. Drivers and applications +must set this to 0.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>A place holder for future extensions. Applications -should set this to 0.</entry> + <entry>A place holder for future extensions. Drivers and applications +must set this to 0.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -930,8 +930,8 @@ should set this to 0.</entry> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved[11]</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>Reserved for future use. Should be zeroed by an - application.</entry> + <entry>Reserved for future use. Should be zeroed by drivers and + applications.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -1129,6 +1129,18 @@ in this buffer has not been created by the CPU but by some DMA-capable unit, in which case caches have not been used.</entry> </row> <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST</constant></entry> + <entry>0x00100000</entry> + <entry>Last buffer produced by the hardware. mem2mem codec drivers +set this flag on the capture queue for the last buffer when the +<link linkend="vidioc-querybuf">VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</link> or +<link linkend="vidioc-qbuf">VIDIOC_DQBUF</link> ioctl is called. Due to hardware +limitations, the last buffer may be empty. In this case the driver will set the +<structfield>bytesused</structfield> field to 0, regardless of the format. Any +Any subsequent call to the <link linkend="vidioc-qbuf">VIDIOC_DQBUF</link> ioctl +will not block anymore, but return an &EPIPE;.</entry> + </row> + <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MASK</constant></entry> <entry>0x0000e000</entry> <entry>Mask for timestamp types below. To test the @@ -1155,7 +1167,7 @@ in which case caches have not been used.</entry> <entry>The buffer timestamp has been taken from the <constant>CLOCK_MONOTONIC</constant> clock. To access the same clock outside V4L2, use - <function>clock_gettime(2)</function> .</entry> + <function>clock_gettime(2)</function>.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_COPY</constant></entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-open.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-open.xml index f7df034dc..122374a3e 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-open.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-open.xml @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ <para>To open a media device applications call <function>open()</function> with the desired device name. The function has no side effects; the device configuration remain unchanged.</para> - <para>When the device is opened in read-only mode, attemps to modify its + <para>When the device is opened in read-only mode, attempts to modify its configuration will result in an error, and <varname>errno</varname> will be set to <errorcode>EBADF</errorcode>.</para> </refsect1> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y16-be.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y16-be.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cea53e1ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y16-be.xml @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y16-BE"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16_BE ('Y16 ' | (1 << 31))</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + <refnamediv> + <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16_BE</constant></refname> + <refpurpose>Grey-scale image</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>This is a grey-scale image with a depth of 16 bits per +pixel. The most significant byte is stored at lower memory addresses +(big-endian). Note the actual sampling precision may be lower than +16 bits, for example 10 bits per pixel with values in range 0 to +1023.</para> + + <example> + <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16_BE</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image</title> + + <formalpara> + <title>Byte Order.</title> + <para>Each cell is one byte. + <informaltable frame="none"> + <tgroup cols="9" align="center"> + <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" /> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>start + 0:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>00high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>00low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>01high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>01low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>02high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>02low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>03high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>03low</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 8:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>10high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>10low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>11high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>11low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>12high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>12low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>13high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>13low</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 16:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>20high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>20low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>21high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>21low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>22high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>22low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>23high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>23low</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 24:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>30high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>30low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>31high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>31low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>32high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>32low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>33high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>33low</subscript></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </para> + </formalpara> + </example> + </refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml index fcde4e202..965ea9167 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml @@ -157,6 +157,14 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> capture streams and by the application for output streams, see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry>&v4l2-xfer-func;</entry> + <entry><structfield>xfer_func</structfield></entry> + <entry>This information supplements the +<structfield>colorspace</structfield> and must be set by the driver for +capture streams and by the application for output streams, +see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> @@ -190,8 +198,8 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <row> <entry>__u16</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved[6]</structfield></entry> - <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by the - application.</entry> + <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by drivers and + applications.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -264,11 +272,19 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> capture streams and by the application for output streams, see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry>&v4l2-xfer-func;</entry> + <entry><structfield>xfer_func</structfield></entry> + <entry>This information supplements the +<structfield>colorspace</structfield> and must be set by the driver for +capture streams and by the application for output streams, +see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> + </row> <row> <entry>__u8</entry> - <entry><structfield>reserved[8]</structfield></entry> - <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by the - application.</entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved[7]</structfield></entry> + <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by drivers + and applications.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -476,15 +492,16 @@ is also very useful.</para> <section> <title>Defining Colorspaces in V4L2</title> - <para>In V4L2 colorspaces are defined by three values. The first is the colorspace -identifier (&v4l2-colorspace;) which defines the chromaticities, the transfer + <para>In V4L2 colorspaces are defined by four values. The first is the colorspace +identifier (&v4l2-colorspace;) which defines the chromaticities, the default transfer function, the default Y'CbCr encoding and the default quantization method. The second -is the Y'CbCr encoding identifier (&v4l2-ycbcr-encoding;) to specify non-standard -Y'CbCr encodings and the third is the quantization identifier (&v4l2-quantization;) -to specify non-standard quantization methods. Most of the time only the colorspace -field of &v4l2-pix-format; or &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; needs to be filled in. Note -that the default R'G'B' quantization is full range for all colorspaces except for -BT.2020 which uses limited range R'G'B' quantization.</para> +is the transfer function identifier (&v4l2-xfer-func;) to specify non-standard +transfer functions. The third is the Y'CbCr encoding identifier (&v4l2-ycbcr-encoding;) +to specify non-standard Y'CbCr encodings and the fourth is the quantization identifier +(&v4l2-quantization;) to specify non-standard quantization methods. Most of the time +only the colorspace field of &v4l2-pix-format; or &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; needs to +be filled in. Note that the default R'G'B' quantization is full range for all +colorspaces except for BT.2020 which uses limited range R'G'B' quantization.</para> <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-colorspace"> <title>V4L2 Colorspaces</title> @@ -498,6 +515,11 @@ BT.2020 which uses limited range R'G'B' quantization.</para> </thead> <tbody valign="top"> <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_DEFAULT</constant></entry> + <entry>The default colorspace. This can be used by applications to let the + driver fill in the colorspace.</entry> + </row> + <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M</constant></entry> <entry>See <xref linkend="col-smpte-170m" />.</entry> </row> @@ -533,6 +555,52 @@ BT.2020 which uses limited range R'G'B' quantization.</para> <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG</constant></entry> <entry>See <xref linkend="col-jpeg" />.</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_RAW</constant></entry> + <entry>The raw colorspace. This is used for raw image capture where + the image is minimally processed and is using the internal colorspace + of the device. The software that processes an image using this + 'colorspace' will have to know the internals of the capture device.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-xfer-func"> + <title>V4L2 Transfer Function</title> + <tgroup cols="2" align="left"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Identifier</entry> + <entry>Details</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DEFAULT</constant></entry> + <entry>Use the default transfer function as defined by the colorspace.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_709</constant></entry> + <entry>Use the Rec. 709 transfer function.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SRGB</constant></entry> + <entry>Use the sRGB transfer function.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_ADOBERGB</constant></entry> + <entry>Use the AdobeRGB transfer function.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SMPTE240M</constant></entry> + <entry>Use the SMPTE 240M transfer function.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_NONE</constant></entry> + <entry>Do not use a transfer function (i.e. use linear RGB values).</entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> @@ -624,7 +692,8 @@ is mapped to [16…235]. Cb and Cr are mapped from [-0.5…0.5] to [16 <section id="col-smpte-170m"> <title>Colorspace SMPTE 170M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M</constant>)</title> <para>The <xref linkend="smpte170m" /> standard defines the colorspace used by NTSC and PAL and by SDTV -in general. The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. +in general. The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_709</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> <table frame="none"> @@ -706,7 +775,8 @@ rarely seen.</para> <section id="col-rec709"> <title>Colorspace Rec. 709 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709</constant>)</title> - <para>The <xref linkend="itu709" /> standard defines the colorspace used by HDTV in general. The default + <para>The <xref linkend="itu709" /> standard defines the colorspace used by HDTV in general. +The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_709</constant>. The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> <table frame="none"> @@ -817,9 +887,11 @@ The xvYCC encodings always use full range quantization.</para> <section id="col-srgb"> <title>Colorspace sRGB (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>)</title> - <para>The <xref linkend="srgb" /> standard defines the colorspace used by most webcams and computer graphics. The -default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SYCC</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization -is full range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> + <para>The <xref linkend="srgb" /> standard defines the colorspace used by most webcams +and computer graphics. The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SRGB</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SYCC</constant>. The default Y'CbCr +quantization is full range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white +reference are:</para> <table frame="none"> <title>sRGB Chromaticities</title> <tgroup cols="3" align="left"> @@ -896,6 +968,7 @@ values before quantization, but this encoding does not do that.</para> <title>Colorspace Adobe RGB (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_ADOBERGB</constant>)</title> <para>The <xref linkend="adobergb" /> standard defines the colorspace used by computer graphics that use the AdobeRGB colorspace. This is also known as the <xref linkend="oprgb" /> standard. +The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_ADOBERGB</constant>. The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> @@ -967,7 +1040,8 @@ SMPTE 170M/BT.601. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range.</para> <section id="col-bt2020"> <title>Colorspace BT.2020 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT2020</constant>)</title> <para>The <xref linkend="itu2020" /> standard defines the colorspace used by Ultra-high definition -television (UHDTV). The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020</constant>. +television (UHDTV). The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_709</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020</constant>. The default R'G'B' quantization is limited range (!), and so is the default Y'CbCr quantization. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> <table frame="none"> @@ -1082,8 +1156,10 @@ clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Yc'CbcCrc quantization is limited ra <section id="col-smpte-240m"> <title>Colorspace SMPTE 240M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M</constant>)</title> - <para>The <xref linkend="smpte240m" /> standard was an interim standard used during the early days of HDTV (1988-1998). -It has been superseded by Rec. 709. The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SMPTE240M</constant>. + <para>The <xref linkend="smpte240m" /> standard was an interim standard used during +the early days of HDTV (1988-1998). It has been superseded by Rec. 709. +The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SMPTE240M</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SMPTE240M</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> <table frame="none"> @@ -1156,8 +1232,10 @@ clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range <section id="col-sysm"> <title>Colorspace NTSC 1953 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M</constant>)</title> <para>This standard defines the colorspace used by NTSC in 1953. In practice this -colorspace is obsolete and SMPTE 170M should be used instead. The default Y'CbCr encoding -is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. +colorspace is obsolete and SMPTE 170M should be used instead. +The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_709</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> <table frame="none"> <title>NTSC 1953 Chromaticities</title> @@ -1234,8 +1312,10 @@ This transform is identical to one defined in SMPTE 170M/BT.601.</para> <section id="col-sysbg"> <title>Colorspace EBU Tech. 3213 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG</constant>)</title> <para>The <xref linkend="tech3213" /> standard defines the colorspace used by PAL/SECAM in 1975. In practice this -colorspace is obsolete and SMPTE 170M should be used instead. The default Y'CbCr encoding -is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. +colorspace is obsolete and SMPTE 170M should be used instead. +The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_709</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> <table frame="none"> <title>EBU Tech. 3213 Chromaticities</title> @@ -1308,7 +1388,8 @@ This transform is identical to one defined in SMPTE 170M/BT.601.</para> <section id="col-jpeg"> <title>Colorspace JPEG (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG</constant>)</title> <para>This colorspace defines the colorspace used by most (Motion-)JPEG formats. The chromaticities -of the primary colors and the white reference are identical to sRGB. The Y'CbCr encoding is +of the primary colors and the white reference are identical to sRGB. The transfer +function use is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SRGB</constant>. The Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant> with full range quantization where Y' is scaled to [0…255] and Cb/Cr are scaled to [-128…128] and then clipped to [-128…127].</para> @@ -1429,6 +1510,7 @@ information.</para> &sub-y12; &sub-y10b; &sub-y16; + &sub-y16-be; &sub-uv8; &sub-yuyv; &sub-uyvy; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml index 5124a6c4d..b86844e80 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ different IR's. Due to that, V4L2 API now specifies a standard for mapping Media </tgroup> </table> -<para>It should be noticed that, sometimes, there some fundamental missing keys at some cheaper IR's. Due to that, it is recommended to:</para> +<para>It should be noted that, sometimes, there some fundamental missing keys at some cheaper IR's. Due to that, it is recommended to:</para> <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="rc_keymap_notes"> <title>Notes</title> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml index 2588ad781..4e73345e3 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml @@ -50,8 +50,16 @@ capture streams and by the application for output streams, see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>__u32</entry> - <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[6]</entry> + <entry>&v4l2-xfer-func;</entry> + <entry><structfield>xfer_func</structfield></entry> + <entry>This information supplements the +<structfield>colorspace</structfield> and must be set by the driver for +capture streams and by the application for output streams, +see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u16</entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[11]</entry> <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must set the array to zero.</entry> </row> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-crop.svg b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-crop.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18b0f5de9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-crop.svg @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?> +<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/2001/PR-SVG-20010719/DTD/svg10.dtd"> +<svg width="43cm" height="10cm" viewBox="-194 128 844 196" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x="-8" y="130" width="469.774" height="193"/> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="4.5" y="189" width="159" height="104"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a52a2a" x="4.5" y="189" width="159" height="104"/> + </g> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="63.5" y="211" width="94" height="77"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #0000ff" x="63.5" y="211" width="94" height="77"/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #0000ff;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="74.5" y="227.75"> + <tspan x="74.5" y="227.75">sink</tspan> + <tspan x="74.5" y="243.75">crop</tspan> + <tspan x="74.5" y="259.75">selection</tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="29.5" y="158"> + <tspan x="29.5" y="158"></tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #a52a2a;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="8.53836" y="157.914"> + <tspan x="8.53836" y="157.914">sink media</tspan> + <tspan x="8.53836" y="173.914">bus format</tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #8b6914;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="349.774" y="155"> + <tspan x="349.774" y="155">source media</tspan> + <tspan x="349.774" y="171">bus format</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="350.488" y="190.834" width="93.2863" height="75.166"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #8b6914" x="350.488" y="190.834" width="93.2863" height="75.166"/> + </g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="350.488" y1="266" x2="63.5" y2="288"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="350.488" y1="190.834" x2="63.5" y2="211"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="443.774" y1="266" x2="157.5" y2="288"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="443.774" y1="190.834" x2="157.5" y2="211"/> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="473.1" cy="219.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="473.1" cy="219.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="473.1" cy="219.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="481.6" y1="219.984" x2="637.934" y2="220.012"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="645.434,220.014 635.433,225.012 637.934,220.012 635.435,215.012 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="645.434,220.014 635.433,225.012 637.934,220.012 635.435,215.012 "/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="506.908" y="209.8"> + <tspan x="506.908" y="209.8">pad 1 (source)</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="-20.3982" cy="241.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="-20.3982" cy="241.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="-20.3982" cy="241.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="-192.398" y1="241.8" x2="-38.6343" y2="241.529"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="-31.1343,241.516 -41.1254,246.534 -38.6343,241.529 -41.1431,236.534 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="-31.1343,241.516 -41.1254,246.534 -38.6343,241.529 -41.1431,236.534 "/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="-147.858" y="229.8"> + <tspan x="-147.858" y="229.8">pad 0 (sink)</tspan> + </text> +</svg> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-full.svg b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-full.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3322cf4c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-full.svg @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?> +<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/2001/PR-SVG-20010719/DTD/svg10.dtd"> +<svg width="59cm" height="18cm" viewBox="-186 71 1178 346" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="318.9" y="129" width="208.1" height="249"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #ff765a" x="318.9" y="129" width="208.1" height="249"/> + </g> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x="-2" y="73" width="806" height="343"/> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="-12.5" cy="166.712" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="-12.5" cy="166.712" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="-12.5" cy="166.712" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="815.232" cy="205.184" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="815.232" cy="205.184" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="815.232" cy="205.184" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="-184.5" y1="167" x2="-30.7361" y2="166.729"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="-23.2361,166.716 -33.2272,171.734 -30.7361,166.729 -33.2449,161.734 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="-23.2361,166.716 -33.2272,171.734 -30.7361,166.729 -33.2449,161.734 "/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="823.732" y1="205.184" x2="980.066" y2="205.212"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="987.566,205.214 977.565,210.212 980.066,205.212 977.567,200.212 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="987.566,205.214 977.565,210.212 980.066,205.212 977.567,200.212 "/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="-139.96" y="155"> + <tspan x="-139.96" y="155">pad 0 (sink)</tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="849.04" y="195"> + <tspan x="849.04" y="195">pad 2 (source)</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="5.5" y="120" width="159" height="104"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a52a2a" x="5.5" y="120" width="159" height="104"/> + </g> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="62.5" y="136" width="94" height="77"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #0000ff" x="62.5" y="136" width="94" height="77"/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="30.5" y="89"> + <tspan x="30.5" y="89"></tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #a52a2a;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="9.53836" y="88.9138"> + <tspan x="9.53836" y="88.9138">sink media</tspan> + <tspan x="9.53836" y="104.914">bus format</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="333.644" y="185.65" width="165.2" height="172.478"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #00ff00" x="333.644" y="185.65" width="165.2" height="172.478"/> + </g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="333.644" y1="358.128" x2="62.5" y2="213"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="333.644" y1="185.65" x2="62.5" y2="136"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="498.844" y1="358.128" x2="156.5" y2="213"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="498.844" y1="185.65" x2="156.5" y2="136"/> + <text style="fill: #00ff00;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="334.704" y="149.442"> + <tspan x="334.704" y="149.442">sink compose</tspan> + <tspan x="334.704" y="165.442">selection (scaling)</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="409.322" y="194.565" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" x="409.322" y="194.565" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #8b6914;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="689.5" y="105.128"> + <tspan x="689.5" y="105.128">source media</tspan> + <tspan x="689.5" y="121.128">bus format</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="688.488" y="173.834" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #8b6914" x="688.488" y="173.834" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + </g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="688.488" y1="245.286" x2="409.322" y2="266.018"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="688.488" y1="173.834" x2="409.322" y2="194.565"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="788.674" y1="245.286" x2="509.508" y2="266.018"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="788.674" y1="173.834" x2="509.508" y2="194.565"/> + <text style="fill: #ff765a;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="325" y="103"> + <tspan x="325" y="103">sink compose</tspan> + <tspan x="325" y="119">bounds selection</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="-12.0982" cy="341.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="-12.0982" cy="341.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="-12.0982" cy="341.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="-184.098" y1="341.8" x2="-30.3343" y2="341.529"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="-22.8343,341.516 -32.8254,346.534 -30.3343,341.529 -32.8431,336.534 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="-22.8343,341.516 -32.8254,346.534 -30.3343,341.529 -32.8431,336.534 "/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="-139" y="329"> + <tspan x="-139" y="329">pad 1 (sink)</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="7.80824" y="292.8" width="112.092" height="82.2"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a52a2a" x="7.80824" y="292.8" width="112.092" height="82.2"/> + </g> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="52.9" y="314.8" width="58.1" height="50.2"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #0000ff" x="52.9" y="314.8" width="58.1" height="50.2"/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="31.9" y="259.8"> + <tspan x="31.9" y="259.8"></tspan> + </text> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="358.9" y1="251.9" x2="52.9" y2="314.8"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="358.9" y1="316" x2="52.9" y2="365"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="434" y1="316" x2="111" y2="365"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="434" y1="251.9" x2="111" y2="314.8"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #00ff00" x="358.9" y="251.9" width="75.1" height="64.1"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" x="443.262" y="284.466" width="64.738" height="48.534"/> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="693.428" y="324.734" width="63.572" height="49.266"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #8b6914" x="693.428" y="324.734" width="63.572" height="49.266"/> + </g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="693.428" y1="374" x2="443.262" y2="333"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="693.428" y1="324.734" x2="443.262" y2="284.466"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="757" y1="374" x2="508" y2="333"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="757" y1="324.734" x2="508" y2="284.466"/> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="815.44" cy="343.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="815.44" cy="343.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="815.44" cy="343.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="823.94" y1="343.984" x2="980.274" y2="344.012"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="987.774,344.014 977.773,349.012 980.274,344.012 977.775,339.012 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="987.774,344.014 977.773,349.012 980.274,344.012 977.775,339.012 "/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="849.248" y="333.8"> + <tspan x="849.248" y="333.8">pad 3 (source)</tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #0000ff;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="197" y="91"> + <tspan x="197" y="91">sink</tspan> + <tspan x="197" y="107">crop</tspan> + <tspan x="197" y="123">selection</tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #a020f0;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="553" y="95"> + <tspan x="553" y="95">source</tspan> + <tspan x="553" y="111">crop</tspan> + <tspan x="553" y="127">selection</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #0000ff" x1="211" y1="132" x2="166.21" y2="135.287"/> + <polygon style="fill: #0000ff" points="158.73,135.836 168.337,130.118 166.21,135.287 169.069,140.091 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #0000ff" points="158.73,135.836 168.337,130.118 166.21,135.287 169.069,140.091 "/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #0000ff" x1="209" y1="131" x2="115.581" y2="306.209"/> + <polygon style="fill: #0000ff" points="112.052,312.827 112.345,301.65 115.581,306.209 121.169,306.355 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #0000ff" points="112.052,312.827 112.345,301.65 115.581,306.209 121.169,306.355 "/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" x1="550.492" y1="133.214" x2="514.916" y2="186.469"/> + <polygon style="fill: #a020f0" points="510.75,192.706 512.147,181.613 514.916,186.469 520.463,187.168 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" points="510.75,192.706 512.147,181.613 514.916,186.469 520.463,187.168 "/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" x1="550.072" y1="133.787" x2="510.618" y2="275.089"/> + <polygon style="fill: #a020f0" points="508.601,282.312 506.475,271.336 510.618,275.089 516.106,274.025 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" points="508.601,282.312 506.475,271.336 510.618,275.089 516.106,274.025 "/> + </g> +</svg> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.svg b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2340c0f8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.svg @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?> +<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/2001/PR-SVG-20010719/DTD/svg10.dtd"> +<svg width="59cm" height="17cm" viewBox="-194 128 1179 330" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x="-8" y="130" width="806" height="327"/> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="4.5" y="189" width="159" height="104"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a52a2a" x="4.5" y="189" width="159" height="104"/> + </g> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="49.5" y="204" width="94" height="77"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #0000ff" x="49.5" y="204" width="94" height="77"/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #0000ff;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="60" y="224"> + <tspan x="60" y="224">sink</tspan> + <tspan x="60" y="240">crop</tspan> + <tspan x="60" y="256">selection</tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="29.5" y="158"> + <tspan x="29.5" y="158"></tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #a52a2a;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="8.53836" y="157.914"> + <tspan x="8.53836" y="157.914">sink media</tspan> + <tspan x="8.53836" y="173.914">bus format</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="333.644" y="185.65" width="165.2" height="172.478"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #00ff00" x="333.644" y="185.65" width="165.2" height="172.478"/> + </g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="333.644" y1="358.128" x2="49.5" y2="281"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="333.644" y1="185.65" x2="49.5" y2="204"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="498.844" y1="358.128" x2="143.5" y2="281"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="498.844" y1="185.65" x2="143.5" y2="204"/> + <text style="fill: #00ff00;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="334.704" y="149.442"> + <tspan x="334.704" y="149.442">sink compose</tspan> + <tspan x="334.704" y="165.442">selection (scaling)</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="382.322" y="199.565" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" x="382.322" y="199.565" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #a020f0;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="543.322" y="149.442"> + <tspan x="543.322" y="149.442">source</tspan> + <tspan x="543.322" y="165.442">crop</tspan> + <tspan x="543.322" y="181.442">selection</tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #8b6914;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="691.5" y="157.128"> + <tspan x="691.5" y="157.128">source media</tspan> + <tspan x="691.5" y="173.128">bus format</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="690.488" y="225.834" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #8b6914" x="690.488" y="225.834" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + </g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="690.488" y1="297.286" x2="382.322" y2="271.018"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="690.488" y1="225.834" x2="382.322" y2="199.565"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="790.674" y1="297.286" x2="482.508" y2="271.018"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="790.674" y1="225.834" x2="482.508" y2="199.565"/> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="808.1" cy="249.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="808.1" cy="249.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="808.1" cy="249.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="816.6" y1="249.984" x2="972.934" y2="250.012"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="980.434,250.014 970.433,255.012 972.934,250.012 970.435,245.012 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="980.434,250.014 970.433,255.012 972.934,250.012 970.435,245.012 "/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="841.908" y="239.8"> + <tspan x="841.908" y="239.8">pad 1 (source)</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="-20.3982" cy="241.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="-20.3982" cy="241.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="-20.3982" cy="241.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="-192.398" y1="241.8" x2="-38.6343" y2="241.529"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="-31.1343,241.516 -41.1254,246.534 -38.6343,241.529 -41.1431,236.534 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="-31.1343,241.516 -41.1254,246.534 -38.6343,241.529 -41.1431,236.534 "/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="-147.858" y="229.8"> + <tspan x="-147.858" y="229.8">pad 0 (sink)</tspan> + </text> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" x="389.822" y="276.666" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="689.988" y="345.934" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #8b6914" x="689.988" y="345.934" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + </g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="689.988" y1="417.386" x2="389.822" y2="348.118"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="689.988" y1="345.934" x2="389.822" y2="276.666"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="790.174" y1="417.386" x2="490.008" y2="348.118"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="790.174" y1="345.934" x2="490.008" y2="276.666"/> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="805.6" cy="384.084" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="805.6" cy="384.084" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="805.6" cy="384.084" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="814.1" y1="384.084" x2="970.434" y2="384.112"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="977.934,384.114 967.933,389.112 970.434,384.112 967.935,379.112 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="977.934,384.114 967.933,389.112 970.434,384.112 967.935,379.112 "/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="839.408" y="373.9"> + <tspan x="839.408" y="373.9">pad 2 (source)</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" x1="546" y1="191" x2="492.157" y2="198.263"/> + <polygon style="fill: #a020f0" points="484.724,199.266 493.966,192.974 492.157,198.263 495.303,202.884 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" points="484.724,199.266 493.966,192.974 492.157,198.263 495.303,202.884 "/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" x1="546.908" y1="190.725" x2="495.383" y2="268.548"/> + <polygon style="fill: #a020f0" points="491.242,274.802 492.594,263.703 495.383,268.548 500.932,269.224 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" points="491.242,274.802 492.594,263.703 495.383,268.548 500.932,269.224 "/> + </g> +</svg> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml index 9b700a5f4..8ffe74f84 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml @@ -134,7 +134,8 @@ information.</para> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[8]</entry> - <entry>A place holder for future extensions.</entry> + <entry>A place holder for future extensions. Drivers and applications +must set the array to zero.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml index 9215627b0..73eb5cfe6 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml @@ -197,7 +197,17 @@ be muted when playing back at a non-standard speed. this command does nothing. This command has two flags: if <constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP_TO_BLACK</constant> is set, then the decoder will set the picture to black after it stopped decoding. Otherwise the last image will -repeat. If <constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP_IMMEDIATELY</constant> is set, then the decoder +repeat. mem2mem decoders will stop producing new frames altogether. They will send +a <constant>V4L2_EVENT_EOS</constant> event when the last frame has been decoded +and all frames are ready to be dequeued and will set the +<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST</constant> buffer flag on the last buffer of the +capture queue to indicate there will be no new buffers produced to dequeue. This +buffer may be empty, indicated by the driver setting the +<structfield>bytesused</structfield> field to 0. Once the +<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST</constant> flag was set, the +<link linkend="vidioc-qbuf">VIDIOC_DQBUF</link> ioctl will not block anymore, +but return an &EPIPE;. +If <constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP_IMMEDIATELY</constant> is set, then the decoder stops immediately (ignoring the <structfield>pts</structfield> value), otherwise it will keep decoding until timestamp >= pts or until the last of the pending data from its internal buffers was decoded. diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml index 50ccd3394..c9c3c7713 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml @@ -133,7 +133,10 @@ <entry>struct timespec</entry> <entry><structfield>timestamp</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>Event timestamp.</entry> + <entry>Event timestamp. The timestamp has been taken from the + <constant>CLOCK_MONOTONIC</constant> clock. To access the + same clock outside V4L2, use <function>clock_gettime(2)</function>. + </entry> </row> <row> <entry>u32</entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml index 0619ca5d2..fc1d4625a 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml @@ -129,7 +129,15 @@ this command.</entry> encoding will continue until the end of the current <wordasword>Group Of Pictures</wordasword>, otherwise encoding will stop immediately. When the encoder is already stopped, this command does -nothing.</entry> +nothing. mem2mem encoders will send a <constant>V4L2_EVENT_EOS</constant> event +when the last frame has been decoded and all frames are ready to be dequeued and +will set the <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST</constant> buffer flag on the last +buffer of the capture queue to indicate there will be no new buffers produced to +dequeue. This buffer may be empty, indicated by the driver setting the +<structfield>bytesused</structfield> field to 0. Once the +<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST</constant> flag was set, the +<link linkend="vidioc-qbuf">VIDIOC_DQBUF</link> ioctl will not block anymore, +but return an &EPIPE;.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_ENC_CMD_PAUSE</constant></entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml index 5fd72c4c3..7c839ab0a 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml @@ -217,7 +217,8 @@ enumerated.</entry> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved[2]</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>Reserved space for future use.</entry> + <entry>Reserved space for future use. Must be zeroed by drivers and + applications.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml index a78454b5a..9ed68ac8f 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml @@ -223,7 +223,8 @@ application should zero out all members except for the <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved[2]</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>Reserved space for future use.</entry> + <entry>Reserved space for future use. Must be zeroed by drivers and + applications.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml index 4165e7bfa..a78c92074 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml @@ -184,7 +184,8 @@ of open() for more details.</entry> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved[11]</structfield></entry> - <entry>Reserved field for future use. Must be set to zero.</entry> + <entry>Reserved field for future use. Drivers and applications must +set the array to zero.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml index 764b635ed..06952d7cc 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ <refnamediv> <refname>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS</refname> <refname>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_DV_TIMINGS</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_DV_TIMINGS</refname> <refpurpose>Get or set DV timings for input or output</refpurpose> </refnamediv> @@ -34,7 +36,7 @@ <varlistentry> <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> <listitem> - <para>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</para> + <para>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_DV_TIMINGS</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-edid.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-edid.xml index 6df40db4c..2702536bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-edid.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-edid.xml @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ <refnamediv> <refname>VIDIOC_G_EDID</refname> <refname>VIDIOC_S_EDID</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID</refname> <refpurpose>Get or set the EDID of a video receiver/transmitter</refpurpose> </refnamediv> @@ -42,7 +44,7 @@ <varlistentry> <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> <listitem> - <para>VIDIOC_G_EDID, VIDIOC_S_EDID</para> + <para>VIDIOC_G_EDID, VIDIOC_S_EDID, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -82,6 +84,13 @@ <para>If blocks have to be retrieved from the sink, then this call will block until they have been read.</para> + <para>If <structfield>start_block</structfield> and <structfield>blocks</structfield> are + both set to 0 when <constant>VIDIOC_G_EDID</constant> is called, then the driver will + set <structfield>blocks</structfield> to the total number of available EDID blocks + and it will return 0 without copying any data. This is an easy way to discover how many + EDID blocks there are. Note that if there are no EDID blocks available at all, then + the driver will set <structfield>blocks</structfield> to 0 and it returns 0.</para> + <para>To set the EDID blocks of a receiver the application has to fill in the <structfield>pad</structfield>, <structfield>blocks</structfield> and <structfield>edid</structfield> fields and set <structfield>start_block</structfield> to 0. It is not possible to set part of an EDID, diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml index 0bb5c060d..786535168 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ exist no rectangle</emphasis> that satisfies the constraints.</para> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved[9]</structfield></entry> - <entry>Reserved fields for future use.</entry> + <entry>Reserved fields for future use. Drivers and applications must zero this array.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml index 3504a7f2f..8b98a0e42 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml @@ -187,6 +187,16 @@ continue streaming. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EPIPE</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para><constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> returns this on an empty +capture queue for mem2mem codecs if a buffer with the +<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST</constant> was already dequeued and no new buffers +are expected to become available. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml index e185f149e..e9c70a8f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ <refnamediv> <refname>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</refname> <refpurpose>Sense the DV preset received by the current input</refpurpose> </refnamediv> @@ -34,7 +35,7 @@ input</refpurpose> <varlistentry> <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> <listitem> - <para>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</para> + <para>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml index a597155c0..50bfcb5e8 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml @@ -60,7 +60,8 @@ buffer at any time after buffers have been allocated with the field. Valid index numbers range from zero to the number of buffers allocated with &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; (&v4l2-requestbuffers; <structfield>count</structfield>) minus one. -The <structfield>reserved</structfield> field should to set to 0. +The <structfield>reserved</structfield> and <structfield>reserved2 </structfield> +fields must be set to 0. When using the <link linkend="planar-apis">multi-planar API</link>, the <structfield>m.planes</structfield> field must contain a userspace pointer to an array of &v4l2-plane; and the <structfield>length</structfield> field has diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml index 78a06a9a5..0f193fda0 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml @@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ as the &v4l2-format; <structfield>type</structfield> field. See <xref <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[2]</entry> - <entry>A place holder for future extensions. This array should -be zeroed by applications.</entry> + <entry>A place holder for future extensions. Drivers and applications +must set the array to zero.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml index d0332f610..5fd0ee78f 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ </refmeta> <refnamediv> - <refname>VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT, VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT</refname> <refpurpose>Subscribe or unsubscribe event</refpurpose> </refnamediv> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl index 03f9a1f8d..f3f5fe5b6 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl @@ -1,12 +1,13 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ <!ENTITY % media-entities SYSTEM "./media-entities.tmpl"> %media-entities; <!ENTITY media-indices SYSTEM "./media-indices.tmpl"> <!ENTITY eg "e. g."> <!ENTITY ie "i. e."> <!ENTITY fd "File descriptor returned by <link linkend='func-open'><function>open()</function></link>."> +<!ENTITY fe_fd "File descriptor returned by <link linkend='frontend_f_open'><function>open()</function></link>."> <!ENTITY i2c "I<superscript>2</superscript>C"> <!ENTITY return-value "<title>Return Value</title><para>On success <returnvalue>0</returnvalue> is returned, on error <returnvalue>-1</returnvalue> and the <varname>errno</varname> variable is set appropriately. The generic error codes are described at the <link linkend='gen-errors'>Generic Error Codes</link> chapter.</para>"> <!ENTITY return-value-dvb "<para>RETURN VALUE</para><para>On success <returnvalue>0</returnvalue> is returned, on error <returnvalue>-1</returnvalue> and the <varname>errno</varname> variable is set appropriately. The generic error codes are described at the <link linkend='gen-errors'>Generic Error Codes</link> chapter.</para>"> @@ -32,7 +33,7 @@ <!ENTITY dash-ent-24 "<entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry>"> ]> -<book id="media_api"> +<book id="media_api" lang="en"> <bookinfo> <title>LINUX MEDIA INFRASTRUCTURE API</title> @@ -60,28 +61,56 @@ analog and digital TV receiver cards, AM/FM receiver cards, streaming capture and output devices, codec devices and remote controllers.</para> - <para>It is divided into four parts.</para> + <para>A typical media device hardware is shown at + <xref linkend="typical_media_device" />.</para> + <figure id="typical_media_device"> + <title>Typical Media Device</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="typical_media_device.svg" format="SVG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>Typical Media Device Block Diagram</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>The media infrastructure API was designed to control such + devices. It is divided into four parts.</para> <para>The first part covers radio, video capture and output, cameras, analog TV devices and codecs.</para> <para>The second part covers the API used for digital TV and Internet reception via one of the several digital tv standards. While it is called as DVB API, in fact it covers several different video standards including - DVB-T, DVB-S, DVB-C and ATSC. The API is currently being updated - to document support also for DVB-S2, ISDB-T and ISDB-S.</para> + DVB-T/T2, DVB-S/S2, DVB-C, ATSC, ISDB-T, ISDB-S,etc. The complete + list of supported standards can be found at + <xref linkend="fe-delivery-system-t" />.</para> <para>The third part covers the Remote Controller API.</para> <para>The fourth part covers the Media Controller API.</para> + <para>It should also be noted that a media device may also have audio + components, like mixers, PCM capture, PCM playback, etc, which + are controlled via ALSA API.</para> <para>For additional information and for the latest development code, see: <ulink url="http://linuxtv.org">http://linuxtv.org</ulink>.</para> <para>For discussing improvements, reporting troubles, sending new drivers, etc, please mail to: <ulink url="http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-media">Linux Media Mailing List (LMML).</ulink>.</para> </preface> -<part id="v4l2spec">&sub-v4l2;</part> -<part id="dvbapi">&sub-dvbapi;</part> -<part id="remotes">&sub-remote_controllers;</part> -<part id="media_common">&sub-media-controller;</part> +<part id="v4l2spec"> +&sub-v4l2; +</part> +<part id="dvbapi"> +&sub-dvbapi; +</part> +<part id="remotes"> +&sub-remote_controllers; +</part> +<part id="media_common"> +&sub-media-controller; +</part> -<chapter id="gen_errors">&sub-gen-errors;</chapter> +<chapter id="gen_errors"> +&sub-gen-errors; +</chapter> &sub-fdl-appendix; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl index 324b53494..4b9b9b286 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ SAS, Fibre Channel, FireWire, and ATAPI devices. SCSI packets are also commonly exchanged over Infiniband, <ulink url='http://i2o.shadowconnect.com/faq.php'>I20</ulink>, TCP/IP - (<ulink url='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISCSI'>iSCSI</ulink>), even + (<ulink url='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISCSI'>iSCSI</ulink>), even <ulink url='http://cyberelk.net/tim/parport/parscsi.html'>Parallel ports</ulink>. </para> diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt index f29bcbc46..370ca006d 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt @@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ Canis Rufus and Zoicon5 and Anome and Hal Eisen" ,month="July" ,day="8" ,year="2006" -,note="\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Read-copy-update}" +,note="\url{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Read-copy-update}" ,annotation={ Wikipedia RCU page as of July 8 2006. [Viewed August 21, 2006] diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/arrayRCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/arrayRCU.txt index 453ebe695..f05a9afb2 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/arrayRCU.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/arrayRCU.txt @@ -10,7 +10,19 @@ also be used to protect arrays. Three situations are as follows: 3. Resizeable Arrays -Each of these situations are discussed below. +Each of these three situations involves an RCU-protected pointer to an +array that is separately indexed. It might be tempting to consider use +of RCU to instead protect the index into an array, however, this use +case is -not- supported. The problem with RCU-protected indexes into +arrays is that compilers can play way too many optimization games with +integers, which means that the rules governing handling of these indexes +are far more trouble than they are worth. If RCU-protected indexes into +arrays prove to be particularly valuable (which they have not thus far), +explicit cooperation from the compiler will be required to permit them +to be safely used. + +That aside, each of the three RCU-protected pointer situations are +described in the following sections. Situation 1: Hash Tables @@ -36,9 +48,9 @@ Quick Quiz: Why is it so important that updates be rare when Situation 3: Resizeable Arrays Use of RCU for resizeable arrays is demonstrated by the grow_ary() -function used by the System V IPC code. The array is used to map from -semaphore, message-queue, and shared-memory IDs to the data structure -that represents the corresponding IPC construct. The grow_ary() +function formerly used by the System V IPC code. The array is used +to map from semaphore, message-queue, and shared-memory IDs to the data +structure that represents the corresponding IPC construct. The grow_ary() function does not acquire any locks; instead its caller must hold the ids->sem semaphore. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/lockdep.txt b/Documentation/RCU/lockdep.txt index cd83d2348..da51d3068 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/lockdep.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/lockdep.txt @@ -47,11 +47,6 @@ checking of rcu_dereference() primitives: Use explicit check expression "c" along with srcu_read_lock_held()(). This is useful in code that is invoked by both SRCU readers and updaters. - rcu_dereference_index_check(p, c): - Use explicit check expression "c", but the caller - must supply one of the rcu_read_lock_held() functions. - This is useful in code that uses RCU-protected arrays - that is invoked by both RCU readers and updaters. rcu_dereference_raw(p): Don't check. (Use sparingly, if at all.) rcu_dereference_protected(p, c): @@ -64,11 +59,6 @@ checking of rcu_dereference() primitives: but retain the compiler constraints that prevent duplicating or coalescsing. This is useful when when testing the value of the pointer itself, for example, against NULL. - rcu_access_index(idx): - Return the value of the index and omit all barriers, but - retain the compiler constraints that prevent duplicating - or coalescsing. This is useful when when testing the - value of the index itself, for example, against -1. The rcu_dereference_check() check expression can be any boolean expression, but would normally include a lockdep expression. However, diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt b/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt index ceb05da5a..1e6c0da99 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt @@ -25,17 +25,6 @@ o You must use one of the rcu_dereference() family of primitives for an example where the compiler can in fact deduce the exact value of the pointer, and thus cause misordering. -o Do not use single-element RCU-protected arrays. The compiler - is within its right to assume that the value of an index into - such an array must necessarily evaluate to zero. The compiler - could then substitute the constant zero for the computation, so - that the array index no longer depended on the value returned - by rcu_dereference(). If the array index no longer depends - on rcu_dereference(), then both the compiler and the CPU - are within their rights to order the array access before the - rcu_dereference(), which can cause the array access to return - garbage. - o Avoid cancellation when using the "+" and "-" infix arithmetic operators. For example, for a given variable "x", avoid "(x-x)". There are similar arithmetic pitfalls from other @@ -76,14 +65,15 @@ o Do not use the results from the boolean "&&" and "||" when dereferencing. For example, the following (rather improbable) code is buggy: - int a[2]; - int index; - int force_zero_index = 1; + int *p; + int *q; ... - r1 = rcu_dereference(i1) - r2 = a[r1 && force_zero_index]; /* BUGGY!!! */ + p = rcu_dereference(gp) + q = &global_q; + q += p != &oom_p1 && p != &oom_p2; + r1 = *q; /* BUGGY!!! */ The reason this is buggy is that "&&" and "||" are often compiled using branches. While weak-memory machines such as ARM or PowerPC @@ -94,14 +84,15 @@ o Do not use the results from relational operators ("==", "!=", ">", ">=", "<", or "<=") when dereferencing. For example, the following (quite strange) code is buggy: - int a[2]; - int index; - int flip_index = 0; + int *p; + int *q; ... - r1 = rcu_dereference(i1) - r2 = a[r1 != flip_index]; /* BUGGY!!! */ + p = rcu_dereference(gp) + q = &global_q; + q += p > &oom_p; + r1 = *q; /* BUGGY!!! */ As before, the reason this is buggy is that relational operators are often compiled using branches. And as before, although @@ -193,6 +184,11 @@ o Be very careful about comparing pointers obtained from pointer. Note that the volatile cast in rcu_dereference() will normally prevent the compiler from knowing too much. + However, please note that if the compiler knows that the + pointer takes on only one of two values, a not-equal + comparison will provide exactly the information that the + compiler needs to deduce the value of the pointer. + o Disable any value-speculation optimizations that your compiler might provide, especially if you are making use of feedback-based optimizations that take data collected from prior runs. Such diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt index 88dfce182..5746b0c77 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt @@ -256,7 +256,9 @@ rcu_dereference() If you are going to be fetching multiple fields from the RCU-protected structure, using the local variable is of course preferred. Repeated rcu_dereference() calls look - ugly and incur unnecessary overhead on Alpha CPUs. + ugly, do not guarantee that the same pointer will be returned + if an update happened while in the critical section, and incur + unnecessary overhead on Alpha CPUs. Note that the value returned by rcu_dereference() is valid only within the enclosing RCU read-side critical section. @@ -879,9 +881,7 @@ SRCU: Initialization/cleanup All: lockdep-checked RCU-protected pointer access - rcu_access_index rcu_access_pointer - rcu_dereference_index_check rcu_dereference_raw rcu_lockdep_assert rcu_sleep_check diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches index b03a832a0..27e7e5ede 100644 --- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches +++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches @@ -299,7 +299,9 @@ toward the stable maintainers by putting a line like this: Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org -into your patch. +into the sign-off area of your patch (note, NOT an email recipient). You +should also read Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt in addition to this +file. Note, however, that some subsystem maintainers want to come to their own conclusions on which patches should go to the stable trees. The networking diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt index 15dfce708..b731b292e 100644 --- a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt +++ b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Adding ACPI support for an existing driver should be pretty straightforward. Here is the simplest example: #ifdef CONFIG_ACPI - static struct acpi_device_id mydrv_acpi_match[] = { + static const struct acpi_device_id mydrv_acpi_match[] = { /* ACPI IDs here */ { } }; @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ the platform device drivers. Below is an example where we add ACPI support to at25 SPI eeprom driver (this is meant for the above ACPI snippet): #ifdef CONFIG_ACPI - static struct acpi_device_id at25_acpi_match[] = { + static const struct acpi_device_id at25_acpi_match[] = { { "AT25", 0 }, { }, }; @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ Below is an example of how to add ACPI support to the existing mpu3050 input driver: #ifdef CONFIG_ACPI - static struct acpi_device_id mpu3050_acpi_match[] = { + static const struct acpi_device_id mpu3050_acpi_match[] = { { "MPU3050", 0 }, { }, }; @@ -359,3 +359,54 @@ the id should be set like: The ACPI id "XYZ0001" is then used to lookup an ACPI device directly under the MFD device and if found, that ACPI companion device is bound to the resulting child platform device. + +Device Tree namespace link device ID +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +The Device Tree protocol uses device indentification based on the "compatible" +property whose value is a string or an array of strings recognized as device +identifiers by drivers and the driver core. The set of all those strings may be +regarded as a device indentification namespace analogous to the ACPI/PNP device +ID namespace. Consequently, in principle it should not be necessary to allocate +a new (and arguably redundant) ACPI/PNP device ID for a devices with an existing +identification string in the Device Tree (DT) namespace, especially if that ID +is only needed to indicate that a given device is compatible with another one, +presumably having a matching driver in the kernel already. + +In ACPI, the device identification object called _CID (Compatible ID) is used to +list the IDs of devices the given one is compatible with, but those IDs must +belong to one of the namespaces prescribed by the ACPI specification (see +Section 6.1.2 of ACPI 6.0 for details) and the DT namespace is not one of them. +Moreover, the specification mandates that either a _HID or an _ADR identificaion +object be present for all ACPI objects representing devices (Section 6.1 of ACPI +6.0). For non-enumerable bus types that object must be _HID and its value must +be a device ID from one of the namespaces prescribed by the specification too. + +The special DT namespace link device ID, PRP0001, provides a means to use the +existing DT-compatible device identification in ACPI and to satisfy the above +requirements following from the ACPI specification at the same time. Namely, +if PRP0001 is returned by _HID, the ACPI subsystem will look for the +"compatible" property in the device object's _DSD and will use the value of that +property to identify the corresponding device in analogy with the original DT +device identification algorithm. If the "compatible" property is not present +or its value is not valid, the device will not be enumerated by the ACPI +subsystem. Otherwise, it will be enumerated automatically as a platform device +(except when an I2C or SPI link from the device to its parent is present, in +which case the ACPI core will leave the device enumeration to the parent's +driver) and the identification strings from the "compatible" property value will +be used to find a driver for the device along with the device IDs listed by _CID +(if present). + +Analogously, if PRP0001 is present in the list of device IDs returned by _CID, +the identification strings listed by the "compatible" property value (if present +and valid) will be used to look for a driver matching the device, but in that +case their relative priority with respect to the other device IDs listed by +_HID and _CID depends on the position of PRP0001 in the _CID return package. +Specifically, the device IDs returned by _HID and preceding PRP0001 in the _CID +return package will be checked first. Also in that case the bus type the device +will be enumerated to depends on the device ID returned by _HID. + +It is valid to define device objects with a _HID returning PRP0001 and without +the "compatible" property in the _DSD or a _CID as long as one of their +ancestors provides a _DSD with a valid "compatible" property. Such device +objects are then simply regarded as additional "blocks" providing hierarchical +configuration information to the driver of the composite ancestor device. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt b/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt index 0632b3aad..ffca443a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt @@ -33,20 +33,23 @@ directory, with first 8 configurable by user and additional Cycle counter is described by a "type" value 0xff and does not require any other settings. +The driver also provides a "cpumask" sysfs attribute, which contains +a single CPU ID, of the processor which will be used to handle all +the CCN PMU events. It is recommended that the user space tools +request the events on this processor (if not, the perf_event->cpu value +will be overwritten anyway). In case of this processor being offlined, +the events are migrated to another one and the attribute is updated. + Example of perf tool use: / # perf list | grep ccn ccn/cycles/ [Kernel PMU event] <...> - ccn/xp_valid_flit/ [Kernel PMU event] + ccn/xp_valid_flit,xp=?,port=?,vc=?,dir=?/ [Kernel PMU event] <...> -/ # perf stat -C 0 -e ccn/cycles/,ccn/xp_valid_flit,xp=1,port=0,vc=1,dir=1/ \ +/ # perf stat -a -e ccn/cycles/,ccn/xp_valid_flit,xp=1,port=0,vc=1,dir=1/ \ sleep 1 The driver does not support sampling, therefore "perf record" will -not work. Also notice that only single cpu is being selected -("-C 0") - this is because perf framework does not support -"non-CPU related" counters (yet?) so system-wide session ("-a") -would try (and in most cases fail) to set up the same event -per each CPU. +not work. Per-task (without "-a") perf sessions are not supported. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt index 65610bf52..1b049be6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt @@ -60,4 +60,4 @@ Introduction Document Author --------------- - Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>, (c) 2010-2012 ST Microelectronics + Viresh Kumar <vireshk@kernel.org>, (c) 2010-2012 ST Microelectronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b96ead9a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ + Interface between kernel and boot loaders on Exynos boards + ========================================================== + +Author: Krzysztof Kozlowski +Date : 6 June 2015 + +The document tries to describe currently used interface between Linux kernel +and boot loaders on Samsung Exynos based boards. This is not a definition +of interface but rather a description of existing state, a reference +for information purpose only. + +In the document "boot loader" means any of following: U-boot, proprietary +SBOOT or any other firmware for ARMv7 and ARMv8 initializing the board before +executing kernel. + + +1. Non-Secure mode +Address: sysram_ns_base_addr +Offset Value Purpose +============================================================================= +0x08 exynos_cpu_resume_ns System suspend +0x0c 0x00000bad (Magic cookie) System suspend +0x1c exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot +0x1c + 4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot +0x20 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR +0x24 exynos_cpu_resume_ns AFTR +0x28 + 4*cpu 0x8 (Magic cookie, Exynos3250) AFTR + + +2. Secure mode +Address: sysram_base_addr +Offset Value Purpose +============================================================================= +0x00 exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot +0x04 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos542x) Secondary CPU boot +4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot +0x20 exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR +0x24 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR + +Address: pmu_base_addr +Offset Value Purpose +============================================================================= +0x0800 exynos_cpu_resume AFTR +0x0814 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4210 r1.1) Secondary CPU boot +0x0818 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR +0x081C exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR + + +3. Other (regardless of secure/non-secure mode) +Address: pmu_base_addr +Offset Value Purpose +============================================================================= +0x0908 Non-zero (only Exynos3250) Secondary CPU boot up indicator diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..09aed5588 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + STM32 ARM Linux Overview + ======================== + +Introduction +------------ + + The STMicroelectronics family of Cortex-M based MCUs are supported by the + 'STM32' platform of ARM Linux. Currently only the STM32F429 is supported. + + +Configuration +------------- + + A generic configuration is provided for STM32 family, and can be used as the + default by + make stm32_defconfig + +Layout +------ + + All the files for multiple machine families are located in the platform code + contained in arch/arm/mach-stm32 + + There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support + Flattened Device Tree, which means, it works with any compatible board with + Device Trees. + + +Document Author +--------------- + + Maxime Coquelin <mcoquelin.stm32@gmail.com> diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5206822bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + STM32F429 Overview + ================== + + Introduction + ------------ + The STM32F429 is a Cortex-M4 MCU aimed at various applications. + It features: + - ARM Cortex-M4 up to 180MHz with FPU + - 2MB internal Flash Memory + - External memory support through FMC controller (PSRAM, SDRAM, NOR, NAND) + - I2C, SPI, SAI, CAN, USB OTG, Ethernet controllers + - LCD controller & Camera interface + - Cryptographic processor + + Resources + --------- + Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website: + - http://www.st.com/web/en/catalog/mmc/FM141/SC1169/SS1577/LN1806?ecmp=stm32f429-439_pron_pr-ces2014_nov2013 + + Document Author + --------------- + Maxime Coquelin <mcoquelin.stm32@gmail.com> diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README index 1fe2d7fd4..5e38e1582 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README +++ b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ SunXi family + User Manual http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A20/A20%20User%20Manual%202013-03-22.pdf - - Allwinner A23 + - Allwinner A23 (sun8i) + Datasheet http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20Datasheet%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf + User Manual @@ -55,7 +55,23 @@ SunXi family + User Manual http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20User%20Manual%20%20V1.0%2020130322.pdf + - Allwinner A33 (sun8i) + + Datasheet + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20Datasheet%20release%201.1.pdf + + User Manual + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20user%20manual%20release%201.1.pdf + + - Allwinner H3 (sun8i) + + Datasheet + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/H3/Allwinner_H3_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf + * Quad ARM Cortex-A15, Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs - Allwinner A80 + Datasheet http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A80/A80_Datasheet_Revision_1.0_0404.pdf + + * Octa ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs + - Allwinner A83T + + Not Supported + + Datasheet + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A83T/A83T_datasheet_Revision_1.1.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt b/Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt index 415960a9b..45731672c 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt @@ -206,6 +206,6 @@ References [1] Lamport, L. "A New Solution of Dijkstra's Concurrent Programming Problem", Communications of the ACM 17, 8 (August 1974), 453-455. - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamport%27s_bakery_algorithm + https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamport%27s_bakery_algorithm [2] linux/arch/arm/common/vlock.S, www.kernel.org. diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt index f3c05b5f9..1690350f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt @@ -45,11 +45,13 @@ sees fit.) Requirement: MANDATORY -The device tree blob (dtb) must be placed on an 8-byte boundary within -the first 512 megabytes from the start of the kernel image and must not -cross a 2-megabyte boundary. This is to allow the kernel to map the -blob using a single section mapping in the initial page tables. +The device tree blob (dtb) must be placed on an 8-byte boundary and must +not exceed 2 megabytes in size. Since the dtb will be mapped cacheable +using blocks of up to 2 megabytes in size, it must not be placed within +any 2M region which must be mapped with any specific attributes. +NOTE: versions prior to v4.2 also require that the DTB be placed within +the 512 MB region starting at text_offset bytes below the kernel Image. 3. Decompress the kernel image ------------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c b/Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c index b1bd6340e..283eba993 100644 --- a/Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c +++ b/Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c @@ -17,6 +17,12 @@ #define DRIVER_NAME "gptimer_example" +#ifdef IRQ_TIMER5 +#define SAMPLE_IRQ_TIMER IRQ_TIMER5 +#else +#define SAMPLE_IRQ_TIMER IRQ_TIMER2 +#endif + struct gptimer_data { uint32_t period, width; }; @@ -57,7 +63,8 @@ static int __init gptimer_example_init(void) } /* grab the IRQ for the timer */ - ret = request_irq(IRQ_TIMER5, gptimer_example_irq, IRQF_SHARED, DRIVER_NAME, &data); + ret = request_irq(SAMPLE_IRQ_TIMER, gptimer_example_irq, + IRQF_SHARED, DRIVER_NAME, &data); if (ret) { printk(KERN_NOTICE DRIVER_NAME ": IRQ request failed\n"); peripheral_free(P_TMR5); @@ -65,7 +72,8 @@ static int __init gptimer_example_init(void) } /* setup the timer and enable it */ - set_gptimer_config(TIMER5_id, WDTH_CAP | PULSE_HI | PERIOD_CNT | IRQ_ENA); + set_gptimer_config(TIMER5_id, + WDTH_CAP | PULSE_HI | PERIOD_CNT | IRQ_ENA); enable_gptimers(TIMER5bit); return 0; @@ -75,7 +83,7 @@ module_init(gptimer_example_init); static void __exit gptimer_example_exit(void) { disable_gptimers(TIMER5bit); - free_irq(IRQ_TIMER5, &data); + free_irq(SAMPLE_IRQ_TIMER, &data); peripheral_free(P_TMR5); } module_exit(gptimer_example_exit); diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt index 48a183e29..c4de57609 100644 --- a/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt +++ b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt @@ -19,7 +19,9 @@ Following shows a typical sequence of steps for using zram. 1) Load Module: modprobe zram num_devices=4 This creates 4 devices: /dev/zram{0,1,2,3} - (num_devices parameter is optional. Default: 1) + +num_devices parameter is optional and tells zram how many devices should be +pre-created. Default: 1. 2) Set max number of compression streams Compression backend may use up to max_comp_streams compression streams, @@ -97,7 +99,24 @@ size of the disk when not in use so a huge zram is wasteful. mkfs.ext4 /dev/zram1 mount /dev/zram1 /tmp -7) Stats: +7) Add/remove zram devices + +zram provides a control interface, which enables dynamic (on-demand) device +addition and removal. + +In order to add a new /dev/zramX device, perform read operation on hot_add +attribute. This will return either new device's device id (meaning that you +can use /dev/zram<id>) or error code. + +Example: + cat /sys/class/zram-control/hot_add + 1 + +To remove the existing /dev/zramX device (where X is a device id) +execute + echo X > /sys/class/zram-control/hot_remove + +8) Stats: Per-device statistics are exported as various nodes under /sys/block/zram<id>/ A brief description of exported device attritbutes. For more details please @@ -126,7 +145,7 @@ mem_used_max RW the maximum amount memory zram have consumed to mem_limit RW the maximum amount of memory ZRAM can use to store the compressed data num_migrated RO the number of objects migrated migrated by compaction - +compact WO trigger memory compaction WARNING ======= @@ -172,11 +191,11 @@ line of text and contains the following stats separated by whitespace: zero_pages num_migrated -8) Deactivate: +9) Deactivate: swapoff /dev/zram0 umount /dev/zram1 -9) Reset: +10) Reset: Write any positive value to 'reset' sysfs node echo 1 > /sys/block/zram0/reset echo 1 > /sys/block/zram1/reset diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt index cd556b914..68b6a6a47 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt @@ -387,8 +387,81 @@ groups and put applications in that group which are not driving enough IO to keep disk busy. In that case set group_idle=0, and CFQ will not idle on individual groups and throughput should improve. -What works -========== -- Currently only sync IO queues are support. All the buffered writes are - still system wide and not per group. Hence we will not see service - differentiation between buffered writes between groups. +Writeback +========= + +Page cache is dirtied through buffered writes and shared mmaps and +written asynchronously to the backing filesystem by the writeback +mechanism. Writeback sits between the memory and IO domains and +regulates the proportion of dirty memory by balancing dirtying and +write IOs. + +On traditional cgroup hierarchies, relationships between different +controllers cannot be established making it impossible for writeback +to operate accounting for cgroup resource restrictions and all +writeback IOs are attributed to the root cgroup. + +If both the blkio and memory controllers are used on the v2 hierarchy +and the filesystem supports cgroup writeback, writeback operations +correctly follow the resource restrictions imposed by both memory and +blkio controllers. + +Writeback examines both system-wide and per-cgroup dirty memory status +and enforces the more restrictive of the two. Also, writeback control +parameters which are absolute values - vm.dirty_bytes and +vm.dirty_background_bytes - are distributed across cgroups according +to their current writeback bandwidth. + +There's a peculiarity stemming from the discrepancy in ownership +granularity between memory controller and writeback. While memory +controller tracks ownership per page, writeback operates on inode +basis. cgroup writeback bridges the gap by tracking ownership by +inode but migrating ownership if too many foreign pages, pages which +don't match the current inode ownership, have been encountered while +writing back the inode. + +This is a conscious design choice as writeback operations are +inherently tied to inodes making strictly following page ownership +complicated and inefficient. The only use case which suffers from +this compromise is multiple cgroups concurrently dirtying disjoint +regions of the same inode, which is an unlikely use case and decided +to be unsupported. Note that as memory controller assigns page +ownership on the first use and doesn't update it until the page is +released, even if cgroup writeback strictly follows page ownership, +multiple cgroups dirtying overlapping areas wouldn't work as expected. +In general, write-sharing an inode across multiple cgroups is not well +supported. + +Filesystem support for cgroup writeback +--------------------------------------- + +A filesystem can make writeback IOs cgroup-aware by updating +address_space_operations->writepage[s]() to annotate bio's using the +following two functions. + +* wbc_init_bio(@wbc, @bio) + + Should be called for each bio carrying writeback data and associates + the bio with the inode's owner cgroup. Can be called anytime + between bio allocation and submission. + +* wbc_account_io(@wbc, @page, @bytes) + + Should be called for each data segment being written out. While + this function doesn't care exactly when it's called during the + writeback session, it's the easiest and most natural to call it as + data segments are added to a bio. + +With writeback bio's annotated, cgroup support can be enabled per +super_block by setting MS_CGROUPWB in ->s_flags. This allows for +selective disabling of cgroup writeback support which is helpful when +certain filesystem features, e.g. journaled data mode, are +incompatible. + +wbc_init_bio() binds the specified bio to its cgroup. Depending on +the configuration, the bio may be executed at a lower priority and if +the writeback session is holding shared resources, e.g. a journal +entry, may lead to priority inversion. There is no one easy solution +for the problem. Filesystems can try to work around specific problem +cases by skipping wbc_init_bio() or using bio_associate_blkcg() +directly. diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt index f456b4315..ff71e16cc 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt @@ -493,6 +493,7 @@ pgpgin - # of charging events to the memory cgroup. The charging pgpgout - # of uncharging events to the memory cgroup. The uncharging event happens each time a page is unaccounted from the cgroup. swap - # of bytes of swap usage +dirty - # of bytes that are waiting to get written back to the disk. writeback - # of bytes of file/anon cache that are queued for syncing to disk. inactive_anon - # of bytes of anonymous and swap cache memory on inactive diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt index eb102fb72..86847a764 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt @@ -17,15 +17,18 @@ CONTENTS 3. Structural Constraints 3-1. Top-down 3-2. No internal tasks -4. Other Changes - 4-1. [Un]populated Notification - 4-2. Other Core Changes - 4-3. Per-Controller Changes - 4-3-1. blkio - 4-3-2. cpuset - 4-3-3. memory -5. Planned Changes - 5-1. CAP for resource control +4. Delegation + 4-1. Model of delegation + 4-2. Common ancestor rule +5. Other Changes + 5-1. [Un]populated Notification + 5-2. Other Core Changes + 5-3. Per-Controller Changes + 5-3-1. blkio + 5-3-2. cpuset + 5-3-3. memory +6. Planned Changes + 6-1. CAP for resource control 1. Background @@ -245,9 +248,72 @@ cgroup must create children and transfer all its tasks to the children before enabling controllers in its "cgroup.subtree_control" file. -4. Other Changes +4. Delegation -4-1. [Un]populated Notification +4-1. Model of delegation + +A cgroup can be delegated to a less privileged user by granting write +access of the directory and its "cgroup.procs" file to the user. Note +that the resource control knobs in a given directory concern the +resources of the parent and thus must not be delegated along with the +directory. + +Once delegated, the user can build sub-hierarchy under the directory, +organize processes as it sees fit and further distribute the resources +it got from the parent. The limits and other settings of all resource +controllers are hierarchical and regardless of what happens in the +delegated sub-hierarchy, nothing can escape the resource restrictions +imposed by the parent. + +Currently, cgroup doesn't impose any restrictions on the number of +cgroups in or nesting depth of a delegated sub-hierarchy; however, +this may in the future be limited explicitly. + + +4-2. Common ancestor rule + +On the unified hierarchy, to write to a "cgroup.procs" file, in +addition to the usual write permission to the file and uid match, the +writer must also have write access to the "cgroup.procs" file of the +common ancestor of the source and destination cgroups. This prevents +delegatees from smuggling processes across disjoint sub-hierarchies. + +Let's say cgroups C0 and C1 have been delegated to user U0 who created +C00, C01 under C0 and C10 under C1 as follows. + + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - C0 - C00 + ~ cgroup ~ \ C01 + ~ hierarchy ~ + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - C1 - C10 + +C0 and C1 are separate entities in terms of resource distribution +regardless of their relative positions in the hierarchy. The +resources the processes under C0 are entitled to are controlled by +C0's ancestors and may be completely different from C1. It's clear +that the intention of delegating C0 to U0 is allowing U0 to organize +the processes under C0 and further control the distribution of C0's +resources. + +On traditional hierarchies, if a task has write access to "tasks" or +"cgroup.procs" file of a cgroup and its uid agrees with the target, it +can move the target to the cgroup. In the above example, U0 will not +only be able to move processes in each sub-hierarchy but also across +the two sub-hierarchies, effectively allowing it to violate the +organizational and resource restrictions implied by the hierarchical +structure above C0 and C1. + +On the unified hierarchy, let's say U0 wants to write the pid of a +process which has a matching uid and is currently in C10 into +"C00/cgroup.procs". U0 obviously has write access to the file and +migration permission on the process; however, the common ancestor of +the source cgroup C10 and the destination cgroup C00 is above the +points of delegation and U0 would not have write access to its +"cgroup.procs" and thus be denied with -EACCES. + + +5. Other Changes + +5-1. [Un]populated Notification cgroup users often need a way to determine when a cgroup's subhierarchy becomes empty so that it can be cleaned up. cgroup @@ -289,7 +355,7 @@ supported and the interface files "release_agent" and "notify_on_release" do not exist. -4-2. Other Core Changes +5-2. Other Core Changes - None of the mount options is allowed. @@ -306,14 +372,14 @@ supported and the interface files "release_agent" and - The "cgroup.clone_children" file is removed. -4-3. Per-Controller Changes +5-3. Per-Controller Changes -4-3-1. blkio +5-3-1. blkio - blk-throttle becomes properly hierarchical. -4-3-2. cpuset +5-3-2. cpuset - Tasks are kept in empty cpusets after hotplug and take on the masks of the nearest non-empty ancestor, instead of being moved to it. @@ -322,7 +388,7 @@ supported and the interface files "release_agent" and masks of the nearest non-empty ancestor. -4-3-3. memory +5-3-3. memory - use_hierarchy is on by default and the cgroup file for the flag is not created. @@ -407,9 +473,9 @@ supported and the interface files "release_agent" and memory.low, memory.high, and memory.max will use the string "max" to indicate and set the highest possible value. -5. Planned Changes +6. Planned Changes -5-1. CAP for resource control +6-1. CAP for resource control Unified hierarchy will require one of the capabilities(7), which is yet to be decided, for all resource control related knobs. Process diff --git a/Documentation/clk.txt b/Documentation/clk.txt index 0e4f90aa1..f463bdc37 100644 --- a/Documentation/clk.txt +++ b/Documentation/clk.txt @@ -230,30 +230,7 @@ clk_register(...) See the basic clock types in drivers/clk/clk-*.c for examples. - Part 5 - static initialization of clock data - -For platforms with many clocks (often numbering into the hundreds) it -may be desirable to statically initialize some clock data. This -presents a problem since the definition of struct clk should be hidden -from everyone except for the clock core in drivers/clk/clk.c. - -To get around this problem struct clk's definition is exposed in -include/linux/clk-private.h along with some macros for more easily -initializing instances of the basic clock types. These clocks must -still be initialized with the common clock framework via a call to -__clk_init. - -clk-private.h must NEVER be included by code which implements struct -clk_ops callbacks, nor must it be included by any logic which pokes -around inside of struct clk at run-time. To do so is a layering -violation. - -To better enforce this policy, always follow this simple rule: any -statically initialized clock data MUST be defined in a separate file -from the logic that implements its ops. Basically separate the logic -from the data and all is well. - - Part 6 - Disabling clock gating of unused clocks + Part 5 - Disabling clock gating of unused clocks Sometimes during development it can be useful to be able to bypass the default disabling of unused clocks. For example, if drivers aren't enabling @@ -264,7 +241,7 @@ are sorted out. To bypass this disabling, include "clk_ignore_unused" in the bootargs to the kernel. - Part 7 - Locking + Part 6 - Locking The common clock framework uses two global locks, the prepare lock and the enable lock. diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt index 77ec21574..c15aa75f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Contents: 1. What Is A CPUFreq Governor? ============================== -Most cpufreq drivers (in fact, all except one, longrun) or even most +Most cpufreq drivers (except the intel_pstate and longrun) or even most cpu frequency scaling algorithms only offer the CPU to be set to one frequency. In order to offer dynamic frequency scaling, the cpufreq core must be able to tell these drivers of a "target frequency". So diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt index 655750743..be8d4006b 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ Intel P-state driver This driver provides an interface to control the P state selection for SandyBridge+ Intel processors. The driver can operate two different -modes based on the processor model legacy and Hardware P state (HWP) +modes based on the processor model, legacy mode and Hardware P state (HWP) mode. -In legacy mode the driver implements a scaling driver with an internal -governor for Intel Core processors. The driver follows the same model -as the Transmeta scaling driver (longrun.c) and implements the -setpolicy() instead of target(). Scaling drivers that implement -setpolicy() are assumed to implement internal governors by the cpufreq -core. All the logic for selecting the current P state is contained -within the driver; no external governor is used by the cpufreq core. +In legacy mode, the Intel P-state implements two internal governors, +performance and powersave, that differ from the general cpufreq governors of +the same name (the general cpufreq governors implement target(), whereas the +internal Intel P-state governors implement setpolicy()). The internal +performance governor sets the max_perf_pct and min_perf_pct to 100; that is, +the governor selects the highest available P state to maximize the performance +of the core. The internal powersave governor selects the appropriate P state +based on the current load on the CPU. In HWP mode P state selection is implemented in the processor itself. The driver provides the interfaces between the cpufreq core and the processor to control P state selection based on user preferences and reporting frequency to the cpufreq core. In this mode the -internal governor code is disabled. +internal Intel P-state governor code is disabled. -In addtion to the interfaces provided by the cpufreq core for +In addition to the interfaces provided by the cpufreq core for controlling frequency the driver provides sysfs files for controlling P state selection. These files have been added to /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/ diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt index ff2f28332..109e97bba 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt @@ -196,8 +196,6 @@ affected_cpus : List of Online CPUs that require software related_cpus : List of Online + Offline CPUs that need software coordination of frequency. -scaling_driver : Hardware driver for cpufreq. - scaling_cur_freq : Current frequency of the CPU as determined by the governor and cpufreq core, in KHz. This is the frequency the kernel thinks the CPU runs diff --git a/Documentation/cputopology.txt b/Documentation/cputopology.txt index 0aad6deb2..12b1b25b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/cputopology.txt +++ b/Documentation/cputopology.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Export CPU topology info via sysfs. Items (attributes) are similar -to /proc/cpuinfo. +to /proc/cpuinfo output of some architectures: 1) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/physical_package_id: @@ -23,20 +23,35 @@ to /proc/cpuinfo. 4) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/thread_siblings: internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads within the same - core as cpuX + core as cpuX. -5) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_siblings: +5) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/thread_siblings_list: + + human-readable list of cpuX's hardware threads within the same + core as cpuX. + +6) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_siblings: internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads within the same physical_package_id. -6) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/book_siblings: +7) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_siblings_list: + + human-readable list of cpuX's hardware threads within the same + physical_package_id. + +8) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/book_siblings: internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads within the same book_id. +9) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/book_siblings_list: + + human-readable list of cpuX's hardware threads within the same + book_id. + To implement it in an architecture-neutral way, a new source file, -drivers/base/topology.c, is to export the 4 or 6 attributes. The two book +drivers/base/topology.c, is to export the 6 or 9 attributes. The three book related sysfs files will only be created if CONFIG_SCHED_BOOK is selected. For an architecture to support this feature, it must define some of @@ -44,20 +59,22 @@ these macros in include/asm-XXX/topology.h: #define topology_physical_package_id(cpu) #define topology_core_id(cpu) #define topology_book_id(cpu) -#define topology_thread_cpumask(cpu) +#define topology_sibling_cpumask(cpu) #define topology_core_cpumask(cpu) #define topology_book_cpumask(cpu) -The type of **_id is int. -The type of siblings is (const) struct cpumask *. +The type of **_id macros is int. +The type of **_cpumask macros is (const) struct cpumask *. The latter +correspond with appropriate **_siblings sysfs attributes (except for +topology_sibling_cpumask() which corresponds with thread_siblings). To be consistent on all architectures, include/linux/topology.h provides default definitions for any of the above macros that are not defined by include/asm-XXX/topology.h: 1) physical_package_id: -1 2) core_id: 0 -3) thread_siblings: just the given CPU -4) core_siblings: just the given CPU +3) sibling_cpumask: just the given CPU +4) core_cpumask: just the given CPU For architectures that don't support books (CONFIG_SCHED_BOOK) there are no default definitions for topology_book_id() and topology_book_cpumask(). diff --git a/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt b/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt index 5c9a567b3..03703afc4 100644 --- a/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt +++ b/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt @@ -181,4 +181,4 @@ Notes Documentation and specifications: http://halobates.de/firewire/ FireWire is a trademark of Apple Inc. - for more information please refer to: -http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FireWire +https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FireWire diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt index 0d124a971..d9246a32e 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt @@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ trying to see when the io scheduler has let the ios run. Overview of supplied cache replacement policies =============================================== -multiqueue ----------- +multiqueue (mq) +--------------- -This policy is the default. +This policy has been deprecated in favor of the smq policy (see below). The multiqueue policy has three sets of 16 queues: one set for entries waiting for the cache and another two for those in the cache (a set for @@ -73,6 +73,67 @@ If you're trying to quickly warm a new cache device you may wish to reduce these to encourage promotion. Remember to switch them back to their defaults after the cache fills though. +Stochastic multiqueue (smq) +--------------------------- + +This policy is the default. + +The stochastic multi-queue (smq) policy addresses some of the problems +with the multiqueue (mq) policy. + +The smq policy (vs mq) offers the promise of less memory utilization, +improved performance and increased adaptability in the face of changing +workloads. SMQ also does not have any cumbersome tuning knobs. + +Users may switch from "mq" to "smq" simply by appropriately reloading a +DM table that is using the cache target. Doing so will cause all of the +mq policy's hints to be dropped. Also, performance of the cache may +degrade slightly until smq recalculates the origin device's hotspots +that should be cached. + +Memory usage: +The mq policy uses a lot of memory; 88 bytes per cache block on a 64 +bit machine. + +SMQ uses 28bit indexes to implement it's data structures rather than +pointers. It avoids storing an explicit hit count for each block. It +has a 'hotspot' queue rather than a pre cache which uses a quarter of +the entries (each hotspot block covers a larger area than a single +cache block). + +All these mean smq uses ~25bytes per cache block. Still a lot of +memory, but a substantial improvement nontheless. + +Level balancing: +MQ places entries in different levels of the multiqueue structures +based on their hit count (~ln(hit count)). This means the bottom +levels generally have the most entries, and the top ones have very +few. Having unbalanced levels like this reduces the efficacy of the +multiqueue. + +SMQ does not maintain a hit count, instead it swaps hit entries with +the least recently used entry from the level above. The over all +ordering being a side effect of this stochastic process. With this +scheme we can decide how many entries occupy each multiqueue level, +resulting in better promotion/demotion decisions. + +Adaptability: +The MQ policy maintains a hit count for each cache block. For a +different block to get promoted to the cache it's hit count has to +exceed the lowest currently in the cache. This means it can take a +long time for the cache to adapt between varying IO patterns. +Periodically degrading the hit counts could help with this, but I +haven't found a nice general solution. + +SMQ doesn't maintain hit counts, so a lot of this problem just goes +away. In addition it tracks performance of the hotspot queue, which +is used to decide which blocks to promote. If the hotspot queue is +performing badly then it starts moving entries more quickly between +levels. This lets it adapt to new IO patterns very quickly. + +Performance: +Testing SMQ shows substantially better performance than MQ. + cleaner ------- diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt index 68c0f517c..785eab87a 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt @@ -221,6 +221,7 @@ Status <#read hits> <#read misses> <#write hits> <#write misses> <#demotions> <#promotions> <#dirty> <#features> <features>* <#core args> <core args>* <policy name> <#policy args> <policy args>* +<cache metadata mode> metadata block size : Fixed block size for each metadata block in sectors @@ -251,8 +252,18 @@ core args : Key/value pairs for tuning the core e.g. migration_threshold policy name : Name of the policy #policy args : Number of policy arguments to follow (must be even) -policy args : Key/value pairs - e.g. sequential_threshold +policy args : Key/value pairs e.g. sequential_threshold +cache metadata mode : ro if read-only, rw if read-write + In serious cases where even a read-only mode is deemed unsafe + no further I/O will be permitted and the status will just + contain the string 'Fail'. The userspace recovery tools + should then be used. +needs_check : 'needs_check' if set, '-' if not set + A metadata operation has failed, resulting in the needs_check + flag being set in the metadata's superblock. The metadata + device must be deactivated and checked/repaired before the + cache can be made fully operational again. '-' indicates + needs_check is not set. Messages -------- diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt index ef8ba9fa5..cb12af3b5 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt @@ -224,3 +224,5 @@ Version History New status (STATUSTYPE_INFO) fields: sync_action and mismatch_cnt. 1.5.1 Add ability to restore transiently failed devices on resume. 1.5.2 'mismatch_cnt' is zero unless [last_]sync_action is "check". +1.6.0 Add discard support (and devices_handle_discard_safely module param). +1.7.0 Add support for MD RAID0 mappings. diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/statistics.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/statistics.txt index 2a1673adc..4919b2dfd 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/statistics.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/statistics.txt @@ -13,9 +13,14 @@ the range specified. The I/O statistics counters for each step-sized area of a region are in the same format as /sys/block/*/stat or /proc/diskstats (see: Documentation/iostats.txt). But two extra counters (12 and 13) are -provided: total time spent reading and writing in milliseconds. All -these counters may be accessed by sending the @stats_print message to -the appropriate DM device via dmsetup. +provided: total time spent reading and writing. When the histogram +argument is used, the 14th parameter is reported that represents the +histogram of latencies. All these counters may be accessed by sending +the @stats_print message to the appropriate DM device via dmsetup. + +The reported times are in milliseconds and the granularity depends on +the kernel ticks. When the option precise_timestamps is used, the +reported times are in nanoseconds. Each region has a corresponding unique identifier, which we call a region_id, that is assigned when the region is created. The region_id @@ -33,7 +38,9 @@ memory is used by reading Messages ======== - @stats_create <range> <step> [<program_id> [<aux_data>]] + @stats_create <range> <step> + [<number_of_optional_arguments> <optional_arguments>...] + [<program_id> [<aux_data>]] Create a new region and return the region_id. @@ -48,6 +55,29 @@ Messages "/<number_of_areas>" - the range is subdivided into the specified number of areas. + <number_of_optional_arguments> + The number of optional arguments + + <optional_arguments> + The following optional arguments are supported + precise_timestamps - use precise timer with nanosecond resolution + instead of the "jiffies" variable. When this argument is + used, the resulting times are in nanoseconds instead of + milliseconds. Precise timestamps are a little bit slower + to obtain than jiffies-based timestamps. + histogram:n1,n2,n3,n4,... - collect histogram of latencies. The + numbers n1, n2, etc are times that represent the boundaries + of the histogram. If precise_timestamps is not used, the + times are in milliseconds, otherwise they are in + nanoseconds. For each range, the kernel will report the + number of requests that completed within this range. For + example, if we use "histogram:10,20,30", the kernel will + report four numbers a:b:c:d. a is the number of requests + that took 0-10 ms to complete, b is the number of requests + that took 10-20 ms to complete, c is the number of requests + that took 20-30 ms to complete and d is the number of + requests that took more than 30 ms to complete. + <program_id> An optional parameter. A name that uniquely identifies the userspace owner of the range. This groups ranges together @@ -55,6 +85,9 @@ Messages created and ignore those created by others. The kernel returns this string back in the output of @stats_list message, but it doesn't use it for anything else. + If we omit the number of optional arguments, program id must not + be a number, otherwise it would be interpreted as the number of + optional arguments. <aux_data> An optional parameter. A word that provides auxiliary data diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt index 4f67578b2..1699a55b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ ii) Status underlying device. When this is enabled when loading the table, it can get disabled if the underlying device doesn't support it. - ro|rw + ro|rw|out_of_data_space If the pool encounters certain types of device failures it will drop into a read-only metadata mode in which no changes to the pool metadata (like allocating new blocks) are permitted. @@ -314,6 +314,13 @@ ii) Status module parameter can be used to change this timeout -- it defaults to 60 seconds but may be disabled using a value of 0. + needs_check + A metadata operation has failed, resulting in the needs_check + flag being set in the metadata's superblock. The metadata + device must be deactivated and checked/repaired before the + thin-pool can be made fully operational again. '-' indicates + needs_check is not set. + iii) Messages create_thin <dev id> diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/archs-idu-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/archs-idu-intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dcb7c7d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/archs-idu-intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +* ARC-HS Interrupt Distribution Unit + + This optional 2nd level interrupt controller can be used in SMP configurations for + dynamic IRQ routing, load balancing of common/external IRQs towards core intc. + +Properties: + +- compatible: "snps,archs-idu-intc" +- interrupt-controller: This is an interrupt controller. +- interrupt-parent: <reference to parent core intc> +- #interrupt-cells: Must be <2>. +- interrupts: <...> specifies the upstream core irqs + + First cell specifies the "common" IRQ from peripheral to IDU + Second cell specifies the irq distribution mode to cores + 0=Round Robin; 1=cpu0, 2=cpu1, 4=cpu2, 8=cpu3 + + intc accessed via the special ARC AUX register interface, hence "reg" property + is not specified. + +Example: + core_intc: core-interrupt-controller { + compatible = "snps,archs-intc"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + }; + + idu_intc: idu-interrupt-controller { + compatible = "snps,archs-idu-intc"; + interrupt-controller; + interrupt-parent = <&core_intc>; + + /* + * <hwirq distribution> + * distribution: 0=RR; 1=cpu0, 2=cpu1, 4=cpu2, 8=cpu3 + */ + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + + /* upstream core irqs: downstream these are "COMMON" irq 0,1.. */ + interrupts = <24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31>; + }; + + some_device: serial@c0fc1000 { + interrupt-parent = <&idu_intc>; + interrupts = <0 0>; /* upstream idu IRQ #24, Round Robin */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/archs-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/archs-intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..69f326d6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/archs-intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* ARC-HS incore Interrupt Controller (Provided by cores implementing ARCv2 ISA) + +Properties: + +- compatible: "snps,archs-intc" +- interrupt-controller: This is an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells: Must be <1>. + + Single Cell "interrupts" property of a device specifies the IRQ number + between 16 to 256 + + intc accessed via the special ARC AUX register interface, hence "reg" property + is not specified. + +Example: + + intc: interrupt-controller { + compatible = "snps,archs-intc"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupts = <16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/axs101.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/axs101.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48290d517 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/axs101.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Synopsys DesignWare ARC Software Development Platforms Device Tree Bindings +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +SDP Main Board with an AXC001 CPU Card hoisting ARC700 core in silicon + +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "snps,axs101", "snps,arc-sdp"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/axs103.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/axs103.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6eea862e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/axs103.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +Synopsys DesignWare ARC Software Development Platforms Device Tree Bindings +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +SDP Main Board with an AXC003 FPGA Card which can contain various flavours of +HS38x cores. + +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "snps,axs103", "snps,arc-sdp"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-sdram-controller.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-sdram-controller.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77ca63576 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-sdram-controller.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +Altera SOCFPGA SDRAM Controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should contain "altr,sdr-ctl" and "syscon". + syscon is required by the Altera SOCFPGA SDRAM EDAC. +- reg : Should contain 1 register range (address and length) + +Example: + sdr: sdr@ffc25000 { + compatible = "altr,sdr-ctl", "syscon"; + reg = <0xffc25000 0x1000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-sdram-edac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-sdram-edac.txt index d0ce01da5..f5ad0ff69 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-sdram-edac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-sdram-edac.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Altera SOCFPGA SDRAM Error Detection & Correction [EDAC] The EDAC accesses a range of registers in the SDRAM controller. Required properties: -- compatible : should contain "altr,sdram-edac"; +- compatible : should contain "altr,sdram-edac" or "altr,sdram-edac-a10" - altr,sdr-syscon : phandle of the sdr module - interrupts : Should contain the SDRAM ECC IRQ in the appropriate format for the IRQ controller. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards index b78564b2b..1a709970e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards @@ -157,3 +157,69 @@ Example: }; }; + +ARM Versatile Express Boards +----------------------------- +For details on the device tree bindings for ARM Versatile Express boards +please consult the vexpress.txt file in the same directory as this file. + +ARM Juno Boards +---------------- +The Juno boards are targeting development for AArch64 systems. The first +iteration, Juno r0, is a vehicle for evaluating big.LITTLE on AArch64, +with the second iteration, Juno r1, mainly aimed at development of PCIe +based systems. Juno r1 also has support for AXI masters placed on the TLX +connectors to join the coherency domain. + +Juno boards are described in a similar way to ARM Versatile Express boards, +with the motherboard part of the hardware being described in a separate file +to highlight the fact that is part of the support infrastructure for the SoC. +Juno device tree bindings also share the Versatile Express bindings as +described under the RS1 memory mapping. + +Required properties (in root node): + compatible = "arm,juno"; /* For Juno r0 board */ + compatible = "arm,juno-r1"; /* For Juno r1 board */ + +Required nodes: +The description for the board must include: + - a "psci" node describing the boot method used for the secondary CPUs. + A detailed description of the bindings used for "psci" nodes is present + in the psci.txt file. + - a "cpus" node describing the available cores and their associated + "enable-method"s. For more details see cpus.txt file. + +Example: + +/dts-v1/; +/ { + model = "ARM Juno development board (r0)"; + compatible = "arm,juno", "arm,vexpress"; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + + cpus { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + A57_0: cpu@0 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a57","arm,armv8"; + reg = <0x0 0x0>; + device_type = "cpu"; + enable-method = "psci"; + }; + + ..... + + A53_0: cpu@100 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a53","arm,armv8"; + reg = <0x0 0x100>; + device_type = "cpu"; + enable-method = "psci"; + }; + + ..... + }; + +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armv7m_systick.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armv7m_systick.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7cf4a2460 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armv7m_systick.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +* ARMv7M System Timer + +ARMv7-M includes a system timer, known as SysTick. Current driver only +implements the clocksource feature. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "arm,armv7m-systick" +- reg : The address range of the timer + +Required clocking property, have to be one of: +- clocks : The input clock of the timer +- clock-frequency : The rate in HZ in input of the ARM SysTick + +Examples: + +systick: timer@e000e010 { + compatible = "arm,armv7m-systick"; + reg = <0xe000e010 0x10>; + clocks = <&clk_systick>; +}; + +systick: timer@e000e010 { + compatible = "arm,armv7m-systick"; + reg = <0xe000e010 0x10>; + clock-frequency = <90000000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt index 2e99b5b57..424ac8cbf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Example: }; RAMC SDRAM/DDR Controller required properties: -- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-sdramc", +- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-sdramc", "syscon" "atmel,at91sam9260-sdramc", "atmel,at91sam9g45-ddramc", "atmel,sama5d3-ddramc", diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt index ac683480c..c78576bb7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt @@ -1,8 +1,35 @@ Broadcom BCM2835 device tree bindings ------------------------------------------- -Boards with the BCM2835 SoC shall have the following properties: +Raspberry Pi Model A +Required root node properties: +compatible = "raspberrypi,model-a", "brcm,bcm2835"; -Required root node property: +Raspberry Pi Model A+ +Required root node properties: +compatible = "raspberrypi,model-a-plus", "brcm,bcm2835"; +Raspberry Pi Model B +Required root node properties: +compatible = "raspberrypi,model-b", "brcm,bcm2835"; + +Raspberry Pi Model B (no P5) +early model B with I2C0 rather than I2C1 routed to the expansion header +Required root node properties: +compatible = "raspberrypi,model-b-i2c0", "brcm,bcm2835"; + +Raspberry Pi Model B rev2 +Required root node properties: +compatible = "raspberrypi,model-b-rev2", "brcm,bcm2835"; + +Raspberry Pi Model B+ +Required root node properties: +compatible = "raspberrypi,model-b-plus", "brcm,bcm2835"; + +Raspberry Pi Compute Module +Required root node properties: +compatible = "raspberrypi,compute-module", "brcm,bcm2835"; + +Generic BCM2835 board +Required root node properties: compatible = "brcm,bcm2835"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm63138.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm63138.txt index bd49987a8..b82b6a0ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm63138.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm63138.txt @@ -7,3 +7,79 @@ following properties: Required root node property: compatible: should be "brcm,bcm63138" + +An optional Boot lookup table Device Tree node is required for secondary CPU +initialization as well as a 'resets' phandle to the correct PMB controller as +defined in reset/brcm,bcm63138-pmb.txt for this secondary CPU, and an +'enable-method' property. + +Required properties for the Boot lookup table node: +- compatible: should be "brcm,bcm63138-bootlut" +- reg: register base address and length for the Boot Lookup table + +Optional properties for the primary CPU node: +- enable-method: should be "brcm,bcm63138" + +Optional properties for the secondary CPU node: +- enable-method: should be "brcm,bcm63138" +- resets: phandle to the relevant PMB controller, one integer indicating the internal + bus number, and a second integer indicating the address of the CPU in the PMB + internal bus number. + +Example: + + cpus { + cpu@0 { + compatible = "arm,cotex-a9"; + reg = <0>; + ... + enable-method = "brcm,bcm63138"; + }; + + cpu@1 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9"; + reg = <1>; + ... + enable-method = "brcm,bcm63138"; + resets = <&pmb0 4 1>; + }; + }; + + bootlut: bootlut@8000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm63138-bootlut"; + reg = <0x8000 0x50>; + }; + +======= +reboot +------ +Two nodes are required for software reboot: a timer node and a syscon-reboot node. + +Timer node: + +- compatible: Must be "brcm,bcm6328-timer", "syscon" +- reg: Register base address and length + +Syscon reboot node: + +See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-reboot.txt for the +detailed list of properties, the two values defined below are specific to the +BCM6328-style timer: + +- offset: Should be 0x34 to denote the offset of the TIMER_WD_TIMER_RESET register + from the beginning of the TIMER block +- mask: Should be 1 for the SoftRst bit. + +Example: + + timer: timer@80 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6328-timer", "syscon"; + reg = <0x80 0x3c>; + }; + + reboot { + compatible = "syscon-reboot"; + regmap = <&timer>; + offset = <0x34>; + mask = <0x1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt index 3c5c63132..aef1d200a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt @@ -31,8 +31,9 @@ specific to ARM. - compatible Usage: required Value type: <string> - Definition: must be set to + Definition: must contain one of the following: "arm,cci-400" + "arm,cci-500" - reg Usage: required @@ -99,6 +100,7 @@ specific to ARM. "arm,cci-400-pmu,r1" "arm,cci-400-pmu" - DEPRECATED, permitted only where OS has secure acces to CCI registers + "arm,cci-500-pmu,r0" - reg: Usage: required Value type: Integer cells. A register entry, expressed diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt index 88602b754..65a6db227 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt @@ -17,15 +17,19 @@ its hardware characteristcs. - "arm,coresight-tmc", "arm,primecell"; - "arm,coresight-funnel", "arm,primecell"; - "arm,coresight-etm3x", "arm,primecell"; + - "qcom,coresight-replicator1x", "arm,primecell"; * reg: physical base address and length of the register set(s) of the component. - * clocks: the clock associated to this component. + * clocks: the clocks associated to this component. - * clock-names: the name of the clock as referenced by the code. - Since we are using the AMBA framework, the name should be - "apb_pclk". + * clock-names: the name of the clocks referenced by the code. + Since we are using the AMBA framework, the name of the clock + providing the interconnect should be "apb_pclk", and some + coresight blocks also have an additional clock "atclk", which + clocks the core of that coresight component. The latter clock + is optional. * port or ports: The representation of the component's port layout using the generic DT graph presentation found in diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt index 6aa331d11..91e6e5c47 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt @@ -188,6 +188,7 @@ nodes to be present and contain the properties described below. # On ARM 32-bit systems this property is optional and can be one of: "allwinner,sun6i-a31" + "allwinner,sun8i-a23" "arm,psci" "brcm,brahma-b15" "marvell,armada-375-smp" @@ -198,6 +199,7 @@ nodes to be present and contain the properties described below. "qcom,kpss-acc-v1" "qcom,kpss-acc-v2" "rockchip,rk3066-smp" + "ste,dbx500-smp" - cpu-release-addr Usage: required for systems that have an "enable-method" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt index 5da38c5ed..e151057d9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt @@ -19,9 +19,10 @@ Optional Properties: domains. - clock-names: The following clocks can be specified: - oscclk: Oscillator clock. - - pclkN, clkN: Pairs of parent of input clock and input clock to the - devices in this power domain. Maximum of 4 pairs (N = 0 to 3) - are supported currently. + - clkN: Input clocks to the devices in this power domain. These clocks + will be reparented to oscclk before swithing power domain off. + Their original parent will be brought back after turning on + the domain. Maximum of 4 clocks (N = 0 to 3) are supported. - asbN: Clocks required by asynchronous bridges (ASB) present in the power domain. These clock should be enabled during power domain on/off operations. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt index a5462b6b3..2a3ba73f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt @@ -81,12 +81,15 @@ Freescale Vybrid Platform Device Tree Bindings For the Vybrid SoC familiy all variants with DDR controller are supported, which is the VF5xx and VF6xx series. Out of historical reasons, in most places the kernel uses vf610 to refer to the whole familiy. +The compatible string "fsl,vf610m4" is used for the secondary Cortex-M4 +core support. Required root node compatible property (one of them): - compatible = "fsl,vf500"; - compatible = "fsl,vf510"; - compatible = "fsl,vf600"; - compatible = "fsl,vf610"; + - compatible = "fsl,vf610m4"; Freescale LS1021A Platform Device Tree Bindings ------------------------------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt index 35b1bd49c..c431c6752 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt @@ -1,5 +1,8 @@ Hisilicon Platforms Device Tree Bindings ---------------------------------------------------- +Hi6220 SoC +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220"; Hi4511 Board Required root node properties: @@ -13,6 +16,9 @@ HiP01 ca9x2 Board Required root node properties: - compatible = "hisilicon,hip01-ca9x2"; +HiKey Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-hikey", "hisilicon,hi6220"; Hisilicon system controller @@ -41,6 +47,87 @@ Example: }; ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +Hisilicon Hi6220 system controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "hisilicon,hi6220-sysctrl" +- reg : Register address and size +- #clock-cells: should be set to 1, many clock registers are defined + under this controller and this property must be present. + +Hisilicon designs this controller as one of the system controllers, +its main functions are the same as Hisilicon system controller, but +the register offset of some core modules are different. + +Example: + /*for Hi6220*/ + sys_ctrl: sys_ctrl@f7030000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-sysctrl", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0xf7030000 0x0 0x2000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + +Hisilicon Hi6220 Power Always ON domain controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "hisilicon,hi6220-aoctrl" +- reg : Register address and size +- #clock-cells: should be set to 1, many clock registers are defined + under this controller and this property must be present. + +Hisilicon designs this system controller to control the power always +on domain for mobile platform. + +Example: + /*for Hi6220*/ + ao_ctrl: ao_ctrl@f7800000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-aoctrl", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0xf7800000 0x0 0x2000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + +Hisilicon Hi6220 Media domain controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "hisilicon,hi6220-mediactrl" +- reg : Register address and size +- #clock-cells: should be set to 1, many clock registers are defined + under this controller and this property must be present. + +Hisilicon designs this system controller to control the multimedia +domain(e.g. codec, G3D ...) for mobile platform. + +Example: + /*for Hi6220*/ + media_ctrl: media_ctrl@f4410000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-mediactrl", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0xf4410000 0x0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + +Hisilicon Hi6220 Power Management domain controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "hisilicon,hi6220-pmctrl" +- reg : Register address and size +- #clock-cells: should be set to 1, some clock registers are define + under this controller and this property must be present. + +Hisilicon designs this system controller to control the power management +domain for mobile platform. + +Example: + /*for Hi6220*/ + pm_ctrl: pm_ctrl@f7032000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-pmctrl", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0xf7032000 0x0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- Hisilicon HiP01 system controller Required properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt index 0dbabe9a6..2251dccb1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt @@ -67,6 +67,11 @@ Optional properties: disable if zero. - arm,prefetch-offset : Override prefetch offset value. Valid values are 0-7, 15, 23, and 31. +- prefetch-data : Data prefetch. Value: <0> (forcibly disable), <1> + (forcibly enable), property absent (retain settings set by firmware) +- prefetch-instr : Instruction prefetch. Value: <0> (forcibly disable), + <1> (forcibly enable), property absent (retain settings set by + firmware) Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt index a99eb9eb1..3bab18409 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt @@ -1,6 +1,18 @@ Marvell Berlin SoC Family Device Tree Bindings --------------------------------------------------------------- +Work in progress statement: + +Device tree files and bindings applying to Marvell Berlin SoCs and boards are +considered "unstable". Any Marvell Berlin device tree binding may change at any +time. Be sure to use a device tree binary and a kernel image generated from the +same source tree. + +Please refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt for a definition of a +stable binding/ABI. + +--------------------------------------------------------------- + Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Berlin family, e.g. Armada 1500 shall have the following properties: @@ -49,10 +61,9 @@ chip control registers, so there should be a single DT node only providing the different functions which are described below. Required properties: -- compatible: shall be one of - "marvell,berlin2-chip-ctrl" for BG2 - "marvell,berlin2cd-chip-ctrl" for BG2CD - "marvell,berlin2q-chip-ctrl" for BG2Q +- compatible: + * the first and second values must be: + "simple-mfd", "syscon" - reg: address and length of following register sets for BG2/BG2CD: chip control register set BG2Q: chip control register set and cpu pll registers @@ -63,90 +74,23 @@ Marvell Berlin SoCs have a system control register set providing several individual registers dealing with pinmux, padmux, and reset. Required properties: -- compatible: should be one of - "marvell,berlin2-system-ctrl" for BG2 - "marvell,berlin2cd-system-ctrl" for BG2CD - "marvell,berlin2q-system-ctrl" for BG2Q +- compatible: + * the first and second values must be: + "simple-mfd", "syscon" - reg: address and length of the system control register set -* Clock provider binding - -As clock related registers are spread among the chip control registers, the -chip control node also provides the clocks. Marvell Berlin2 (BG2, BG2CD, BG2Q) -SoCs share the same IP for PLLs and clocks, with some minor differences in -features and register layout. - -Required properties: -- #clock-cells: shall be set to 1 -- clocks: clock specifiers referencing the core clock input clocks -- clock-names: array of strings describing the input clock specifiers above. - Allowed clock-names for the reference clocks are - "refclk" for the SoCs osciallator input on all SoCs, - and SoC-specific input clocks for - BG2/BG2CD: "video_ext0" for the external video clock input - -Clocks provided by core clocks shall be referenced by a clock specifier -indexing one of the provided clocks. Refer to dt-bindings/clock/berlin<soc>.h -for the corresponding index mapping. - -* Pin controller binding - -Pin control registers are part of both register sets, chip control and system -control. The pins controlled are organized in groups, so no actual pin -information is needed. - -A pin-controller node should contain subnodes representing the pin group -configurations, one per function. Each subnode has the group name and the muxing -function used. - -Be aware the Marvell Berlin datasheets use the keyword 'mode' for what is called -a 'function' in the pin-controller subsystem. - -Required subnode-properties: -- groups: a list of strings describing the group names. -- function: a string describing the function used to mux the groups. - -* Reset controller binding - -A reset controller is part of the chip control registers set. The chip control -node also provides the reset. The register set is not at the same offset between -Berlin SoCs. - -Required property: -- #reset-cells: must be set to 2 - Example: chip: chip-control@ea0000 { - compatible = "marvell,berlin2-chip-ctrl"; - #clock-cells = <1>; - #reset-cells = <2>; + compatible = "simple-mfd", "syscon"; reg = <0xea0000 0x400>; - clocks = <&refclk>, <&externaldev 0>; - clock-names = "refclk", "video_ext0"; - spi1_pmux: spi1-pmux { - groups = "G0"; - function = "spi1"; - }; + /* sub-device nodes */ }; sysctrl: system-controller@d000 { - compatible = "marvell,berlin2-system-ctrl"; + compatible = "simple-mfd", "syscon"; reg = <0xd000 0x100>; - uart0_pmux: uart0-pmux { - groups = "GSM4"; - function = "uart0"; - }; - - uart1_pmux: uart1-pmux { - groups = "GSM5"; - function = "uart1"; - }; - - uart2_pmux: uart2-pmux { - groups = "GSM3"; - function = "uart2"; - }; + /* sub-device nodes */ }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..936166fbe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Mediatek apmixedsys controller +============================== + +The Mediatek apmixedsys controller provides the PLLs to the system. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: Should be: + - "mediatek,mt8135-apmixedsys" + - "mediatek,mt8173-apmixedsys" +- #clock-cells: Must be 1 + +The apmixedsys controller uses the common clk binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. + +Example: + +apmixedsys: clock-controller@10209000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-apmixedsys"; + reg = <0 0x10209000 0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6cd3e419 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Mediatek infracfg controller +============================ + +The Mediatek infracfg controller provides various clocks and reset +outputs to the system. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: Should be: + - "mediatek,mt8135-infracfg", "syscon" + - "mediatek,mt8173-infracfg", "syscon" +- #clock-cells: Must be 1 +- #reset-cells: Must be 1 + +The infracfg controller uses the common clk binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. +Also it uses the common reset controller binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/reset.txt. +The available reset outputs are defined in +dt-bindings/reset-controller/mt*-resets.h + +Example: + +infracfg: power-controller@10001000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-infracfg", "syscon"; + reg = <0 0x10001000 0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f25b85499 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Mediatek pericfg controller +=========================== + +The Mediatek pericfg controller provides various clocks and reset +outputs to the system. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: Should be: + - "mediatek,mt8135-pericfg", "syscon" + - "mediatek,mt8173-pericfg", "syscon" +- #clock-cells: Must be 1 +- #reset-cells: Must be 1 + +The pericfg controller uses the common clk binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. +Also it uses the common reset controller binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/reset.txt. +The available reset outputs are defined in +dt-bindings/reset-controller/mt*-resets.h + +Example: + +pericfg: power-controller@10003000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-pericfg", "syscon"; + reg = <0 0x10003000 0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9e917994 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Mediatek topckgen controller +============================ + +The Mediatek topckgen controller provides various clocks to the system. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: Should be: + - "mediatek,mt8135-topckgen" + - "mediatek,mt8173-topckgen" +- #clock-cells: Must be 1 + +The topckgen controller uses the common clk binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. + +Example: + +topckgen: power-controller@10000000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-topckgen"; + reg = <0 0x10000000 0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c44768051 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* ARM Snoop Control Unit (SCU) + +As part of the MPCore complex, Cortex-A5 and Cortex-A9 are provided +with a Snoop Control Unit. The register range is usually 256 (0x100) +bytes. + +References: + +- Cortex-A9: see DDI0407E Cortex-A9 MPCore Technical Reference Manual + Revision r2p0 +- Cortex-A5: see DDI0434B Cortex-A5 MPCore Technical Reference Manual + Revision r0p1 + +- compatible : Should be: + "arm,cortex-a9-scu" + "arm,cortex-a5-scu" + +- reg : Specify the base address and the size of the SCU register window. + +Example: + +scu@a04100000 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-scu"; + reg = <0xa0410000 0x100>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt index 42941fdef..67da20539 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt @@ -9,4 +9,6 @@ using one of the following compatible strings: allwinner,sun6i-a31 allwinner,sun7i-a20 allwinner,sun8i-a23 + allwinner,sun8i-a33 + allwinner,sun8i-h3 allwinner,sun9i-a80 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8737a8de --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +ST-Ericsson Ux500 boards +------------------------ + +Required properties (in root node) one of these: + compatible = "st-ericsson,mop500" (legacy) + compatible = "st-ericsson,u8500" + +Required node (under root node): + +soc: represents the system-on-chip and contains the chip +peripherals + +Required property of soc node, one of these: + compatible = "stericsson,db8500" + +Required subnodes under soc node: + +backupram: (used for CPU spin tables and for storing data +during retention, system won't boot without this): + compatible = "ste,dbx500-backupram" + +scu: + see binding for arm/scu.txt + +interrupt-controller: + see binding for arm/gic.txt + +timer: + see binding for arm/twd.txt + +clocks: + see binding for clocks/ux500.txt + +Example: + +/dts-v1/; + +/ { + model = "ST-Ericsson HREF (pre-v60) and ST UIB"; + compatible = "st-ericsson,mop500", "st-ericsson,u8500"; + + soc { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + compatible = "stericsson,db8500"; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + ranges; + + backupram@80150000 { + compatible = "ste,dbx500-backupram"; + reg = <0x80150000 0x2000>; + }; + + intc: interrupt-controller@a0411000 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-gic"; + #interrupt-cells = <3>; + #address-cells = <1>; + interrupt-controller; + reg = <0xa0411000 0x1000>, + <0xa0410100 0x100>; + }; + + scu@a04100000 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-scu"; + reg = <0xa0410000 0x100>; + }; + + timer@a0410600 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-twd-timer"; + reg = <0xa0410600 0x20>; + interrupts = <1 13 0x304>; /* IRQ level high per-CPU */ + clocks = <&smp_twd_clk>; + }; + + clocks { + compatible = "stericsson,u8500-clks"; + + smp_twd_clk: smp-twd-clock { + #clock-cells = <0>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ff5c9e85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +ZTE platforms device tree bindings +--------------------------------------- + +- ZX296702 board: + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "zte,zx296702-ad1", "zte,zx296702" + +System management required properties: + - compatible = "zte,sysctrl" + +Low power management required properties: + - compatible = "zte,zx296702-pcu" + +Bus matrix required properties: + - compatible = "zte,zx-bus-matrix" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-ceva.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-ceva.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ca8b976c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-ceva.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Binding for CEVA AHCI SATA Controller + +Required properties: + - reg: Physical base address and size of the controller's register area. + - compatible: Compatibility string. Must be 'ceva,ahci-1v84'. + - clocks: Input clock specifier. Refer to common clock bindings. + - interrupts: Interrupt specifier. Refer to interrupt binding. + +Optional properties: + - ceva,broken-gen2: limit to gen1 speed instead of gen2. + +Examples: + ahci@fd0c0000 { + compatible = "ceva,ahci-1v84"; + reg = <0xfd0c0000 0x200>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <0 133 4>; + clocks = <&clkc SATA_CLK_ID>; + ceva,broken-gen2; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt index c2340eeeb..a2321819e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt @@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ Required properties: - "snps,dwc-ahci" - "snps,exynos5440-ahci" - "snps,spear-ahci" + - "fsl,qoriq-ahci" : for qoriq series socs which include ls1021, ls2085, etc. + - "fsl,<chip>-ahci" : chip could be ls1021, ls2085 etc. - "generic-ahci" - interrupts : <interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ> - reg : <registers mapping> diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/brcm,sata-brcmstb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/brcm,sata-brcmstb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20ac9bbfa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/brcm,sata-brcmstb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +* Broadcom SATA3 AHCI Controller for STB + +SATA nodes are defined to describe on-chip Serial ATA controllers. +Each SATA controller should have its own node. + +Required properties: +- compatible : compatible list, may contain "brcm,bcm7445-ahci" and/or + "brcm,sata3-ahci" +- reg : register mappings for AHCI and SATA_TOP_CTRL +- reg-names : "ahci" and "top-ctrl" +- interrupts : interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ + +Also see ahci-platform.txt. + +Example: + + sata@f045a000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm7445-ahci", "brcm,sata3-ahci"; + reg = <0xf045a000 0xa9c>, <0xf0458040 0x24>; + reg-names = "ahci", "top-ctrl"; + interrupts = <0 30 0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + sata0: sata-port@0 { + reg = <0>; + phys = <&sata_phy 0>; + }; + + sata1: sata-port@1 { + reg = <1>; + phys = <&sata_phy 1>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,meson8b-clkc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,meson8b-clkc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b7b3fa58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,meson8b-clkc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +* Amlogic Meson8b Clock and Reset Unit + +The Amlogic Meson8b clock controller generates and supplies clock to various +controllers within the SoC. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: should be "amlogic,meson8b-clkc" +- reg: it must be composed by two tuples: + 0) physical base address of the xtal register and length of memory + mapped region. + 1) physical base address of the clock controller and length of memory + mapped region. + +- #clock-cells: should be 1. + +Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier +to specify the clock which they consume. All available clocks are defined as +preprocessor macros in the dt-bindings/clock/meson8b-clkc.h header and can be +used in device tree sources. + +Example: Clock controller node: + + clkc: clock-controller@c1104000 { + #clock-cells = <1>; + compatible = "amlogic,meson8b-clkc"; + reg = <0xc1108000 0x4>, <0xc1104000 0x460>; + }; + + +Example: UART controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock + controller: + + uart_AO: serial@c81004c0 { + compatible = "amlogic,meson-uart"; + reg = <0xc81004c0 0x14>; + interrupts = <0 90 1>; + clocks = <&clkc CLKID_CLK81>; + status = "disabled"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-cygnus-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-cygnus-clock.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 00d26edec..000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-cygnus-clock.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -Broadcom Cygnus Clocks - -This binding uses the common clock binding: -Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt - -Currently various "fixed" clocks are declared for peripheral drivers that use -the common clock framework to reference their core clocks. Proper support of -these clocks will be added later - -Device tree example: - - clocks { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <1>; - ranges; - - osc: oscillator { - compatible = "fixed-clock"; - #clock-cells = <1>; - clock-frequency = <25000000>; - }; - - apb_clk: apb_clk { - compatible = "fixed-clock"; - #clock-cells = <0>; - clock-frequency = <1000000000>; - }; - - periph_clk: periph_clk { - compatible = "fixed-clock"; - #clock-cells = <0>; - clock-frequency = <500000000>; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,iproc-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,iproc-clocks.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da8d9bb57 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,iproc-clocks.txt @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +Broadcom iProc Family Clocks + +This binding uses the common clock binding: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +The iProc clock controller manages clocks that are common to the iProc family. +An SoC from the iProc family may have several PPLs, e.g., ARMPLL, GENPLL, +LCPLL0, MIPIPLL, and etc., all derived from an onboard crystal. Each PLL +comprises of several leaf clocks + +Required properties for a PLL and its leaf clocks: + +- compatible: + Should have a value of the form "brcm,<soc>-<pll>". For example, GENPLL on +Cygnus has a compatible string of "brcm,cygnus-genpll" + +- #clock-cells: + Have a value of <1> since there are more than 1 leaf clock of a given PLL + +- reg: + Define the base and range of the I/O address space that contain the iProc +clock control registers required for the PLL + +- clocks: + The input parent clock phandle for the PLL. For most iProc PLLs, this is an +onboard crystal with a fixed rate + +- clock-output-names: + An ordered list of strings defining the names of the clocks + +Example: + + osc: oscillator { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + clock-frequency = <25000000>; + }; + + genpll: genpll { + #clock-cells = <1>; + compatible = "brcm,cygnus-genpll"; + reg = <0x0301d000 0x2c>, <0x0301c020 0x4>; + clocks = <&osc>; + clock-output-names = "genpll", "axi21", "250mhz", "ihost_sys", + "enet_sw", "audio_125", "can"; + }; + +Required properties for ASIU clocks: + +ASIU clocks are a special case. These clocks are derived directly from the +reference clock of the onboard crystal + +- compatible: + Should have a value of the form "brcm,<soc>-asiu-clk". For example, ASIU +clocks for Cygnus have a compatible string of "brcm,cygnus-asiu-clk" + +- #clock-cells: + Have a value of <1> since there are more than 1 ASIU clocks + +- reg: + Define the base and range of the I/O address space that contain the iProc +clock control registers required for ASIU clocks + +- clocks: + The input parent clock phandle for the ASIU clock, i.e., the onboard +crystal + +- clock-output-names: + An ordered list of strings defining the names of the ASIU clocks + +Example: + + osc: oscillator { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + clock-frequency = <25000000>; + }; + + asiu_clks: asiu_clks { + #clock-cells = <1>; + compatible = "brcm,cygnus-asiu-clk"; + reg = <0x0301d048 0xc>, <0x180aa024 0x4>; + clocks = <&osc>; + clock-output-names = "keypad", "adc/touch", "pwm"; + }; + +Cygnus +------ +PLL and leaf clock compatible strings for Cygnus are: + "brcm,cygnus-armpll" + "brcm,cygnus-genpll" + "brcm,cygnus-lcpll0" + "brcm,cygnus-mipipll" + "brcm,cygnus-asiu-clk" + +The following table defines the set of PLL/clock index and ID for Cygnus. +These clock IDs are defined in: + "include/dt-bindings/clock/bcm-cygnus.h" + + Clock Source (Parent) Index ID + --- ----- ----- --------- + crystal N/A N/A N/A + + armpll crystal N/A N/A + + keypad crystal (ASIU) 0 BCM_CYGNUS_ASIU_KEYPAD_CLK + adc/tsc crystal (ASIU) 1 BCM_CYGNUS_ASIU_ADC_CLK + pwm crystal (ASIU) 2 BCM_CYGNUS_ASIU_PWM_CLK + + genpll crystal 0 BCM_CYGNUS_GENPLL + axi21 genpll 1 BCM_CYGNUS_GENPLL_AXI21_CLK + 250mhz genpll 2 BCM_CYGNUS_GENPLL_250MHZ_CLK + ihost_sys genpll 3 BCM_CYGNUS_GENPLL_IHOST_SYS_CLK + enet_sw genpll 4 BCM_CYGNUS_GENPLL_ENET_SW_CLK + audio_125 genpll 5 BCM_CYGNUS_GENPLL_AUDIO_125_CLK + can genpll 6 BCM_CYGNUS_GENPLL_CAN_CLK + + lcpll0 crystal 0 BCM_CYGNUS_LCPLL0 + pcie_phy lcpll0 1 BCM_CYGNUS_LCPLL0_PCIE_PHY_REF_CLK + ddr_phy lcpll0 2 BCM_CYGNUS_LCPLL0_DDR_PHY_CLK + sdio lcpll0 3 BCM_CYGNUS_LCPLL0_SDIO_CLK + usb_phy lcpll0 4 BCM_CYGNUS_LCPLL0_USB_PHY_REF_CLK + smart_card lcpll0 5 BCM_CYGNUS_LCPLL0_SMART_CARD_CLK + ch5_unused lcpll0 6 BCM_CYGNUS_LCPLL0_CH5_UNUSED + + mipipll crystal 0 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL + ch0_unused mipipll 1 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH0_UNUSED + ch1_lcd mipipll 2 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH1_LCD + ch2_v3d mipipll 3 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH2_V3D + ch3_unused mipipll 4 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH3_UNUSED + ch4_unused mipipll 5 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH4_UNUSED + ch5_unused mipipll 6 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH5_UNUSED diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt index 06fc6d541..2ec489eeb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt @@ -138,9 +138,10 @@ Some platforms may require initial configuration of default parent clocks and clock frequencies. Such a configuration can be specified in a device tree node through assigned-clocks, assigned-clock-parents and assigned-clock-rates properties. The assigned-clock-parents property should contain a list of parent -clocks in form of phandle and clock specifier pairs, the assigned-clock-parents -property the list of assigned clock frequency values - corresponding to clocks -listed in the assigned-clocks property. +clocks in the form of a phandle and clock specifier pair and the +assigned-clock-rates property should contain a list of frequencies in Hz. Both +these properties should correspond to the clocks listed in the assigned-clocks +property. To skip setting parent or rate of a clock its corresponding entry should be set to 0, or can be omitted if it is not followed by any non-zero entry. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/csr,atlas7-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/csr,atlas7-car.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..54d6d1358 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/csr,atlas7-car.txt @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +* Clock and reset bindings for CSR atlas7 + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "sirf,atlas7-car" +- reg: Address and length of the register set +- #clock-cells: Should be <1> +- #reset-cells: Should be <1> + +The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock +ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. +The ID list atlas7_clks defined in drivers/clk/sirf/clk-atlas7.c + +The reset consumer should specify the desired reset by having the reset +ID in its "reset" phandle cell. +The ID list atlas7_reset_unit defined in drivers/clk/sirf/clk-atlas7.c + +Examples: Clock and reset controller node: + +car: clock-controller@18620000 { + compatible = "sirf,atlas7-car"; + reg = <0x18620000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; +}; + +Examples: Consumers using clock or reset: + +timer@10dc0000 { + compatible = "sirf,macro-tick"; + reg = <0x10dc0000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&car 54>; + interrupts = <0 0 0>, + <0 1 0>, + <0 2 0>, + <0 49 0>, + <0 50 0>, + <0 51 0>; +}; + +uart1: uart@18020000 { + cell-index = <1>; + compatible = "sirf,macro-uart"; + reg = <0x18020000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&clks 95>; + interrupts = <0 18 0>; + fifosize = <32>; +}; + +vpp@13110000 { + compatible = "sirf,prima2-vpp"; + reg = <0x13110000 0x10000>; + interrupts = <0 31 0>; + clocks = <&car 85>; + resets = <&car 29>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/emev2-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/emev2-clock.txt index 60bbb1a8c..268ca6154 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/emev2-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/emev2-clock.txt @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ usia_u0_sclk: usia_u0_sclk { Example of consumer: -uart@e1020000 { +serial@e1020000 { compatible = "renesas,em-uart"; reg = <0xe1020000 0x38>; interrupts = <0 8 0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi6220-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi6220-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..259e30af9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi6220-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +* Hisilicon Hi6220 Clock Controller + +Clock control registers reside in different Hi6220 system controllers, +please refer the following document to know more about the binding rules +for these system controllers: + +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: the compatible should be one of the following strings to + indicate the clock controller functionality. + + - "hisilicon,hi6220-aoctrl" + - "hisilicon,hi6220-sysctrl" + - "hisilicon,hi6220-mediactrl" + - "hisilicon,hi6220-pmctrl" + +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. + +- #clock-cells: should be 1. + +For example: + sys_ctrl: sys_ctrl@f7030000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-sysctrl", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0xf7030000 0x0 0x2000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + +Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier +to specify the clock which they consume. + +All these identifier could be found in <dt-bindings/clock/hi6220-clock.h>. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx7d-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx7d-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d3026d81 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx7d-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX7 Dual + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx7d-ccm" +- reg: Address and length of the register set +- #clock-cells: Should be <1> +- clocks: list of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for each required + entry in clock-names +- clock-names: should include entries "ckil", "osc" + +The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock +ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx7d-clock.h +for the full list of i.MX7 Dual clock IDs. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8d4134ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +Ingenic SoC CGU binding + +The CGU in an Ingenic SoC provides all the clocks generated on-chip. It +typically includes a variety of PLLs, multiplexers, dividers & gates in order +to provide many different clock signals derived from only 2 external source +clocks. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "ingenic,<soctype>-cgu". + For example "ingenic,jz4740-cgu" or "ingenic,jz4780-cgu". +- reg : The address & length of the CGU registers. +- clocks : List of phandle & clock specifiers for clocks external to the CGU. + Two such external clocks should be specified - first the external crystal + "ext" and second the RTC clock source "rtc". +- clock-names : List of name strings for the external clocks. +- #clock-cells: Should be 1. + Clock consumers specify this argument to identify a clock. The valid values + may be found in <dt-bindings/clock/<soctype>-cgu.h>. + +Example SoC include file: + +/ { + cgu: jz4740-cgu { + compatible = "ingenic,jz4740-cgu"; + reg = <0x10000000 0x100>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + uart0: serial@10030000 { + clocks = <&cgu JZ4740_CLK_UART0>; + }; +}; + +Example board file: + +/ { + ext: clock@0 { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <12000000>; + }; + + rtc: clock@1 { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <32768>; + }; + + &cgu { + clocks = <&ext> <&rtc>; + clock-names: "ext", "rtc"; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/lpc1850-ccu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/lpc1850-ccu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa97c1201 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/lpc1850-ccu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +* NXP LPC1850 Clock Control Unit (CCU) + +Each CGU base clock has several clock branches which can be turned on +or off independently by the Clock Control Units CCU1 or CCU2. The +branch clocks are distributed between CCU1 and CCU2. + + - Above text taken from NXP LPC1850 User Manual. + +This binding uses the common clock binding: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible: + Should be "nxp,lpc1850-ccu" +- reg: + Shall define the base and range of the address space + containing clock control registers +- #clock-cells: + Shall have value <1>. The permitted clock-specifier values + are the branch clock names defined in table below. +- clocks: + Shall contain a list of phandles for the base clocks routed + from the CGU to the specific CCU. See mapping of base clocks + and CCU in table below. +- clock-names: + Shall contain a list of names for the base clock routed + from the CGU to the specific CCU. Valid CCU clock names: + "base_usb0_clk", "base_periph_clk", "base_usb1_clk", + "base_cpu_clk", "base_spifi_clk", "base_spi_clk", + "base_apb1_clk", "base_apb3_clk", "base_adchs_clk", + "base_sdio_clk", "base_ssp0_clk", "base_ssp1_clk", + "base_uart0_clk", "base_uart1_clk", "base_uart2_clk", + "base_uart3_clk", "base_audio_clk" + +Which branch clocks that are available on the CCU depends on the +specific LPC part. Check the user manual for your specific part. + +A list of CCU clocks can be found in dt-bindings/clock/lpc18xx-ccu.h. + +Example board file: + +soc { + ccu1: clock-controller@40051000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-ccu"; + reg = <0x40051000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&cgu BASE_APB3_CLK>, <&cgu BASE_APB1_CLK>, + <&cgu BASE_SPIFI_CLK>, <&cgu BASE_CPU_CLK>, + <&cgu BASE_PERIPH_CLK>, <&cgu BASE_USB0_CLK>, + <&cgu BASE_USB1_CLK>, <&cgu BASE_SPI_CLK>; + clock-names = "base_apb3_clk", "base_apb1_clk", + "base_spifi_clk", "base_cpu_clk", + "base_periph_clk", "base_usb0_clk", + "base_usb1_clk", "base_spi_clk"; + }; + + ccu2: clock-controller@40052000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-ccu"; + reg = <0x40052000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&cgu BASE_AUDIO_CLK>, <&cgu BASE_UART3_CLK>, + <&cgu BASE_UART2_CLK>, <&cgu BASE_UART1_CLK>, + <&cgu BASE_UART0_CLK>, <&cgu BASE_SSP1_CLK>, + <&cgu BASE_SSP0_CLK>, <&cgu BASE_SDIO_CLK>; + clock-names = "base_audio_clk", "base_uart3_clk", + "base_uart2_clk", "base_uart1_clk", + "base_uart0_clk", "base_ssp1_clk", + "base_ssp0_clk", "base_sdio_clk"; + }; + + /* A user of CCU brach clocks */ + uart1: serial@40082000 { + ... + clocks = <&ccu2 CLK_APB0_UART1>, <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_UART1>; + ... + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/lpc1850-cgu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/lpc1850-cgu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2cc32a9a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/lpc1850-cgu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +* NXP LPC1850 Clock Generation Unit (CGU) + +The CGU generates multiple independent clocks for the core and the +peripheral blocks of the LPC18xx. Each independent clock is called +a base clock and itself is one of the inputs to the two Clock +Control Units (CCUs) which control the branch clocks to the +individual peripherals. + +The CGU selects the inputs to the clock generators from multiple +clock sources, controls the clock generation, and routes the outputs +of the clock generators through the clock source bus to the output +stages. Each output stage provides an independent clock source and +corresponds to one of the base clocks for the LPC18xx. + + - Above text taken from NXP LPC1850 User Manual. + + +This binding uses the common clock binding: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible: + Should be "nxp,lpc1850-cgu" +- reg: + Shall define the base and range of the address space + containing clock control registers +- #clock-cells: + Shall have value <1>. The permitted clock-specifier values + are the base clock numbers defined below. +- clocks: + Shall contain a list of phandles for the external input + sources to the CGU. The list shall be in the following + order: xtal, 32khz, enet_rx_clk, enet_tx_clk, gp_clkin. +- clock-indices: + Shall be an ordered list of numbers defining the base clock + number provided by the CGU. +- clock-output-names: + Shall be an ordered list of strings defining the names of + the clocks provided by the CGU. + +Which base clocks that are available on the CGU depends on the +specific LPC part. Base clocks are numbered from 0 to 27. + +Number: Name: Description: + 0 BASE_SAFE_CLK Base safe clock (always on) for WWDT + 1 BASE_USB0_CLK Base clock for USB0 + 2 BASE_PERIPH_CLK Base clock for Cortex-M0SUB subsystem, + SPI, and SGPIO + 3 BASE_USB1_CLK Base clock for USB1 + 4 BASE_CPU_CLK System base clock for ARM Cortex-M core + and APB peripheral blocks #0 and #2 + 5 BASE_SPIFI_CLK Base clock for SPIFI + 6 BASE_SPI_CLK Base clock for SPI + 7 BASE_PHY_RX_CLK Base clock for Ethernet PHY Receive clock + 8 BASE_PHY_TX_CLK Base clock for Ethernet PHY Transmit clock + 9 BASE_APB1_CLK Base clock for APB peripheral block # 1 +10 BASE_APB3_CLK Base clock for APB peripheral block # 3 +11 BASE_LCD_CLK Base clock for LCD +12 BASE_ADCHS_CLK Base clock for ADCHS +13 BASE_SDIO_CLK Base clock for SD/MMC +14 BASE_SSP0_CLK Base clock for SSP0 +15 BASE_SSP1_CLK Base clock for SSP1 +16 BASE_UART0_CLK Base clock for UART0 +17 BASE_UART1_CLK Base clock for UART1 +18 BASE_UART2_CLK Base clock for UART2 +19 BASE_UART3_CLK Base clock for UART3 +20 BASE_OUT_CLK Base clock for CLKOUT pin +24-21 - Reserved +25 BASE_AUDIO_CLK Base clock for audio system (I2S) +26 BASE_CGU_OUT0_CLK Base clock for CGU_OUT0 clock output +27 BASE_CGU_OUT1_CLK Base clock for CGU_OUT1 clock output + +BASE_PERIPH_CLK and BASE_SPI_CLK is only available on LPC43xx. +BASE_ADCHS_CLK is only available on LPC4370. + + +Example board file: + +/ { + clocks { + xtal: xtal { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <12000000>; + }; + + xtal32: xtal32 { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <32768>; + }; + + enet_rx_clk: enet_rx_clk { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <0>; + clock-output-names = "enet_rx_clk"; + }; + + enet_tx_clk: enet_tx_clk { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <0>; + clock-output-names = "enet_tx_clk"; + }; + + gp_clkin: gp_clkin { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <0>; + clock-output-names = "gp_clkin"; + }; + }; + + soc { + cgu: clock-controller@40050000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-cgu"; + reg = <0x40050000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&xtal>, <&creg_clk 1>, <&enet_rx_clk>, <&enet_tx_clk>, <&gp_clkin>; + }; + + /* A CGU and CCU clock consumer */ + lcdc: lcdc@40008000 { + ... + clocks = <&cgu BASE_LCD_CLK>, <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_LCD>; + clock-names = "clcdclk", "apb_pclk"; + ... + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,berlin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,berlin.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c611c495f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,berlin.txt @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +Device Tree Clock bindings for Marvell Berlin + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Clock related registers are spread among the chip control registers. Berlin +clock node should be a sub-node of the chip controller node. Marvell Berlin2 +(BG2, BG2CD, BG2Q) SoCs share the same IP for PLLs and clocks, with some +minor differences in features and register layout. + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "marvell,berlin2-clk" or "marvell,berlin2q-clk" +- #clock-cells: must be 1 +- clocks: must be the input parent clock phandle +- clock-names: name of the input parent clock + Allowed clock-names for the reference clocks are + "refclk" for the SoCs oscillator input on all SoCs, + and SoC-specific input clocks for + BG2/BG2CD: "video_ext0" for the external video clock input + + +Example: + +chip_clk: clock { + compatible = "marvell,berlin2q-clk"; + + #clock-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&refclk>; + clock-names = "refclk"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa1928.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa1928.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..809c5a2d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa1928.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +* Marvell PXA1928 Clock Controllers + +The PXA1928 clock subsystem generates and supplies clock to various +controllers within the PXA1928 SoC. The PXA1928 contains 3 clock controller +blocks called APMU, MPMU, and APBC roughly corresponding to internal buses. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: should be one of the following. + - "marvell,pxa1928-apmu" - APMU controller compatible + - "marvell,pxa1928-mpmu" - MPMU controller compatible + - "marvell,pxa1928-apbc" - APBC controller compatible +- reg: physical base address of the clock controller and length of memory mapped + region. +- #clock-cells: should be 1. +- #reset-cells: should be 1. + +Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes use the clock controller +phandle and this identifier to specify the clock which they consume. + +All these identifiers can be found in <dt-bindings/clock/marvell,pxa1928.h>. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt index 31c7c0c1c..660e64912 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ ID Clock Peripheral 9 pex1 PCIe Cntrl 1 15 sata0 SATA Host 0 17 sdio SDHCI Host +23 crypto CESA (crypto engine) 25 tdm Time Division Mplx 28 ddr DDR Cntrl 30 sata1 SATA Host 0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt index c6620bc96..7f02fb4ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt @@ -20,15 +20,38 @@ Required properties : - #reset-cells : Should be 1. In clock consumers, this cell represents the bit number in the CAR's array of CLK_RST_CONTROLLER_RST_DEVICES_* registers. +- nvidia,external-memory-controller : phandle of the EMC driver. + +The node should contain a "emc-timings" subnode for each supported RAM type (see +field RAM_CODE in register PMC_STRAPPING_OPT_A). + +Required properties for "emc-timings" nodes : +- nvidia,ram-code : Should contain the value of RAM_CODE this timing set + is used for. + +Each "emc-timings" node should contain a "timing" subnode for every supported +EMC clock rate. + +Required properties for "timing" nodes : +- clock-frequency : Should contain the memory clock rate to which this timing +relates. +- nvidia,parent-clock-frequency : Should contain the rate at which the current +parent of the EMC clock should be running at this timing. +- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names : Must include the following entries: + - emc-parent : the clock that should be the parent of the EMC clock at this +timing. Example SoC include file: / { - tegra_car: clock { + tegra_car: clock@60006000 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-car"; reg = <0x60006000 0x1000>; #clock-cells = <1>; #reset-cells = <1>; + nvidia,external-memory-controller = <&emc>; }; usb@c5004000 { @@ -62,4 +85,23 @@ Example board file: &tegra_car { clocks = <&clk_32k> <&osc>; }; + + clock@60006000 { + emc-timings-3 { + nvidia,ram-code = <3>; + + timing-12750000 { + clock-frequency = <12750000>; + nvidia,parent-clock-frequency = <408000000>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_PLL_P>; + clock-names = "emc-parent"; + }; + timing-20400000 { + clock-frequency = <20400000>; + nvidia,parent-clock-frequency = <408000000>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_PLL_P>; + clock-names = "emc-parent"; + }; + }; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qca,ath79-pll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qca,ath79-pll.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0fc2c11d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qca,ath79-pll.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +Binding for Qualcomm Atheros AR7xxx/AR9XXX PLL controller + +The PPL controller provides the 3 main clocks of the SoC: CPU, DDR and AHB. + +Required Properties: +- compatible: has to be "qca,<soctype>-cpu-intc" and one of the following + fallbacks: + - "qca,ar7100-pll" + - "qca,ar7240-pll" + - "qca,ar9130-pll" + - "qca,ar9330-pll" + - "qca,ar9340-pll" + - "qca,qca9550-pll" +- reg: Base address and size of the controllers memory area +- clock-names: Name of the input clock, has to be "ref" +- clocks: phandle of the external reference clock +- #clock-cells: has to be one + +Optional properties: +- clock-output-names: should be "cpu", "ddr", "ahb" + +Example: + + memory-controller@18050000 { + compatible = "qca,ar9132-ppl", "qca,ar9130-pll"; + reg = <0x18050000 0x20>; + + clock-names = "ref"; + clocks = <&extosc>; + + #clock-cells = <1>; + clock-output-names = "cpu", "ddr", "ahb"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt index 054f65f93..5ddb68418 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt @@ -10,9 +10,11 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,r8a73a4-div6-clock" for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) DIV6 clocks - "renesas,r8a7740-div6-clock" for R8A7740 (R-Mobile A1) DIV6 clocks - "renesas,r8a7790-div6-clock" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) DIV6 clocks - - "renesas,r8a7791-div6-clock" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) DIV6 clocks + - "renesas,r8a7791-div6-clock" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) DIV6 clocks + - "renesas,r8a7793-div6-clock" for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) DIV6 clocks + - "renesas,r8a7794-div6-clock" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) DIV6 clocks - "renesas,sh73a0-div6-clock" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) DIV6 clocks - - "renesas,cpg-div6-clock" for generic DIV6 clocks + and "renesas,cpg-div6-clock" as a fallback. - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the DIV6 clock - clocks: Reference to the parent clock(s); either one, four, or eight clocks must be specified. For clocks with multiple parents, invalid diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt index 0a80fa70c..16ed18155 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt @@ -13,12 +13,14 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,r7s72100-mstp-clocks" for R7S72100 (RZ) MSTP gate clocks - "renesas,r8a73a4-mstp-clocks" for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) MSTP gate clocks - "renesas,r8a7740-mstp-clocks" for R8A7740 (R-Mobile A1) MSTP gate clocks + - "renesas,r8a7778-mstp-clocks" for R8A7778 (R-Car M1) MSTP gate clocks - "renesas,r8a7779-mstp-clocks" for R8A7779 (R-Car H1) MSTP gate clocks - "renesas,r8a7790-mstp-clocks" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) MSTP gate clocks - - "renesas,r8a7791-mstp-clocks" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) MSTP gate clocks + - "renesas,r8a7791-mstp-clocks" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) MSTP gate clocks + - "renesas,r8a7793-mstp-clocks" for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) MSTP gate clocks - "renesas,r8a7794-mstp-clocks" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) MSTP gate clocks - "renesas,sh73a0-mstp-clocks" for SH73A0 (SH-MobileAG5) MSTP gate clocks - - "renesas,cpg-mstp-clock" for generic MSTP gate clocks + and "renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks" as a fallback. - reg: Base address and length of the I/O mapped registers used by the MSTP clocks. The first register is the clock control register and is mandatory. The second register is the clock status register and is optional when not diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,h8300-div-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,h8300-div-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36c2b5282 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,h8300-div-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +* Renesas H8/300 divider clock + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: Must be "renesas,sh73a0-h8300-div-clock" + + - clocks: Reference to the parent clocks ("extal1" and "extal2") + + - #clock-cells: Must be 1 + + - reg: Base address and length of the divide rate selector + + - renesas,width: bit width of selector + +Example +------- + + cclk: cclk { + compatible = "renesas,h8300-div-clock"; + clocks = <&xclk>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + reg = <0xfee01b 2>; + renesas,width = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,h8s2678-pll-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,h8s2678-pll-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..500cdadbc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,h8s2678-pll-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Renesas H8S2678 PLL clock + +This device is Clock multiplyer + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: Must be "renesas,h8s2678-pll-clock" + + - clocks: Reference to the parent clocks + + - #clock-cells: Must be 0 + + - reg: Two rate selector (Multiply / Divide) register address + +Example +------- + + pllclk: pllclk { + compatible = "renesas,h8s2678-pll-clock"; + clocks = <&xclk>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + reg = <0xfee03b 2>, <0xfee045 2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt index b02944fba..56f111bd3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,r8a7791-cpg-clocks" for the r8a7791 CPG - "renesas,r8a7793-cpg-clocks" for the r8a7793 CPG - "renesas,r8a7794-cpg-clocks" for the r8a7794 CPG - - "renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks" for the generic R-Car Gen2 CPG + and "renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks" as a fallback. - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the CPG diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rz-cpg-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rz-cpg-clocks.txt index 98a257492..b0f7ddb8c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rz-cpg-clocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rz-cpg-clocks.txt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Required Properties: - compatible: Must be one of - "renesas,r7s72100-cpg-clocks" for the r7s72100 CPG - - "renesas,rz-cpg-clocks" for the generic RZ CPG + and "renesas,rz-cpg-clocks" as a fallback. - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the CPG - clocks: References to possible parent clocks. Order must match clock modes in the datasheet. For the r7s72100, this is extal, usb_x1. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32-rcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32-rcc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fee3205cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32-rcc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +STMicroelectronics STM32 Reset and Clock Controller +=================================================== + +The RCC IP is both a reset and a clock controller. This documentation only +describes the clock part. + +Please also refer to clock-bindings.txt in this directory for common clock +controller binding usage. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "st,stm32f42xx-rcc" +- reg: should be register base and length as documented in the + datasheet +- #clock-cells: 2, device nodes should specify the clock in their "clocks" + property, containing a phandle to the clock device node, an index selecting + between gated clocks and other clocks and an index specifying the clock to + use. + +Example: + + rcc: rcc@40023800 { + #clock-cells = <2> + compatible = "st,stm32f42xx-rcc", "st,stm32-rcc"; + reg = <0x40023800 0x400>; + }; + +Specifying gated clocks +======================= + +The primary index must be set to 0. + +The secondary index is the bit number within the RCC register bank, starting +from the first RCC clock enable register (RCC_AHB1ENR, address offset 0x30). + +It is calculated as: index = register_offset / 4 * 32 + bit_offset. +Where bit_offset is the bit offset within the register (LSB is 0, MSB is 31). + +Example: + + /* Gated clock, AHB1 bit 0 (GPIOA) */ + ... { + clocks = <&rcc 0 0> + }; + + /* Gated clock, AHB2 bit 4 (CRYP) */ + ... { + clocks = <&rcc 0 36> + }; + +Specifying other clocks +======================= + +The primary index must be set to 1. + +The secondary index is bound with the following magic numbers: + + 0 SYSTICK + 1 FCLK + +Example: + + /* Misc clock, FCLK */ + ... { + clocks = <&rcc 1 1> + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt index 4fa11af3d..8a47b77ab 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt @@ -67,6 +67,7 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun4i-a10-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A10 / A20 "allwinner,sun5i-a13-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A13 "allwinner,sun6i-a31-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A31 + "allwinner,sun8i-a23-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A23 "allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-mod-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A80 "allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-phy-clk" - for usb phy gates + resets on A80 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti,cdce925.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti,cdce925.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c7669ad6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti,cdce925.txt @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +Binding for TO CDCE925 programmable I2C clock synthesizers. + +Reference +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +[2] http://www.ti.com/product/cdce925 + +The driver provides clock sources for each output Y1 through Y5. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Shall be "ti,cdce925" + - reg: I2C device address. + - clocks: Points to a fixed parent clock that provides the input frequency. + - #clock-cells: From common clock bindings: Shall be 1. + +Optional properties: + - xtal-load-pf: Crystal load-capacitor value to fine-tune performance on a + board, or to compensate for external influences. + +For both PLL1 and PLL2 an optional child node can be used to specify spread +spectrum clocking parameters for a board. + - spread-spectrum: SSC mode as defined in the data sheet. + - spread-spectrum-center: Use "centered" mode instead of "max" mode. When + present, the clock runs at the requested frequency on average. Otherwise + the requested frequency is the maximum value of the SCC range. + + +Example: + + clockgen: cdce925pw@64 { + compatible = "cdce925"; + reg = <0x64>; + clocks = <&xtal_27Mhz>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + xtal-load-pf = <5>; + /* PLL options to get SSC 1% centered */ + PLL2 { + spread-spectrum = <4>; + spread-spectrum-center; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zx296702-clk.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zx296702-clk.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..750442b65 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zx296702-clk.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +Device Tree Clock bindings for ZTE zx296702 + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be one of the following: + "zte,zx296702-topcrm-clk": + zx296702 top clock selection, divider and gating + + "zte,zx296702-lsp0crpm-clk" and + "zte,zx296702-lsp1crpm-clk": + zx296702 device level clock selection and gating + +- reg: Address and length of the register set + +The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock +ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/zx296702-clock.h +for the full list of zx296702 clock IDs. + + +topclk: topcrm@0x09800000 { + compatible = "zte,zx296702-topcrm-clk"; + reg = <0x09800000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; +}; + +uart0: serial@0x09405000 { + compatible = "zte,zx296702-uart"; + reg = <0x09405000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 37 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&lsp1clk ZX296702_UART0_PCLK>; + status = "disabled"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec2.txt index 38988ef13..f0d926bf9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec2.txt @@ -1,9 +1,11 @@ -Freescale SoC SEC Security Engines versions 2.x-3.x +Freescale SoC SEC Security Engines versions 1.x-2.x-3.x Required properties: - compatible : Should contain entries for this and backward compatible - SEC versions, high to low, e.g., "fsl,sec2.1", "fsl,sec2.0" + SEC versions, high to low, e.g., "fsl,sec2.1", "fsl,sec2.0" (SEC2/3) + e.g., "fsl,sec1.2", "fsl,sec1.0" (SEC1) + warning: SEC1 and SEC2 are mutually exclusive - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : the SEC's interrupt number - fsl,num-channels : An integer representing the number of channels diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/marvell-cesa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/marvell-cesa.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6c6a4a04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/marvell-cesa.txt @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +Marvell Cryptographic Engines And Security Accelerator + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be one of the following string + "marvell,orion-crypto" + "marvell,kirkwood-crypto" + "marvell,dove-crypto" + "marvell,armada-370-crypto" + "marvell,armada-xp-crypto" + "marvell,armada-375-crypto" + "marvell,armada-38x-crypto" +- reg: base physical address of the engine and length of memory mapped + region. Can also contain an entry for the SRAM attached to the CESA, + but this representation is deprecated and marvell,crypto-srams should + be used instead +- reg-names: "regs". Can contain an "sram" entry, but this representation + is deprecated and marvell,crypto-srams should be used instead +- interrupts: interrupt number +- clocks: reference to the crypto engines clocks. This property is not + required for orion and kirkwood platforms +- clock-names: "cesaX" and "cesazX", X should be replaced by the crypto engine + id. + This property is not required for the orion and kirkwoord + platforms. + "cesazX" clocks are not required on armada-370 platforms +- marvell,crypto-srams: phandle to crypto SRAM definitions + +Optional properties: +- marvell,crypto-sram-size: SRAM size reserved for crypto operations, if not + specified the whole SRAM is used (2KB) + + +Examples: + + crypto@90000 { + compatible = "marvell,armada-xp-crypto"; + reg = <0x90000 0x10000>; + reg-names = "regs"; + interrupts = <48>, <49>; + clocks = <&gateclk 23>, <&gateclk 23>; + clock-names = "cesa0", "cesa1"; + marvell,crypto-srams = <&crypto_sram0>, <&crypto_sram1>; + marvell,crypto-sram-size = <0x600>; + status = "okay"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/mv_cesa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/mv_cesa.txt index 47229b1a5..c0c35f003 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/mv_cesa.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/mv_cesa.txt @@ -1,20 +1,33 @@ Marvell Cryptographic Engines And Security Accelerator Required properties: -- compatible : should be "marvell,orion-crypto" -- reg : base physical address of the engine and length of memory mapped - region, followed by base physical address of sram and its memory - length -- reg-names : "regs" , "sram"; -- interrupts : interrupt number +- compatible: should be one of the following string + "marvell,orion-crypto" + "marvell,kirkwood-crypto" + "marvell,dove-crypto" +- reg: base physical address of the engine and length of memory mapped + region. Can also contain an entry for the SRAM attached to the CESA, + but this representation is deprecated and marvell,crypto-srams should + be used instead +- reg-names: "regs". Can contain an "sram" entry, but this representation + is deprecated and marvell,crypto-srams should be used instead +- interrupts: interrupt number +- clocks: reference to the crypto engines clocks. This property is only + required for Dove platforms +- marvell,crypto-srams: phandle to crypto SRAM definitions + +Optional properties: +- marvell,crypto-sram-size: SRAM size reserved for crypto operations, if not + specified the whole SRAM is used (2KB) Examples: crypto@30000 { compatible = "marvell,orion-crypto"; - reg = <0x30000 0x10000>, - <0x4000000 0x800>; - reg-names = "regs" , "sram"; + reg = <0x30000 0x10000>; + reg-names = "regs"; interrupts = <22>; + marvell,crypto-srams = <&crypto_sram>; + marvell,crypto-sram-size = <0x600>; status = "okay"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/apm-xgene-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/apm-xgene-dma.txt index d3058768b..c53e0b080 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/apm-xgene-dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/apm-xgene-dma.txt @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Example: device_type = "dma"; reg = <0x0 0x1f270000 0x0 0x10000>, <0x0 0x1f200000 0x0 0x10000>, - <0x0 0x1b008000 0x0 0x2000>, + <0x0 0x1b000000 0x0 0x400000>, <0x0 0x1054a000 0x0 0x100>; interrupts = <0x0 0x82 0x4>, <0x0 0xb8 0x4>, diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt index 82104271e..6312fb00c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt @@ -31,6 +31,34 @@ Example: dma-requests = <127>; }; +* DMA router + +DMA routers are transparent IP blocks used to route DMA request lines from +devices to the DMA controller. Some SoCs (like TI DRA7x) have more peripherals +integrated with DMA requests than what the DMA controller can handle directly. + +Required property: +- dma-masters: phandle of the DMA controller or list of phandles for + the DMA controllers the router can direct the signal to. +- #dma-cells: Must be at least 1. Used to provide DMA router specific + information. See DMA client binding below for more + details. + +Optional properties: +- dma-requests: Number of incoming request lines the router can handle. +- In the node pointed by the dma-masters: + - dma-requests: The router driver might need to look for this in order + to configure the routing. + +Example: + sdma_xbar: dma-router@4a002b78 { + compatible = "ti,dra7-dma-crossbar"; + reg = <0x4a002b78 0xfc>; + #dma-cells = <1>; + dma-requests = <205>; + ti,dma-safe-map = <0>; + dma-masters = <&sdma>; + }; * DMA client diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt index 7c6cb7fce..cc29c3526 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ * Marvell XOR engines Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "marvell,orion-xor" +- compatible: Should be "marvell,orion-xor" or "marvell,armada-380-xor" - reg: Should contain registers location and length (two sets) the first set is the low registers, the second set the high registers for the XOR engine. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sirfsoc-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sirfsoc-dma.txt index ecbc96ad3..ccd52d6a2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sirfsoc-dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sirfsoc-dma.txt @@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ See dma.txt first Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "sirf,prima2-dmac" or "sirf,marco-dmac" +- compatible: Should be "sirf,prima2-dmac", "sirf,atlas7-dmac" or + "sirf,atlas7-dmac-v2" - reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length. - interrupts: Should contain one interrupt shared by all channel - #dma-cells: must be <1>. used to represent the number of integer diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt index 9cdcba24d..d13c136ce 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt @@ -4,7 +4,10 @@ This driver follows the generic DMA bindings defined in dma.txt. Required properties: -- compatible: Must be "allwinner,sun6i-a31-dma" or "allwinner,sun8i-a23-dma" +- compatible: Must be one of + "allwinner,sun6i-a31-dma" + "allwinner,sun8i-a23-dma" + "allwinner,sun8i-h3-dma" - reg: Should contain the registers base address and length - interrupts: Should contain a reference to the interrupt used by this device - clocks: Should contain a reference to the parent AHB clock diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti-dma-crossbar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti-dma-crossbar.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63a48928f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti-dma-crossbar.txt @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +Texas Instruments DMA Crossbar (DMA request router) + +Required properties: +- compatible: "ti,dra7-dma-crossbar" for DRA7xx DMA crossbar +- reg: Memory map for accessing module +- #dma-cells: Should be set to <1>. + Clients should use the crossbar request number (input) +- dma-requests: Number of DMA requests the crossbar can receive +- dma-masters: phandle pointing to the DMA controller + +The DMA controller node need to have the following poroperties: +- dma-requests: Number of DMA requests the controller can handle + +Optional properties: +- ti,dma-safe-map: Safe routing value for unused request lines + +Example: + +/* DMA controller */ +sdma: dma-controller@4a056000 { + compatible = "ti,omap4430-sdma"; + reg = <0x4a056000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 8 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 9 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 10 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + #dma-cells = <1>; + dma-channels = <32>; + dma-requests = <127>; +}; + +/* DMA crossbar */ +sdma_xbar: dma-router@4a002b78 { + compatible = "ti,dra7-dma-crossbar"; + reg = <0x4a002b78 0xfc>; + #dma-cells = <1>; + dma-requests = <205>; + ti,dma-safe-map = <0>; + dma-masters = <&sdma>; +}; + +/* DMA client */ +uart1: serial@4806a000 { + compatible = "ti,omap4-uart"; + reg = <0x4806a000 0x100>; + interrupts-extended = <&gic GIC_SPI 67 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + ti,hwmods = "uart1"; + clock-frequency = <48000000>; + status = "disabled"; + dmas = <&sdma_xbar 49>, <&sdma_xbar 50>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/fsl-imx-drm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/fsl-imx-drm.txt index e75f0e549..971c3eedb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/fsl-imx-drm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/fsl-imx-drm.txt @@ -65,8 +65,10 @@ Optional properties: - edid: verbatim EDID data block describing attached display. - ddc: phandle describing the i2c bus handling the display data channel -- port: A port node with endpoint definitions as defined in +- port@[0-1]: Port nodes with endpoint definitions as defined in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + Port 0 is the input port connected to the IPU display interface, + port 1 is the output port connected to a panel. example: @@ -75,9 +77,29 @@ display@di0 { edid = [edid-data]; interface-pix-fmt = "rgb24"; - port { + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + display_in: endpoint { remote-endpoint = <&ipu_di0_disp0>; }; }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + + display_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&panel_in>; + }; + }; +}; + +panel { + ... + + port { + panel_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&display_out>; + }; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/dsi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/dsi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd8fe6cf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/dsi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +Qualcomm Technologies Inc. adreno/snapdragon DSI output + +DSI Controller: +Required properties: +- compatible: + * "qcom,mdss-dsi-ctrl" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers of controller +- reg-names: The names of register regions. The following regions are required: + * "dsi_ctrl" +- qcom,dsi-host-index: The ID of DSI controller hardware instance. This should + be 0 or 1, since we have 2 DSI controllers at most for now. +- interrupts: The interrupt signal from the DSI block. +- power-domains: Should be <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>. +- clocks: device clocks + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: the following clocks are required: + * "bus_clk" + * "byte_clk" + * "core_clk" + * "core_mmss_clk" + * "iface_clk" + * "mdp_core_clk" + * "pixel_clk" +- vdd-supply: phandle to vdd regulator device node +- vddio-supply: phandle to vdd-io regulator device node +- vdda-supply: phandle to vdda regulator device node +- qcom,dsi-phy: phandle to DSI PHY device node + +Optional properties: +- panel@0: Node of panel connected to this DSI controller. + See files in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/ for each supported + panel. +- qcom,dual-panel-mode: Boolean value indicating if the DSI controller is + driving a panel which needs 2 DSI links. +- qcom,master-panel: Boolean value indicating if the DSI controller is driving + the master link of the 2-DSI panel. +- qcom,sync-dual-panel: Boolean value indicating if the DSI controller is + driving a 2-DSI panel whose 2 links need receive command simultaneously. +- interrupt-parent: phandle to the MDP block if the interrupt signal is routed + through MDP block + +DSI PHY: +Required properties: +- compatible: Could be the following + * "qcom,dsi-phy-28nm-hpm" + * "qcom,dsi-phy-28nm-lp" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers of PLL, PHY and PHY + regulator +- reg-names: The names of register regions. The following regions are required: + * "dsi_pll" + * "dsi_phy" + * "dsi_phy_regulator" +- qcom,dsi-phy-index: The ID of DSI PHY hardware instance. This should + be 0 or 1, since we have 2 DSI PHYs at most for now. +- power-domains: Should be <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>. +- clocks: device clocks + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: the following clocks are required: + * "iface_clk" +- vddio-supply: phandle to vdd-io regulator device node + +Example: + mdss_dsi0: qcom,mdss_dsi@fd922800 { + compatible = "qcom,mdss-dsi-ctrl"; + qcom,dsi-host-index = <0>; + interrupt-parent = <&mdss_mdp>; + interrupts = <4 0>; + reg-names = "dsi_ctrl"; + reg = <0xfd922800 0x200>; + power-domains = <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>; + clock-names = + "bus_clk", + "byte_clk", + "core_clk", + "core_mmss_clk", + "iface_clk", + "mdp_core_clk", + "pixel_clk"; + clocks = + <&mmcc MDSS_AXI_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_BYTE0_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_ESC0_CLK>, + <&mmcc MMSS_MISC_AHB_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_AHB_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_MDP_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_PCLK0_CLK>; + vdda-supply = <&pma8084_l2>; + vdd-supply = <&pma8084_l22>; + vddio-supply = <&pma8084_l12>; + + qcom,dsi-phy = <&mdss_dsi_phy0>; + + qcom,dual-panel-mode; + qcom,master-panel; + qcom,sync-dual-panel; + + panel: panel@0 { + compatible = "sharp,lq101r1sx01"; + reg = <0>; + link2 = <&secondary>; + + power-supply = <...>; + backlight = <...>; + }; + }; + + mdss_dsi_phy0: qcom,mdss_dsi_phy@fd922a00 { + compatible = "qcom,dsi-phy-28nm-hpm"; + qcom,dsi-phy-index = <0>; + reg-names = + "dsi_pll", + "dsi_phy", + "dsi_phy_regulator"; + reg = <0xfd922a00 0xd4>, + <0xfd922b00 0x2b0>, + <0xfd922d80 0x7b>; + clock-names = "iface_clk"; + clocks = <&mmcc MDSS_AHB_CLK>; + vddio-supply = <&pma8084_l12>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/edp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/edp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a20f6ea5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/edp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +Qualcomm Technologies Inc. adreno/snapdragon eDP output + +Required properties: +- compatible: + * "qcom,mdss-edp" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers of controller and PLL +- reg-names: The names of register regions. The following regions are required: + * "edp" + * "pll_base" +- interrupts: The interrupt signal from the eDP block. +- power-domains: Should be <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>. +- clocks: device clocks + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: the following clocks are required: + * "core_clk" + * "iface_clk" + * "mdp_core_clk" + * "pixel_clk" + * "link_clk" +- #clock-cells: The value should be 1. +- vdda-supply: phandle to vdda regulator device node +- lvl-vdd-supply: phandle to regulator device node which is used to supply power + to HPD receiving chip +- panel-en-gpios: GPIO pin to supply power to panel. +- panel-hpd-gpios: GPIO pin used for eDP hpd. + + +Optional properties: +- interrupt-parent: phandle to the MDP block if the interrupt signal is routed + through MDP block + +Example: + mdss_edp: qcom,mdss_edp@fd923400 { + compatible = "qcom,mdss-edp"; + reg-names = + "edp", + "pll_base"; + reg = <0xfd923400 0x700>, + <0xfd923a00 0xd4>; + interrupt-parent = <&mdss_mdp>; + interrupts = <12 0>; + power-domains = <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>; + clock-names = + "core_clk", + "pixel_clk", + "iface_clk", + "link_clk", + "mdp_core_clk"; + clocks = + <&mmcc MDSS_EDPAUX_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_EDPPIXEL_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_AHB_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_EDPLINK_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_MDP_CLK>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + vdda-supply = <&pma8084_l12>; + lvl-vdd-supply = <&lvl_vreg>; + panel-en-gpios = <&tlmm 137 0>; + panel-hpd-gpios = <&tlmm 103 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt index a29a55f3d..c43aa53de 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt @@ -20,6 +20,9 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - qcom,hdmi-tx-mux-en-gpio: hdmi mux enable pin - qcom,hdmi-tx-mux-sel-gpio: hdmi mux select pin +- pinctrl-names: the pin control state names; should contain "default" +- pinctrl-0: the default pinctrl state (active) +- pinctrl-1: the "sleep" pinctrl state Example: @@ -44,5 +47,8 @@ Example: qcom,hdmi-tx-hpd = <&msmgpio 72 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; core-vdda-supply = <&pm8921_hdmi_mvs>; hdmi-mux-supply = <&ext_3p3v>; + pinctrl-names = "default", "sleep"; + pinctrl-0 = <&hpd_active &ddc_active &cec_active>; + pinctrl-1 = <&hpd_suspend &ddc_suspend &cec_suspend>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/slave.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/slave.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3d2c52460..000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/slave.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -Device-Tree bindings for tilcdc DRM encoder slave output driver - -Required properties: - - compatible: value should be "ti,tilcdc,slave". - - i2c: the phandle for the i2c device the encoder slave is connected to - -Recommended properties: - - pinctrl-names, pinctrl-0: the pincontrol settings to configure - muxing properly for pins that connect to TFP410 device - -Example: - - hdmi { - compatible = "ti,tilcdc,slave"; - i2c = <&i2c0>; - pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&nxp_hdmi_bonelt_pins>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tilcdc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tilcdc.txt index fff10da5e..2136ee81e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tilcdc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tilcdc.txt @@ -18,6 +18,12 @@ Optional properties: - max-pixelclock: The maximum pixel clock that can be supported by the lcd controller in KHz. +Optional nodes: + + - port/ports: to describe a connection to an external encoder. The + binding follows Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt and + suppors a single port with a single endpoint. + Example: fb: fb@4830e000 { @@ -26,4 +32,25 @@ Example: interrupt-parent = <&intc>; interrupts = <36>; ti,hwmods = "lcdc"; + + port { + lcdc_0: endpoint@0 { + remote-endpoint = <&hdmi_0>; + }; + }; + }; + + tda19988: tda19988 { + compatible = "nxp,tda998x"; + reg = <0x70>; + + pinctrl-names = "default", "off"; + pinctrl-0 = <&nxp_hdmi_bonelt_pins>; + pinctrl-1 = <&nxp_hdmi_bonelt_off_pins>; + + port { + hdmi_0: endpoint@0 { + remote-endpoint = <&lcdc_0>; + }; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/apm-xgene-edac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/apm-xgene-edac.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78edb8000 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/apm-xgene-edac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +* APM X-Gene SoC EDAC node + +EDAC node is defined to describe on-chip error detection and correction. +The follow error types are supported: + + memory controller - Memory controller + PMD (L1/L2) - Processor module unit (PMD) L1/L2 cache + +The following section describes the EDAC DT node binding. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Shall be "apm,xgene-edac". +- regmap-csw : Regmap of the CPU switch fabric (CSW) resource. +- regmap-mcba : Regmap of the MCB-A (memory bridge) resource. +- regmap-mcbb : Regmap of the MCB-B (memory bridge) resource. +- regmap-efuse : Regmap of the PMD efuse resource. +- reg : First resource shall be the CPU bus (PCP) resource. +- interrupts : Interrupt-specifier for MCU, PMD, L3, or SoC error + IRQ(s). + +Required properties for memory controller subnode: +- compatible : Shall be "apm,xgene-edac-mc". +- reg : First resource shall be the memory controller unit + (MCU) resource. +- memory-controller : Instance number of the memory controller. + +Required properties for PMD subnode: +- compatible : Shall be "apm,xgene-edac-pmd" or + "apm,xgene-edac-pmd-v2". +- reg : First resource shall be the PMD resource. +- pmd-controller : Instance number of the PMD controller. + +Example: + csw: csw@7e200000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-csw", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0x7e200000 0x0 0x1000>; + }; + + mcba: mcba@7e700000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-mcb", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0x7e700000 0x0 0x1000>; + }; + + mcbb: mcbb@7e720000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-mcb", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0x7e720000 0x0 0x1000>; + }; + + efuse: efuse@1054a000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-efuse", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0x1054a000 0x0 0x20>; + }; + + edac@78800000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-edac"; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + ranges; + regmap-csw = <&csw>; + regmap-mcba = <&mcba>; + regmap-mcbb = <&mcbb>; + regmap-efuse = <&efuse>; + reg = <0x0 0x78800000 0x0 0x100>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x20 0x4>, + <0x0 0x21 0x4>, + <0x0 0x27 0x4>; + + edacmc@7e800000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-edac-mc"; + reg = <0x0 0x7e800000 0x0 0x1000>; + memory-controller = <0>; + }; + + edacpmd@7c000000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-edac-pmd"; + reg = <0x0 0x7c000000 0x0 0x200000>; + pmd-controller = <0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt index 23e1d3194..41372d441 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Example: fuse@7000f800 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-efuse"; - reg = <0x7000F800 0x400>, + reg = <0x7000f800 0x400>, <0x70000000 0x400>; clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_FUSE>; clock-names = "fuse"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,brcmstb-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,brcmstb-gpio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..435f1bcca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,brcmstb-gpio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +Broadcom STB "UPG GIO" GPIO controller + +The controller's registers are organized as sets of eight 32-bit +registers with each set controlling a bank of up to 32 pins. A single +interrupt is shared for all of the banks handled by the controller. + +Required properties: + +- compatible: + Must be "brcm,brcmstb-gpio" + +- reg: + Define the base and range of the I/O address space containing + the brcmstb GPIO controller registers + +- #gpio-cells: + Should be <2>. The first cell is the pin number (within the controller's + pin space), and the second is used for the following: + bit[0]: polarity (0 for active-high, 1 for active-low) + +- gpio-controller: + Specifies that the node is a GPIO controller. + +- brcm,gpio-bank-widths: + Number of GPIO lines for each bank. Number of elements must + correspond to number of banks suggested by the 'reg' property. + +Optional properties: + +- interrupts: + The interrupt shared by all GPIO lines for this controller. + +- interrupt-parent: + phandle of the parent interrupt controller + +- #interrupt-cells: + Should be <2>. The first cell is the GPIO number, the second should specify + flags. The following subset of flags is supported: + - bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags + 1 = low-to-high edge triggered + 2 = high-to-low edge triggered + 4 = active high level-sensitive + 8 = active low level-sensitive + Valid combinations are 1, 2, 3, 4, 8. + See also Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt + +- interrupt-controller: + Marks the device node as an interrupt controller + +- interrupt-names: + The name of the IRQ resource used by this controller + +Example: + upg_gio: gpio@f040a700 { + #gpio-cells = <0x2>; + #interrupt-cells = <0x2>; + compatible = "brcm,bcm7445-gpio", "brcm,brcmstb-gpio"; + gpio-controller; + interrupt-controller; + reg = <0xf040a700 0x80>; + interrupt-parent = <0xf>; + interrupts = <0x6>; + interrupt-names = "upg_gio"; + brcm,gpio-bank-widths = <0x20 0x20 0x20 0x18>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-ath79.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-ath79.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c52285101 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-ath79.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +Binding for Qualcomm Atheros AR7xxx/AR9xxx GPIO controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: has to be "qca,<soctype>-gpio" and one of the following + fallbacks: + - "qca,ar7100-gpio" + - "qca,ar9340-gpio" +- reg: Base address and size of the controllers memory area +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and the + second cell is used to specify optional parameters. +- ngpios: Should be set to the number of GPIOs available on the SoC. + +Optional properties: +- interrupt-parent: phandle of the parent interrupt controller. +- interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the controllers interrupt. +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode interrupt + source, should be 2 + +Please refer to interrupts.txt in this directory for details of the common +Interrupt Controllers bindings used by client devices. + +Example: + + gpio@18040000 { + compatible = "qca,ar9132-gpio", "qca,ar7100-gpio"; + reg = <0x18040000 0x30>; + interrupts = <2>; + + ngpios = <22>; + + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-atlas7.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-atlas7.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7e123fc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-atlas7.txt @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +CSR SiRFatlas7 GPIO controller bindings + +Required properties: +- compatible : "sirf,atlas7-gpio" +- reg : Address range of the pinctrl registers +- interrupts : Interrupts used by every GPIO group +- gpio-banks : How many gpio banks on this controller +- gpio-controller : Indicates this device is a GPIO controller +- interrupt-controller : Marks the device node as an interrupt controller + +The GPIO controller also acts as an interrupt controller. It uses the default +two cells specifier as described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ +interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt. + +Example: + + gpio_0: gpio_mediam@17040000 { + compatible = "sirf,atlas7-gpio"; + reg = <0x17040000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 13 0>, <0 14 0>; + + #gpio-cells = <2>; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + + gpio-controller; + interrupt-controller; + + gpio-banks = <2>; + gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl 0 0 0>, + <&pinctrl 32 0 0>; + gpio-ranges-group-names = "lvds_gpio_grp", + "uart_nand_gpio_grp"; + }; + + leds { + compatible = "gpio-leds"; + + led1 { + gpios = <&gpio_1 15 0>; + ... + }; + + led2 { + gpios = <&gpio_2 34 0>; + ... + }; + }; + +Please refer to gpio.txt in this directory for details of the common +gpio properties used by devices. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-etraxfs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-etraxfs.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf4db736 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-etraxfs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Axis ETRAX FS General I/O controller bindings + +Required properties: + +- compatible: + - "axis,etraxfs-gio" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- #gpio-cells: Should be 3 + - The first cell is the gpio offset number. + - The second cell is reserved and is currently unused. + - The third cell is the port number (hex). +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. + +Example: + + gio: gpio@b001a000 { + compatible = "axis,etraxfs-gio"; + reg = <0xb001a000 0x1000>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <3>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xlp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xlp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..262ee4ddf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xlp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Netlogic XLP Family GPIO +======================== + +This GPIO driver is used for following Netlogic XLP SoCs: + XLP832, XLP316, XLP208, XLP980, XLP532 + +Required properties: +------------------- + +- compatible: Should be one of the following: + - "netlogic,xlp832-gpio": For Netlogic XLP832 + - "netlogic,xlp316-gpio": For Netlogic XLP316 + - "netlogic,xlp208-gpio": For Netlogic XLP208 + - "netlogic,xlp980-gpio": For Netlogic XLP980 + - "netlogic,xlp532-gpio": For Netlogic XLP532 +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- #gpio-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and the second + cell is used to specify optional parameters (currently unused). +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- nr-gpios: Number of GPIO pins supported by the controller. +- interrupt-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the GPIO Number. The + second cell is used to specify flags. The following subset of flags is + supported: + - trigger type: + 1 = low to high edge triggered. + 2 = high to low edge triggered. + 4 = active high level-sensitive. + 8 = active low level-sensitive. +- interrupts: Interrupt number for this device. +- interrupt-parent: phandle of the parent interrupt controller. +- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. + +Example: + + gpio: xlp_gpio@34000 { + compatible = "netlogic,xlp316-gpio"; + reg = <0 0x34100 0x1000 + 0 0x35100 0x1000>; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + nr-gpios = <57>; + + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-parent = <&pic>; + interrupts = <39>; + interrupt-controller; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt index 986371a4b..db4c6a663 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Required properties: - First cell is the GPIO line number - Second cell is used to specify optional parameters (unused) -- compatible : Should be "xlnx,zynq-gpio-1.0" +- compatible : Should be "xlnx,zynq-gpio-1.0" or "xlnx,zynqmp-gpio-1.0" - clocks : Clock specifier (see clock bindings for details) - gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. - interrupts : Interrupt specifier (see interrupt bindings for diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nxp,lpc1850-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nxp,lpc1850-gpio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb7cdd69e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nxp,lpc1850-gpio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +NXP LPC18xx/43xx GPIO controller Device Tree Bindings +----------------------------------------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "nxp,lpc1850-gpio" +- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device +- clocks : Clock specifier (see clock bindings for details) +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- #gpio-cells : Should be two + - First cell is the GPIO line number + - Second cell is used to specify polarity + +Optional properties: +- gpio-ranges : Mapping between GPIO and pinctrl + +Example: +#define LPC_GPIO(port, pin) (port * 32 + pin) +#define LPC_PIN(port, pin) (0x##port * 32 + pin) + +gpio: gpio@400f4000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-gpio"; + reg = <0x400f4000 0x4000>; + clocks = <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_GPIO>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl LPC_GPIO(0,0) LPC_PIN(0,0) 2>, + ... + <&pinctrl LPC_GPIO(7,19) LPC_PIN(f,5) 7>; +}; + +gpio_joystick { + compatible = "gpio-keys-polled"; + ... + + button@0 { + ... + gpios = <&gpio LPC_GPIO(4,8) GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/h8300/cpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/h8300/cpu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70cd58608 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/h8300/cpu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +* H8/300 CPU bindings + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Compatible property value should be "renesas,h8300". +- clock-frequency: Contains the clock frequency for CPU, in Hz. + +Example: + + cpu@0 { + compatible = "renesas,h8300"; + clock-frequency = <20000000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/hwlock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/hwlock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..085d1f5c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/hwlock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +Generic hwlock bindings +======================= + +Generic bindings that are common to all the hwlock platform specific driver +implementations. + +Please also look through the individual platform specific hwlock binding +documentations for identifying any additional properties specific to that +platform. + +hwlock providers: +================= + +Required properties: +- #hwlock-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to represent a + specific lock. + +hwlock users: +============= + +Consumers that require specific hwlock(s) should specify them using the +property "hwlocks", and an optional "hwlock-names" property. + +Required properties: +- hwlocks: List of phandle to a hwlock provider node and an + associated hwlock args specifier as indicated by + #hwlock-cells. The list can have just a single hwlock + or multiple hwlocks, with each hwlock represented by + a phandle and a corresponding args specifier. + +Optional properties: +- hwlock-names: List of hwlock name strings defined in the same order + as the hwlocks, with one name per hwlock. Consumers can + use the hwlock-names to match and get a specific hwlock. + + +1. Example of a node using a single specific hwlock: + +The following example has a node requesting a hwlock in the bank defined by +the node hwlock1. hwlock1 is a hwlock provider with an argument specifier +of length 1. + + node { + ... + hwlocks = <&hwlock1 2>; + ... + }; + +2. Example of a node using multiple specific hwlocks: + +The following example has a node requesting two hwlocks, a hwlock within +the hwlock device node 'hwlock1' with #hwlock-cells value of 1, and another +hwlock within the hwlock device node 'hwlock2' with #hwlock-cells value of 2. + + node { + ... + hwlocks = <&hwlock1 2>, <&hwlock2 0 3>; + ... + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/omap-hwspinlock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/omap-hwspinlock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c9804f4f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/omap-hwspinlock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +OMAP4+ HwSpinlock Driver +======================== + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "ti,omap4-hwspinlock" for + OMAP44xx, OMAP54xx, AM33xx, AM43xx, DRA7xx SoCs +- reg: Contains the hwspinlock module register address space + (base address and length) +- ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated with the hwspinlock device +- #hwlock-cells: Should be 1. The OMAP hwspinlock users will use a + 0-indexed relative hwlock number as the argument + specifier value for requesting a specific hwspinlock + within a hwspinlock bank. + +Please look at the generic hwlock binding for usage information for consumers, +"Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/hwlock.txt" + +Example: + +/* OMAP4 */ +hwspinlock: spinlock@4a0f6000 { + compatible = "ti,omap4-hwspinlock"; + reg = <0x4a0f6000 0x1000>; + ti,hwmods = "spinlock"; + #hwlock-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/qcom-hwspinlock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/qcom-hwspinlock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4563f5245 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/qcom-hwspinlock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +Qualcomm Hardware Mutex Block: + +The hardware block provides mutexes utilized between different processors on +the SoC as part of the communication protocol used by these processors. + +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be one of: + "qcom,sfpb-mutex", + "qcom,tcsr-mutex" + +- syscon: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: one cell containing: + syscon phandle + offset of the hwmutex block within the syscon + stride of the hwmutex registers + +- #hwlock-cells: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be 1, the specified cell represent the lock id + (hwlock standard property, see hwlock.txt) + +Example: + + tcsr_mutex_block: syscon@fd484000 { + compatible = "syscon"; + reg = <0xfd484000 0x2000>; + }; + + hwlock@fd484000 { + compatible = "qcom,tcsr-mutex"; + syscon = <&tcsr_mutex_block 0 0x80>; + + #hwlock-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/sirf,hwspinlock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/sirf,hwspinlock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9bb1240a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/sirf,hwspinlock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +SIRF Hardware spinlock device Binding +----------------------------------------------- + +Required properties : +- compatible : shall contain only one of the following: + "sirf,hwspinlock" + +- reg : the register address of hwspinlock + +- #hwlock-cells : hwlock users only use the hwlock id to represent a specific + hwlock, so the number of cells should be <1> here. + +Please look at the generic hwlock binding for usage information for consumers, +"Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/hwlock.txt" + +Example of hwlock provider: + hwlock { + compatible = "sirf,hwspinlock"; + reg = <0x13240000 0x00010000>; + #hwlock-cells = <1>; + }; + +Example of hwlock users: + node { + ... + hwlocks = <&hwlock 2>; + ... + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt index fcca8e744..a04a80f9c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Requires node properties: "murata,ncp21wb473" "murata,ncp03wb473" "murata,ncp15wl333" + "murata,ncp03wf104" /* Usage of vendor name "ntc" is deprecated */ <DEPRECATED> "ntc,ncp15wb473" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt index 388f0a275..6e81dc153 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ I2C for Atmel platforms Required properties : - compatible : Must be "atmel,at91rm9200-i2c", "atmel,at91sam9261-i2c", - "atmel,at91sam9260-i2c", "atmel,at91sam9g20-i2c", "atmel,at91sam9g10-i2c" - or "atmel,at91sam9x5-i2c" + "atmel,at91sam9260-i2c", "atmel,at91sam9g20-i2c", "atmel,at91sam9g10-i2c", + "atmel,at91sam9x5-i2c" or "atmel,sama5d2-i2c" - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped region. - interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu. @@ -13,6 +13,10 @@ Required properties : Optional properties: - clock-frequency: Desired I2C bus frequency in Hz, otherwise defaults to 100000 +- dmas: A list of two dma specifiers, one for each entry in dma-names. +- dma-names: should contain "tx" and "rx". +- atmel,fifo-size: maximum number of data the RX and TX FIFOs can store for FIFO + capable I2C controllers. - Child nodes conforming to i2c bus binding Examples : @@ -32,3 +36,25 @@ i2c0: i2c@fff84000 { pagesize = <128>; } } + +i2c0: i2c@f8034600 { + compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-i2c"; + reg = <0xf8034600 0x100>; + interrupts = <19 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 7>; + dmas = <&dma0 + (AT91_XDMAC_DT_MEM_IF(0) | AT91_XDMAC_DT_PER_IF(1)) + AT91_XDMAC_DT_PERID(11)>, + <&dma0 + (AT91_XDMAC_DT_MEM_IF(0) | AT91_XDMAC_DT_PER_IF(1)) + AT91_XDMAC_DT_PERID(12)>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&flx0>; + atmel,fifo-size = <16>; + + wm8731: wm8731@1a { + compatible = "wm8731"; + reg = <0x1a>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-brcmstb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-brcmstb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6f724efd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-brcmstb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Broadcom stb bsc iic master controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible: should be "brcm,brcmstb-i2c" +- clock-frequency: 32-bit decimal value of iic master clock freqency in Hz + valid values are 375000, 390000, 187500, 200000 + 93750, 97500, 46875 and 50000 +- reg: specifies the base physical address and size of the registers + +Optional properties : + +- interrupt-parent: specifies the phandle to the parent interrupt controller + this one is cascaded from +- interrupts: specifies the interrupt number, the irq line to be used +- interrupt-names: Interrupt name string + +Example: + +bsca: i2c@f0406200 { + clock-frequency = <390000>; + compatible = "brcm,brcmstb-i2c"; + interrupt-parent = <&irq0_intc>; + reg = <0xf0406200 0x58>; + interrupts = <0x18>; + interrupt-names = "upg_bsca"; +}; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mt6577.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mt6577.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ce6fa324 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mt6577.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +* Mediatek's I2C controller + +The Mediatek's I2C controller is used to interface with I2C devices. + +Required properties: + - compatible: value should be either of the following. + (a) "mediatek,mt6577-i2c", for i2c compatible with mt6577 i2c. + (b) "mediatek,mt6589-i2c", for i2c compatible with mt6589 i2c. + (c) "mediatek,mt8127-i2c", for i2c compatible with mt8127 i2c. + (d) "mediatek,mt8135-i2c", for i2c compatible with mt8135 i2c. + (e) "mediatek,mt8173-i2c", for i2c compatible with mt8173 i2c. + - reg: physical base address of the controller and dma base, length of memory + mapped region. + - interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu. + - clock-div: the fixed value for frequency divider of clock source in i2c + module. Each IC may be different. + - clocks: clock name from clock manager + - clock-names: Must include "main" and "dma", if enable have-pmic need include + "pmic" extra. + +Optional properties: + - clock-frequency: Frequency in Hz of the bus when transfer, the default value + is 100000. + - mediatek,have-pmic: platform can control i2c form special pmic side. + Only mt6589 and mt8135 support this feature. + - mediatek,use-push-pull: IO config use push-pull mode. + +Example: + + i2c0: i2c@1100d000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt6577-i2c"; + reg = <0x1100d000 0x70>, + <0x11000300 0x80>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 44 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + clock-frequency = <400000>; + mediatek,have-pmic; + clock-div = <16>; + clocks = <&i2c0_ck>, <&ap_dma_ck>; + clock-names = "main", "dma"; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xgene-slimpro.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xgene-slimpro.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6b2c20cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xgene-slimpro.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +APM X-Gene SLIMpro Mailbox I2C Driver + +An I2C controller accessed over the "SLIMpro" mailbox. + +Required properties : + + - compatible : should be "apm,xgene-slimpro-i2c" + - mboxes : use the label reference for the mailbox as the first parameter. + The second parameter is the channel number. + +Example : + i2cslimpro { + compatible = "apm,xgene-slimpro-i2c"; + mboxes = <&mailbox 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt index ad0c4ac91..00f8652e1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ adi,adt7475 +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C adi,adt7476 +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C adi,adt7490 +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C adi,adxl345 Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer -adi,adxl346 Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer -adi,adxl34x Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer +adi,adxl346 Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer (backward-compatibility value "adi,adxl345" must be listed too) at,24c08 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) atmel,24c00 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) atmel,24c01 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/berlin2_adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/berlin2_adc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..908334c6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/berlin2_adc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +* Berlin Analog to Digital Converter (ADC) + +The Berlin ADC has 8 channels, with one connected to a temperature sensor. +It is part of the system controller register set. The ADC node should be a +sub-node of the system controller node. + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "marvell,berlin2-adc" +- interrupts: the interrupts for the ADC and the temperature sensor +- interrupt-names: should be "adc" and "tsen" + +Example: + +adc: adc { + compatible = "marvell,berlin2-adc"; + interrupt-parent = <&sic>; + interrupts = <12>, <14>; + interrupt-names = "adc", "tsen"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc128s052.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc128s052.txt index 42ca7deec..15ca6b479 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc128s052.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc128s052.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -* Texas Instruments' ADC128S052 ADC chip +* Texas Instruments' ADC128S052 and ADC122S021 ADC chip Required properties: - - compatible: Should be "ti,adc128s052" + - compatible: Should be "ti,adc128s052" or "ti,adc122s021" - reg: spi chip select number for the device - vref-supply: The regulator supply for ADC reference voltage diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/vf610-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/vf610-adc.txt index 1a4a43d5c..3eb40e20c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/vf610-adc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/vf610-adc.txt @@ -11,6 +11,13 @@ Required properties: - clock-names: Must contain "adc", matching entry in the clocks property. - vref-supply: The regulator supply ADC reference voltage. +Recommended properties: +- fsl,adck-max-frequency: Maximum frequencies according to datasheets operating + requirements. Three values are required, depending on conversion mode: + - Frequency in normal mode (ADLPC=0, ADHSC=0) + - Frequency in high-speed mode (ADLPC=0, ADHSC=1) + - Frequency in low-power mode (ADLPC=1, ADHSC=0) + Example: adc0: adc@4003b000 { compatible = "fsl,vf610-adc"; @@ -18,5 +25,7 @@ adc0: adc@4003b000 { interrupts = <0 53 0x04>; clocks = <&clks VF610_CLK_ADC0>; clock-names = "adc"; + fsl,adck-max-frequency = <30000000>, <40000000>, + <20000000>; vref-supply = <®_vcc_3v3_mcu>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4d8f1c52 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +InvenSense MPU-6050 Six-Axis (Gyro + Accelerometer) MEMS MotionTracking Device + +http://www.invensense.com/mems/gyro/mpu6050.html + +Required properties: + - compatible : should be "invensense,mpu6050" + - reg : the I2C address of the sensor + - interrupt-parent : should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + - interrupts : interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ + +Example: + mpu6050@68 { + compatible = "invensense,mpu6050"; + reg = <0x68>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <18 1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/bmc150_magn.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/bmc150_magn.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f263b7df --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/bmc150_magn.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* Bosch BMC150 magnetometer sensor + +http://ae-bst.resource.bosch.com/media/products/dokumente/bmc150/BST-BMC150-DS000-04.pdf + +Required properties: + + - compatible : should be "bosch,bmc150_magn" + - reg : the I2C address of the magnetometer + +Optional properties: + + - interrupt-parent : phandle to the parent interrupt controller + - interrupts : interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ + +Example: + +bmc150_magn@12 { + compatible = "bosch,bmc150_magn"; + reg = <0x12>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <0 1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt index d2aaca974..8a6be3bdf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ Accelerometers: - st,lsm330d-accel - st,lsm330dl-accel - st,lsm330dlc-accel +- st,lis331dl-accel - st,lis331dlh-accel - st,lsm303dl-accel - st,lsm303dlm-accel @@ -45,6 +46,7 @@ Gyroscopes: - st,lsm330-gyro Magnetometers: +- st,lsm303dlh-magn - st,lsm303dlhc-magn - st,lsm303dlm-magn - st,lis3mdl-magn diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/mlx90614.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/mlx90614.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9be57b036 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/mlx90614.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +* Melexis MLX90614 contactless IR temperature sensor + +http://melexis.com/Infrared-Thermometer-Sensors/Infrared-Thermometer-Sensors/MLX90614-615.aspx + +Required properties: + + - compatible: should be "melexis,mlx90614" + - reg: the I2C address of the sensor + +Optional properties: + + - wakeup-gpios: device tree identifier of the GPIO connected to the SDA line + to hold low in order to wake up the device. In normal operation, the + GPIO is set as input and will not interfere in I2C communication. There + is no need for a GPIO driving the SCL line. If no GPIO is given, power + management is disabled. + +Example: + +mlx90614@5a { + compatible = "melexis,mlx90614"; + reg = <0x5a>; + wakeup-gpios = <&gpio0 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv2665.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv2665.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ba97ac04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv2665.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +* Texas Instruments - drv2665 Haptics driver + +Required properties: + - compatible - "ti,drv2665" - DRV2665 + - reg - I2C slave address + - vbat-supply - Required supply regulator + +Example: + +haptics: haptics@59 { + compatible = "ti,drv2665"; + reg = <0x59>; + vbat-supply = <&vbat>; +}; + +For more product information please see the link below: +http://www.ti.com/product/drv2665 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt index 6c4fb3482..b1163bf97 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt @@ -42,6 +42,27 @@ Optional properties: hardware knob for adjusting the amount of "settling time". +- child "adc" + ti,chan-step-opendelay: List of open delays for each channel of + ADC in the order of ti,adc-channels. The + value corresponds to the number of ADC + clock cycles to wait after applying the + step configuration registers and before + sending the start of ADC conversion. + Maximum value is 0x3FFFF. + ti,chan-step-sampledelay: List of sample delays for each channel + of ADC in the order of ti,adc-channels. + The value corresponds to the number of + ADC clock cycles to sample (to hold + start of conversion high). + Maximum value is 0xFF. + ti,chan-step-avg: Number of averages to be performed for each + channel of ADC. If average is 16 then input + is sampled 16 times and averaged to get more + accurate value. This increases the time taken + by ADC to generate a sample. Valid range is 0 + average to 16 averages. Maximum value is 16. + Example: tscadc: tscadc@44e0d000 { compatible = "ti,am3359-tscadc"; @@ -55,5 +76,8 @@ Example: adc { ti,adc-channels = <4 5 6 7>; + ti,chan-step-opendelay = <0x098 0x3ffff 0x098 0x0>; + ti,chan-step-sampledelay = <0xff 0x0 0xf 0x0>; + ti,chan-step-avg = <16 2 4 8>; }; } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt index f292917fa..0e9f09a6a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-aic" - <chip> can be "at91rm9200", "sama5d3" or "sama5d4" + <chip> can be "at91rm9200", "sama5d2", "sama5d3" or "sama5d4" - interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. - interrupt-parent: For single AIC system, it is an empty property. - #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts. It should be 3. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ingenic,intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ingenic,intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f89fb635 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ingenic,intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Ingenic SoC Interrupt Controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should be "ingenic,<socname>-intc". Valid strings are: + ingenic,jz4740-intc + ingenic,jz4770-intc + ingenic,jz4775-intc + ingenic,jz4780-intc +- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an + interrupt source. The value shall be 1. +- interrupt-parent : phandle of the CPU interrupt controller. +- interrupts : Specifies the CPU interrupt the controller is connected to. + +Example: + +intc: interrupt-controller@10001000 { + compatible = "ingenic,jz4740-intc"; + reg = <0x10001000 0x14>; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + + interrupt-parent = <&cpuintc>; + interrupts = <2>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qca,ath79-cpu-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qca,ath79-cpu-intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aabce7810 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qca,ath79-cpu-intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +Binding for Qualcomm Atheros AR7xxx/AR9XXX CPU interrupt controller + +On most SoC the IRQ controller need to flush the DDR FIFO before running +the interrupt handler of some devices. This is configured using the +qca,ddr-wb-channels and qca,ddr-wb-channel-interrupts properties. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: has to be "qca,<soctype>-cpu-intc", "qca,ar7100-cpu-intc" + as fallback +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode interrupt + source, should be 1 for intc + +Please refer to interrupts.txt in this directory for details of the common +Interrupt Controllers bindings used by client devices. + +Optional Properties: + +- qca,ddr-wb-channel-interrupts: List of the interrupts needing a write + buffer flush +- qca,ddr-wb-channels: List of phandles to the write buffer channels for + each interrupt. If qca,ddr-wb-channel-interrupts is not present the interrupt + default to the entry's index. + +Example: + + interrupt-controller { + compatible = "qca,ar9132-cpu-intc", "qca,ar7100-cpu-intc"; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + + qca,ddr-wb-channel-interrupts = <2>, <3>, <4>, <5>; + qca,ddr-wb-channels = <&ddr_ctrl 3>, <&ddr_ctrl 2>, + <&ddr_ctrl 0>, <&ddr_ctrl 1>; + }; + + ... + + ddr_ctrl: memory-controller@18000000 { + ... + #qca,ddr-wb-channel-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qca,ath79-misc-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qca,ath79-misc-intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..391717a68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qca,ath79-misc-intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Binding for Qualcomm Atheros AR7xxx/AR9XXX MISC interrupt controller + +The MISC interrupt controller is a secondary controller for lower priority +interrupt. + +Required Properties: +- compatible: has to be "qca,<soctype>-cpu-intc", "qca,ar7100-misc-intc" + as fallback +- reg: Base address and size of the controllers memory area +- interrupt-parent: phandle of the parent interrupt controller. +- interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the controllers interrupt. +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode interrupt + source, should be 1 + +Please refer to interrupts.txt in this directory for details of the common +Interrupt Controllers bindings used by client devices. + +Example: + + interrupt-controller@18060010 { + compatible = "qca,ar9132-misc-intc", qca,ar7100-misc-intc"; + reg = <0x18060010 0x4>; + + interrupt-parent = <&cpuintc>; + interrupts = <6>; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,h8300h-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,h8300h-intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56e8d82af --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,h8300h-intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* H8/300H Interrupt controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible: has to be "renesas,h8300h-intc", "renesas,h8300-intc" as fallback. +- #interrupt-cells: has to be <2>: an interrupt index and flags, as defined in + interrupts.txt in this directory +- regs: Base address of interrupt controller registers. + +Optional properties: + +- any properties, listed in interrupts.txt, and any standard resource allocation + properties + +Example: + + h8intc: interrupt-controller@fee012 { + compatible = "renesas,h8300h-intc", "renesas,h8300-intc"; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + reg = <0xfee012 7>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,h8s-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,h8s-intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..faded2b15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,h8s-intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* H8S Interrupt controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible: has to be "renesas,h8s-intc", "renesas,h8300-intc" as fallback. +- #interrupt-cells: has to be <2>: an interrupt index and flags, as defined in + interrupts.txt in this directory +- regs: Base address of interrupt controller registers. + +Optional properties: + +- any properties, listed in interrupts.txt, and any standard resource allocation + properties + +Example: + + h8intc: interrupt-controller@fffe00 { + compatible = "renesas,h8s-intc", "renesas,h8300-intc"; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + reg = <0xfffe00 24>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,intc-irqpin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,intc-irqpin.txt index 4f7946ae8..772c550d3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,intc-irqpin.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,intc-irqpin.txt @@ -13,9 +13,12 @@ Required properties: - reg: Base address and length of each register bank used by the external IRQ pins driven by the interrupt controller hardware module. The base addresses, length and number of required register banks varies with soctype. - +- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. - #interrupt-cells: has to be <2>: an interrupt index and flags, as defined in - interrupts.txt in this directory + interrupts.txt in this directory. +- interrupts: Must contain a list of interrupt specifiers. For each interrupt + provided by this irqpin controller instance, there must be one entry, + referring to the corresponding parent interrupt. Optional properties: @@ -25,3 +28,35 @@ Optional properties: if different from the default 4 bits - control-parent: disable and enable interrupts on the parent interrupt controller, needed for some broken implementations +- clocks: Must contain a reference to the functional clock. This property is + mandatory if the hardware implements a controllable functional clock for + the irqpin controller instance. +- power-domains: Must contain a reference to the power domain. This property is + mandatory if the irqpin controller instance is part of a controllable power + domain. + + +Example +------- + + irqpin1: interrupt-controller@e6900004 { + compatible = "renesas,intc-irqpin-r8a7740", + "renesas,intc-irqpin"; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + reg = <0xe6900004 4>, + <0xe6900014 4>, + <0xe6900024 1>, + <0xe6900044 1>, + <0xe6900064 1>; + interrupts = <0 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&mstp2_clks R8A7740_CLK_INTCA>; + power-domains = <&pd_a4s>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu-v3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu-v3.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3443e0f83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu-v3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +* ARM SMMUv3 Architecture Implementation + +The SMMUv3 architecture is a significant deparature from previous +revisions, replacing the MMIO register interface with in-memory command +and event queues and adding support for the ATS and PRI components of +the PCIe specification. + +** SMMUv3 required properties: + +- compatible : Should include: + + * "arm,smmu-v3" for any SMMUv3 compliant + implementation. This entry should be last in the + compatible list. + +- reg : Base address and size of the SMMU. + +- interrupts : Non-secure interrupt list describing the wired + interrupt sources corresponding to entries in + interrupt-names. If no wired interrupts are + present then this property may be omitted. + +- interrupt-names : When the interrupts property is present, should + include the following: + * "eventq" - Event Queue not empty + * "priq" - PRI Queue not empty + * "cmdq-sync" - CMD_SYNC complete + * "gerror" - Global Error activated + +** SMMUv3 optional properties: + +- dma-coherent : Present if DMA operations made by the SMMU (page + table walks, stream table accesses etc) are cache + coherent with the CPU. + + NOTE: this only applies to the SMMU itself, not + masters connected upstream of the SMMU. + +- hisilicon,broken-prefetch-cmd + : Avoid sending CMD_PREFETCH_* commands to the SMMU. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-aat1290.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-aat1290.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c05ed91a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-aat1290.txt @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +* Skyworks Solutions, Inc. AAT1290 Current Regulator for Flash LEDs + +The device is controlled through two pins: FL_EN and EN_SET. The pins when, +asserted high, enable flash strobe and movie mode (max 1/2 of flash current) +respectively. In order to add a capability of selecting the strobe signal source +(e.g. CPU or camera sensor) there is an additional switch required, independent +of the flash chip. The switch is controlled with pin control. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : Must be "skyworks,aat1290". +- flen-gpios : Must be device tree identifier of the flash device FL_EN pin. +- enset-gpios : Must be device tree identifier of the flash device EN_SET pin. + +Optional properties: +- pinctrl-names : Must contain entries: "default", "host", "isp". Entries + "default" and "host" must refer to the same pin configuration + node, which sets the host as a strobe signal provider. Entry + "isp" must refer to the pin configuration node, which sets the + ISP as a strobe signal provider. + +A discrete LED element connected to the device must be represented by a child +node - see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt. + +Required properties of the LED child node: +- led-max-microamp : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt +- flash-max-microamp : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + Maximum flash LED supply current can be calculated using + following formula: I = 1A * 162kohm / Rset. +- flash-timeout-us : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + Maximum flash timeout can be calculated using following + formula: T = 8.82 * 10^9 * Ct. + +Optional properties of the LED child node: +- label : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + +Example (by Ct = 220nF, Rset = 160kohm and exynos4412-trats2 board with +a switch that allows for routing strobe signal either from the host or from +the camera sensor): + +#include "exynos4412.dtsi" + +aat1290 { + compatible = "skyworks,aat1290"; + flen-gpios = <&gpj1 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + enset-gpios = <&gpj1 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + + pinctrl-names = "default", "host", "isp"; + pinctrl-0 = <&camera_flash_host>; + pinctrl-1 = <&camera_flash_host>; + pinctrl-2 = <&camera_flash_isp>; + + camera_flash: flash-led { + label = "aat1290-flash"; + led-max-microamp = <520833>; + flash-max-microamp = <1012500>; + flash-timeout-us = <1940000>; + }; +}; + +&pinctrl_0 { + camera_flash_host: camera-flash-host { + samsung,pins = "gpj1-0"; + samsung,pin-function = <1>; + samsung,pin-val = <0>; + }; + + camera_flash_isp: camera-flash-isp { + samsung,pins = "gpj1-0"; + samsung,pin-function = <1>; + samsung,pin-val = <1>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-bcm6328.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-bcm6328.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9e36adc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-bcm6328.txt @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +LEDs connected to Broadcom BCM6328 controller + +This controller is present on BCM6318, BCM6328, BCM6362 and BCM63268. +In these SoCs it's possible to control LEDs both as GPIOs or by hardware. +However, on some devices there are Serial LEDs (LEDs connected to a 74x164 +controller), which can either be controlled by software (exporting the 74x164 +as spi-gpio. See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74x164.txt), or +by hardware using this driver. +Some of these Serial LEDs are hardware controlled (e.g. ethernet LEDs) and +exporting the 74x164 as spi-gpio prevents those LEDs to be hardware +controlled, so the only chance to keep them working is by using this driver. + +BCM6328 LED controller has a HWDIS register, which controls whether a LED +should be controlled by a hardware signal instead of the MODE register value, +with 0 meaning hardware control enabled and 1 hardware control disabled. This +is usually 1:1 for hardware to LED signals, but through the activity/link +registers you have some limited control over rerouting the LEDs (as +explained later in brcm,link-signal-sources). Even if a LED is hardware +controlled you are still able to make it blink or light it up if it isn't, +but you can't turn it off if the hardware decides to light it up. For this +reason, hardware controlled LEDs aren't registered as LED class devices. + +Required properties: + - compatible : should be "brcm,bcm6328-leds". + - #address-cells : must be 1. + - #size-cells : must be 0. + - reg : BCM6328 LED controller address and size. + +Optional properties: + - brcm,serial-leds : Boolean, enables Serial LEDs. + Default : false + +Each LED is represented as a sub-node of the brcm,bcm6328-leds device. + +LED sub-node required properties: + - reg : LED pin number (only LEDs 0 to 23 are valid). + +LED sub-node optional properties: + a) Optional properties for sub-nodes related to software controlled LEDs: + - label : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + - active-low : Boolean, makes LED active low. + Default : false + - default-state : see + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt + - linux,default-trigger : see + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + + b) Optional properties for sub-nodes related to hardware controlled LEDs: + - brcm,hardware-controlled : Boolean, makes this LED hardware controlled. + Default : false + - brcm,link-signal-sources : An array of hardware link + signal sources. Up to four link hardware signals can get muxed into + these LEDs. Only valid for LEDs 0 to 7, where LED signals 0 to 3 may + be muxed to LEDs 0 to 3, and signals 4 to 7 may be muxed to LEDs + 4 to 7. A signal can be muxed to more than one LED, and one LED can + have more than one source signal. + - brcm,activity-signal-sources : An array of hardware activity + signal sources. Up to four activity hardware signals can get muxed into + these LEDs. Only valid for LEDs 0 to 7, where LED signals 0 to 3 may + be muxed to LEDs 0 to 3, and signals 4 to 7 may be muxed to LEDs + 4 to 7. A signal can be muxed to more than one LED, and one LED can + have more than one source signal. + +Examples: +Scenario 1 : BCM6328 with 4 EPHY LEDs + leds0: led-controller@10000800 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6328-leds"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x10000800 0x24>; + + alarm_red@2 { + reg = <2>; + active-low; + label = "red:alarm"; + }; + inet_green@3 { + reg = <3>; + active-low; + label = "green:inet"; + }; + power_green@4 { + reg = <4>; + active-low; + label = "green:power"; + default-state = "on"; + }; + ephy0_spd@17 { + reg = <17>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + ephy1_spd@18 { + reg = <18>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + ephy2_spd@19 { + reg = <19>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + ephy3_spd@20 { + reg = <20>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + }; + +Scenario 2 : BCM63268 with Serial/GPHY0 LEDs + leds0: led-controller@10001900 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6328-leds"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x10001900 0x24>; + brcm,serial-leds; + + gphy0_spd0@0 { + reg = <0>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <0>; + }; + gphy0_spd1@1 { + reg = <1>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <1>; + }; + inet_red@2 { + reg = <2>; + active-low; + label = "red:inet"; + }; + dsl_green@3 { + reg = <3>; + active-low; + label = "green:dsl"; + }; + usb_green@4 { + reg = <4>; + active-low; + label = "green:usb"; + }; + wps_green@7 { + reg = <7>; + active-low; + label = "green:wps"; + }; + inet_green@8 { + reg = <8>; + active-low; + label = "green:inet"; + }; + ephy0_act@9 { + reg = <9>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + ephy1_act@10 { + reg = <10>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + ephy2_act@11 { + reg = <11>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + gphy0_act@12 { + reg = <12>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + ephy0_spd@13 { + reg = <13>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + ephy1_spd@14 { + reg = <14>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + ephy2_spd@15 { + reg = <15>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + power_green@20 { + reg = <20>; + active-low; + label = "green:power"; + default-state = "on"; + }; + }; + +Scenario 3 : BCM6362 with 1 LED for each EPHY + leds0: led-controller@10001900 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6328-leds"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x10001900 0x24>; + + usb@0 { + reg = <0>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <0>; + brcm,activity-signal-sources = <0>; + /* USB link/activity routed to USB LED */ + }; + inet@1 { + reg = <1>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,activity-signal-sources = <1>; + /* INET activity routed to INET LED */ + }; + ephy0@4 { + reg = <4>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <4>; + /* EPHY0 link routed to EPHY0 LED */ + }; + ephy1@5 { + reg = <5>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <5>; + /* EPHY1 link routed to EPHY1 LED */ + }; + ephy2@6 { + reg = <6>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <6>; + /* EPHY2 link routed to EPHY2 LED */ + }; + ephy3@7 { + reg = <7>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <7>; + /* EPHY3 link routed to EPHY3 LED */ + }; + power_green@20 { + reg = <20>; + active-low; + label = "green:power"; + default-state = "on"; + }; + }; + +Scenario 4 : BCM6362 with 1 LED for all EPHYs + leds0: led-controller@10001900 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6328-leds"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x10001900 0x24>; + + usb@0 { + reg = <0>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <0 1>; + brcm,activity-signal-sources = <0 1>; + /* USB/INET link/activity routed to USB LED */ + }; + ephy@4 { + reg = <4>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <4 5 6 7>; + /* EPHY0/1/2/3 link routed to EPHY0 LED */ + }; + power_green@20 { + reg = <20>; + active-low; + label = "green:power"; + default-state = "on"; + }; + }; + +Scenario 5 : BCM6362 with EPHY LEDs swapped + leds0: led-controller@10001900 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6328-leds"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x10001900 0x24>; + + usb@0 { + reg = <0>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <0>; + brcm,activity-signal-sources = <0 1>; + /* USB link/act and INET act routed to USB LED */ + }; + ephy0@4 { + reg = <4>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <7>; + /* EPHY3 link routed to EPHY0 LED */ + }; + ephy1@5 { + reg = <5>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <6>; + /* EPHY2 link routed to EPHY1 LED */ + }; + ephy2@6 { + reg = <6>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <5>; + /* EPHY1 link routed to EPHY2 LED */ + }; + ephy3@7 { + reg = <7>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <4>; + /* EPHY0 link routed to EPHY3 LED */ + }; + power_green@20 { + reg = <20>; + active-low; + label = "green:power"; + default-state = "on"; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-bcm6358.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-bcm6358.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b22a55bcc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-bcm6358.txt @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +LEDs connected to Broadcom BCM6358 controller + +This controller is present on BCM6358 and BCM6368. +In these SoCs there are Serial LEDs (LEDs connected to a 74x164 controller), +which can either be controlled by software (exporting the 74x164 as spi-gpio. +See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74x164.txt), or +by hardware using this driver. + +Required properties: + - compatible : should be "brcm,bcm6358-leds". + - #address-cells : must be 1. + - #size-cells : must be 0. + - reg : BCM6358 LED controller address and size. + +Optional properties: + - brcm,clk-div : SCK signal divider. Possible values are 1, 2, 4 and 8. + Default : 1 + - brcm,clk-dat-low : Boolean, makes clock and data signals active low. + Default : false + +Each LED is represented as a sub-node of the brcm,bcm6358-leds device. + +LED sub-node required properties: + - reg : LED pin number (only LEDs 0 to 31 are valid). + +LED sub-node optional properties: + - label : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + - active-low : Boolean, makes LED active low. + Default : false + - default-state : see + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt + - linux,default-trigger : see + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + +Examples: +Scenario 1 : BCM6358 + leds0: led-controller@fffe00d0 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6358-leds"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0xfffe00d0 0x8>; + + alarm_white { + reg = <0>; + active-low; + label = "white:alarm"; + }; + tv_white { + reg = <2>; + active-low; + label = "white:tv"; + }; + tel_white { + reg = <3>; + active-low; + label = "white:tel"; + }; + adsl_white { + reg = <4>; + active-low; + label = "white:adsl"; + }; + }; + +Scenario 2 : BCM6368 + leds0: led-controller@100000d0 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6358-leds"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x100000d0 0x8>; + brcm,pol-low; + brcm,clk-div = <4>; + + power_red { + reg = <0>; + active-low; + label = "red:power"; + }; + power_green { + reg = <1>; + active-low; + label = "green:power"; + default-state = "on"; + }; + power_blue { + reg = <2>; + label = "blue:power"; + }; + broadband_red { + reg = <3>; + active-low; + label = "red:broadband"; + }; + broadband_green { + reg = <4>; + label = "green:broadband"; + }; + broadband_blue { + reg = <5>; + active-low; + label = "blue:broadband"; + }; + wireless_red { + reg = <6>; + active-low; + label = "red:wireless"; + }; + wireless_green { + reg = <7>; + active-low; + label = "green:wireless"; + }; + wireless_blue { + reg = <8>; + label = "blue:wireless"; + }; + phone_red { + reg = <9>; + active-low; + label = "red:phone"; + }; + phone_green { + reg = <10>; + active-low; + label = "green:phone"; + }; + phone_blue { + reg = <11>; + label = "blue:phone"; + }; + upgrading_red { + reg = <12>; + active-low; + label = "red:upgrading"; + }; + upgrading_green { + reg = <13>; + active-low; + label = "green:upgrading"; + }; + upgrading_blue { + reg = <14>; + label = "blue:upgrading"; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ktd2692.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ktd2692.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..853737452 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ktd2692.txt @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +* Kinetic Technologies - KTD2692 Flash LED Driver + +KTD2692 is the ideal power solution for high-power flash LEDs. +It uses ExpressWire single-wire programming for maximum flexibility. + +The ExpressWire interface through CTRL pin can control LED on/off and +enable/disable the IC, Movie(max 1/3 of Flash current) / Flash mode current, +Flash timeout, LVP(low voltage protection). + +Also, When the AUX pin is pulled high while CTRL pin is high, +LED current will be ramped up to the flash-mode current level. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "kinetic,ktd2692". +- ctrl-gpios : Specifier of the GPIO connected to CTRL pin. +- aux-gpios : Specifier of the GPIO connected to AUX pin. + +Optional properties: +- vin-supply : "vin" LED supply (2.7V to 5.5V). + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + +A discrete LED element connected to the device must be represented by a child +node - See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + +Required properties for flash LED child nodes: + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt +- led-max-microamp : Minimum Threshold for Timer protection + is defined internally (Maximum 300mA). +- flash-max-microamp : Flash LED maximum current + Formula : I(mA) = 15000 / Rset. +- flash-max-timeout-us : Flash LED maximum timeout. + +Optional properties for flash LED child nodes: +- label : See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + +Example: + +ktd2692 { + compatible = "kinetic,ktd2692"; + ctrl-gpios = <&gpc0 1 0>; + aux-gpios = <&gpc0 2 0>; + vin-supply = <&vbat>; + + flash-led { + label = "ktd2692-flash"; + led-max-microamp = <300000>; + flash-max-microamp = <1500000>; + flash-max-timeout-us = <1835000>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-tlc591xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-tlc591xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bbbf7024 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-tlc591xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +LEDs connected to tlc59116 or tlc59108 + +Required properties +- compatible: should be "ti,tlc59116" or "ti,tlc59108" +- #address-cells: must be 1 +- #size-cells: must be 0 +- reg: typically 0x68 + +Each led is represented as a sub-node of the ti,tlc59116. +See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + +LED sub-node properties: +- reg: number of LED line, 0 to 15 or 0 to 7 +- label: (optional) name of LED +- linux,default-trigger : (optional) + +Examples: + +tlc59116@68 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,tlc59116"; + reg = <0x68>; + + wan@0 { + label = "wrt1900ac:amber:wan"; + reg = <0x0>; + }; + + 2g@2 { + label = "wrt1900ac:white:2g"; + reg = <0x2>; + }; + + alive@9 { + label = "wrt1900ac:green:alive"; + reg = <0x9>; + linux,default_trigger = "heartbeat"; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/brcm,bcm2835-mbox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/brcm,bcm2835-mbox.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e893615ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/brcm,bcm2835-mbox.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +Broadcom BCM2835 VideoCore mailbox IPC + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Should be "brcm,bcm2835-mbox" +- reg: Specifies base physical address and size of the registers +- interrupts: The interrupt number + See bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic.txt +- #mbox-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode a mailbox + channel. The value shall be 0, since there is only one + mailbox channel implemented by the device. + +Example: + +mailbox: mailbox@7e00b800 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-mbox"; + reg = <0x7e00b880 0x40>; + interrupts = <0 1>; + #mbox-cells = <0>; +}; + +firmware: firmware { + compatible = "raspberrypi,firmware"; + mboxes = <&mailbox>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt index 1a2cd3d26..be05b9746 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt @@ -22,17 +22,11 @@ Required property: - mboxes: List of phandle and mailbox channel specifiers. Optional property: -- mbox-names: List of identifier strings for each mailbox channel - required by the client. The use of this property - is discouraged in favor of using index in list of - 'mboxes' while requesting a mailbox. Instead the - platforms may define channel indices, in DT headers, - to something legible. +- mbox-names: List of identifier strings for each mailbox channel. Example: pwr_cntrl: power { ... mbox-names = "pwr-ctrl", "rpc"; - mboxes = <&mailbox 0 - &mailbox 1>; + mboxes = <&mailbox 0 &mailbox 1>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adp1653.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adp1653.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ce66f210 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adp1653.txt @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +* Analog Devices ADP1653 flash LED driver + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: Must contain "adi,adp1653" + + - reg: I2C slave address + + - enable-gpios: Specifier of the GPIO connected to EN pin + +There are two LED outputs available - flash and indicator. One LED is +represented by one child node, nodes need to be named "flash" and "indicator". + +Required properties of the LED child node: +- max-microamp : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + +Required properties of the flash LED child node: + +- flash-max-microamp : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt +- flash-timeout-us : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + +Example: + + adp1653: led-controller@30 { + compatible = "adi,adp1653"; + reg = <0x30>; + enable-gpios = <&gpio3 24 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; /* 88 */ + + flash { + flash-timeout-us = <500000>; + flash-max-microamp = <320000>; + max-microamp = <50000>; + }; + indicator { + max-microamp = <17500>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/st,stih4xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/st,stih4xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df655cd3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/st,stih4xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +STMicroelectronics stih4xx platforms + +bdisp: 2D blitter for STMicroelectronics SoC. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "st,stih407-bdisp". +- reg: BDISP physical address location and length. +- interrupts: BDISP interrupt number. +- clocks: from common clock binding: handle hardware IP needed clocks, the + number of clocks may depend on the SoC type. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: names of the clocks listed in clocks property in the same order. + +Example: + + bdisp0:bdisp@9f10000 { + compatible = "st,stih407-bdisp"; + reg = <0x9f10000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 38 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + clock-names = "bdisp"; + clocks = <&clk_s_c0_flexgen CLK_IC_BDISP_0>; + }; + +Aliases: +Each BDISP should have a numbered alias in the aliases node, in the form of +bdispN, N = 0 or 1. + +Example: + + aliases { + bdisp0 = &bdisp0; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ath79-ddr-controller.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ath79-ddr-controller.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..efe35a065 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ath79-ddr-controller.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +Binding for Qualcomm Atheros AR7xxx/AR9xxx DDR controller + +The DDR controller of the ARxxx and AR9xxx families provides an interface +to flush the FIFO between various devices and the DDR. This is mainly used +by the IRQ controller to flush the FIFO before running the interrupt handler +of such devices. + +Required properties: + +- compatible: has to be "qca,<soc-type>-ddr-controller", + "qca,[ar7100|ar7240]-ddr-controller" as fallback. + On SoC with PCI support "qca,ar7100-ddr-controller" should be used as + fallback, otherwise "qca,ar7240-ddr-controller" should be used. +- reg: Base address and size of the controllers memory area +- #qca,ddr-wb-channel-cells: has to be 1, the index of the write buffer + channel + +Example: + + ddr_ctrl: memory-controller@18000000 { + compatible = "qca,ar9132-ddr-controller", + "qca,ar7240-ddr-controller"; + reg = <0x18000000 0x100>; + + #qca,ddr-wb-channel-cells = <1>; + }; + + ... + + interrupt-controller { + ... + qca,ddr-wb-channel-interrupts = <2>, <3>, <4>, <5>; + qca,ddr-wb-channels = <&ddr_ctrl 3>, <&ddr_ctrl 2>, + <&ddr_ctrl 0>, <&ddr_ctrl 1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra-mc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra-mc.txt index f3db93c85..3338a2834 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra-mc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra-mc.txt @@ -1,6 +1,9 @@ NVIDIA Tegra Memory Controller device tree bindings =================================================== +memory-controller node +---------------------- + Required properties: - compatible: Should be "nvidia,tegra<chip>-mc" - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. @@ -15,9 +18,49 @@ Required properties: This device implements an IOMMU that complies with the generic IOMMU binding. See ../iommu/iommu.txt for details. -Example: --------- +emc-timings subnode +------------------- + +The node should contain a "emc-timings" subnode for each supported RAM type (see field RAM_CODE in +register PMC_STRAPPING_OPT_A). + +Required properties for "emc-timings" nodes : +- nvidia,ram-code : Should contain the value of RAM_CODE this timing set is used for. + +timing subnode +-------------- + +Each "emc-timings" node should contain a subnode for every supported EMC clock rate. + +Required properties for timing nodes : +- clock-frequency : Should contain the memory clock rate in Hz. +- nvidia,emem-configuration : Values to be written to the EMEM register block. For the Tegra124 SoC +(see section "15.6.1 MC Registers" in the TRM), these are the registers whose values need to be +specified, according to the board documentation: + + MC_EMEM_ARB_CFG + MC_EMEM_ARB_OUTSTANDING_REQ + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RCD + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RP + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RC + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RAS + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_FAW + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RRD + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RAP2PRE + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_WAP2PRE + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_R2R + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_W2W + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_R2W + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_W2R + MC_EMEM_ARB_DA_TURNS + MC_EMEM_ARB_DA_COVERS + MC_EMEM_ARB_MISC0 + MC_EMEM_ARB_MISC1 + MC_EMEM_ARB_RING1_THROTTLE +Example SoC include file: + +/ { mc: memory-controller@0,70019000 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-mc"; reg = <0x0 0x70019000 0x0 0x1000>; @@ -34,3 +77,40 @@ Example: ... iommus = <&mc TEGRA_SWGROUP_SDMMC1A>; }; +}; + +Example board file: + +/ { + memory-controller@0,70019000 { + emc-timings-3 { + nvidia,ram-code = <3>; + + timing-12750000 { + clock-frequency = <12750000>; + + nvidia,emem-configuration = < + 0x40040001 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_CFG */ + 0x8000000a /* MC_EMEM_ARB_OUTSTANDING_REQ */ + 0x00000001 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RCD */ + 0x00000001 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RP */ + 0x00000002 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RC */ + 0x00000000 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RAS */ + 0x00000002 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_FAW */ + 0x00000001 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RRD */ + 0x00000002 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RAP2PRE */ + 0x00000008 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_WAP2PRE */ + 0x00000003 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_R2R */ + 0x00000002 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_W2W */ + 0x00000003 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_R2W */ + 0x00000006 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_W2R */ + 0x06030203 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_DA_TURNS */ + 0x000a0402 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_DA_COVERS */ + 0x77e30303 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_MISC0 */ + 0x70000f03 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_MISC1 */ + 0x001f0000 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_RING1_THROTTLE */ + >; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas,h8300-bsc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas,h8300-bsc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cdf406c90 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas,h8300-bsc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +* H8/300 bus controller + +Required properties: + - compatible: Must be "renesas,h8300-bsc". + - reg: Base address and length of BSC registers. + +Example. + bsc: memory-controller@fee01e { + compatible = "renesas,h8300h-bsc", "renesas,h8300-bsc"; + reg = <0xfee01e 8>; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/tegra-emc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/tegra-emc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b59c625d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/tegra-emc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,374 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra124 SoC EMC (external memory controller) +==================================================== + +Required properties : +- compatible : Should be "nvidia,tegra124-emc". +- reg : physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- nvidia,memory-controller : phandle of the MC driver. + +The node should contain a "emc-timings" subnode for each supported RAM type +(see field RAM_CODE in register PMC_STRAPPING_OPT_A), with its unit address +being its RAM_CODE. + +Required properties for "emc-timings" nodes : +- nvidia,ram-code : Should contain the value of RAM_CODE this timing set is +used for. + +Each "emc-timings" node should contain a "timing" subnode for every supported +EMC clock rate. The "timing" subnodes should have the clock rate in Hz as +their unit address. + +Required properties for "timing" nodes : +- clock-frequency : Should contain the memory clock rate in Hz. +- The following properties contain EMC timing characterization values +(specified in the board documentation) : + - nvidia,emc-auto-cal-config : EMC_AUTO_CAL_CONFIG + - nvidia,emc-auto-cal-config2 : EMC_AUTO_CAL_CONFIG2 + - nvidia,emc-auto-cal-config3 : EMC_AUTO_CAL_CONFIG3 + - nvidia,emc-auto-cal-interval : EMC_AUTO_CAL_INTERVAL + - nvidia,emc-bgbias-ctl0 : EMC_BGBIAS_CTL0 + - nvidia,emc-cfg : EMC_CFG + - nvidia,emc-cfg-2 : EMC_CFG_2 + - nvidia,emc-ctt-term-ctrl : EMC_CTT_TERM_CTRL + - nvidia,emc-mode-1 : Mode Register 1 + - nvidia,emc-mode-2 : Mode Register 2 + - nvidia,emc-mode-4 : Mode Register 4 + - nvidia,emc-mode-reset : Mode Register 0 + - nvidia,emc-mrs-wait-cnt : EMC_MRS_WAIT_CNT + - nvidia,emc-sel-dpd-ctrl : EMC_SEL_DPD_CTRL + - nvidia,emc-xm2dqspadctrl2 : EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL2 + - nvidia,emc-zcal-cnt-long : EMC_ZCAL_WAIT_CNT after clock change + - nvidia,emc-zcal-interval : EMC_ZCAL_INTERVAL +- nvidia,emc-configuration : EMC timing characterization data. These are the +registers (see section "15.6.2 EMC Registers" in the TRM) whose values need to +be specified, according to the board documentation: + + EMC_RC + EMC_RFC + EMC_RFC_SLR + EMC_RAS + EMC_RP + EMC_R2W + EMC_W2R + EMC_R2P + EMC_W2P + EMC_RD_RCD + EMC_WR_RCD + EMC_RRD + EMC_REXT + EMC_WEXT + EMC_WDV + EMC_WDV_MASK + EMC_QUSE + EMC_QUSE_WIDTH + EMC_IBDLY + EMC_EINPUT + EMC_EINPUT_DURATION + EMC_PUTERM_EXTRA + EMC_PUTERM_WIDTH + EMC_PUTERM_ADJ + EMC_CDB_CNTL_1 + EMC_CDB_CNTL_2 + EMC_CDB_CNTL_3 + EMC_QRST + EMC_QSAFE + EMC_RDV + EMC_RDV_MASK + EMC_REFRESH + EMC_BURST_REFRESH_NUM + EMC_PRE_REFRESH_REQ_CNT + EMC_PDEX2WR + EMC_PDEX2RD + EMC_PCHG2PDEN + EMC_ACT2PDEN + EMC_AR2PDEN + EMC_RW2PDEN + EMC_TXSR + EMC_TXSRDLL + EMC_TCKE + EMC_TCKESR + EMC_TPD + EMC_TFAW + EMC_TRPAB + EMC_TCLKSTABLE + EMC_TCLKSTOP + EMC_TREFBW + EMC_FBIO_CFG6 + EMC_ODT_WRITE + EMC_ODT_READ + EMC_FBIO_CFG5 + EMC_CFG_DIG_DLL + EMC_CFG_DIG_DLL_PERIOD + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS0 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS1 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS2 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS3 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS4 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS5 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS6 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS7 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS8 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS9 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS10 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS11 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS12 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS13 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS14 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS15 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE0 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE1 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE2 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE3 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE4 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE5 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE6 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE7 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR0 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR1 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR2 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR3 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR4 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR5 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE8 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE9 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE10 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE11 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE12 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE13 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE14 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE15 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS0 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS1 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS2 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS3 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS4 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS5 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS6 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS7 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS8 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS9 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS10 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS11 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS12 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS13 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS14 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS15 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ0 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ1 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ2 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ3 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ4 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ5 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ6 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ7 + EMC_XM2CMDPADCTRL + EMC_XM2CMDPADCTRL4 + EMC_XM2CMDPADCTRL5 + EMC_XM2DQPADCTRL2 + EMC_XM2DQPADCTRL3 + EMC_XM2CLKPADCTRL + EMC_XM2CLKPADCTRL2 + EMC_XM2COMPPADCTRL + EMC_XM2VTTGENPADCTRL + EMC_XM2VTTGENPADCTRL2 + EMC_XM2VTTGENPADCTRL3 + EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL3 + EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL4 + EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL5 + EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL6 + EMC_DSR_VTTGEN_DRV + EMC_TXDSRVTTGEN + EMC_FBIO_SPARE + EMC_ZCAL_WAIT_CNT + EMC_MRS_WAIT_CNT2 + EMC_CTT + EMC_CTT_DURATION + EMC_CFG_PIPE + EMC_DYN_SELF_REF_CONTROL + EMC_QPOP + +Example SoC include file: + +/ { + emc@0,7001b000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-emc"; + reg = <0x0 0x7001b000 0x0 0x1000>; + + nvidia,memory-controller = <&mc>; + }; +}; + +Example board file: + +/ { + emc@0,7001b000 { + emc-timings-3 { + nvidia,ram-code = <3>; + + timing-12750000 { + clock-frequency = <12750000>; + + nvidia,emc-zcal-cnt-long = <0x00000042>; + nvidia,emc-auto-cal-interval = <0x001fffff>; + nvidia,emc-ctt-term-ctrl = <0x00000802>; + nvidia,emc-cfg = <0x73240000>; + nvidia,emc-cfg-2 = <0x000008c5>; + nvidia,emc-sel-dpd-ctrl = <0x00040128>; + nvidia,emc-bgbias-ctl0 = <0x00000008>; + nvidia,emc-auto-cal-config = <0xa1430000>; + nvidia,emc-auto-cal-config2 = <0x00000000>; + nvidia,emc-auto-cal-config3 = <0x00000000>; + nvidia,emc-mode-reset = <0x80001221>; + nvidia,emc-mode-1 = <0x80100003>; + nvidia,emc-mode-2 = <0x80200008>; + nvidia,emc-mode-4 = <0x00000000>; + + nvidia,emc-configuration = < + 0x00000000 /* EMC_RC */ + 0x00000003 /* EMC_RFC */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_RFC_SLR */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_RAS */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_RP */ + 0x00000004 /* EMC_R2W */ + 0x0000000a /* EMC_W2R */ + 0x00000003 /* EMC_R2P */ + 0x0000000b /* EMC_W2P */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_RD_RCD */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_WR_RCD */ + 0x00000003 /* EMC_RRD */ + 0x00000003 /* EMC_REXT */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_WEXT */ + 0x00000006 /* EMC_WDV */ + 0x00000006 /* EMC_WDV_MASK */ + 0x00000006 /* EMC_QUSE */ + 0x00000002 /* EMC_QUSE_WIDTH */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_IBDLY */ + 0x00000005 /* EMC_EINPUT */ + 0x00000005 /* EMC_EINPUT_DURATION */ + 0x00010000 /* EMC_PUTERM_EXTRA */ + 0x00000003 /* EMC_PUTERM_WIDTH */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_PUTERM_ADJ */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_CDB_CNTL_1 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_CDB_CNTL_2 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_CDB_CNTL_3 */ + 0x00000004 /* EMC_QRST */ + 0x0000000c /* EMC_QSAFE */ + 0x0000000d /* EMC_RDV */ + 0x0000000f /* EMC_RDV_MASK */ + 0x00000060 /* EMC_REFRESH */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_BURST_REFRESH_NUM */ + 0x00000018 /* EMC_PRE_REFRESH_REQ_CNT */ + 0x00000002 /* EMC_PDEX2WR */ + 0x00000002 /* EMC_PDEX2RD */ + 0x00000001 /* EMC_PCHG2PDEN */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_ACT2PDEN */ + 0x00000007 /* EMC_AR2PDEN */ + 0x0000000f /* EMC_RW2PDEN */ + 0x00000005 /* EMC_TXSR */ + 0x00000005 /* EMC_TXSRDLL */ + 0x00000004 /* EMC_TCKE */ + 0x00000005 /* EMC_TCKESR */ + 0x00000004 /* EMC_TPD */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_TFAW */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_TRPAB */ + 0x00000005 /* EMC_TCLKSTABLE */ + 0x00000005 /* EMC_TCLKSTOP */ + 0x00000064 /* EMC_TREFBW */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_FBIO_CFG6 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_ODT_WRITE */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_ODT_READ */ + 0x106aa298 /* EMC_FBIO_CFG5 */ + 0x002c00a0 /* EMC_CFG_DIG_DLL */ + 0x00008000 /* EMC_CFG_DIG_DLL_PERIOD */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS0 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS1 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS2 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS3 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS4 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS5 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS6 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS7 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS8 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS9 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS10 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS11 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS12 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS13 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS14 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS15 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE0 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE1 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE2 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE3 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE4 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE5 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE6 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE7 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR0 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR1 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR2 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR3 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR4 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR5 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE8 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE9 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE10 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE11 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE12 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE13 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE14 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE15 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS0 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS1 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS2 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS3 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS4 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS5 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS6 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS7 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS8 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS9 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS10 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS11 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS12 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS13 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS14 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS15 */ + 0x000fc000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ0 */ + 0x000fc000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ1 */ + 0x000fc000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ2 */ + 0x000fc000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ3 */ + 0x0000fc00 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ4 */ + 0x0000fc00 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ5 */ + 0x0000fc00 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ6 */ + 0x0000fc00 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ7 */ + 0x10000280 /* EMC_XM2CMDPADCTRL */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_XM2CMDPADCTRL4 */ + 0x00111111 /* EMC_XM2CMDPADCTRL5 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_XM2DQPADCTRL2 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_XM2DQPADCTRL3 */ + 0x77ffc081 /* EMC_XM2CLKPADCTRL */ + 0x00000e0e /* EMC_XM2CLKPADCTRL2 */ + 0x81f1f108 /* EMC_XM2COMPPADCTRL */ + 0x07070004 /* EMC_XM2VTTGENPADCTRL */ + 0x0000003f /* EMC_XM2VTTGENPADCTRL2 */ + 0x016eeeee /* EMC_XM2VTTGENPADCTRL3 */ + 0x51451400 /* EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL3 */ + 0x00514514 /* EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL4 */ + 0x00514514 /* EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL5 */ + 0x51451400 /* EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL6 */ + 0x0000003f /* EMC_DSR_VTTGEN_DRV */ + 0x00000007 /* EMC_TXDSRVTTGEN */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_FBIO_SPARE */ + 0x00000042 /* EMC_ZCAL_WAIT_CNT */ + 0x000e000e /* EMC_MRS_WAIT_CNT2 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_CTT */ + 0x00000003 /* EMC_CTT_DURATION */ + 0x0000f2f3 /* EMC_CFG_PIPE */ + 0x800001c5 /* EMC_DYN_SELF_REF_CONTROL */ + 0x0000000a /* EMC_QPOP */ + >; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt index 938f8e1ba..0db60470e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ of the EMIF IP and memory parts attached to it. Required properties: - compatible : Should be of the form "ti,emif-<ip-rev>" where <ip-rev> is the IP revision of the specific EMIF instance. + For am437x should be ti,emif-am4372. - phy-type : <u32> indicating the DDR phy type. Following are the allowed values diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt index 7665aa959..a8fee60dc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt @@ -10,6 +10,9 @@ Required properties: "wlf,wm5110" "wlf,wm8280" "wlf,wm8997" + "wlf,wm8998" + "wlf,wm1814" + - reg : I2C slave address when connected using I2C, chip select number when using SPI. @@ -31,10 +34,10 @@ Required properties: as covered in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt - DBVDD2-supply, DBVDD3-supply : Additional databus power supplies (wm5102, - wm5110, wm8280) + wm5110, wm8280, wm8998, wm1814) - SPKVDDL-supply, SPKVDDR-supply : Speaker driver power supplies (wm5102, - wm5110, wm8280) + wm5110, wm8280, wm8998, wm1814) - SPKVDD-supply : Speaker driver power supply (wm8997) @@ -53,8 +56,10 @@ Optional properties: of input signals. Valid values are 0 (Differential), 1 (Single-ended) and 2 (Digital Microphone). If absent, INn_MODE registers set to 0 by default. If present, values must be specified less than or equal to the number of - input singals. If values less than the number of input signals, elements - that has not been specifed are set to 0 by default. + input signals. If values less than the number of input signals, elements + that have not been specified are set to 0 by default. Entries are: + <IN1, IN2, IN3, IN4> (wm5102, wm5110, wm8280, wm8997) + <IN1A, IN2A, IN1B, IN2B> (wm8998, wm1814) - wlf,dmic-ref : DMIC reference voltage source for each input, can be selected from either MICVDD or one of the MICBIAS's, defines @@ -62,6 +67,12 @@ Optional properties: present, the number of values should be less than or equal to the number of inputs, unspecified inputs will use the chip default. + - wlf,hpdet-channel : Headphone detection channel. + ARIZONA_ACCDET_MODE_HPL or 1 - Headphone detect mode is set to HPDETL + ARIZONA_ACCDET_MODE_HPR or 2 - Headphone detect mode is set to HPDETR + If this node is not mentioned or if the value is unknown, then + headphone detection mode is set to HPDETL. + - DCVDD-supply, MICVDD-supply : Power supplies, only need to be specified if they are being externally supplied. As covered in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt index 98685f291..753f14f46 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt @@ -1,15 +1,16 @@ -AXP202/AXP209 device tree bindings +AXP family PMIC device tree bindings The axp20x family current members : axp202 (X-Powers) axp209 (X-Powers) +axp221 (X-Powers) Required properties: -- compatible: "x-powers,axp202" or "x-powers,axp209" +- compatible: "x-powers,axp202", "x-powers,axp209", "x-powers,axp221" - reg: The I2C slave address for the AXP chip - interrupt-parent: The parent interrupt controller - interrupts: SoC NMI / GPIO interrupt connected to the PMIC's IRQ pin -- interrupt-controller: axp20x has its own internal IRQs +- interrupt-controller: The PMIC has its own internal IRQs - #interrupt-cells: Should be set to 1 Optional properties: @@ -48,6 +49,31 @@ LDO3 : LDO : ldo3in-supply LDO4 : LDO : ldo24in-supply : shared supply LDO5 : LDO : ldo5in-supply +AXP221 regulators, type, and corresponding input supply names: + +Regulator Type Supply Name Notes +--------- ---- ----------- ----- +DCDC1 : DC-DC buck : vin1-supply +DCDC2 : DC-DC buck : vin2-supply +DCDC3 : DC-DC buck : vin3-supply +DCDC4 : DC-DC buck : vin4-supply +DCDC5 : DC-DC buck : vin5-supply +DC1SW : On/Off Switch : dcdc1-supply : DCDC1 secondary output +DC5LDO : LDO : dcdc5-supply : input from DCDC5 +ALDO1 : LDO : aldoin-supply : shared supply +ALDO2 : LDO : aldoin-supply : shared supply +ALDO3 : LDO : aldoin-supply : shared supply +DLDO1 : LDO : dldoin-supply : shared supply +DLDO2 : LDO : dldoin-supply : shared supply +DLDO3 : LDO : dldoin-supply : shared supply +DLDO4 : LDO : dldoin-supply : shared supply +ELDO1 : LDO : eldoin-supply : shared supply +ELDO2 : LDO : eldoin-supply : shared supply +ELDO3 : LDO : eldoin-supply : shared supply +LDO_IO0 : LDO : ips-supply : GPIO 0 +LDO_IO1 : LDO : ips-supply : GPIO 1 +RTC_LDO : LDO : ips-supply : always on + Example: axp209: pmic@34 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cros-ec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cros-ec.txt index 8009c3d87..1777916e9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cros-ec.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cros-ec.txt @@ -18,6 +18,10 @@ Required properties (SPI): - reg: SPI chip select Optional properties (SPI): +- google,cros-ec-spi-pre-delay: Some implementations of the EC need a little + time to wake up from sleep before they can receive SPI transfers at a high + clock rate. This property specifies the delay, in usecs, between the + assertion of the CS to the start of the first clock pulse. - google,cros-ec-spi-msg-delay: Some implementations of the EC require some additional processing time in order to accept new transactions. If the delay between transactions is not long enough the EC may not be able to respond diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9063.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9063.txt index 42c6fa6f1..05b21bcb8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9063.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9063.txt @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ DA9093 consists of a large and varied group of sub-devices (I2C Only): Device Supply Names Description ------ ------------ ----------- da9063-regulator : : LDOs & BUCKs +da9063-onkey : : On Key da9063-rtc : : Real-Time Clock da9063-watchdog : : Watchdog @@ -51,6 +52,18 @@ Sub-nodes: the DA9063. There are currently no entries in this binding, however compatible = "dlg,da9063-rtc" should be added if a node is created. +- onkey : This node defines the OnKey settings for controlling the key + functionality of the device. The node should contain the compatible property + with the value "dlg,da9063-onkey". + + Optional onkey properties: + + - dlg,disable-key-power : Disable power-down using a long key-press. If this + entry exists the OnKey driver will remove support for the KEY_POWER key + press. If this entry does not exist then by default the key-press + triggered power down is enabled and the OnKey will support both KEY_POWER + and KEY_SLEEP. + - watchdog : This node defines settings for the Watchdog timer associated with the DA9063. There are currently no entries in this binding, however compatible = "dlg,da9063-watchdog" should be added if a node is created. @@ -73,6 +86,11 @@ Example: compatible = "dlg,da9063-watchdog"; }; + onkey { + compatible = "dlg,da9063-onkey"; + dlg,disable-key-power; + }; + regulators { DA9063_BCORE1: bcore1 { regulator-name = "BCORE1"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt index e39f0bc1f..163bd81a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Maxim MAX77686 multi-function device -MAX77686 is a Mulitifunction device with PMIC, RTC and Charger on chip. It is +MAX77686 is a Multifunction device with PMIC, RTC and Charger on chip. It is interfaced to host controller using i2c interface. PMIC and Charger submodules are addressed using same i2c slave address whereas RTC submodule uses different i2c slave address,presently for which we are statically creating i2c diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77693.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77693.txt index 38e64405e..d3425846a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77693.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77693.txt @@ -76,7 +76,60 @@ Optional properties: Valid values: 4300000, 4700000, 4800000, 4900000 Default: 4300000 +- led : the LED submodule device node + +There are two LED outputs available - FLED1 and FLED2. Each of them can +control a separate LED or they can be connected together to double +the maximum current for a single connected LED. One LED is represented +by one child node. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Must be "maxim,max77693-led". + +Optional properties: +- maxim,boost-mode : + In boost mode the device can produce up to 1.2A of total current + on both outputs. The maximum current on each output is reduced + to 625mA then. If not enabled explicitly, boost setting defaults to + LEDS_BOOST_FIXED in case both current sources are used. + Possible values: + LEDS_BOOST_OFF (0) - no boost, + LEDS_BOOST_ADAPTIVE (1) - adaptive mode, + LEDS_BOOST_FIXED (2) - fixed mode. +- maxim,boost-mvout : Output voltage of the boost module in millivolts. + Valid values: 3300 - 5500, step by 25 (rounded down) + Default: 3300 +- maxim,mvsys-min : Low input voltage level in millivolts. Flash is not fired + if chip estimates that system voltage could drop below this level due + to flash power consumption. + Valid values: 2400 - 3400, step by 33 (rounded down) + Default: 2400 + +Required properties for the LED child node: +- led-sources : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt; + device current output identifiers: 0 - FLED1, 1 - FLED2 +- led-max-microamp : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + Valid values for a LED connected to one FLED output: + 15625 - 250000, step by 15625 (rounded down) + Valid values for a LED connected to both FLED outputs: + 15625 - 500000, step by 15625 (rounded down) +- flash-max-microamp : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + Valid values for a single LED connected to one FLED output + (boost mode must be turned off): + 15625 - 1000000, step by 15625 (rounded down) + Valid values for a single LED connected to both FLED outputs: + 15625 - 1250000, step by 15625 (rounded down) + Valid values for two LEDs case: + 15625 - 625000, step by 15625 (rounded down) +- flash-max-timeout-us : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + Valid values: 62500 - 1000000, step by 62500 (rounded down) + +Optional properties for the LED child node: +- label : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + Example: +#include <dt-bindings/leds/common.h> + max77693@66 { compatible = "maxim,max77693"; reg = <0x66>; @@ -117,5 +170,19 @@ Example: maxim,thermal-regulation-celsius = <75>; maxim,battery-overcurrent-microamp = <3000000>; maxim,charge-input-threshold-microvolt = <4300000>; + + led { + compatible = "maxim,max77693-led"; + maxim,boost-mode = <LEDS_BOOST_FIXED>; + maxim,boost-mvout = <5000>; + maxim,mvsys-min = <2400>; + + camera_flash: flash-led { + label = "max77693-flash"; + led-sources = <0>, <1>; + led-max-microamp = <500000>; + flash-max-microamp = <1250000>; + flash-max-timeout-us = <1000000>; + }; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mfd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mfd.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af9d6931a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mfd.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +Multi-Function Devices (MFD) + +These devices comprise a nexus for heterogeneous hardware blocks containing +more than one non-unique yet varying hardware functionality. + +A typical MFD can be: + +- A mixed signal ASIC on an external bus, sometimes a PMIC (Power Management + Integrated Circuit) that is manufactured in a lower technology node (rough + silicon) that handles analog drivers for things like audio amplifiers, LED + drivers, level shifters, PHY (physical interfaces to things like USB or + ethernet), regulators etc. + +- A range of memory registers containing "miscellaneous system registers" also + known as a system controller "syscon" or any other memory range containing a + mix of unrelated hardware devices. + +Optional properties: + +- compatible : "simple-mfd" - this signifies that the operating system should + consider all subnodes of the MFD device as separate devices akin to how + "simple-bus" inidicates when to see subnodes as children for a simple + memory-mapped bus. For more complex devices, when the nexus driver has to + probe registers to figure out what child devices exist etc, this should not + be used. In the latter case the child devices will be determined by the + operating system. + +Example: + +foo@1000 { + compatible = "syscon", "simple-mfd"; + reg = <0x01000 0x1000>; + + led@08.0 { + compatible = "register-bit-led"; + offset = <0x08>; + mask = <0x01>; + label = "myled"; + default-state = "on"; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt index 8fffa3c5e..8fffa3c5e 100755..100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/ath79-soc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/ath79-soc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88a12a43e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/ath79-soc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Binding for Qualcomm Atheros AR7xxx/AR9XXX SoC + +Each device tree must specify a compatible value for the AR SoC +it uses in the compatible property of the root node. The compatible +value must be one of the following values: + +- qca,ar7130 +- qca,ar7141 +- qca,ar7161 +- qca,ar7240 +- qca,ar7241 +- qca,ar7242 +- qca,ar9130 +- qca,ar9132 +- qca,ar9330 +- qca,ar9331 +- qca,ar9341 +- qca,ar9342 +- qca,ar9344 +- qca,qca9556 +- qca,qca9558 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt index 47b205cc9..4556359c5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt @@ -10,3 +10,5 @@ Required properties: The second entry gives the physical address and length of the registers indicating the strapping options. +Optional properties: +- nvidia,long-ram-code: If present, the RAM code is long (4 bit). If not, short (2 bit). diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt index 98ee2abbe..7e9490313 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt @@ -8,7 +8,8 @@ Device Tree Bindings for the Arasan SDHCI Controller [3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt Required Properties: - - compatible: Compatibility string. Must be 'arasan,sdhci-8.9a' + - compatible: Compatibility string. Must be 'arasan,sdhci-8.9a' or + 'arasan,sdhci-4.9a' - reg: From mmc bindings: Register location and length. - clocks: From clock bindings: Handles to clock inputs. - clock-names: From clock bindings: Tuple including "clk_xin" and "clk_ahb" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt index 415c5575c..211e7785f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt @@ -7,10 +7,16 @@ This file documents differences between the core properties described by mmc.txt and the properties used by the sdhci-esdhc-imx driver. Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "fsl,<chip>-esdhc" +- compatible : Should be "fsl,<chip>-esdhc", the supported chips include + "fsl,imx25-esdhc" + "fsl,imx35-esdhc" + "fsl,imx51-esdhc" + "fsl,imx53-esdhc" + "fsl,imx6q-usdhc" + "fsl,imx6sl-usdhc" + "fsl,imx6sx-usdhc" Optional properties: -- fsl,cd-controller : Indicate to use controller internal card detection - fsl,wp-controller : Indicate to use controller internal write protection - fsl,delay-line : Specify the number of delay cells for override mode. This is used to set the clock delay for DLL(Delay Line) on override mode @@ -28,7 +34,6 @@ esdhc@70004000 { compatible = "fsl,imx51-esdhc"; reg = <0x70004000 0x4000>; interrupts = <1>; - fsl,cd-controller; fsl,wp-controller; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt index 3b3544931..df370585c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt @@ -13,6 +13,10 @@ Required Properties: * compatible: should be one of the following. - "hisilicon,hi4511-dw-mshc": for controllers with hi4511 specific extensions. + - "hisilicon,hi6220-dw-mshc": for controllers with hi6220 specific extensions. + +Optional Properties: +- hisilicon,peripheral-syscon: phandle of syscon used to control peripheral. Example: @@ -42,3 +46,27 @@ Example: cap-mmc-highspeed; cap-sd-highspeed; }; + + /* for Hi6220 */ + + dwmmc_1: dwmmc1@f723e000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-dw-mshc"; + num-slots = <0x1>; + bus-width = <0x4>; + disable-wp; + cap-sd-highspeed; + sd-uhs-sdr12; + sd-uhs-sdr25; + card-detect-delay = <200>; + hisilicon,peripheral-syscon = <&ao_ctrl>; + reg = <0x0 0xf723e000 0x0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x49 0x4>; + clocks = <&clock_sys HI6220_MMC1_CIUCLK>, <&clock_sys HI6220_MMC1_CLK>; + clock-names = "ciu", "biu"; + cd-gpios = <&gpio1 0 1>; + pinctrl-names = "default", "idle"; + pinctrl-0 = <&sd_pmx_func &sd_clk_cfg_func &sd_cfg_func>; + pinctrl-1 = <&sd_pmx_idle &sd_clk_cfg_idle &sd_cfg_idle>; + vqmmc-supply = <&ldo7>; + vmmc-supply = <&ldo10>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.txt index a462c50f1..ce0e76749 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.txt @@ -21,5 +21,7 @@ Example: sdhci0_pwrseq { compatible = "mmc-pwrseq-simple"; - reset-gpios = <&gpio1 12 0>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio1 12 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + clocks = <&clk_32768_ck>; + clock-names = "ext_clock"; } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt index 438899e88..0384fc3f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt @@ -21,6 +21,11 @@ Optional properties: below for the case, when a GPIO is used for the CD line - wp-inverted: when present, polarity on the WP line is inverted. See the note below for the case, when a GPIO is used for the WP line +- disable-wp: When set no physical WP line is present. This property should + only be specified when the controller has a dedicated write-protect + detection logic. If a GPIO is always used for the write-protect detection + logic it is sufficient to not specify wp-gpios property in the absence of a WP + line. - max-frequency: maximum operating clock frequency - no-1-8-v: when present, denotes that 1.8v card voltage is not supported on this system, even if the controller claims it is. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a1adfa495 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +* MTK MMC controller + +The MTK MSDC can act as a MMC controller +to support MMC, SD, and SDIO types of memory cards. + +This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt +and the properties used by the msdc driver. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "mediatek,mt8173-mmc","mediatek,mt8135-mmc" +- interrupts: Should contain MSDC interrupt number +- clocks: MSDC source clock, HCLK +- clock-names: "source", "hclk" +- pinctrl-names: should be "default", "state_uhs" +- pinctrl-0: should contain default/high speed pin ctrl +- pinctrl-1: should contain uhs mode pin ctrl +- vmmc-supply: power to the Core +- vqmmc-supply: power to the IO + +Examples: +mmc0: mmc@11230000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-mmc", "mediatek,mt8135-mmc"; + reg = <0 0x11230000 0 0x108>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 39 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + vmmc-supply = <&mt6397_vemc_3v3_reg>; + vqmmc-supply = <&mt6397_vio18_reg>; + clocks = <&pericfg CLK_PERI_MSDC30_0>, <&topckgen CLK_TOP_MSDC50_0_H_SEL>; + clock-names = "source", "hclk"; + pinctrl-names = "default", "state_uhs"; + pinctrl-0 = <&mmc0_pins_default>; + pinctrl-1 = <&mmc0_pins_uhs>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt index 299081f94..d38942f6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ Required properties: dma-names property. - dma-names: must contain "tx" for the transmit DMA channel and "rx" for the receive DMA channel. +- max-frequency: Maximum operating clock frequency, driver uses default clock + frequency if it is not set. Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) MMCIF0 @@ -29,4 +31,5 @@ Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) MMCIF0 clocks = <&mstp3_clks R8A7790_CLK_MMCIF0>; dmas = <&dmac0 0xd1>, <&dmac0 0xd2>; dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + max-frequency = <97500000>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/brcm,brcmnand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/brcm,brcmnand.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4ff7128ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/brcm,brcmnand.txt @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +* Broadcom STB NAND Controller + +The Broadcom Set-Top Box NAND controller supports low-level access to raw NAND +flash chips. It has a memory-mapped register interface for both control +registers and for its data input/output buffer. On some SoCs, this controller is +paired with a custom DMA engine (inventively named "Flash DMA") which supports +basic PROGRAM and READ functions, among other features. + +This controller was originally designed for STB SoCs (BCM7xxx) but is now +available on a variety of Broadcom SoCs, including some BCM3xxx, BCM63xx, and +iProc/Cygnus. Its history includes several similar (but not fully register +compatible) versions. + +Required properties: +- compatible : May contain an SoC-specific compatibility string (see below) + to account for any SoC-specific hardware bits that may be + added on top of the base core controller. + In addition, must contain compatibility information about + the core NAND controller, of the following form: + "brcm,brcmnand" and an appropriate version compatibility + string, like "brcm,brcmnand-v7.0" + Possible values: + brcm,brcmnand-v4.0 + brcm,brcmnand-v5.0 + brcm,brcmnand-v6.0 + brcm,brcmnand-v6.1 + brcm,brcmnand-v7.0 + brcm,brcmnand-v7.1 + brcm,brcmnand +- reg : the register start and length for NAND register region. + (optional) Flash DMA register range (if present) + (optional) NAND flash cache range (if at non-standard offset) +- reg-names : a list of the names corresponding to the previous register + ranges. Should contain "nand" and (optionally) + "flash-dma" and/or "nand-cache". +- interrupts : The NAND CTLRDY interrupt and (if Flash DMA is available) + FLASH_DMA_DONE +- interrupt-names : May be "nand_ctlrdy" or "flash_dma_done", if broken out as + individual interrupts. + May be "nand", if the SoC has the individual NAND + interrupts multiplexed behind another custom piece of + hardware +- interrupt-parent : See standard interrupt bindings +- #address-cells : <1> - subnodes give the chip-select number +- #size-cells : <0> + +Optional properties: +- brcm,nand-has-wp : Some versions of this IP include a write-protect + (WP) control bit. It is always available on >= + v7.0. Use this property to describe the rare + earlier versions of this core that include WP + + -- Additonal SoC-specific NAND controller properties -- + +The NAND controller is integrated differently on the variety of SoCs on which it +is found. Part of this integration involves providing status and enable bits +with which to control the 8 exposed NAND interrupts, as well as hardware for +configuring the endianness of the data bus. On some SoCs, these features are +handled via standard, modular components (e.g., their interrupts look like a +normal IRQ chip), but on others, they are controlled in unique and interesting +ways, sometimes with registers that lump multiple NAND-related functions +together. The former case can be described simply by the standard interrupts +properties in the main controller node. But for the latter exceptional cases, +we define additional 'compatible' properties and associated register resources within the NAND controller node above. + + - compatible: Can be one of several SoC-specific strings. Each SoC may have + different requirements for its additional properties, as described below each + bullet point below. + + * "brcm,nand-bcm63138" + - reg: (required) the 'NAND_INT_BASE' register range, with separate status + and enable registers + - reg-names: (required) "nand-int-base" + + * "brcm,nand-iproc" + - reg: (required) the "IDM" register range, for interrupt enable and APB + bus access endianness configuration, and the "EXT" register range, + for interrupt status/ack. + - reg-names: (required) a list of the names corresponding to the previous + register ranges. Should contain "iproc-idm" and "iproc-ext". + + +* NAND chip-select + +Each controller (compatible: "brcm,brcmnand") may contain one or more subnodes +to represent enabled chip-selects which (may) contain NAND flash chips. Their +properties are as follows. + +Required properties: +- compatible : should contain "brcm,nandcs" +- reg : a single integer representing the chip-select + number (e.g., 0, 1, 2, etc.) +- #address-cells : see partition.txt +- #size-cells : see partition.txt +- nand-ecc-strength : see nand.txt +- nand-ecc-step-size : must be 512 or 1024. See nand.txt + +Optional properties: +- nand-on-flash-bbt : boolean, to enable the on-flash BBT for this + chip-select. See nand.txt +- brcm,nand-oob-sector-size : integer, to denote the spare area sector size + expected for the ECC layout in use. This size, in + addition to the strength and step-size, + determines how the hardware BCH engine will lay + out the parity bytes it stores on the flash. + This property can be automatically determined by + the flash geometry (particularly the NAND page + and OOB size) in many cases, but when booting + from NAND, the boot controller has only a limited + number of available options for its default ECC + layout. + +Each nandcs device node may optionally contain sub-nodes describing the flash +partition mapping. See partition.txt for more detail. + + +Example: + +nand@f0442800 { + compatible = "brcm,brcmnand-v7.0", "brcm,brcmnand"; + reg = <0xF0442800 0x600>, + <0xF0443000 0x100>; + reg-names = "nand", "flash-dma"; + interrupt-parent = <&hif_intr2_intc>; + interrupts = <24>, <4>; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + nandcs@1 { + compatible = "brcm,nandcs"; + reg = <1>; // Chip select 1 + nand-on-flash-bbt; + nand-ecc-strength = <12>; + nand-ecc-step-size = <512>; + + // Partitions + #address-cells = <1>; // <2>, for 64-bit offset + #size-cells = <1>; // <2>, for 64-bit length + flash0.rootfs@0 { + reg = <0 0x10000000>; + }; + flash0@0 { + reg = <0 0>; // MTDPART_SIZ_FULL + }; + flash0.kernel@10000000 { + reg = <0x10000000 0x400000>; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe-phy.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8db32384a..000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe-phy.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -* AMD 10GbE PHY driver (amd-xgbe-phy) - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "amd,xgbe-phy-seattle-v1a" and - "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45" -- reg: Address and length of the register sets for the device - - SerDes Rx/Tx registers - - SerDes integration registers (1/2) - - SerDes integration registers (2/2) -- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller - that services interrupts for this device -- interrupts: Should contain the amd-xgbe-phy interrupt. - -Optional properties: -- amd,speed-set: Speed capabilities of the device - 0 - 1GbE and 10GbE (default) - 1 - 2.5GbE and 10GbE - -The following optional properties are represented by an array with each -value corresponding to a particular speed. The first array value represents -the setting for the 1GbE speed, the second value for the 2.5GbE speed and -the third value for the 10GbE speed. All three values are required if the -property is used. -- amd,serdes-blwc: Baseline wandering correction enablement - 0 - Off - 1 - On -- amd,serdes-cdr-rate: CDR rate speed selection -- amd,serdes-pq-skew: PQ (data sampling) skew -- amd,serdes-tx-amp: TX amplitude boost -- amd,serdes-dfe-tap-config: DFE taps available to run -- amd,serdes-dfe-tap-enable: DFE taps to enable - -Example: - xgbe_phy@e1240800 { - compatible = "amd,xgbe-phy-seattle-v1a", "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45"; - reg = <0 0xe1240800 0 0x00400>, - <0 0xe1250000 0 0x00060>, - <0 0xe1250080 0 0x00004>; - interrupt-parent = <&gic>; - interrupts = <0 323 4>; - amd,speed-set = <0>; - amd,serdes-blwc = <1>, <1>, <0>; - amd,serdes-cdr-rate = <2>, <2>, <7>; - amd,serdes-pq-skew = <10>, <10>, <30>; - amd,serdes-tx-amp = <15>, <15>, <10>; - amd,serdes-dfe-tap-config = <3>, <3>, <1>; - amd,serdes-dfe-tap-enable = <0>, <0>, <127>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt index 26efd526d..4bb624a73 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt @@ -5,12 +5,16 @@ Required properties: - reg: Address and length of the register sets for the device - MAC registers - PCS registers + - SerDes Rx/Tx registers + - SerDes integration registers (1/2) + - SerDes integration registers (2/2) - interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller that services interrupts for this device - interrupts: Should contain the amd-xgbe interrupt(s). The first interrupt listed is required and is the general device interrupt. If the optional amd,per-channel-interrupt property is specified, then one additional - interrupt for each DMA channel supported by the device should be specified + interrupt for each DMA channel supported by the device should be specified. + The last interrupt listed should be the PCS auto-negotiation interrupt. - clocks: - DMA clock for the amd-xgbe device (used for calculating the correct Rx interrupt watchdog timer value on a DMA channel @@ -19,7 +23,6 @@ Required properties: - clock-names: Should be the names of the clocks - "dma_clk" for the DMA clock - "ptp_clk" for the PTP clock -- phy-handle: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory - phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory Optional properties: @@ -29,19 +32,46 @@ Optional properties: - amd,per-channel-interrupt: Indicates that Rx and Tx complete will generate a unique interrupt for each DMA channel - this requires an additional interrupt be configured for each DMA channel +- amd,speed-set: Speed capabilities of the device + 0 - 1GbE and 10GbE (default) + 1 - 2.5GbE and 10GbE + +The following optional properties are represented by an array with each +value corresponding to a particular speed. The first array value represents +the setting for the 1GbE speed, the second value for the 2.5GbE speed and +the third value for the 10GbE speed. All three values are required if the +property is used. +- amd,serdes-blwc: Baseline wandering correction enablement + 0 - Off + 1 - On +- amd,serdes-cdr-rate: CDR rate speed selection +- amd,serdes-pq-skew: PQ (data sampling) skew +- amd,serdes-tx-amp: TX amplitude boost +- amd,serdes-dfe-tap-config: DFE taps available to run +- amd,serdes-dfe-tap-enable: DFE taps to enable Example: xgbe@e0700000 { compatible = "amd,xgbe-seattle-v1a"; reg = <0 0xe0700000 0 0x80000>, - <0 0xe0780000 0 0x80000>; + <0 0xe0780000 0 0x80000>, + <0 0xe1240800 0 0x00400>, + <0 0xe1250000 0 0x00060>, + <0 0xe1250080 0 0x00004>; interrupt-parent = <&gic>; interrupts = <0 325 4>, - <0 326 1>, <0 327 1>, <0 328 1>, <0 329 1>; + <0 326 1>, <0 327 1>, <0 328 1>, <0 329 1>, + <0 323 4>; amd,per-channel-interrupt; clocks = <&xgbe_dma_clk>, <&xgbe_ptp_clk>; clock-names = "dma_clk", "ptp_clk"; - phy-handle = <&phy>; phy-mode = "xgmii"; mac-address = [ 02 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 ]; + amd,speed-set = <0>; + amd,serdes-blwc = <1>, <1>, <0>; + amd,serdes-cdr-rate = <2>, <2>, <7>; + amd,serdes-pq-skew = <10>, <10>, <30>; + amd,serdes-tx-amp = <15>, <15>, <10>; + amd,serdes-dfe-tap-config = <3>, <3>, <1>; + amd,serdes-dfe-tap-enable = <0>, <0>, <127>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ezchip_enet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ezchip_enet.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e29b2b82 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ezchip_enet.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +* EZchip NPS Management Ethernet port driver + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "ezchip,nps-mgt-enet" +- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device +- interrupts: Should contain the ENET interrupt + +Examples: + + ethernet@f0003000 { + compatible = "ezchip,nps-mgt-enet"; + reg = <0xf0003000 0x44>; + interrupts = <7>; + mac-address = [ 00 11 22 33 44 55 ]; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ipq806x-dwmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ipq806x-dwmac.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d7ab4e52 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ipq806x-dwmac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +* IPQ806x DWMAC Ethernet controller + +The device inherits all the properties of the dwmac/stmmac devices +described in the file net/stmmac.txt with the following changes. + +Required properties: + +- compatible: should be "qcom,ipq806x-gmac" along with "snps,dwmac" + and any applicable more detailed version number + described in net/stmmac.txt + +- qcom,nss-common: should contain a phandle to a syscon device mapping the + nss-common registers. + +- qcom,qsgmii-csr: should contain a phandle to a syscon device mapping the + qsgmii-csr registers. + +Example: + + gmac: ethernet@37000000 { + device_type = "network"; + compatible = "qcom,ipq806x-gmac"; + reg = <0x37000000 0x200000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 220 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "macirq"; + + qcom,nss-common = <&nss_common>; + qcom,qsgmii-csr = <&qsgmii_csr>; + + clocks = <&gcc GMAC_CORE1_CLK>; + clock-names = "stmmaceth"; + + resets = <&gcc GMAC_CORE1_RESET>; + reset-names = "stmmaceth"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt index ba19d671e..b5d79761a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt @@ -7,8 +7,10 @@ Required properties: Use "cdns,at32ap7000-macb" for other 10/100 usage or use the generic form: "cdns,macb". Use "cdns,pc302-gem" for Picochip picoXcell pc302 and later devices based on the Cadence GEM, or the generic form: "cdns,gem". - Use "cdns,sama5d3-gem" for the Gigabit IP available on Atmel sama5d3 SoCs. - Use "cdns,sama5d4-gem" for the Gigabit IP available on Atmel sama5d4 SoCs. + Use "atmel,sama5d2-gem" for the GEM IP (10/100) available on Atmel sama5d2 SoCs. + Use "atmel,sama5d3-gem" for the Gigabit IP available on Atmel sama5d3 SoCs. + Use "atmel,sama5d4-gem" for the GEM IP (10/100) available on Atmel sama5d4 SoCs. + Use "cdns,zynqmp-gem" for Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC. - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts: Should contain macb interrupt - phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/nfcmrvl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/nfcmrvl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c4a0cc37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/nfcmrvl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +* Marvell International Ltd. NCI NFC Controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "mrvl,nfc-uart". + +Optional SoC specific properties: +- pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default". +- pintctrl-0: Specifies the pin control groups used for this controller. +- reset-n-io: Output GPIO pin used to reset the chip (active low). +- hci-muxed: Specifies that the chip is muxing NCI over HCI frames. + +Optional UART-based chip specific properties: +- flow-control: Specifies that the chip is using RTS/CTS. +- break-control: Specifies that the chip needs specific break management. + +Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard Black with 88W8887 on UART5): + +&uart5 { + status = "okay"; + + nfcmrvluart: nfcmrvluart@5 { + compatible = "mrvl,nfc-uart"; + + reset-n-io = <&gpio3 16 0>; + + hci-muxed; + flow-control; + } +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st-nci.txt index bb237072d..d707588ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st-nci.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -* STMicroelectronics SAS. ST21NFCB NFC Controller +* STMicroelectronics SAS. ST NCI NFC Controller Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "st,st21nfcb-i2c". +- compatible: Should be "st,st21nfcb-i2c" or "st,st21nfcc-i2c". - clock-frequency: I²C work frequency. - reg: address on the bus - interrupt-parent: phandle for the interrupt gpio controller diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt index 7c89ca290..32b35a07a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt @@ -18,6 +18,9 @@ Optional SoC Specific Properties: "IRQ Status Read" erratum. - en2-rf-quirk: Specify that the trf7970a being used has the "EN2 RF" erratum. +- t5t-rmb-extra-byte-quirk: Specify that the trf7970a has the erratum + where an extra byte is returned by Read Multiple Block commands issued + to Type 5 tags. Example (for ARM-based BeagleBone with TRF7970A on SPI1): @@ -39,6 +42,7 @@ Example (for ARM-based BeagleBone with TRF7970A on SPI1): autosuspend-delay = <30000>; irq-status-read-quirk; en2-rf-quirk; + t5t-rmb-extra-byte-quirk; status = "okay"; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nxp,lpc1850-dwmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nxp,lpc1850-dwmac.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7edba1264 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nxp,lpc1850-dwmac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +* NXP LPC1850 GMAC ethernet controller + +This device is a platform glue layer for stmmac. +Please see stmmac.txt for the other unchanged properties. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should contain "nxp,lpc1850-dwmac" + +Examples: + +mac: ethernet@40010000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-dwmac", "snps,dwmac-3.611", "snps,dwmac"; + reg = <0x40010000 0x2000>; + interrupts = <5>; + interrupt-names = "macirq"; + clocks = <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_ETHERNET>; + clock-names = "stmmaceth"; + resets = <&rgu 22>; + reset-names = "stmmaceth"; +} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt index 40831fbaf..525e1658f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt @@ -30,6 +30,9 @@ Optional Properties: - max-speed: Maximum PHY supported speed (10, 100, 1000...) +- broken-turn-around: If set, indicates the PHY device does not correctly + release the turn around line low at the end of a MDIO transaction. + Example: ethernet-phy@0 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fd883143 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +* Renesas Electronics Ethernet AVB + +This file provides information on what the device node for the Ethernet AVB +interface contains. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "renesas,etheravb-r8a7790" if the device is a part of R8A7790 SoC. + "renesas,etheravb-r8a7794" if the device is a part of R8A7794 SoC. +- reg: offset and length of (1) the register block and (2) the stream buffer. +- interrupts: interrupt specifier for the sole interrupt. +- phy-mode: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory. +- phy-handle: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory. +- #address-cells: number of address cells for the MDIO bus, must be equal to 1. +- #size-cells: number of size cells on the MDIO bus, must be equal to 0. +- clocks: clock phandle and specifier pair. +- pinctrl-0: phandle, referring to a default pin configuration node. + +Optional properties: +- interrupt-parent: the phandle for the interrupt controller that services + interrupts for this device. +- pinctrl-names: pin configuration state name ("default"). +- renesas,no-ether-link: boolean, specify when a board does not provide a proper + AVB_LINK signal. +- renesas,ether-link-active-low: boolean, specify when the AVB_LINK signal is + active-low instead of normal active-high. + +Example: + + ethernet@e6800000 { + compatible = "renesas,etheravb-r8a7790"; + reg = <0 0xe6800000 0 0x800>, <0 0xee0e8000 0 0x4000>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <0 163 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&mstp8_clks R8A7790_CLK_ETHERAVB>; + phy-mode = "rmii"; + phy-handle = <&phy0>; + pinctrl-0 = <ðer_pins>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + renesas,no-ether-link; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + phy0: ethernet-phy@0 { + reg = <0>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio2>; + interrupts = <15 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt index 21fd199e8..93eac7ce1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Rockchip SoC RK3288 10/100/1000 Ethernet driver(GMAC) The device node has following properties. Required properties: - - compatible: Can be "rockchip,rk3288-gmac". + - compatible: Can be one of "rockchip,rk3288-gmac", "rockchip,rk3368-gmac" - reg: addresses and length of the register sets for the device. - interrupts: Should contain the GMAC interrupts. - interrupt-names: Should contain the interrupt names "macirq". diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83867.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83867.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..58d935b58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83867.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* Texas Instruments - dp83867 Giga bit ethernet phy + +Required properties: + - reg - The ID number for the phy, usually a small integer + - ti,rx-internal-delay - RGMII Recieve Clock Delay - see dt-bindings/net/ti-dp83867.h + for applicable values + - ti,tx-internal-delay - RGMII Transmit Clock Delay - see dt-bindings/net/ti-dp83867.h + for applicable values + - ti,fifo-depth - Transmitt FIFO depth- see dt-bindings/net/ti-dp83867.h + for applicable values + +Default child nodes are standard Ethernet PHY device +nodes as described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt + +Example: + + ethernet-phy@0 { + reg = <0>; + ti,rx-internal-delay = <DP83867_RGMIIDCTL_2_25_NS>; + ti,tx-internal-delay = <DP83867_RGMIIDCTL_2_75_NS>; + ti,fifo-depth = <DP83867_PHYCR_FIFO_DEPTH_4_B_NIB>; + }; + +Datasheet can be found: +http://www.ti.com/product/DP83867IR/datasheet diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hannstar,hsd100pxn1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hannstar,hsd100pxn1.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8270319a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hannstar,hsd100pxn1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +HannStar Display Corp. HSD100PXN1 10.1" XGA LVDS panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "hannstar,hsd100pxn1" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,lb070wv8.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,lb070wv8.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7588e525 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,lb070wv8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +LG 7" (800x480 pixels) TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "lg,lb070wv8" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xgene-pci-msi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xgene-pci-msi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36d881c8e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xgene-pci-msi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +* AppliedMicro X-Gene v1 PCIe MSI controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible: should be "apm,xgene1-msi" to identify + X-Gene v1 PCIe MSI controller block. +- msi-controller: indicates that this is X-Gene v1 PCIe MSI controller node +- reg: physical base address (0x79000000) and length (0x900000) for controller + registers. These registers include the MSI termination address and data + registers as well as the MSI interrupt status registers. +- reg-names: not required +- interrupts: A list of 16 interrupt outputs of the controller, starting from + interrupt number 0x10 to 0x1f. +- interrupt-names: not required + +Each PCIe node needs to have property msi-parent that points to msi controller node + +Examples: + +SoC DTSI: + + + MSI node: + msi@79000000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene1-msi"; + msi-controller; + reg = <0x00 0x79000000 0x0 0x900000>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x10 0x4> + <0x0 0x11 0x4> + <0x0 0x12 0x4> + <0x0 0x13 0x4> + <0x0 0x14 0x4> + <0x0 0x15 0x4> + <0x0 0x16 0x4> + <0x0 0x17 0x4> + <0x0 0x18 0x4> + <0x0 0x19 0x4> + <0x0 0x1a 0x4> + <0x0 0x1b 0x4> + <0x0 0x1c 0x4> + <0x0 0x1d 0x4> + <0x0 0x1e 0x4> + <0x0 0x1f 0x4>; + }; + + + PCIe controller node with msi-parent property pointing to MSI node: + pcie0: pcie@1f2b0000 { + status = "disabled"; + device_type = "pci"; + compatible = "apm,xgene-storm-pcie", "apm,xgene-pcie"; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <2>; + #address-cells = <3>; + reg = < 0x00 0x1f2b0000 0x0 0x00010000 /* Controller registers */ + 0xe0 0xd0000000 0x0 0x00040000>; /* PCI config space */ + reg-names = "csr", "cfg"; + ranges = <0x01000000 0x00 0x00000000 0xe0 0x10000000 0x00 0x00010000 /* io */ + 0x02000000 0x00 0x80000000 0xe1 0x80000000 0x00 0x80000000>; /* mem */ + dma-ranges = <0x42000000 0x80 0x00000000 0x80 0x00000000 0x00 0x80000000 + 0x42000000 0x00 0x00000000 0x00 0x00000000 0x80 0x00000000>; + interrupt-map-mask = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x7>; + interrupt-map = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x1 &gic 0x0 0xc2 0x1 + 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x2 &gic 0x0 0xc3 0x1 + 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x3 &gic 0x0 0xc4 0x1 + 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x4 &gic 0x0 0xc5 0x1>; + dma-coherent; + clocks = <&pcie0clk 0>; + msi-parent= <&msi>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt index 3e2c88d97..02f979a48 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt @@ -58,5 +58,5 @@ Example: interrupt-controller; #address-cells = <0>; #interrupt-cells = <1>; - } + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,brcmstb-sata-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,brcmstb-sata-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f81ef901 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,brcmstb-sata-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +* Broadcom SATA3 PHY for STB + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be one or more of + "brcm,bcm7445-sata-phy" + "brcm,phy-sata3" +- address-cells: should be 1 +- size-cells: should be 0 +- reg: register range for the PHY PCB interface +- reg-names: should be "phy" + +Sub-nodes: + Each port's PHY should be represented as a sub-node. + +Sub-nodes required properties: +- reg: the PHY number +- phy-cells: generic PHY binding; must be 0 +Optional: +- brcm,enable-ssc: use spread spectrum clocking (SSC) on this port + + +Example: + + sata-phy@f0458100 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm7445-sata-phy", "brcm,phy-sata3"; + reg = <0xf0458100 0x1e00>, <0xf045804c 0x10>; + reg-names = "phy"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + sata-phy@0 { + reg = <0>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + }; + + sata-phy@1 { + reg = <1>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/pistachio-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/pistachio-usb-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbc7e24a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/pistachio-usb-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +IMG Pistachio USB PHY +===================== + +Required properties: +-------------------- + - compatible: Must be "img,pistachio-usb-phy". + - #phy-cells: Must be 0. See ./phy-bindings.txt for details. + - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clock/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - clock-names: Must include "usb_phy". + - img,cr-top: Must constain a phandle to the CR_TOP syscon node. + - img,refclk: Indicates the reference clock source for the USB PHY. + See <dt-bindings/phy/phy-pistachio-usb.h> for a list of valid values. + +Optional properties: +-------------------- + - phy-supply: USB VBUS supply. Must supply 5.0V. + +Example: +-------- +usb_phy: usb-phy { + compatible = "img,pistachio-usb-phy"; + clocks = <&clk_core CLK_USB_PHY>; + clock-names = "usb_phy"; + phy-supply = <&usb_vbus>; + img,refclk = <REFCLK_CLK_CORE>; + img,cr-top = <&cr_top>; + #phy-cells = <0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/pxa1928-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/pxa1928-usb-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..660a13ca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/pxa1928-usb-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +* Marvell PXA1928 USB and HSIC PHYs + +Required properties: +- compatible: "marvell,pxa1928-usb-phy" or "marvell,pxa1928-hsic-phy" +- reg: base address and length of the registers +- clocks - A single clock. From common clock binding. +- #phys-cells: should be 0. From commmon phy binding. +- resets: reference to the reset controller + +Example: + + usbphy: phy@7000 { + compatible = "marvell,pxa1928-usb-phy"; + reg = <0x7000 0xe0>; + clocks = <&apmu_clocks PXA1928_CLK_USB>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt index 00fc52a03..d564ba4f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ This file provides information on what the device node for the R-Car generation Required properties: - compatible: "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7790" if the device is a part of R8A7790 SoC. "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7791" if the device is a part of R8A7791 SoC. + "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7794" if the device is a part of R8A7794 SoC. - reg: offset and length of the register block. - #address-cells: number of address cells for the USB channel subnodes, must be <1>. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt index 305e3df3d..9cf9446ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt @@ -82,6 +82,9 @@ Optional properties: - id: If there are multiple instance of the same type, in order to differentiate between each instance "id" can be used (e.g., multi-lane PCIe PHY). If "id" is not provided, it is set to default value of '1'. + - syscon-pllreset: Handle to system control region that contains the + CTRL_CORE_SMA_SW_0 register and register offset to the CTRL_CORE_SMA_SW_0 + register that contains the SATA_PLL_SOFT_RESET bit. Only valid for sata_phy. This is usually a subnode of ocp2scp to which it is connected. @@ -100,3 +103,16 @@ usb3phy@4a084400 { "sysclk", "refclk"; }; + +sata_phy: phy@4A096000 { + compatible = "ti,phy-pipe3-sata"; + reg = <0x4A096000 0x80>, /* phy_rx */ + <0x4A096400 0x64>, /* phy_tx */ + <0x4A096800 0x40>; /* pll_ctrl */ + reg-names = "phy_rx", "phy_tx", "pll_ctrl"; + ctrl-module = <&omap_control_sata>; + clocks = <&sys_clkin1>, <&sata_ref_clk>; + clock-names = "sysclk", "refclk"; + syscon-pllreset = <&scm_conf 0x3fc>; + #phy-cells = <0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt index fdd8046e6..9462ab7dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt @@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun7i-a20-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun8i-a23-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun8i-a23-r-pinctrl" + "allwinner,sun8i-a33-pinctrl" + - reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for the pin controller. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/berlin,pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/berlin,pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8bb5e260 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/berlin,pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +* Pin-controller driver for the Marvell Berlin SoCs + +Pin control registers are part of both chip controller and system +controller register sets. Pin controller nodes should be a sub-node of +either the chip controller or system controller node. The pins +controlled are organized in groups, so no actual pin information is +needed. + +A pin-controller node should contain subnodes representing the pin group +configurations, one per function. Each subnode has the group name and +the muxing function used. + +Be aware the Marvell Berlin datasheets use the keyword 'mode' for what +is called a 'function' in the pin-controller subsystem. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be one of: + "marvell,berlin2-soc-pinctrl", + "marvell,berlin2-system-pinctrl", + "marvell,berlin2cd-soc-pinctrl", + "marvell,berlin2cd-system-pinctrl", + "marvell,berlin2q-soc-pinctrl", + "marvell,berlin2q-system-pinctrl" + +Required subnode-properties: +- groups: a list of strings describing the group names. +- function: a string describing the function used to mux the groups. + +Example: + +sys_pinctrl: pin-controller { + compatible = "marvell,berlin2q-system-pinctrl"; + + uart0_pmux: uart0-pmux { + groups = "GSM12"; + function = "uart0"; + }; +}; + +&uart0 { + pinctrl-0 = <&uart0_pmux>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bbf25d58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +* Freescale i.MX7 Dual IOMUX Controller + +Please refer to fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding part +and usage. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "fsl,imx7d-iomuxc" +- fsl,pins: each entry consists of 6 integers and represents the mux and config + setting for one pin. The first 5 integers <mux_reg conf_reg input_reg mux_val + input_val> are specified using a PIN_FUNC_ID macro, which can be found in + imx7d-pinfunc.h under device tree source folder. The last integer CONFIG is + the pad setting value like pull-up on this pin. Please refer to i.MX7 Dual + Reference Manual for detailed CONFIG settings. + +CONFIG bits definition: +PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_DOWN (0 << 5) +PAD_CTL_PUS_5K_UP (1 << 5) +PAD_CTL_PUS_47K_UP (2 << 5) +PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_UP (3 << 5) +PAD_CTL_PUE (1 << 4) +PAD_CTL_HYS (1 << 3) +PAD_CTL_SRE_SLOW (1 << 2) +PAD_CTL_SRE_FAST (0 << 2) +PAD_CTL_DSE_X1 (0 << 0) +PAD_CTL_DSE_X2 (1 << 0) +PAD_CTL_DSE_X3 (2 << 0) +PAD_CTL_DSE_X4 (3 << 0) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/img,pistachio-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/img,pistachio-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..08a4a32c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/img,pistachio-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +Imagination Technologies Pistachio SoC pin controllers +====================================================== + +The pin controllers on Pistachio are a combined GPIO controller, (GPIO) +interrupt controller, and pinmux + pinconf device. The system ("east") pin +controller on Pistachio has 99 pins, 90 of which are MFIOs which can be +configured as GPIOs. The 90 GPIOs are divided into 6 banks of up to 16 GPIOs +each. The GPIO banks are represented as sub-nodes of the pad controller node. + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt, ../gpio/gpio.txt, and +../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for generic information regarding +pin controller, GPIO, and interrupt bindings. + +Required properties for pin controller node: +-------------------------------------------- + - compatible: "img,pistachio-system-pinctrl". + - reg: Address range of the pinctrl registers. + +Required properties for GPIO bank sub-nodes: +-------------------------------------------- + - interrupts: Interrupt line for the GPIO bank. + - gpio-controller: Indicates the device is a GPIO controller. + - #gpio-cells: Must be two. The first cell is the GPIO pin number and the + second cell indicates the polarity. See <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> for + a list of possible values. + - interrupt-controller: Indicates the device is an interrupt controller. + - #interrupt-cells: Must be two. The first cell is the GPIO pin number and + the second cell encodes the interrupt flags. See + <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> for a list of valid flags. + +Note that the N GPIO bank sub-nodes *must* be named gpio0, gpio1, ... gpioN-1. + +Required properties for pin configuration sub-nodes: +---------------------------------------------------- + - pins: List of pins to which the configuration applies. See below for a + list of possible pins. + +Optional properties for pin configuration sub-nodes: +---------------------------------------------------- + - function: Mux function for the specified pins. This is not applicable for + non-MFIO pins. See below for a list of valid functions for each pin. + - bias-high-impedance: Enable high-impedance mode. + - bias-pull-up: Enable weak pull-up. + - bias-pull-down: Enable weak pull-down. + - bias-bus-hold: Enable bus-keeper mode. + - drive-strength: Drive strength in mA. Supported values: 2, 4, 8, 12. + - input-schmitt-enable: Enable Schmitt trigger. + - input-schmitt-disable: Disable Schmitt trigger. + - slew-rate: Slew rate control. 0 for slow, 1 for fast. + +Pin Functions +--- --------- +mfio0 spim1 +mfio1 spim1, spim0, uart1 +mfio2 spim1, spim0, uart1 +mfio3 spim1 +mfio4 spim1 +mfio5 spim1 +mfio6 spim1 +mfio7 spim1 +mfio8 spim0 +mfio9 spim0 +mfio10 spim0 +mfio11 spis +mfio12 spis +mfio13 spis +mfio14 spis +mfio15 sdhost, mips_trace_clk, mips_trace_data +mfio16 sdhost, mips_trace_dint, mips_trace_data +mfio17 sdhost, mips_trace_trigout, mips_trace_data +mfio18 sdhost, mips_trace_trigin, mips_trace_data +mfio19 sdhost, mips_trace_dm, mips_trace_data +mfio20 sdhost, mips_trace_probe_n, mips_trace_data +mfio21 sdhost, mips_trace_data +mfio22 sdhost, mips_trace_data +mfio23 sdhost +mfio24 sdhost +mfio25 sdhost +mfio26 sdhost +mfio27 sdhost +mfio28 i2c0, spim0 +mfio29 i2c0, spim0 +mfio30 i2c1, spim0 +mfio31 i2c1, spim1 +mfio32 i2c2 +mfio33 i2c2 +mfio34 i2c3 +mfio35 i2c3 +mfio36 i2s_out, audio_clk_in +mfio37 i2s_out, debug_raw_cca_ind +mfio38 i2s_out, debug_ed_sec20_cca_ind +mfio39 i2s_out, debug_ed_sec40_cca_ind +mfio40 i2s_out, debug_agc_done_0 +mfio41 i2s_out, debug_agc_done_1 +mfio42 i2s_out, debug_ed_cca_ind +mfio43 i2s_out, debug_s2l_done +mfio44 i2s_out +mfio45 i2s_dac_clk, audio_sync +mfio46 audio_trigger +mfio47 i2s_in +mfio48 i2s_in +mfio49 i2s_in +mfio50 i2s_in +mfio51 i2s_in +mfio52 i2s_in +mfio53 i2s_in +mfio54 i2s_in, spdif_in +mfio55 uart0, spim0, spim1 +mfio56 uart0, spim0, spim1 +mfio57 uart0, spim0, spim1 +mfio58 uart0, spim1 +mfio59 uart1 +mfio60 uart1 +mfio61 spdif_out +mfio62 spdif_in +mfio63 eth, mips_trace_clk, mips_trace_data +mfio64 eth, mips_trace_dint, mips_trace_data +mfio65 eth, mips_trace_trigout, mips_trace_data +mfio66 eth, mips_trace_trigin, mips_trace_data +mfio67 eth, mips_trace_dm, mips_trace_data +mfio68 eth, mips_trace_probe_n, mips_trace_data +mfio69 eth, mips_trace_data +mfio70 eth, mips_trace_data +mfio71 eth +mfio72 ir +mfio73 pwmpdm, mips_trace_clk, sram_debug +mfio74 pwmpdm, mips_trace_dint, sram_debug +mfio75 pwmpdm, mips_trace_trigout, rom_debug +mfio76 pwmpdm, mips_trace_trigin, rom_debug +mfio77 mdc_debug, mips_trace_dm, rpu_debug +mfio78 mdc_debug, mips_trace_probe_n, rpu_debug +mfio79 ddr_debug, mips_trace_data, mips_debug +mfio80 ddr_debug, mips_trace_data, mips_debug +mfio81 dreq0, mips_trace_data, eth_debug +mfio82 dreq1, mips_trace_data, eth_debug +mfio83 mips_pll_lock, mips_trace_data, usb_debug +mfio84 sys_pll_lock, mips_trace_data, usb_debug +mfio85 wifi_pll_lock, mips_trace_data, sdhost_debug +mfio86 bt_pll_lock, mips_trace_data, sdhost_debug +mfio87 rpu_v_pll_lock, dreq2, socif_debug +mfio88 rpu_l_pll_lock, dreq3, socif_debug +mfio89 audio_pll_lock, dreq4, dreq5 +tck +trstn +tdi +tms +tdo +jtag_comply +safe_mode +por_disable +resetn + +Example: +-------- +pinctrl@18101C00 { + compatible = "img,pistachio-system-pinctrl"; + reg = <0x18101C00 0x400>; + + gpio0: gpio0 { + interrupts = <GIC_SHARED 71 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + }; + + ... + + gpio5: gpio5 { + interrupts = <GIC_SHARED 76 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + }; + + ... + + uart0_xfer: uart0-xfer { + uart0-rxd { + pins = "mfio55"; + function = "uart0"; + }; + uart0-txd { + pins = "mfio56"; + function = "uart0"; + }; + }; + + uart0_rts_cts: uart0-rts-cts { + uart0-rts { + pins = "mfio57"; + function = "uart0"; + }; + uart0-cts { + pins = "mfio58"; + function = "uart0"; + }; + }; +}; + +uart@... { + ... + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&uart0_xfer>, <&uart0_rts_cts>; + ... +}; + +usb_vbus: fixed-regulator { + ... + gpio = <&gpio5 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + ... +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,falcon-pinumx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,pinctrl-falcon.txt index ac4da9fe0..ac4da9fe0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,falcon-pinumx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,pinctrl-falcon.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,xway-pinumx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,pinctrl-xway.txt index e89b46775..e89b46775 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,xway-pinumx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,pinctrl-xway.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt index e357b0208..add7c38ec 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ mpp0 0 gpio, uart0(rxd) mpp1 1 gpo, uart0(txd) mpp2 2 gpio, i2c0(sck), uart0(txd) mpp3 3 gpio, i2c0(sda), uart0(rxd) -mpp4 4 gpio, cpu_pd(vdd) -mpp5 5 gpo, ge0(txclko), uart1(txd), spi1(clk), audio(mclk) +mpp4 4 gpio, vdd(cpu-pd) +mpp5 5 gpo, ge0(txclkout), uart1(txd), spi1(sck), audio(mclk) mpp6 6 gpio, ge0(txd0), sata0(prsnt), tdm(rst), audio(sdo) -mpp7 7 gpo, ge0(txd1), tdm(tdx), audio(lrclk) +mpp7 7 gpo, ge0(txd1), tdm(dtx), audio(lrclk) mpp8 8 gpio, ge0(txd2), uart0(rts), tdm(drx), audio(bclk) mpp9 9 gpo, ge0(txd3), uart1(txd), sd0(clk), audio(spdifo) mpp10 10 gpio, ge0(txctl), uart0(cts), tdm(fsync), audio(sdi) @@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ mpp30 30 gpio, ge0(rxd7), ge1(rxclk), i2c1(sck) mpp31 31 gpio, tclk, ge0(txerr) mpp32 32 gpio, spi0(cs0) mpp33 33 gpio, dev(bootcs), spi0(cs0) -mpp34 34 gpo, dev(wen0), spi0(mosi) -mpp35 35 gpo, dev(oen), spi0(sck) +mpp34 34 gpo, dev(we0), spi0(mosi) +mpp35 35 gpo, dev(oe), spi0(sck) mpp36 36 gpo, dev(a1), spi0(miso) mpp37 37 gpo, dev(a0), sata0(prsnt) mpp38 38 gpio, dev(ready), uart1(cts), uart0(cts) @@ -86,9 +86,9 @@ mpp57 57 gpio, dev(cs3), uart1(rxd), tdm(fsync), sata0(prsnt), mpp58 58 gpio, dev(cs0), uart1(rts), tdm(int), audio(extclk), uart0(rts) mpp59 59 gpo, dev(ale0), uart1(rts), uart0(rts), audio(bclk) -mpp60 60 gpio, dev(ale1), uart1(rxd), sata0(prsnt), pcie(rst-out), +mpp60 60 gpio, dev(ale1), uart1(rxd), sata0(prsnt), pcie(rstout), audio(sdi) -mpp61 61 gpo, dev(wen1), uart1(txd), audio(rclk) +mpp61 61 gpo, dev(we1), uart1(txd), audio(lrclk) mpp62 62 gpio, dev(a2), uart1(cts), tdm(drx), pcie(clkreq0), audio(mclk), uart0(cts) mpp63 63 gpo, spi0(sck), tclk diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-375-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-375-pinctrl.txt index bedbe42c8..06e5bb036 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-375-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-375-pinctrl.txt @@ -15,24 +15,24 @@ name pins functions ================================================================================ mpp0 0 gpio, dev(ad2), spi0(cs1), spi1(cs1) mpp1 1 gpio, dev(ad3), spi0(mosi), spi1(mosi) -mpp2 2 gpio, dev(ad4), ptp(eventreq), led(c0), audio(sdi) -mpp3 3 gpio, dev(ad5), ptp(triggen), led(p3), audio(mclk) +mpp2 2 gpio, dev(ad4), ptp(evreq), led(c0), audio(sdi) +mpp3 3 gpio, dev(ad5), ptp(trig), led(p3), audio(mclk) mpp4 4 gpio, dev(ad6), spi0(miso), spi1(miso) mpp5 5 gpio, dev(ad7), spi0(cs2), spi1(cs2) -mpp6 6 gpio, dev(ad0), led(p1), audio(rclk) +mpp6 6 gpio, dev(ad0), led(p1), audio(lrclk) mpp7 7 gpio, dev(ad1), ptp(clk), led(p2), audio(extclk) mpp8 8 gpio, dev (bootcs), spi0(cs0), spi1(cs0) mpp9 9 gpio, spi0(sck), spi1(sck), nand(we) mpp10 10 gpio, dram(vttctrl), led(c1), nand(re) mpp11 11 gpio, dev(a0), led(c2), audio(sdo) mpp12 12 gpio, dev(a1), audio(bclk) -mpp13 13 gpio, dev(readyn), pcie0(rstoutn), pcie1(rstoutn) +mpp13 13 gpio, dev(ready), pcie0(rstout), pcie1(rstout) mpp14 14 gpio, i2c0(sda), uart1(txd) mpp15 15 gpio, i2c0(sck), uart1(rxd) mpp16 16 gpio, uart0(txd) mpp17 17 gpio, uart0(rxd) -mpp18 18 gpio, tdm(intn) -mpp19 19 gpio, tdm(rstn) +mpp18 18 gpio, tdm(int) +mpp19 19 gpio, tdm(rst) mpp20 20 gpio, tdm(pclk) mpp21 21 gpio, tdm(fsync) mpp22 22 gpio, tdm(drx) @@ -45,12 +45,12 @@ mpp28 28 gpio, led(p3), ge1(txctl), sd(clk) mpp29 29 gpio, pcie1(clkreq), ge1(rxclk), sd(d3) mpp30 30 gpio, ge1(txd0), spi1(cs0) mpp31 31 gpio, ge1(txd1), spi1(mosi) -mpp32 32 gpio, ge1(txd2), spi1(sck), ptp(triggen) +mpp32 32 gpio, ge1(txd2), spi1(sck), ptp(trig) mpp33 33 gpio, ge1(txd3), spi1(miso) mpp34 34 gpio, ge1(txclkout), spi1(sck) mpp35 35 gpio, ge1(rxctl), spi1(cs1), spi0(cs2) mpp36 36 gpio, pcie0(clkreq) -mpp37 37 gpio, pcie0(clkreq), tdm(intn), ge(mdc) +mpp37 37 gpio, pcie0(clkreq), tdm(int), ge(mdc) mpp38 38 gpio, pcie1(clkreq), ge(mdio) mpp39 39 gpio, ref(clkout) mpp40 40 gpio, uart1(txd) @@ -58,25 +58,25 @@ mpp41 41 gpio, uart1(rxd) mpp42 42 gpio, spi1(cs2), led(c0) mpp43 43 gpio, sata0(prsnt), dram(vttctrl) mpp44 44 gpio, sata0(prsnt) -mpp45 45 gpio, spi0(cs2), pcie0(rstoutn) -mpp46 46 gpio, led(p0), ge0(txd0), ge1(txd0) +mpp45 45 gpio, spi0(cs2), pcie0(rstout) +mpp46 46 gpio, led(p0), ge0(txd0), ge1(txd0), dev(we1) mpp47 47 gpio, led(p1), ge0(txd1), ge1(txd1) mpp48 48 gpio, led(p2), ge0(txd2), ge1(txd2) mpp49 49 gpio, led(p3), ge0(txd3), ge1(txd3) mpp50 50 gpio, led(c0), ge0(rxd0), ge1(rxd0) mpp51 51 gpio, led(c1), ge0(rxd1), ge1(rxd1) mpp52 52 gpio, led(c2), ge0(rxd2), ge1(rxd2) -mpp53 53 gpio, pcie1(rstoutn), ge0(rxd3), ge1(rxd3) -mpp54 54 gpio, pcie0(rstoutn), ge0(rxctl), ge1(rxctl) +mpp53 53 gpio, pcie1(rstout), ge0(rxd3), ge1(rxd3) +mpp54 54 gpio, pcie0(rstout), ge0(rxctl), ge1(rxctl) mpp55 55 gpio, ge0(rxclk), ge1(rxclk) mpp56 56 gpio, ge0(txclkout), ge1(txclkout) -mpp57 57 gpio, ge0(txctl), ge1(txctl) +mpp57 57 gpio, ge0(txctl), ge1(txctl), dev(we0) mpp58 58 gpio, led(c0) mpp59 59 gpio, led(c1) mpp60 60 gpio, uart1(txd), led(c2) mpp61 61 gpio, i2c1(sda), uart1(rxd), spi1(cs2), led(p0) mpp62 62 gpio, i2c1(sck), led(p1) -mpp63 63 gpio, ptp(triggen), led(p2) +mpp63 63 gpio, ptp(trig), led(p2), dev(burst/last) mpp64 64 gpio, dram(vttctrl), led(p3) mpp65 65 gpio, sata1(prsnt) -mpp66 66 gpio, ptp(eventreq), spi1(cs3) +mpp66 66 gpio, ptp(evreq), spi1(cs3) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-38x-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-38x-pinctrl.txt index 4ac138aaa..54ec4c0a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-38x-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-38x-pinctrl.txt @@ -29,14 +29,14 @@ mpp10 10 gpio, ge0(txd3), dev(ad12) mpp11 11 gpio, ge0(txctl), dev(ad13) mpp12 12 gpio, ge0(rxd0), pcie0(rstout), spi0(cs1), dev(ad14), pcie3(clkreq) mpp13 13 gpio, ge0(rxd1), pcie0(clkreq), pcie1(clkreq) [1], spi0(cs2), dev(ad15), pcie2(clkreq) -mpp14 14 gpio, ge0(rxd2), ptp(clk), m(vtt_ctrl), spi0(cs3), dev(wen1), pcie3(clkreq) +mpp14 14 gpio, ge0(rxd2), ptp(clk), dram(vttctrl), spi0(cs3), dev(we1), pcie3(clkreq) mpp15 15 gpio, ge0(rxd3), ge(mdc slave), pcie0(rstout), spi0(mosi) -mpp16 16 gpio, ge0(rxctl), ge(mdio slave), m(decc_err), spi0(miso), pcie0(clkreq), pcie1(clkreq) [1] -mpp17 17 gpio, ge0(rxclk), ptp(clk), ua1(rxd), spi0(sck), sata1(prsnt) -mpp18 18 gpio, ge0(rxerr), ptp(trig_gen), ua1(txd), spi0(cs0) -mpp19 19 gpio, ge0(col), ptp(event_req), ge0(txerr), sata1(prsnt), ua0(cts) +mpp16 16 gpio, ge0(rxctl), ge(mdio slave), dram(deccerr), spi0(miso), pcie0(clkreq), pcie1(clkreq) [1] +mpp17 17 gpio, ge0(rxclk), ptp(clk), ua1(rxd), spi0(sck), sata1(prsnt), sata0(prsnt) +mpp18 18 gpio, ge0(rxerr), ptp(trig), ua1(txd), spi0(cs0) +mpp19 19 gpio, ge0(col), ptp(evreq), ge0(txerr), sata1(prsnt), ua0(cts) mpp20 20 gpio, ge0(txclk), ptp(clk), sata0(prsnt), ua0(rts) -mpp21 21 gpio, spi0(cs1), ge1(rxd0), sata0(prsnt), sd0(cmd), dev(bootcs) +mpp21 21 gpio, spi0(cs1), ge1(rxd0), sata0(prsnt), sd0(cmd), dev(bootcs), sata1(prsnt) mpp22 22 gpio, spi0(mosi), dev(ad0) mpp23 23 gpio, spi0(sck), dev(ad2) mpp24 24 gpio, spi0(miso), ua0(cts), ua1(rxd), sd0(d4), dev(ready) @@ -45,35 +45,35 @@ mpp26 26 gpio, spi0(cs2), i2c1(sck), sd0(d6), dev(cs1) mpp27 27 gpio, spi0(cs3), ge1(txclkout), i2c1(sda), sd0(d7), dev(cs2) mpp28 28 gpio, ge1(txd0), sd0(clk), dev(ad5) mpp29 29 gpio, ge1(txd1), dev(ale0) -mpp30 30 gpio, ge1(txd2), dev(oen) +mpp30 30 gpio, ge1(txd2), dev(oe) mpp31 31 gpio, ge1(txd3), dev(ale1) -mpp32 32 gpio, ge1(txctl), dev(wen0) -mpp33 33 gpio, m(decc_err), dev(ad3) +mpp32 32 gpio, ge1(txctl), dev(we0) +mpp33 33 gpio, dram(deccerr), dev(ad3) mpp34 34 gpio, dev(ad1) mpp35 35 gpio, ref(clk_out1), dev(a1) -mpp36 36 gpio, ptp(trig_gen), dev(a0) +mpp36 36 gpio, ptp(trig), dev(a0) mpp37 37 gpio, ptp(clk), ge1(rxclk), sd0(d3), dev(ad8) -mpp38 38 gpio, ptp(event_req), ge1(rxd1), ref(clk_out0), sd0(d0), dev(ad4) +mpp38 38 gpio, ptp(evreq), ge1(rxd1), ref(clk_out0), sd0(d0), dev(ad4) mpp39 39 gpio, i2c1(sck), ge1(rxd2), ua0(cts), sd0(d1), dev(a2) mpp40 40 gpio, i2c1(sda), ge1(rxd3), ua0(rts), sd0(d2), dev(ad6) -mpp41 41 gpio, ua1(rxd), ge1(rxctl), ua0(cts), spi1(cs3), dev(burst/last) +mpp41 41 gpio, ua1(rxd), ge1(rxctl), ua0(cts), spi1(cs3), dev(burst/last), nand(rb0) mpp42 42 gpio, ua1(txd), ua0(rts), dev(ad7) -mpp43 43 gpio, pcie0(clkreq), m(vtt_ctrl), m(decc_err), spi1(cs2), dev(clkout) +mpp43 43 gpio, pcie0(clkreq), dram(vttctrl), dram(deccerr), spi1(cs2), dev(clkout), nand(rb1) mpp44 44 gpio, sata0(prsnt), sata1(prsnt), sata2(prsnt) [2], sata3(prsnt) [3] -mpp45 45 gpio, ref(clk_out0), pcie0(rstout) -mpp46 46 gpio, ref(clk_out1), pcie0(rstout) +mpp45 45 gpio, ref(clk_out0), pcie0(rstout), ua1(rxd) +mpp46 46 gpio, ref(clk_out1), pcie0(rstout), ua1(txd) mpp47 47 gpio, sata0(prsnt), sata1(prsnt), sata2(prsnt) [2], sata3(prsnt) [2] -mpp48 48 gpio, sata0(prsnt), m(vtt_ctrl), tdm2c(pclk), audio(mclk), sd0(d4), pcie0(clkreq) -mpp49 49 gpio, sata2(prsnt) [2], sata3(prsnt) [2], tdm2c(fsync), audio(lrclk), sd0(d5), pcie1(clkreq) -mpp50 50 gpio, pcie0(rstout), tdm2c(drx), audio(extclk), sd0(cmd) -mpp51 51 gpio, tdm2c(dtx), audio(sdo), m(decc_err) -mpp52 52 gpio, pcie0(rstout), tdm2c(intn), audio(sdi), sd0(d6) -mpp53 53 gpio, sata1(prsnt), sata0(prsnt), tdm2c(rstn), audio(bclk), sd0(d7) +mpp48 48 gpio, sata0(prsnt), dram(vttctrl), tdm(pclk), audio(mclk), sd0(d4), pcie0(clkreq) +mpp49 49 gpio, sata2(prsnt) [2], sata3(prsnt) [2], tdm(fsync), audio(lrclk), sd0(d5), pcie1(clkreq) +mpp50 50 gpio, pcie0(rstout), tdm(drx), audio(extclk), sd0(cmd) +mpp51 51 gpio, tdm(dtx), audio(sdo), dram(deccerr), ptp(trig) +mpp52 52 gpio, pcie0(rstout), tdm(int), audio(sdi), sd0(d6), ptp(clk) +mpp53 53 gpio, sata1(prsnt), sata0(prsnt), tdm(rst), audio(bclk), sd0(d7), ptp(evreq) mpp54 54 gpio, sata0(prsnt), sata1(prsnt), pcie0(rstout), ge0(txerr), sd0(d3) -mpp55 55 gpio, ua1(cts), ge(mdio), pcie1(clkreq) [1], spi1(cs1), sd0(d0) -mpp56 56 gpio, ua1(rts), ge(mdc), m(decc_err), spi1(mosi) -mpp57 57 gpio, spi1(sck), sd0(clk) -mpp58 58 gpio, pcie1(clkreq) [1], i2c1(sck), pcie2(clkreq), spi1(miso), sd0(d1) +mpp55 55 gpio, ua1(cts), ge(mdio), pcie1(clkreq) [1], spi1(cs1), sd0(d0), ua1(rxd) +mpp56 56 gpio, ua1(rts), ge(mdc), dram(deccerr), spi1(mosi), ua1(txd) +mpp57 57 gpio, spi1(sck), sd0(clk), ua1(txd) +mpp58 58 gpio, pcie1(clkreq) [1], i2c1(sck), pcie2(clkreq), spi1(miso), sd0(d1), ua1(rxd) mpp59 59 gpio, pcie0(rstout), i2c1(sda), spi1(cs0), sd0(d2) [1]: only available on 88F6820 and 88F6828 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-39x-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-39x-pinctrl.txt index 5b1a9dc00..a40b60f1c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-39x-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-39x-pinctrl.txt @@ -4,8 +4,9 @@ Please refer to marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding part and usage. Required properties: -- compatible: "marvell,88f6920-pinctrl", "marvell,88f6928-pinctrl" - depending on the specific variant of the SoC being used. +- compatible: "marvell,88f6920-pinctrl", "marvell,88f6925-pinctrl" or + "marvell,88f6928-pinctrl" depending on the specific variant of the + SoC being used. - reg: register specifier of MPP registers Available mpp pins/groups and functions: @@ -24,55 +25,60 @@ mpp6 6 gpio, dev(cs3), xsmi(mdio) mpp7 7 gpio, dev(ad9), xsmi(mdc) mpp8 8 gpio, dev(ad10), ptp(trig) mpp9 9 gpio, dev(ad11), ptp(clk) -mpp10 10 gpio, dev(ad12), ptp(event) +mpp10 10 gpio, dev(ad12), ptp(evreq) mpp11 11 gpio, dev(ad13), led(clk) mpp12 12 gpio, pcie0(rstout), dev(ad14), led(stb) -mpp13 13 gpio, dev(ad15), led(data) -mpp14 14 gpio, m(vtt), dev(wen1), ua1(txd) +mpp13 13 gpio, dev(ad15), pcie2(clkreq), led(data) +mpp14 14 gpio, dram(vttctrl), dev(we1), ua1(txd) mpp15 15 gpio, pcie0(rstout), spi0(mosi), i2c1(sck) -mpp16 16 gpio, m(decc), spi0(miso), i2c1(sda) -mpp17 17 gpio, ua1(rxd), spi0(sck), smi(mdio) +mpp16 16 gpio, dram(deccerr), spi0(miso), pcie0(clkreq), i2c1(sda) +mpp17 17 gpio, ua1(rxd), spi0(sck), sata1(prsnt) [1], sata0(prsnt) [1], smi(mdio) mpp18 18 gpio, ua1(txd), spi0(cs0), i2c2(sck) -mpp19 19 gpio, sata1(present) [1], ua0(cts), ua1(rxd), i2c2(sda) -mpp20 20 gpio, sata0(present) [1], ua0(rts), ua1(txd), smi(mdc) -mpp21 21 gpio, spi0(cs1), sata0(present) [1], sd(cmd), dev(bootcs), ge(rxd0) +mpp19 19 gpio, sata1(prsnt) [1], ua0(cts), ua1(rxd), i2c2(sda) +mpp20 20 gpio, sata0(prsnt) [1], ua0(rts), ua1(txd), smi(mdc) +mpp21 21 gpio, spi0(cs1), sata0(prsnt) [1], sd0(cmd), dev(bootcs), + sata1(prsnt) [1], ge(rxd0) mpp22 22 gpio, spi0(mosi), dev(ad0) mpp23 23 gpio, spi0(sck), dev(ad2) -mpp24 24 gpio, spi0(miso), ua0(cts), ua1(rxd), sd(d4), dev(readyn) -mpp25 25 gpio, spi0(cs0), ua0(rts), ua1(txd), sd(d5), dev(cs0) -mpp26 26 gpio, spi0(cs2), i2c1(sck), sd(d6), dev(cs1) -mpp27 27 gpio, spi0(cs3), i2c1(sda), sd(d7), dev(cs2), ge(txclkout) -mpp28 28 gpio, sd(clk), dev(ad5), ge(txd0) +mpp24 24 gpio, spi0(miso), ua0(cts), ua1(rxd), sd0(d4), dev(ready) +mpp25 25 gpio, spi0(cs0), ua0(rts), ua1(txd), sd0(d5), dev(cs0) +mpp26 26 gpio, spi0(cs2), i2c1(sck), sd0(d6), dev(cs1) +mpp27 27 gpio, spi0(cs3), i2c1(sda), sd0(d7), dev(cs2), ge(txclkout) +mpp28 28 gpio, sd0(clk), dev(ad5), ge(txd0) mpp29 29 gpio, dev(ale0), ge(txd1) -mpp30 30 gpio, dev(oen), ge(txd2) +mpp30 30 gpio, dev(oe), ge(txd2) mpp31 31 gpio, dev(ale1), ge(txd3) -mpp32 32 gpio, dev(wen0), ge(txctl) -mpp33 33 gpio, m(decc), dev(ad3) +mpp32 32 gpio, dev(we0), ge(txctl) +mpp33 33 gpio, dram(deccerr), dev(ad3) mpp34 34 gpio, dev(ad1) mpp35 35 gpio, ref(clk), dev(a1) mpp36 36 gpio, dev(a0) -mpp37 37 gpio, sd(d3), dev(ad8), ge(rxclk) -mpp38 38 gpio, ref(clk), sd(d0), dev(ad4), ge(rxd1) -mpp39 39 gpio, i2c1(sck), ua0(cts), sd(d1), dev(a2), ge(rxd2) -mpp40 40 gpio, i2c1(sda), ua0(rts), sd(d2), dev(ad6), ge(rxd3) -mpp41 41 gpio, ua1(rxd), ua0(cts), spi1(cs3), dev(burstn), nd(rbn0), ge(rxctl) +mpp37 37 gpio, sd0(d3), dev(ad8), ge(rxclk) +mpp38 38 gpio, ref(clk), sd0(d0), dev(ad4), ge(rxd1) +mpp39 39 gpio, i2c1(sck), ua0(cts), sd0(d1), dev(a2), ge(rxd2) +mpp40 40 gpio, i2c1(sda), ua0(rts), sd0(d2), dev(ad6), ge(rxd3) +mpp41 41 gpio, ua1(rxd), ua0(cts), spi1(cs3), dev(burst/last), nand(rb0), ge(rxctl) mpp42 42 gpio, ua1(txd), ua0(rts), dev(ad7) -mpp43 43 gpio, pcie0(clkreq), m(vtt), m(decc), spi1(cs2), dev(clkout), nd(rbn1) -mpp44 44 gpio, sata0(present) [1], sata1(present) [1], led(clk) +mpp43 43 gpio, pcie0(clkreq), dram(vttctrl), dram(deccerr), spi1(cs2), dev(clkout), nand(rb1) +mpp44 44 gpio, sata0(prsnt) [1], sata1(prsnt) [1], sata2(prsnt) [2], + sata3(prsnt) [2], led(clk) mpp45 45 gpio, ref(clk), pcie0(rstout), ua1(rxd) mpp46 46 gpio, ref(clk), pcie0(rstout), ua1(txd), led(stb) -mpp47 47 gpio, sata0(present) [1], sata1(present) [1], led(data) -mpp48 48 gpio, sata0(present) [1], m(vtt), tdm(pclk) [1], audio(mclk) [1], sd(d4), pcie0(clkreq), ua1(txd) -mpp49 49 gpio, tdm(fsync) [1], audio(lrclk) [1], sd(d5), ua2(rxd) -mpp50 50 gpio, pcie0(rstout), tdm(drx) [1], audio(extclk) [1], sd(cmd), ua2(rxd) -mpp51 51 gpio, tdm(dtx) [1], audio(sdo) [1], m(decc), ua2(txd) -mpp52 52 gpio, pcie0(rstout), tdm(intn) [1], audio(sdi) [1], sd(d6), i2c3(sck) -mpp53 53 gpio, sata1(present) [1], sata0(present) [1], tdm(rstn) [1], audio(bclk) [1], sd(d7), i2c3(sda) -mpp54 54 gpio, sata0(present) [1], sata1(present) [1], pcie0(rstout), sd(d3), ua3(txd) -mpp55 55 gpio, ua1(cts), spi1(cs1), sd(d0), ua1(rxd), ua3(rxd) -mpp56 56 gpio, ua1(rts), m(decc), spi1(mosi), ua1(txd) -mpp57 57 gpio, spi1(sck), sd(clk), ua1(txd) -mpp58 58 gpio, i2c1(sck), pcie2(clkreq), spi1(miso), sd(d1), ua1(rxd) -mpp59 59 gpio, pcie0(rstout), i2c1(sda), spi1(cs0), sd(d2) +mpp47 47 gpio, sata0(prsnt) [1], sata1(prsnt) [1], sata2(prsnt) [2], + sata3(prsnt) [2], led(data) +mpp48 48 gpio, sata0(prsnt) [1], dram(vttctrl), tdm(pclk) [2], audio(mclk) [2], sd0(d4), pcie0(clkreq), ua1(txd) +mpp49 49 gpio, sata2(prsnt) [2], sata3(prsnt) [2], tdm(fsync) [2], + audio(lrclk) [2], sd0(d5), ua2(rxd) +mpp50 50 gpio, pcie0(rstout), tdm(drx) [2], audio(extclk) [2], sd0(cmd), ua2(rxd) +mpp51 51 gpio, tdm(dtx) [2], audio(sdo) [2], dram(deccerr), ua2(txd) +mpp52 52 gpio, pcie0(rstout), tdm(int) [2], audio(sdi) [2], sd0(d6), i2c3(sck) +mpp53 53 gpio, sata1(prsnt) [1], sata0(prsnt) [1], tdm(rst) [2], audio(bclk) [2], sd0(d7), i2c3(sda) +mpp54 54 gpio, sata0(prsnt) [1], sata1(prsnt) [1], pcie0(rstout), sd0(d3), ua3(txd) +mpp55 55 gpio, ua1(cts), spi1(cs1), sd0(d0), ua1(rxd), ua3(rxd) +mpp56 56 gpio, ua1(rts), dram(deccerr), spi1(mosi), ua1(txd) +mpp57 57 gpio, spi1(sck), sd0(clk), ua1(txd) +mpp58 58 gpio, i2c1(sck), pcie2(clkreq), spi1(miso), sd0(d1), ua1(rxd) +mpp59 59 gpio, pcie0(rstout), i2c1(sda), spi1(cs0), sd0(d2) -[1]: only available on 88F6928 +[1]: only available on 88F6925/88F6928 +[2]: only available on 88F6928 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt index 96e7744ca..76da7222f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ only for more detailed description in this document. name pins functions ================================================================================ -mpp0 0 gpio, ge0(txclko), lcd(d0) +mpp0 0 gpio, ge0(txclkout), lcd(d0) mpp1 1 gpio, ge0(txd0), lcd(d1) mpp2 2 gpio, ge0(txd1), lcd(d2) mpp3 3 gpio, ge0(txd2), lcd(d3) @@ -30,16 +30,16 @@ mpp8 8 gpio, ge0(rxd2), lcd(d8) mpp9 9 gpio, ge0(rxd3), lcd(d9) mpp10 10 gpio, ge0(rxctl), lcd(d10) mpp11 11 gpio, ge0(rxclk), lcd(d11) -mpp12 12 gpio, ge0(txd4), ge1(txd0), lcd(d12) -mpp13 13 gpio, ge0(txd5), ge1(txd1), lcd(d13) -mpp14 14 gpio, ge0(txd6), ge1(txd2), lcd(d15) -mpp15 15 gpio, ge0(txd7), ge1(txd3), lcd(d16) -mpp16 16 gpio, ge0(txd7), ge1(txd3), lcd(d16) -mpp17 17 gpio, ge0(col), ge1(txctl), lcd(d17) +mpp12 12 gpio, ge0(txd4), ge1(txclkout), lcd(d12) +mpp13 13 gpio, ge0(txd5), ge1(txd0), spi1(mosi), lcd(d13) +mpp14 14 gpio, ge0(txd6), ge1(txd1), spi1(sck), lcd(d15) +mpp15 15 gpio, ge0(txd7), ge1(txd2), lcd(d16) +mpp16 16 gpio, ge0(txd7), ge1(txd3), spi1(cs0), lcd(d16) +mpp17 17 gpio, ge0(col), ge1(txctl), spi1(miso), lcd(d17) mpp18 18 gpio, ge0(rxerr), ge1(rxd0), lcd(d18), ptp(trig) mpp19 19 gpio, ge0(crs), ge1(rxd1), lcd(d19), ptp(evreq) mpp20 20 gpio, ge0(rxd4), ge1(rxd2), lcd(d20), ptp(clk) -mpp21 21 gpio, ge0(rxd5), ge1(rxd3), lcd(d21), mem(bat) +mpp21 21 gpio, ge0(rxd5), ge1(rxd3), lcd(d21), dram(bat) mpp22 22 gpio, ge0(rxd6), ge1(rxctl), lcd(d22), sata0(prsnt) mpp23 23 gpio, ge0(rxd7), ge1(rxclk), lcd(d23), sata1(prsnt) mpp24 24 gpio, lcd(hsync), sata1(prsnt), tdm(rst) @@ -51,25 +51,29 @@ mpp29 29 gpio, lcd(ref-clk), tdm(int0), ptp(clk) mpp30 30 gpio, tdm(int1), sd0(clk) mpp31 31 gpio, tdm(int2), sd0(cmd) mpp32 32 gpio, tdm(int3), sd0(d0) -mpp33 33 gpio, tdm(int4), sd0(d1), mem(bat) -mpp34 34 gpio, tdm(int5), sd0(d2), sata0(prsnt) +mpp33 33 gpio, tdm(int4), sd0(d1), dram(bat), dram(vttctrl) +mpp34 34 gpio, tdm(int5), sd0(d2), sata0(prsnt), dram(deccerr) mpp35 35 gpio, tdm(int6), sd0(d3), sata1(prsnt) -mpp36 36 gpio, spi(mosi) -mpp37 37 gpio, spi(miso) -mpp38 38 gpio, spi(sck) -mpp39 39 gpio, spi(cs0) -mpp40 40 gpio, spi(cs1), uart2(cts), lcd(vga-hsync), pcie(clkreq0) -mpp41 41 gpio, spi(cs2), uart2(rts), lcd(vga-vsync), sata1(prsnt), - pcie(clkreq1) -mpp42 42 gpio, uart2(rxd), uart0(cts), tdm(int7), tdm-1(timer) -mpp43 43 gpio, uart2(txd), uart0(rts), spi(cs3), pcie(rstout) -mpp44 44 gpio, uart2(cts), uart3(rxd), spi(cs4), pcie(clkreq2), - mem(bat) -mpp45 45 gpio, uart2(rts), uart3(txd), spi(cs5), sata1(prsnt) -mpp46 46 gpio, uart3(rts), uart1(rts), spi(cs6), sata0(prsnt) -mpp47 47 gpio, uart3(cts), uart1(cts), spi(cs7), pcie(clkreq3), - ref(clkout) -mpp48 48 gpio, dev(clkout), dev(burst/last) +mpp36 36 gpio, spi0(mosi) +mpp37 37 gpio, spi0(miso) +mpp38 38 gpio, spi0(sck) +mpp39 39 gpio, spi0(cs0) +mpp40 40 gpio, spi0(cs1), uart2(cts), lcd(vga-hsync), pcie(clkreq0), + spi1(cs1) +mpp41 41 gpio, spi0(cs2), uart2(rts), lcd(vga-vsync), sata1(prsnt), + pcie(clkreq1), spi1(cs2) +mpp42 42 gpio, uart2(rxd), uart0(cts), tdm(int7), tdm(timer) +mpp43 43 gpio, uart2(txd), uart0(rts), spi0(cs3), pcie(rstout), + spi1(cs3) +mpp44 44 gpio, uart2(cts), uart3(rxd), spi0(cs4), pcie(clkreq2), + dram(bat), spi1(cs4) +mpp45 45 gpio, uart2(rts), uart3(txd), spi0(cs5), sata1(prsnt), + spi1(cs5), dram(vttctrl) +mpp46 46 gpio, uart3(rts), uart1(rts), spi0(cs6), sata0(prsnt), + spi1(cs6) +mpp47 47 gpio, uart3(cts), uart1(cts), spi0(cs7), pcie(clkreq3), + ref(clkout), spi1(cs7) +mpp48 48 gpio, dev(clkout), dev(burst/last), nand(rb) * Marvell Armada XP (mv78260 and mv78460 only) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nxp,lpc1850-scu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nxp,lpc1850-scu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df0309c57 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nxp,lpc1850-scu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +NXP LPC18xx/43xx SCU pin controller Device Tree Bindings +-------------------------------------------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "nxp,lpc1850-scu" +- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device +- clocks : Clock specifier (see clock bindings for details) + +The lpc1850-scu driver uses the generic pin multiplexing and generic pin +configuration documented in pinctrl-bindings.txt. + +The following generic nodes are supported: + - function + - pins + - bias-disable + - bias-pull-up + - bias-pull-down + - drive-strength + - input-enable + - input-disable + - input-schmitt-enable + - input-schmitt-disable + - slew-rate + +Not all pins support all properties so either refer to the NXP 1850/4350 +user manual or the pin table in the pinctrl-lpc18xx driver for supported +pin properties. + +Example: +pinctrl: pinctrl@40086000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-scu"; + reg = <0x40086000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_SCU>; + + i2c0_pins: i2c0-pins { + i2c0_pins_cfg { + pins = "i2c0_scl", "i2c0_sda"; + function = "i2c0"; + input-enable; + }; + }; + + uart0_pins: uart0-pins { + uart0_rx_cfg { + pins = "pf_11"; + function = "uart0"; + bias-disable; + input-enable; + }; + + uart0_tx_cfg { + pins = "pf_10"; + function = "uart0"; + bias-disable; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-atlas7.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-atlas7.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eecf028ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-atlas7.txt @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +CSR SiRFatlas7 pinmux controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "sirf,atlas7-ioc" +- reg : Address range of the pinctrl registers + +For example, pinctrl might have properties like the following: + pinctrl: ioc@18880000 { + compatible = "sirf,atlas7-ioc"; + reg = <0x18880000 0x1000>; + + a_ac97_pmx: ac97@0 { + ac97 { + groups = "audio_ac97_grp"; + function = "audio_ac97"; + }; + }; + + ... + + sd2_pmx: sd2@0 { + sd2 { + groups = "sd2_grp0"; + function = "sd2"; + }; + }; + + ... + + + sample0_cfg: sample0@0 { + sample0 { + pins = "ldd_0", "ldd_1"; + bias-pull-up; + }; + }; + + sample1_cfg: sample1@0 { + sample1 { + pins = "ldd_2", "ldd_3"; + input-schmitt-enable; + }; + }; + + sample2_cfg: sample2@0 { + sample2 { + groups = "uart4_nopause_grp"; + bias-pull-down; + }; + }; + + sample3_cfg: sample3@0 { + sample3 { + pins = "ldd_4", "ldd_5"; + drive-strength = <2>; + }; + }; + }; + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the common +pinctrl bindings used by client devices. + +SiRFatlas7's pinmux nodes act as a container for an abitrary number of subnodes. +Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a group of pins. + +Required subnode-properties: +- groups : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a group. +- function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the + group. + + Valid values for group and function names can be found from looking at the + group and function arrays in driver files: + drivers/pinctrl/pinctrl-sirf.c + +For example, pinctrl might have subnodes like the following: + sd0_pmx: sd0@0 { + sd0 { + groups = "sd0_grp"; + function = "sd0"; + }; + }; + + sd1_pmx0: sd1@0 { + sd1 { + groups = "sd1_grp0"; + function = "sd1_m0"; + }; + }; + + sd1_pmx1: sd1@1 { + sd1 { + groups = "sd1_grp1"; + function = "sd1_m1"; + }; + }; + +For a specific board, if it wants to use sd1, +it can add the following to its board-specific .dts file. +sd1: sd@0x12340000 { + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&sd1_pmx0>; +} + +or + +sd1: sd@0x12340000 { + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&sd1_pmx1>; +} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt index 5868a0f72..0480bc31b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt @@ -3,9 +3,11 @@ The Mediatek's Pin controller is used to control SoC pins. Required properties: -- compatible: value should be either of the following. +- compatible: value should be one of the following. (a) "mediatek,mt8135-pinctrl", compatible with mt8135 pinctrl. -- mediatek,pctl-regmap: Should be a phandle of the syscfg node. + (b) "mediatek,mt8173-pinctrl", compatible with mt8173 pinctrl. + (c) "mediatek,mt6397-pinctrl", compatible with mt6397 pinctrl. + (d) "mediatek,mt8127-pinctrl", compatible with mt8127 pinctrl. - pins-are-numbered: Specify the subnodes are using numbered pinmux to specify pins. - gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a gpio controller. @@ -24,6 +26,9 @@ Required properties: Only the following flags are supported: 0 - GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH 1 - GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW + +Optional properties: +- mediatek,pctl-regmap: Should be a phandle of the syscfg node. - reg: physicall address base for EINT registers - interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller - #interrupt-cells: Should be two. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8660-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8660-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77aa11790 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8660-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +Qualcomm MSM8660 TLMM block + +Required properties: +- compatible: "qcom,msm8660-pinctrl" +- reg: Should be the base address and length of the TLMM block. +- interrupts: Should be the parent IRQ of the TLMM block. +- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells: Should be two. +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- #gpio-cells : Should be two. + The first cell is the gpio pin number and the + second cell is used for optional parameters. + +Please refer to ../gpio/gpio.txt and ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for +a general description of GPIO and interrupt bindings. + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the +common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the +phrase "pin configuration node". + +Qualcomm's pin configuration nodes act as a container for an arbitrary number of +subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a +pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the +mux function to select on those pin(s)/group(s), and various pin configuration +parameters, such as pull-up, drive strength, etc. + +The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated +and processed purely based on their content. + +Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In +other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration +parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters. +Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no +information about e.g. the mux function. + + +The following generic properties as defined in pinctrl-bindings.txt are valid +to specify in a pin configuration subnode: + + pins, function, bias-disable, bias-pull-down, bias-pull,up, drive-strength, + output-low, output-high. + +Non-empty subnodes must specify the 'pins' property. + +Valid values for pins are: + gpio0-gpio172, sdc3_clk, sdc3_cmd, sdc3_data sdc4_clk, sdc4_cmd, sdc4_data + +Valid values for function are: + gpio, cam_mclk, dsub, ext_gps, gp_clk_0a, gp_clk_0b, gp_clk_1a, gp_clk_1b, + gp_clk_2a, gp_clk_2b, gp_mn, gsbi1, gsbi1_spi_cs1_n, gsbi1_spi_cs2a_n, + gsbi1_spi_cs2b_n, gsbi1_spi_cs3_n, gsbi2, gsbi2_spi_cs1_n, gsbi2_spi_cs2_n, + gsbi2_spi_cs3_n, gsbi3, gsbi3_spi_cs1_n, gsbi3_spi_cs2_n, gsbi3_spi_cs3_n, + gsbi4, gsbi5, gsbi6, gsbi7, gsbi8, gsbi9, gsbi10, gsbi11, gsbi12, hdmi, i2s, + lcdc, mdp_vsync, mi2s, pcm, ps_hold, sdc1, sdc2, sdc5, tsif1, tsif2, usb_fs1, + usb_fs1_oe_n, usb_fs2, usb_fs2_oe_n, vfe, vsens_alarm, + +Example: + + msmgpio: pinctrl@800000 { + compatible = "qcom,msm8660-pinctrl"; + reg = <0x800000 0x4000>; + + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupts = <0 16 0x4>; + + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&gsbi12_uart>; + + gsbi12_uart: gsbi12-uart { + mux { + pins = "gpio117", "gpio118"; + function = "gsbi12"; + }; + + tx { + pins = "gpio118"; + drive-strength = <8>; + bias-disable; + }; + + rx { + pins = "gpio117"; + drive-strength = <2>; + bias-pull-up; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt index bfe72ec05..51cee44fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt @@ -16,7 +16,9 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,pfc-r8a7778": for R8A7778 (R-Mobile M1) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7779": for R8A7779 (R-Car H1) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7790": for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) compatible pin-controller. - - "renesas,pfc-r8a7791": for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) compatible pin-controller. + - "renesas,pfc-r8a7791": for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) compatible pin-controller. + - "renesas,pfc-r8a7793": for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) compatible pin-controller. + - "renesas,pfc-r8a7794": for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-sh73a0": for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) compatible pin-controller. - reg: Base address and length of each memory resource used by the pin diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt index 388b21324..391ef4be8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt @@ -21,14 +21,15 @@ defined as gpio sub-nodes of the pinmux controller. Required properties for iomux controller: - compatible: one of "rockchip,rk2928-pinctrl", "rockchip,rk3066a-pinctrl" "rockchip,rk3066b-pinctrl", "rockchip,rk3188-pinctrl" - "rockchip,rk3288-pinctrl" + "rockchip,rk3288-pinctrl", "rockchip,rk3368-pinctrl" - rockchip,grf: phandle referencing a syscon providing the "general register files" Optional properties for iomux controller: - rockchip,pmu: phandle referencing a syscon providing the pmu registers as some SoCs carry parts of the iomux controller registers there. - Required for at least rk3188 and rk3288. + Required for at least rk3188 and rk3288. On the rk3368 this should + point to the PMUGRF syscon. Deprecated properties for iomux controller: - reg: first element is the general register space of the iomux controller diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.txt index b7b55a964..f488b0f77 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.txt @@ -45,8 +45,9 @@ to specify in a pinconf subnode: Valid values for groups are: ethernet0_0_grp, ethernet1_0_grp, mdio0_0_grp, mdio1_0_grp, - qspi0_0_grp, qspi1_0_grp, qspi_fbclk, qspi_cs1_grp, spi0_0_grp, - spi0_1_grp - spi0_2_grp, spi1_0_grp - spi1_3_grp, sdio0_0_grp - sdio0_2_grp, + qspi0_0_grp, qspi1_0_grp, qspi_fbclk, qspi_cs1_grp, spi0_0_grp - spi0_2_grp, + spi0_X_ssY (X=0..2, Y=0..2), spi1_0_grp - spi1_3_grp, + spi1_X_ssY (X=0..3, Y=0..2), sdio0_0_grp - sdio0_2_grp, sdio1_0_grp - sdio1_3_grp, sdio0_emio_wp, sdio0_emio_cd, sdio1_emio_wp, sdio1_emio_cd, smc0_nor, smc0_nor_cs1_grp, smc0_nor_addr25_grp, smc0_nand, can0_0_grp - can0_10_grp, can1_0_grp - can1_11_grp, uart0_0_grp - uart0_10_grp, @@ -59,7 +60,7 @@ to specify in a pinconf subnode: Valid values for function are: ethernet0, ethernet1, mdio0, mdio1, qspi0, qspi1, qspi_fbclk, qspi_cs1, - spi0, spi1, sdio0, sdio0_pc, sdio0_cd, sdio0_wp, + spi0, spi0_ss, spi1, spi1_ss, sdio0, sdio0_pc, sdio0_cd, sdio0_wp, sdio1, sdio1_pc, sdio1_cd, sdio1_wp, smc0_nor, smc0_nor_cs1, smc0_nor_addr25, smc0_nand, can0, can1, uart0, uart1, i2c0, i2c1, ttc0, ttc1, swdt0, gpio0, usb0, usb1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq24257.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq24257.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c9d3940d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq24257.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Binding for TI bq24257 Li-Ion Charger + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain one of the following: + * "ti,bq24257" +- reg: integer, i2c address of the device. +- ti,battery-regulation-voltage: integer, maximum charging voltage in uV. +- ti,charge-current: integer, maximum charging current in uA. +- ti,termination-current: integer, charge will be terminated when current in + constant-voltage phase drops below this value (in uA). + +Example: + +bq24257 { + compatible = "ti,bq24257"; + reg = <0x6a>; + + ti,battery-regulation-voltage = <4200000>; + ti,charge-current = <1000000>; + ti,termination-current = <50000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq25890.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq25890.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9dd17d14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq25890.txt @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +Binding for TI bq25890 Li-Ion Charger + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain one of the following: + * "ti,bq25890" +- reg: integer, i2c address of the device. +- ti,battery-regulation-voltage: integer, maximum charging voltage (in uV); +- ti,charge-current: integer, maximum charging current (in uA); +- ti,termination-current: integer, charge will be terminated when current in + constant-voltage phase drops below this value (in uA); +- ti,precharge-current: integer, maximum charge current during precharge + phase (in uA); +- ti,minimum-sys-voltage: integer, when battery is charging and it is below + minimum system voltage, the system will be regulated above + minimum-sys-voltage setting (in uV); +- ti,boost-voltage: integer, VBUS voltage level in boost mode (in uV); +- ti,boost-max-current: integer, maximum allowed current draw in boost mode + (in uA). + +Optional properties: +- ti,boost-low-freq: boolean, if present boost mode frequency will be 500kHz, + otherwise 1.5MHz; +- ti,use-ilim-pin: boolean, if present the ILIM resistor will be used and the + input current will be the lower between the resistor setting and the IINLIM + register setting; +- ti,thermal-regulation-threshold: integer, temperature above which the charge + current is lowered, to avoid overheating (in degrees Celsius). If omitted, + the default setting will be used (120 degrees); + +Example: + +bq25890 { + compatible = "ti,bq25890"; + reg = <0x6a>; + + ti,battery-regulation-voltage = <4200000>; + ti,charge-current = <1000000>; + ti,termination-current = <50000>; + ti,precharge-current = <128000>; + ti,minimum-sys-voltage = <3600000>; + ti,boost-voltage = <5000000>; + ti,boost-max-current = <1000000>; + + ti,use-ilim-pin; + ti,thermal-regulation-threshold = <120>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/opp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/opp.txt index 74499e503..0d5e7c978 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/opp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/opp.txt @@ -1,8 +1,19 @@ -* Generic OPP Interface +Generic OPP (Operating Performance Points) Bindings +---------------------------------------------------- -SoCs have a standard set of tuples consisting of frequency and -voltage pairs that the device will support per voltage domain. These -are called Operating Performance Points or OPPs. +Devices work at voltage-current-frequency combinations and some implementations +have the liberty of choosing these. These combinations are called Operating +Performance Points aka OPPs. This document defines bindings for these OPPs +applicable across wide range of devices. For illustration purpose, this document +uses CPU as a device. + +This document contain multiple versions of OPP binding and only one of them +should be used per device. + +Binding 1: operating-points +============================ + +This binding only supports voltage-frequency pairs. Properties: - operating-points: An array of 2-tuples items, and each item consists @@ -23,3 +34,432 @@ cpu@0 { 198000 850000 >; }; + + +Binding 2: operating-points-v2 +============================ + +* Property: operating-points-v2 + +Devices supporting OPPs must set their "operating-points-v2" property with +phandle to a OPP table in their DT node. The OPP core will use this phandle to +find the operating points for the device. + +Devices may want to choose OPP tables at runtime and so can provide a list of +phandles here. But only *one* of them should be chosen at runtime. This must be +accompanied by a corresponding "operating-points-names" property, to uniquely +identify the OPP tables. + +If required, this can be extended for SoC vendor specfic bindings. Such bindings +should be documented as Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/<vendor>-opp.txt +and should have a compatible description like: "operating-points-v2-<vendor>". + +Optional properties: +- operating-points-names: Names of OPP tables (required if multiple OPP + tables are present), to uniquely identify them. The same list must be present + for all the CPUs which are sharing clock/voltage rails and hence the OPP + tables. + +* OPP Table Node + +This describes the OPPs belonging to a device. This node can have following +properties: + +Required properties: +- compatible: Allow OPPs to express their compatibility. It should be: + "operating-points-v2". + +- OPP nodes: One or more OPP nodes describing voltage-current-frequency + combinations. Their name isn't significant but their phandle can be used to + reference an OPP. + +Optional properties: +- opp-shared: Indicates that device nodes using this OPP Table Node's phandle + switch their DVFS state together, i.e. they share clock/voltage/current lines. + Missing property means devices have independent clock/voltage/current lines, + but they share OPP tables. + +- status: Marks the OPP table enabled/disabled. + + +* OPP Node + +This defines voltage-current-frequency combinations along with other related +properties. + +Required properties: +- opp-hz: Frequency in Hz + +Optional properties: +- opp-microvolt: voltage in micro Volts. + + A single regulator's voltage is specified with an array of size one or three. + Single entry is for target voltage and three entries are for <target min max> + voltages. + + Entries for multiple regulators must be present in the same order as + regulators are specified in device's DT node. + +- opp-microamp: The maximum current drawn by the device in microamperes + considering system specific parameters (such as transients, process, aging, + maximum operating temperature range etc.) as necessary. This may be used to + set the most efficient regulator operating mode. + + Should only be set if opp-microvolt is set for the OPP. + + Entries for multiple regulators must be present in the same order as + regulators are specified in device's DT node. If this property isn't required + for few regulators, then this should be marked as zero for them. If it isn't + required for any regulator, then this property need not be present. + +- clock-latency-ns: Specifies the maximum possible transition latency (in + nanoseconds) for switching to this OPP from any other OPP. + +- turbo-mode: Marks the OPP to be used only for turbo modes. Turbo mode is + available on some platforms, where the device can run over its operating + frequency for a short duration of time limited by the device's power, current + and thermal limits. + +- opp-suspend: Marks the OPP to be used during device suspend. Only one OPP in + the table should have this. + +- status: Marks the node enabled/disabled. + +Example 1: Single cluster Dual-core ARM cortex A9, switch DVFS states together. + +/ { + cpus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + cpu@0 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9"; + reg = <0>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 0>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply0>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu0_opp_table>; + }; + + cpu@1 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9"; + reg = <1>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 0>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply0>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu0_opp_table>; + }; + }; + + cpu0_opp_table: opp_table0 { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + opp-shared; + + opp00 { + opp-hz = <1000000000>; + opp-microvolt = <970000 975000 985000>; + opp-microamp = <70000>; + clock-latency-ns = <300000>; + opp-suspend; + }; + opp01 { + opp-hz = <1100000000>; + opp-microvolt = <980000 1000000 1010000>; + opp-microamp = <80000>; + clock-latency-ns = <310000>; + }; + opp02 { + opp-hz = <1200000000>; + opp-microvolt = <1025000>; + clock-latency-ns = <290000>; + turbo-mode; + }; + }; +}; + +Example 2: Single cluster, Quad-core Qualcom-krait, switches DVFS states +independently. + +/ { + cpus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + cpu@0 { + compatible = "qcom,krait"; + reg = <0>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 0>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply0>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu_opp_table>; + }; + + cpu@1 { + compatible = "qcom,krait"; + reg = <1>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 1>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply1>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu_opp_table>; + }; + + cpu@2 { + compatible = "qcom,krait"; + reg = <2>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 2>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply2>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu_opp_table>; + }; + + cpu@3 { + compatible = "qcom,krait"; + reg = <3>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 3>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply3>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu_opp_table>; + }; + }; + + cpu_opp_table: opp_table { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + + /* + * Missing opp-shared property means CPUs switch DVFS states + * independently. + */ + + opp00 { + opp-hz = <1000000000>; + opp-microvolt = <970000 975000 985000>; + opp-microamp = <70000>; + clock-latency-ns = <300000>; + opp-suspend; + }; + opp01 { + opp-hz = <1100000000>; + opp-microvolt = <980000 1000000 1010000>; + opp-microamp = <80000>; + clock-latency-ns = <310000>; + }; + opp02 { + opp-hz = <1200000000>; + opp-microvolt = <1025000>; + opp-microamp = <90000; + lock-latency-ns = <290000>; + turbo-mode; + }; + }; +}; + +Example 3: Dual-cluster, Dual-core per cluster. CPUs within a cluster switch +DVFS state together. + +/ { + cpus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + cpu@0 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a7"; + reg = <0>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 0>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply0>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cluster0_opp>; + }; + + cpu@1 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a7"; + reg = <1>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 0>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply0>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cluster0_opp>; + }; + + cpu@100 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a15"; + reg = <100>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 1>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply1>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cluster1_opp>; + }; + + cpu@101 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a15"; + reg = <101>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 1>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply1>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cluster1_opp>; + }; + }; + + cluster0_opp: opp_table0 { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + opp-shared; + + opp00 { + opp-hz = <1000000000>; + opp-microvolt = <970000 975000 985000>; + opp-microamp = <70000>; + clock-latency-ns = <300000>; + opp-suspend; + }; + opp01 { + opp-hz = <1100000000>; + opp-microvolt = <980000 1000000 1010000>; + opp-microamp = <80000>; + clock-latency-ns = <310000>; + }; + opp02 { + opp-hz = <1200000000>; + opp-microvolt = <1025000>; + opp-microamp = <90000>; + clock-latency-ns = <290000>; + turbo-mode; + }; + }; + + cluster1_opp: opp_table1 { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + opp-shared; + + opp10 { + opp-hz = <1300000000>; + opp-microvolt = <1045000 1050000 1055000>; + opp-microamp = <95000>; + clock-latency-ns = <400000>; + opp-suspend; + }; + opp11 { + opp-hz = <1400000000>; + opp-microvolt = <1075000>; + opp-microamp = <100000>; + clock-latency-ns = <400000>; + }; + opp12 { + opp-hz = <1500000000>; + opp-microvolt = <1010000 1100000 1110000>; + opp-microamp = <95000>; + clock-latency-ns = <400000>; + turbo-mode; + }; + }; +}; + +Example 4: Handling multiple regulators + +/ { + cpus { + cpu@0 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a7"; + ... + + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply0>, <&cpu_supply1>, <&cpu_supply2>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu0_opp_table>; + }; + }; + + cpu0_opp_table: opp_table0 { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + opp-shared; + + opp00 { + opp-hz = <1000000000>; + opp-microvolt = <970000>, /* Supply 0 */ + <960000>, /* Supply 1 */ + <960000>; /* Supply 2 */ + opp-microamp = <70000>, /* Supply 0 */ + <70000>, /* Supply 1 */ + <70000>; /* Supply 2 */ + clock-latency-ns = <300000>; + }; + + /* OR */ + + opp00 { + opp-hz = <1000000000>; + opp-microvolt = <970000 975000 985000>, /* Supply 0 */ + <960000 965000 975000>, /* Supply 1 */ + <960000 965000 975000>; /* Supply 2 */ + opp-microamp = <70000>, /* Supply 0 */ + <70000>, /* Supply 1 */ + <70000>; /* Supply 2 */ + clock-latency-ns = <300000>; + }; + + /* OR */ + + opp00 { + opp-hz = <1000000000>; + opp-microvolt = <970000 975000 985000>, /* Supply 0 */ + <960000 965000 975000>, /* Supply 1 */ + <960000 965000 975000>; /* Supply 2 */ + opp-microamp = <70000>, /* Supply 0 */ + <0>, /* Supply 1 doesn't need this */ + <70000>; /* Supply 2 */ + clock-latency-ns = <300000>; + }; + }; +}; + +Example 5: Multiple OPP tables + +/ { + cpus { + cpu@0 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a7"; + ... + + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply> + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu0_opp_table_slow>, <&cpu0_opp_table_fast>; + operating-points-names = "slow", "fast"; + }; + }; + + cpu0_opp_table_slow: opp_table_slow { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + status = "okay"; + opp-shared; + + opp00 { + opp-hz = <600000000>; + ... + }; + + opp01 { + opp-hz = <800000000>; + ... + }; + }; + + cpu0_opp_table_fast: opp_table_fast { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + status = "okay"; + opp-shared; + + opp10 { + opp-hz = <1000000000>; + ... + }; + + opp11 { + opp-hz = <1100000000>; + ... + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rt9455_charger.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rt9455_charger.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5d9ad5cf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rt9455_charger.txt @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +Binding for Richtek rt9455 battery charger + +Required properties: +- compatible: it should contain one of the following: + "richtek,rt9455". +- reg: integer, i2c address of the device. +- interrupt-parent: the phandle for the interrupt controller that + services interrupts for this device. +- interrupts: interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ, it should be + configured with IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW flag. +- richtek,output-charge-current: integer, output current from the charger to the + battery, in uA. +- richtek,end-of-charge-percentage: integer, percent of the output charge current. + When the current in constant-voltage phase drops + below output_charge_current x end-of-charge-percentage, + charge is terminated. +- richtek,battery-regulation-voltage: integer, maximum battery voltage in uV. +- richtek,boost-output-voltage: integer, maximum voltage provided to consumer + devices, when the charger is in boost mode, in uV. + +Optional properties: +- richtek,min-input-voltage-regulation: integer, input voltage level in uV, used to + decrease voltage level when the over current + of the input power source occurs. + This prevents input voltage drop due to insufficient + current provided by the power source. + Default: 4500000 uV (4.5V) +- richtek,avg-input-current-regulation: integer, input current value in uA drained by the + charger from the power source. + Default: 500000 uA (500mA) + +Example: + +rt9455@22 { + compatible = "richtek,rt9455"; + reg = <0x22>; + + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + + richtek,output-charge-current = <500000>; + richtek,end-of-charge-percentage = <10>; + richtek,battery-regulation-voltage = <4200000>; + richtek,boost-output-voltage = <5050000>; + + richtek,min-input-voltage-regulation = <4500000>; + richtek,avg-input-current-regulation = <500000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/twl-charger.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/twl-charger.txt index d5c706216..3b4ea1b73 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/twl-charger.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/twl-charger.txt @@ -1,5 +1,15 @@ TWL BCI (Battery Charger Interface) +The battery charger needs to interact with the USB phy in order +to know when charging is permissible, and when there is a connection +or disconnection. + +The choice of phy cannot be configured at a hardware level, so there +is no value in explicit configuration in device-tree. Rather +if there is a sibling of the BCI node which is compatible with +"ti,twl4030-usb", then that is used to determine when and how +use USB power for charging. + Required properties: - compatible: - "ti,twl4030-bci" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max17042_battery.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max17042_battery.txt index 5bc9b685c..3f3894aae 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max17042_battery.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max17042_battery.txt @@ -9,10 +9,23 @@ Optional properties : (datasheet-recommended value is 10000). Defining this property enables current-sense functionality. +Optional threshold properties : + If skipped the condition won't be reported. + - maxim,cold-temp : Temperature threshold to report battery + as cold (in tenths of degree Celsius). + - maxim,over-heat-temp : Temperature threshold to report battery + as over heated (in tenths of degree Celsius). + - maxim,dead-volt : Voltage threshold to report battery + as dead (in mV). + - maxim,over-volt : Voltage threshold to report battery + as over voltage (in mV). + Example: battery-charger@36 { compatible = "maxim,max17042"; reg = <0x36>; maxim,rsns-microohm = <10000>; + maxim,over-heat-temp = <600>; + maxim,over-volt = <4300>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt index edda55f74..1fc5328c0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt @@ -189,6 +189,19 @@ PROPERTIES Definition: There is one reg region describing the port configuration registers. +- fsl,fman-10g-port + Usage: optional + Value type: boolean + Definition: The default port rate is 1G. + If this property exists, the port is s 10G port. + +- fsl,fman-best-effort-port + Usage: optional + Value type: boolean + Definition: Can be defined only if 10G-support is set. + This property marks a best-effort 10G port (10G port that + may not be capable of line rate). + EXAMPLE port@a8000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt index 7f150b501..b71b2039e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt @@ -9,6 +9,11 @@ Required properties: - compatible : Should define the compatible device type for global-utilities. + Possible compatibles: + "fsl,qoriq-device-config-1.0" + "fsl,qoriq-device-config-2.0" + "fsl,<chip>-device-config" + "fsl,<chip>-guts" - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device. Recommended properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8973-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8973-regulator.txt index 4f15d8a1b..55efb24e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8973-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8973-regulator.txt @@ -2,12 +2,30 @@ Required properties: -- compatible: must be "maxim,max8973" +- compatible: must be one of following: + "maxim,max8973" + "maxim,max77621". - reg: the i2c slave address of the regulator. It should be 0x1b. Any standard regulator properties can be used to configure the single max8973 DCDC. +Optional properties: + +-maxim,externally-enable: boolean, externally control the regulator output + enable/disable. +-maxim,enable-gpio: GPIO for enable control. If the valid GPIO is provided + then externally enable control will be considered. +-maxim,dvs-gpio: GPIO which is connected to DVS pin of device. +-maxim,dvs-default-state: Default state of GPIO during initialisation. + 1 for HIGH and 0 for LOW. +-maxim,enable-remote-sense: boolean, enable reote sense. +-maxim,enable-falling-slew-rate: boolean, enable falling slew rate. +-maxim,enable-active-discharge: boolean: enable active discharge. +-maxim,enable-frequency-shift: boolean, enable 9% frequency shift. +-maxim,enable-bias-control: boolean, enable bias control. By enabling this + startup delay can be reduce to 20us from 220us. + Example: max8973@1b { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..75b4604ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.txt @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +Qualcomm SPMI Regulators + +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be one of: + "qcom,pm8841-regulators" + "qcom,pm8916-regulators" + "qcom,pm8941-regulators" + +- interrupts: + Usage: optional + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: List of OCP interrupts. + +- interrupt-names: + Usage: required if 'interrupts' property present + Value type: <string-array> + Definition: List of strings defining the names of the + interrupts in the 'interrupts' property 1-to-1. + Supported values are "ocp-<regulator_name>", where + <regulator_name> corresponds to a voltage switch + type regulator. + +- vdd_s1-supply: +- vdd_s2-supply: +- vdd_s3-supply: +- vdd_s4-supply: +- vdd_s5-supply: +- vdd_s6-supply: +- vdd_s7-supply: +- vdd_s8-supply: + Usage: optional (pm8841 only) + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: Reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as + described in the data sheet. + +- vdd_s1-supply: +- vdd_s2-supply: +- vdd_s3-supply: +- vdd_s4-supply: +- vdd_l1_l3-supply: +- vdd_l2-supply: +- vdd_l4_l5_l6-supply: +- vdd_l7-supply: +- vdd_l8_l11_l14_l15_l16-supply: +- vdd_l9_l10_l12_l13_l17_l18-supply: + Usage: optional (pm8916 only) + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: Reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as + described in the data sheet. + +- vdd_s1-supply: +- vdd_s2-supply: +- vdd_s3-supply: +- vdd_l1_l3-supply: +- vdd_l2_lvs_1_2_3-supply: +- vdd_l4_l11-supply: +- vdd_l5_l7-supply: +- vdd_l6_l12_l14_l15-supply: +- vdd_l8_l16_l18_19-supply: +- vdd_l9_l10_l17_l22-supply: +- vdd_l13_l20_l23_l24-supply: +- vdd_l21-supply: +- vin_5vs-supply: + Usage: optional (pm8941 only) + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: Reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as + described in the data sheet. + + +The regulator node houses sub-nodes for each regulator within the device. Each +sub-node is identified using the node's name, with valid values listed for each +of the PMICs below. + +pm8841: + s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6, s7, s8 + +pm8916: + s1, s2, s3, s4, l1, l2, l3, l4, l5, l6, l7, l8, l9, l10, l11, l12, l13, + l14, l15, l16, l17, l18 + +pm8941: + s1, s2, s3, l1, l2, l3, l4, l5, l6, l7, l8, l9, l10, l11, l12, l13, l14, + l15, l16, l17, l18, l19, l20, l21, l22, l23, l24, lvs1, lvs2, lvs3, + mvs1, mvs2 + +The content of each sub-node is defined by the standard binding for regulators - +see regulator.txt - with additional custom properties described below: + +- regulator-initial-mode: + Usage: optional + Value type: <u32> + Descrption: 1 = Set initial mode to high power mode (HPM), also referred + to as NPM. HPM consumes more ground current than LPM, but + it can source significantly higher load current. HPM is not + available on boost type regulators. For voltage switch type + regulators, HPM implies that over current protection and + soft start are active all the time. 0 = Set initial mode to + low power mode (LPM). + +Example: + + regulators { + compatible = "qcom,pm8941-regulators"; + vdd_l1_l3-supply = <&s1>; + + s1: s1 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1400000>; + }; + + ... + + l1: l1 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1225000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1300000>; + }; + + .... + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt index abb26b58c..db88feb28 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt @@ -7,18 +7,20 @@ Optional properties: - regulator-microvolt-offset: Offset applied to voltages to compensate for voltage drops - regulator-min-microamp: smallest current consumers may set - regulator-max-microamp: largest current consumers may set +- regulator-input-current-limit-microamp: maximum input current regulator allows - regulator-always-on: boolean, regulator should never be disabled - regulator-boot-on: bootloader/firmware enabled regulator - regulator-allow-bypass: allow the regulator to go into bypass mode - <name>-supply: phandle to the parent supply/regulator node - regulator-ramp-delay: ramp delay for regulator(in uV/uS) For hardware which supports disabling ramp rate, it should be explicitly - intialised to zero (regulator-ramp-delay = <0>) for disabling ramp delay. + initialised to zero (regulator-ramp-delay = <0>) for disabling ramp delay. - regulator-enable-ramp-delay: The time taken, in microseconds, for the supply rail to reach the target voltage, plus/minus whatever tolerance the board design requires. This property describes the total system ramp time required due to the combination of internal ramping of the regulator itself, and board design issues such as trace capacitance and load on the supply. +- regulator-soft-start: Enable soft start so that voltage ramps slowly - regulator-state-mem sub-root node for Suspend-to-RAM mode : suspend to memory, the device goes to sleep, but all data stored in memory, only some external interrupt can wake the device. @@ -37,6 +39,9 @@ Optional properties: - regulator-initial-mode: initial operating mode. The set of possible operating modes depends on the capabilities of every hardware so each device binding documentation explains which values the regulator supports. +- regulator-system-load: Load in uA present on regulator that is not captured by + any consumer request. +- regulator-pull-down: Enable pull down resistor when the regulator is disabled. Deprecated properties: - regulator-compatible: If a regulator chip contains multiple diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/wkup_m3_rproc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/wkup_m3_rproc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8aa3a5db5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/wkup_m3_rproc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +TI Wakeup M3 Remoteproc Driver +============================== + +The TI AM33xx and AM43xx family of devices use a small Cortex M3 co-processor +(commonly referred to as Wakeup M3 or CM3) to help with various low power tasks +that cannot be controlled from the MPU. This CM3 processor requires a firmware +binary to accomplish this. The wkup_m3 remoteproc driver handles the loading of +the firmware and booting of the CM3. + +Wkup M3 Device Node: +==================== +A wkup_m3 device node is used to represent the Wakeup M3 processor instance +within the SoC. It is added as a child node of the parent interconnect bus +(l4_wkup) through which it is accessible to the MPU. + +Required properties: +-------------------- +- compatible: Should be one of, + "ti,am3352-wkup-m3" for AM33xx SoCs + "ti,am4372-wkup-m3" for AM43xx SoCs +- reg: Should contain the address ranges for the two internal + memory regions, UMEM and DMEM. The parent node should + provide an appropriate ranges property for properly + translating these into bus addresses. +- reg-names: Contains the corresponding names for the two memory + regions. These should be named "umem" & "dmem". +- ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated with the wkupm3 device. +- ti,pm-firmware: Name of firmware file to be used for loading and + booting the wkup_m3 remote processor. + +Example: +-------- +/* AM33xx */ +ocp { + l4_wkup: l4_wkup@44c00000 { + compatible = "am335-l4-wkup", "simple-bus"; + ranges = <0 0x44c00000 0x400000>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + wkup_m3: wkup_m3@100000 { + compatible = "ti,am3352-wkup-m3"; + reg = <0x100000 0x4000>, + <0x180000 0x2000>; + reg-names = "umem", "dmem"; + ti,hwmods = "wkup_m3"; + ti,pm-firmware = "/*(DEBLOBBED)*/"; + }; + }; + + ... +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/berlin,reset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/berlin,reset.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..514fee098 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/berlin,reset.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Marvell Berlin reset controller +=============================== + +Please also refer to reset.txt in this directory for common reset +controller binding usage. + +The reset controller node must be a sub-node of the chip controller +node on Berlin SoCs. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "marvell,berlin2-reset" +- #reset-cells: must be set to 2 + +Example: + +chip_rst: reset { + compatible = "marvell,berlin2-reset"; + #reset-cells = <2>; +}; + +&usb_phy0 { + resets = <&chip_rst 0x104 12>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,bcm63138-pmb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,bcm63138-pmb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a98872d27 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,bcm63138-pmb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +Broadcom BCM63138 Processor Monitor Bus binding +=============================================== + +Please also refer to reset.txt in this directory for common reset +controller binding usage. + +Require properties: + +- compatible: must be "brcm,bcm63138-pmb" +- reg: base register address and size for this bus controller +- #reset-cells: must be 2 first cell is the address within the bus instance designated + by the phandle, and the second is the number of zones for this peripheral + +Example: + pmb0: reset-controller@4800c0 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm63138-pmb"; + reg = <0x4800c0 0x10>; + #reset-cells = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/haoyu,hym8563.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/haoyu,hym8563.txt index 5c199ee04..a8934fe2a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/haoyu,hym8563.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/haoyu,hym8563.txt @@ -6,11 +6,11 @@ as well as a clock output of up to 32kHz. Required properties: - compatible: should be: "haoyu,hym8563" - reg: i2c address -- interrupts: rtc alarm/event interrupt - #clock-cells: the value should be 0 Optional properties: - clock-output-names: From common clock binding +- interrupts: rtc alarm/event interrupt Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-st-lpc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-st-lpc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73407f502 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-st-lpc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +STMicroelectronics Low Power Controller (LPC) - RTC +=================================================== + +LPC currently supports Watchdog OR Real Time Clock functionality. + +[See: ../watchdog/st_lpc_wdt.txt for Watchdog options] + +Required properties + +- compatible : Must be one of: "st,stih407-lpc" "st,stih416-lpc" + "st,stih415-lpc" "st,stid127-lpc" +- reg : LPC registers base address + size +- interrupts : LPC interrupt line number and associated flags +- clocks : Clock used by LPC device (See: ../clock/clock-bindings.txt) +- st,lpc-mode : The LPC can run either one of two modes ST_LPC_MODE_RTC [0] or + ST_LPC_MODE_WDT [1]. One (and only one) mode must be + selected. + +Example: + lpc@fde05000 { + compatible = "st,stih407-lpc"; + reg = <0xfde05000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&clk_s_d3_flexgen CLK_LPC_0>; + st,lpc-mode = <ST_LPC_MODE_RTC>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt index ab757b84d..ac2fcd6ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt @@ -6,7 +6,8 @@ Required properties: * "samsung,s3c2416-rtc" - for controllers compatible with s3c2416 rtc. * "samsung,s3c2443-rtc" - for controllers compatible with s3c2443 rtc. * "samsung,s3c6410-rtc" - for controllers compatible with s3c6410 rtc. - * "samsung,exynos3250-rtc" - for controllers compatible with exynos3250 rtc. + * "samsung,exynos3250-rtc" - (deprecated) for controllers compatible with + exynos3250 rtc (use "samsung,s3c6410-rtc"). - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped region. - interrupts: Two interrupt numbers to the cpu should be specified. First diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/arm_sbsa_uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/arm_sbsa_uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4163e7eb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/arm_sbsa_uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +* ARM SBSA defined generic UART +This UART uses a subset of the PL011 registers and consequently lives +in the PL011 driver. It's baudrate and other communication parameters +cannot be adjusted at runtime, so it lacks a clock specifier here. + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "arm,sbsa-uart" +- reg: exactly one register range +- interrupts: exactly one interrupt specifier +- current-speed: the (fixed) baud rate set by the firmware diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/ingenic,uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/ingenic,uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2d3b3abe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/ingenic,uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* Ingenic SoC UART + +Required properties: +- compatible : "ingenic,jz4740-uart" or "ingenic,jz4780-uart" +- reg : offset and length of the register set for the device. +- interrupts : should contain uart interrupt. +- clocks : phandles to the module & baud clocks. +- clock-names: tuple listing input clock names. + Required elements: "baud", "module" + +Example: + +uart0: serial@10030000 { + compatible = "ingenic,jz4740-uart"; + reg = <0x10030000 0x100>; + + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + interrupts = <9>; + + clocks = <&ext>, <&cgu JZ4740_CLK_UART0>; + clock-names = "baud", "module"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt index 44152261e..8d63f1da0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt @@ -14,7 +14,14 @@ Required properties: - interrupts: A single interrupt specifier. -- clocks: Clock driving the hardware. +- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: + - "baud": The clock the baudrate is derived from + - "bus": The bus clock for register accesses (optional) + +For compatibility with older device trees an unnamed clock is used for the +baud clock if the baudclk does not exist. Do not use this for new designs. Example: @@ -22,5 +29,6 @@ Example: compatible = "mediatek,mt6589-uart", "mediatek,mt6577-uart"; reg = <0x11006000 0x400>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 51 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; - clocks = <&uart_clk>; + clocks = <&uart_clk>, <&bus_clk>; + clock-names = "baud", "bus"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp,lpc1850-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp,lpc1850-uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04e23e63e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp,lpc1850-uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +* NXP LPC1850 UART + +Required properties: +- compatible : "nxp,lpc1850-uart", "ns16550a". +- reg : offset and length of the register set for the device. +- interrupts : should contain uart interrupt. +- clocks : phandle to the input clocks. +- clock-names : required elements: "uartclk", "reg". + +Optional properties: +- dmas : Two or more DMA channel specifiers following the + convention outlined in bindings/dma/dma.txt +- dma-names : Names for the dma channels, if present. There must + be at least one channel named "tx" for transmit + and named "rx" for receive. + +Since it's also possible to also use the of_serial.c driver all +parameters from 8250.txt also apply but are optional. + +Example: +uart0: serial@40081000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-uart", "ns16550a"; + reg = <0x40081000 0x1000>; + reg-shift = <2>; + interrupts = <24>; + clocks = <&ccu2 CLK_APB0_UART0>, <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_UART0>; + clock-names = "uartclk", "reg"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp,sc16is7xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp,sc16is7xx.txt index 246c79566..fbfe53635 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp,sc16is7xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp,sc16is7xx.txt @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ * NXP SC16IS7xx advanced Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter (UART) +* i2c as bus Required properties: - compatible: Should be one of the following: @@ -31,3 +32,39 @@ Example: gpio-controller; #gpio-cells = <2>; }; + +* spi as bus + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be one of the following: + - "nxp,sc16is740" for NXP SC16IS740, + - "nxp,sc16is741" for NXP SC16IS741, + - "nxp,sc16is750" for NXP SC16IS750, + - "nxp,sc16is752" for NXP SC16IS752, + - "nxp,sc16is760" for NXP SC16IS760, + - "nxp,sc16is762" for NXP SC16IS762. +- reg: SPI chip select number. +- interrupt-parent: The phandle for the interrupt controller that + services interrupts for this IC. +- interrupts: Specifies the interrupt source of the parent interrupt + controller. The format of the interrupt specifier depends on the + parent interrupt controller. +- clocks: phandle to the IC source clock. + +Optional properties: +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- #gpio-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the GPIO number and + the second cell is used to specify the GPIO polarity: + 0 = active high, + 1 = active low. + +Example: + sc16is750: sc16is750@0 { + compatible = "nxp,sc16is750"; + reg = <0>; + clocks = <&clk20m>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio3>; + interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt index ba3ecb8cb..cbae3d9a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ * ARM AMBA Primecell PL011 serial UART Required properties: -- compatible: must be "arm,primecell", "arm,pl011" +- compatible: must be "arm,primecell", "arm,pl011", "zte,zx296702-uart" - reg: exactly one register range with length 0x1000 - interrupts: exactly one interrupt specifier diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt index ae73bb0e9..e84b13a8e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,scifa" for generic SCIFA compatible UART. - "renesas,scifb" for generic SCIFB compatible UART. - "renesas,hscif" for generic HSCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,sci" for generic SCI compatible UART. When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first followed by the @@ -44,6 +45,11 @@ Required properties: Note: Each enabled SCIx UART should have an alias correctly numbered in the "aliases" node. +Optional properties: + - dmas: Must contain a list of two references to DMA specifiers, one for + transmission, and one for reception. + - dma-names: Must contain a list of two DMA names, "tx" and "rx". + Example: aliases { serial0 = &scifa0; @@ -56,4 +62,6 @@ Example: interrupts = <0 144 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; clocks = <&mstp2_clks R8A7790_CLK_SCIFA0>; clock-names = "sci_ick"; + dmas = <&dmac0 0x21>, <&dmac0 0x22>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt index f0c39261c..67e2a0aeb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt @@ -2,8 +2,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible : Should be "sirf,prima2-uart", "sirf, prima2-usp-uart", - "sirf,atlas7-uart" or "sirf,atlas7-bt-uart" which means - uart located in BT module and used for BT. + "sirf,atlas7-uart" or "sirf,atlas7-usp-uart". - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt - fifosize : Should define hardware rx/tx fifo size @@ -33,15 +32,3 @@ usp@b0090000 { rts-gpios = <&gpio 15 0>; cts-gpios = <&gpio 46 0>; }; - -for uart use in BT module, -uart6: uart@11000000 { - cell-index = <6>; - compatible = "sirf,atlas7-bt-uart", "sirf,atlas7-uart"; - reg = <0x11000000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <0 100 0>; - clocks = <&clks 138>, <&clks 140>, <&clks 141>; - clock-names = "uart", "general", "noc"; - fifosize = <128>; - status = "disabled"; -} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b3892a7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +UniPhier UART controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "socionext,uniphier-uart". +- reg: offset and length of the register set for the device. +- interrupts: a single interrupt specifier. +- clocks: phandle to the input clock. + +Optional properties: +- fifo-size: the RX/TX FIFO size. Defaults to 64 if not specified. + +Example: + aliases { + serial0 = &serial0; + }; + + serial0: serial@54006800 { + compatible = "socionext,uniphier-uart"; + reg = <0x54006800 0x40>; + interrupts = <0 33 4>; + clocks = <&uart_clk>; + fifo-size = <64>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman-portals.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman-portals.txt index 48c4dae5d..47e46ccbc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman-portals.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman-portals.txt @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ PROPERTIES For additional details about the PAMU/LIODN binding(s) see pamu.txt -- fsl,qman-channel-id +- cell-index Usage: Required Value type: <u32> Definition: The hardware index of the channel. This can also be @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ The example below shows a (P4080) QMan portals container/bus node with two porta reg = <0x4000 0x4000>, <0x101000 0x1000>; interrupts = <106 2 0 0>; fsl,liodn = <3 4>; - fsl,qman-channel-id = <1>; + cell-index = <1>; fman0 { fsl,liodn = <0x22>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/sunxi/sram.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/sunxi/sram.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..067698112 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/sunxi/sram.txt @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +Allwinnner SoC SRAM controllers +----------------------------------------------------- + +The SRAM controller found on most Allwinner devices is represented by +a regular node for the SRAM controller itself, with sub-nodes +reprensenting the SRAM handled by the SRAM controller. + +Controller Node +--------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible : "allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-controller" +- reg : sram controller register offset + length + +SRAM nodes +---------- + +Each SRAM is described using the mmio-sram bindings documented in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/sram.txt + +Each SRAM will have SRAM sections that are going to be handled by the +SRAM controller as subnodes. These sections are represented following +once again the representation described in the mmio-sram binding. + +The valid sections compatible are: + - allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-a3-a4 + - allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-d + +Devices using SRAM sections +--------------------------- + +Some devices need to request to the SRAM controller to map an SRAM for +their exclusive use. + +The relationship between such a device and an SRAM section is +expressed through the allwinner,sram property, that will take a +phandle and an argument. + +This valid values for this argument are: + - 0: CPU + - 1: Device + +Example +------- +sram-controller@01c00000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-controller"; + reg = <0x01c00000 0x30>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + sram_a: sram@00000000 { + compatible = "mmio-sram"; + reg = <0x00000000 0xc000>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges = <0 0x00000000 0xc000>; + + emac_sram: sram-section@8000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-a3-a4"; + reg = <0x8000 0x4000>; + status = "disabled"; + }; + }; +}; + +emac: ethernet@01c0b000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-emac"; + ... + + allwinner,sram = <&emac_sram 1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau1701.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau1701.txt index 547a49b56..0d1128ce2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau1701.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau1701.txt @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ Optional properties: pin configurations as described in the datasheet, table 53. Note that the value of this property has to be prefixed with '/bits/ 8'. + - avdd-supply: Power supply for AVDD, providing 3.3V + - dvdd-supply: Power supply for DVDD, providing 3.3V Examples: @@ -28,6 +30,8 @@ Examples: compatible = "adi,adau1701"; reg = <0x34>; reset-gpio = <&gpio 23 0>; + avdd-supply = <&vdd_3v3_reg>; + dvdd-supply = <&vdd_3v3_reg>; adi,pll-mode-gpios = <&gpio 24 0 &gpio 25 0>; adi,pin-config = /bits/ 8 <0x4 0x7 0x5 0x5 0x4 0x4 0x4 0x4 0x4 0x4 0x4 0x4>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/bt-sco.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/bt-sco.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29b8e5d40 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/bt-sco.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +Bluetooth-SCO audio CODEC + +This device support generic Bluetooth SCO link. + +Required properties: + + - compatible : "delta,dfbmcs320" + +Example: + +codec: bt_sco { + compatible = "delta,dfbmcs320"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/gtm601.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/gtm601.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5efc8c068 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/gtm601.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +GTM601 UMTS modem audio interface CODEC + +This device has no configuration interface. Sample rate is fixed - 8kHz. + +Required properties: + + - compatible : "option,gtm601" + +Example: + +codec: gtm601_codec { + compatible = "option,gtm601"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt index aa802a274..4e3be6682 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt @@ -18,6 +18,12 @@ Optional properties: - maxim,dmic-freq: Frequency at which to clock DMIC +- maxim,micbias: Micbias voltage applies to the analog mic, valid voltages value are: + 0 - 2.2v + 1 - 2.55v + 2 - 2.4v + 3 - 2.8v + Pins on the device (for linking into audio routes): * MIC1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-max98090.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-max98090.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..519e97c8f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-max98090.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +MT8173 with MAX98090 CODEC + +Required properties: +- compatible : "mediatek,mt8173-max98090" +- mediatek,audio-codec: the phandle of the MAX98090 audio codec +- mediatek,platform: the phandle of MT8173 ASoC platform + +Example: + + sound { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-max98090"; + mediatek,audio-codec = <&max98090>; + mediatek,platform = <&afe>; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650-rt5676.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650-rt5676.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f205ce9e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650-rt5676.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +MT8173 with RT5650 RT5676 CODECS + +Required properties: +- compatible : "mediatek,mt8173-rt5650-rt5676" +- mediatek,audio-codec: the phandles of rt5650 and rt5676 codecs +- mediatek,platform: the phandle of MT8173 ASoC platform + +Example: + + sound { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-rt5650-rt5676"; + mediatek,audio-codec = <&rt5650 &rt5676>; + mediatek,platform = <&afe>; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mtk-afe-pcm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mtk-afe-pcm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e302c7f43 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mtk-afe-pcm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +Mediatek AFE PCM controller + +Required properties: +- compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-afe-pcm"; +- reg: register location and size +- interrupts: Should contain AFE interrupt +- clock-names: should have these clock names: + "infra_sys_audio_clk", + "top_pdn_audio", + "top_pdn_aud_intbus", + "bck0", + "bck1", + "i2s0_m", + "i2s1_m", + "i2s2_m", + "i2s3_m", + "i2s3_b"; + +Example: + + afe: mt8173-afe-pcm@11220000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-afe-pcm"; + reg = <0 0x11220000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 134 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + clocks = <&infracfg INFRA_AUDIO>, + <&topckgen TOP_AUDIO_SEL>, + <&topckgen TOP_AUD_INTBUS_SEL>, + <&topckgen TOP_APLL1_DIV0>, + <&topckgen TOP_APLL2_DIV0>, + <&topckgen TOP_I2S0_M_CK_SEL>, + <&topckgen TOP_I2S1_M_CK_SEL>, + <&topckgen TOP_I2S2_M_CK_SEL>, + <&topckgen TOP_I2S3_M_CK_SEL>, + <&topckgen TOP_I2S3_B_CK_SEL>; + clock-names = "infra_sys_audio_clk", + "top_pdn_audio", + "top_pdn_aud_intbus", + "bck0", + "bck1", + "i2s0_m", + "i2s1_m", + "i2s2_m", + "i2s3_m", + "i2s3_b"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,apq8016-sbc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,apq8016-sbc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48129368d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,apq8016-sbc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +* Qualcomm Technologies APQ8016 SBC ASoC machine driver + +This node models the Qualcomm Technologies APQ8016 SBC ASoC machine driver + +Required properties: + +- compatible : "qcom,apq8016-sbc-sndcard" + +- pinctrl-N : One property must exist for each entry in + pinctrl-names. See ../pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt + for details of the property values. +- pinctrl-names : Must contain a "default" entry. +- reg : Must contain an address for each entry in reg-names. +- reg-names : A list which must include the following entries: + * "mic-iomux" + * "spkr-iomux" +- qcom,model : Name of the sound card. + +Dai-link subnode properties and subnodes: + +Required dai-link subnodes: + +- cpu : CPU sub-node +- codec : CODEC sub-node + +Required CPU/CODEC subnodes properties: + +-link-name : Name of the dai link. +-sound-dai : phandle and port of CPU/CODEC +-capture-dai : phandle and port of CPU/CODEC + +Example: + +sound: sound { + compatible = "qcom,apq8016-sbc-sndcard"; + reg = <0x07702000 0x4>, <0x07702004 0x4>; + reg-names = "mic-iomux", "spkr-iomux"; + qcom,model = "DB410c"; + + /* I2S - Internal codec */ + internal-dai-link@0 { + cpu { /* PRIMARY */ + sound-dai = <&lpass MI2S_PRIMARY>; + }; + codec { + sound-dai = <&wcd_codec 0>; + }; + }; + + /* External Primary or External Secondary -ADV7533 HDMI */ + external-dai-link@0 { + link-name = "ADV7533"; + cpu { /* QUAT */ + sound-dai = <&lpass MI2S_QUATERNARY>; + }; + codec { + sound-dai = <&adv_bridge 0>; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-cpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-cpu.txt index e00732dac..21c648328 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-cpu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-cpu.txt @@ -4,12 +4,21 @@ This node models the Qualcomm Technologies Low-Power Audio SubSystem (LPASS). Required properties: -- compatible : "qcom,lpass-cpu" +- compatible : "qcom,lpass-cpu" or "qcom,apq8016-lpass-cpu" - clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. - clock-names : A list which must include the following entries: * "ahbix-clk" * "mi2s-osr-clk" * "mi2s-bit-clk" + : required clocks for "qcom,lpass-cpu-apq8016" + * "ahbix-clk" + * "mi2s-bit-clk0" + * "mi2s-bit-clk1" + * "mi2s-bit-clk2" + * "mi2s-bit-clk3" + * "pcnoc-mport-clk" + * "pcnoc-sway-clk" + - interrupts : Must contain an entry for each entry in interrupt-names. - interrupt-names : A list which must include the following entries: @@ -22,6 +31,8 @@ Required properties: - reg-names : A list which must include the following entries: * "lpass-lpaif" + + Optional properties: - qcom,adsp : Phandle for the audio DSP node diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt index f316ce1f2..b6b3a7868 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Required properties: "renesas,rcar_sound-gen1" if generation1, and "renesas,rcar_sound-gen2" if generation2 Examples with soctypes are: + - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7778" (R-Car M1A) - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7790" (R-Car H2) - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W) - reg : Should contain the register physical address. @@ -47,7 +48,7 @@ DAI subnode properties: Example: -rcar_sound: rcar_sound@ec500000 { +rcar_sound: sound@ec500000 { #sound-dai-cells = <1>; compatible = "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7791", "renesas,rcar_sound-gen2"; reg = <0 0xec500000 0 0x1000>, /* SCU */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5645.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5645.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7cee1f518 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5645.txt @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +RT5650/RT5645 audio CODEC + +This device supports I2C only. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : One of "realtek,rt5645" or "realtek,rt5650". + +- reg : The I2C address of the device. + +- interrupts : The CODEC's interrupt output. + +Optional properties: + +- hp-detect-gpios: + a GPIO spec for the external headphone detect pin. If jd-mode = 0, + we will get the JD status by getting the value of hp-detect-gpios. + +- realtek,in2-differential + Boolean. Indicate MIC2 input are differential, rather than single-ended. + +- realtek,dmic1-data-pin + 0: dmic1 is not used + 1: using IN2P pin as dmic1 data pin + 2: using GPIO6 pin as dmic1 data pin + 3: using GPIO10 pin as dmic1 data pin + 4: using GPIO12 pin as dmic1 data pin + +- realtek,dmic2-data-pin + 0: dmic2 is not used + 1: using IN2N pin as dmic2 data pin + 2: using GPIO5 pin as dmic2 data pin + 3: using GPIO11 pin as dmic2 data pin + +-- realtek,jd-mode : The JD mode of rt5645/rt5650 + 0 : rt5645/rt5650 JD function is not used + 1 : Mode-0 (VDD=3.3V), two port jack detection + 2 : Mode-1 (VDD=3.3V), one port jack detection + 3 : Mode-2 (VDD=1.8V), one port jack detection + +Pins on the device (for linking into audio routes) for RT5645/RT5650: + + * DMIC L1 + * DMIC R1 + * DMIC L2 + * DMIC R2 + * IN1P + * IN1N + * IN2P + * IN2N + * Haptic Generator + * HPOL + * HPOR + * LOUTL + * LOUTR + * PDM1L + * PDM1R + * SPOL + * SPOR + +Example: + +codec: rt5650@1a { + compatible = "realtek,rt5650"; + reg = <0x1a>; + hp-detect-gpios = <&gpio 19 0>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + realtek,dmic-en = "true"; + realtek,en-jd-func = "true"; + realtek,jd-mode = <3>; +};
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5677.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5677.txt index 740ff771a..f07078997 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5677.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5677.txt @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - realtek,pow-ldo2-gpio : The GPIO that controls the CODEC's POW_LDO2 pin. +- realtek,reset-gpio : The GPIO that controls the CODEC's RESET pin. - realtek,in1-differential - realtek,in2-differential @@ -70,6 +71,7 @@ rt5677 { realtek,pow-ldo2-gpio = <&gpio TEGRA_GPIO(V, 3) GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + realtek,reset-gpio = <&gpio TEGRA_GPIO(BB, 3) GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; realtek,in1-differential = "true"; realtek,gpio-config = /bits/ 8 <0 0 0 0 0 2>; /* pull up GPIO6 */ realtek,jd2-gpio = <3>; /* Enables Jack detection for GPIO6 */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt index 73bf314f7..cf3979eb3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt @@ -16,7 +16,8 @@ Optional properties: connection's sink, the second being the connection's source. - simple-audio-card,mclk-fs : Multiplication factor between stream rate and codec - mclk. + mclk. When defined, mclk-fs property defined in + dai-link sub nodes are ignored. - simple-audio-card,hp-det-gpio : Reference to GPIO that signals when headphones are attached. - simple-audio-card,mic-det-gpio : Reference to GPIO that signals when @@ -55,6 +56,9 @@ Optional dai-link subnode properties: dai-link uses bit clock inversion. - frame-inversion : bool property. Add this if the dai-link uses frame clock inversion. +- mclk-fs : Multiplication factor between stream + rate and codec mclk, applied only for + the dai-link. For backward compatibility the frame-master and bitclock-master properties can be used as booleans in codec subnode to indicate if the diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2552.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2552.txt index 55e2a0af5..c49992c0b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2552.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2552.txt @@ -14,6 +14,12 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - enable-gpio - gpio pin to enable/disable the device +tas2552 can receive it's reference clock via MCLK, BCLK, IVCLKIN pin or use the +internal 1.8MHz. This CLKIN is used by the PLL. In addition to PLL, the PDM +reference clock is also selectable: PLL, IVCLKIN, BCLK or MCLK. +For system integration the dt-bindings/sound/tas2552.h header file provides +defined values to selct and configure the PLL and PDM reference clocks. + Example: tas2552: tas2552@41 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas571x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas571x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ac31d8d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas571x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +Texas Instruments TAS5711/TAS5717/TAS5719 stereo power amplifiers + +The codec is controlled through an I2C interface. It also has two other +signals that can be wired up to GPIOs: reset (strongly recommended), and +powerdown (optional). + +Required properties: + +- compatible: "ti,tas5711", "ti,tas5717", or "ti,tas5719" +- reg: The I2C address of the device +- #sound-dai-cells: must be equal to 0 + +Optional properties: + +- reset-gpios: GPIO specifier for the TAS571x's active low reset line +- pdn-gpios: GPIO specifier for the TAS571x's active low powerdown line +- clocks: clock phandle for the MCLK input +- clock-names: should be "mclk" +- AVDD-supply: regulator phandle for the AVDD supply (all chips) +- DVDD-supply: regulator phandle for the DVDD supply (all chips) +- HPVDD-supply: regulator phandle for the HPVDD supply (5717/5719) +- PVDD_AB-supply: regulator phandle for the PVDD_AB supply (5717/5719) +- PVDD_CD-supply: regulator phandle for the PVDD_CD supply (5717/5719) +- PVDD_A-supply: regulator phandle for the PVDD_A supply (5711) +- PVDD_B-supply: regulator phandle for the PVDD_B supply (5711) +- PVDD_C-supply: regulator phandle for the PVDD_C supply (5711) +- PVDD_D-supply: regulator phandle for the PVDD_D supply (5711) + +Example: + + tas5717: audio-codec@2a { + compatible = "ti,tas5717"; + reg = <0x2a>; + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + + reset-gpios = <&gpio5 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + pdn-gpios = <&gpio5 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + + clocks = <&clk_core CLK_I2S>; + clock-names = "mclk"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8741.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8741.txt index 74bda58c1..a13315408 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8741.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8741.txt @@ -10,9 +10,20 @@ Required properties: - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C, the chip select number for SPI. +Optional properties: + + - diff-mode: Differential output mode configuration. Default value for field + DIFF in register R8 (MODE_CONTROL_2). If absent, the default is 0, shall be: + 0 = stereo + 1 = mono left + 2 = stereo reversed + 3 = mono right + Example: codec: wm8741@1a { compatible = "wlf,wm8741"; reg = <0x1a>; + + diff-mode = <3>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-i2s.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e5aa6f6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-i2s.txt @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +ZTE ZX296702 I2S controller + +Required properties: + - compatible : Must be "zte,zx296702-i2s" + - reg : Must contain I2S core's registers location and length + - clocks : Pairs of phandle and specifier referencing the controller's clocks. + - clock-names: "tx" for the clock to the I2S interface. + - dmas: Pairs of phandle and specifier for the DMA channel that is used by + the core. The core expects two dma channels for transmit. + - dma-names : Must be "tx" and "rx" + +For more details on the 'dma', 'dma-names', 'clock' and 'clock-names' properties +please check: + * resource-names.txt + * clock/clock-bindings.txt + * dma/dma.txt + +Example: + i2s0: i2s0@0b005000 { + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + compatible = "zte,zx296702-i2s"; + reg = <0x0b005000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&lsp0clk ZX296702_I2S0_DIV>; + clock-names = "tx"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 22 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&dma 5>, <&dma 6>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + status = "okay"; + }; + + sound { + compatible = "simple-audio-card"; + simple-audio-card,name = "zx296702_snd"; + simple-audio-card,format = "left_j"; + simple-audio-card,bitclock-master = <&sndcodec>; + simple-audio-card,frame-master = <&sndcodec>; + sndcpu: simple-audio-card,cpu { + sound-dai = <&i2s0>; + }; + + sndcodec: simple-audio-card,codec { + sound-dai = <&acodec>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-spdif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-spdif.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..989544ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-spdif.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +ZTE ZX296702 SPDIF controller + +Required properties: + - compatible : Must be "zte,zx296702-spdif" + - reg : Must contain SPDIF core's registers location and length + - clocks : Pairs of phandle and specifier referencing the controller's clocks. + - clock-names: "tx" for the clock to the SPDIF interface. + - dmas: Pairs of phandle and specifier for the DMA channel that is used by + the core. The core expects one dma channel for transmit. + - dma-names : Must be "tx" + +For more details on the 'dma', 'dma-names', 'clock' and 'clock-names' properties +please check: + * resource-names.txt + * clock/clock-bindings.txt + * dma/dma.txt + +Example: + spdif0: spdif0@0b004000 { + compatible = "zte,zx296702-spdif"; + reg = <0x0b004000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&lsp0clk ZX296702_SPDIF0_DIV>; + clock-names = "tx"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 21 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&dma 4>; + dma-names = "tx"; + status = "okay"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt index 4c388bb2f..8f771441b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Example: msiof0: spi@e6e20000 { compatible = "renesas,msiof-r8a7791"; - reg = <0 0xe6e20000 0 0x0064>, <0 0xe7e20000 0 0x0064>; + reg = <0 0xe6e20000 0 0x0064>; interrupts = <0 156 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; clocks = <&mstp0_clks R8A7791_CLK_MSIOF0>; dmas = <&dmac0 0x51>, <&dmac0 0x52>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-ath79.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-ath79.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c696fa66 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-ath79.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Binding for Qualcomm Atheros AR7xxx/AR9xxx SPI controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: has to be "qca,<soc-type>-spi", "qca,ar7100-spi" as fallback. +- reg: Base address and size of the controllers memory area +- clocks: phandle of the AHB clock. +- clock-names: has to be "ahb". +- #address-cells: <1>, as required by generic SPI binding. +- #size-cells: <0>, also as required by generic SPI binding. + +Child nodes as per the generic SPI binding. + +Example: + + spi@1f000000 { + compatible = "qca,ar9132-spi", "qca,ar7100-spi"; + reg = <0x1f000000 0x10>; + + clocks = <&pll 2>; + clock-names = "ahb"; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt index 70af78a91..fa77f874e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ ARM Freescale DSPI controller Required properties: -- compatible : "fsl,vf610-dspi" +- compatible : "fsl,vf610-dspi", "fsl,ls1021a-v1.0-dspi", "fsl,ls2085a-dspi" - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : Should contain SPI controller interrupt - clocks: from common clock binding: handle to dspi clock. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-orion.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-orion.txt index 50c3a3de6..98bc69815 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-orion.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-orion.txt @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ Marvell Orion SPI device Required properties: -- compatible : should be "marvell,orion-spi" or "marvell,armada-370-spi". +- compatible : should be on of the following: + - "marvell,orion-spi" for the Orion, mv78x00, Kirkwood and Dove SoCs + - "marvell,armada-370-spi", for the Armada 370 SoCs + - "marvell,armada-375-spi", for the Armada 375 SoCs + - "marvell,armada-380-spi", for the Armada 38x SoCs + - "marvell,armada-390-spi", for the Armada 39x SoCs + - "marvell,armada-xp-spi", for the Armada XP SoCs - reg : offset and length of the register set for the device - cell-index : Which of multiple SPI controllers is this. Optional properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sirf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sirf.txt index 4c7adb8f7..ddd78ff68 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sirf.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sirf.txt @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ * CSR SiRFprimaII Serial Peripheral Interface Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "sirf,prima2-spi" +- compatible : Should be "sirf,prima2-spi", "sirf,prima2-usp" + or "sirf,atlas7-usp" - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : Should contain SPI interrupt - resets: phandle to the reset controller asserting this device in diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-zynqmp-qspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-zynqmp-qspi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c8f50e5cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-zynqmp-qspi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +Xilinx Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC GQSPI controller Device Tree Bindings +------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "xlnx,zynqmp-qspi-1.0". +- reg : Physical base address and size of GQSPI registers map. +- interrupts : Property with a value describing the interrupt + number. +- interrupt-parent : Must be core interrupt controller. +- clock-names : List of input clock names - "ref_clk", "pclk" + (See clock bindings for details). +- clocks : Clock phandles (see clock bindings for details). + +Optional properties: +- num-cs : Number of chip selects used. + +Example: + qspi: spi@ff0f0000 { + compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-qspi-1.0"; + clock-names = "ref_clk", "pclk"; + clocks = <&misc_clk &misc_clk>; + interrupts = <0 15 4>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + num-cs = <1>; + reg = <0x0 0xff0f0000 0x1000>,<0x0 0xc0000000 0x8000000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt index 4f8184d06..fb588b3e6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt @@ -4,11 +4,16 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should be "atmel,at91rm9200-spi". - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts: Should contain spi interrupt -- cs-gpios: chipselects +- cs-gpios: chipselects (optional for SPI controller version >= 2 with the + Chip Select Active After Transfer feature). - clock-names: tuple listing input clock names. Required elements: "spi_clk" - clocks: phandles to input clocks. +Optional properties: +- atmel,fifo-size: maximum number of data the RX and TX FIFOs can store for FIFO + capable SPI controllers. + Example: spi1: spi@fffcc000 { @@ -20,6 +25,7 @@ spi1: spi@fffcc000 { clocks = <&spi1_clk>; clock-names = "spi_clk"; cs-gpios = <&pioB 3 0>; + atmel,fifo-size = <32>; status = "okay"; mmc-slot@0 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/hisilicon-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/hisilicon-thermal.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d48fc5280 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/hisilicon-thermal.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +* Temperature Sensor on hisilicon SoCs + +** Required properties : + +- compatible: "hisilicon,tsensor". +- reg: physical base address of thermal sensor and length of memory mapped + region. +- interrupt: The interrupt number to the cpu. Defines the interrupt used + by /SOCTHERM/tsensor. +- clock-names: Input clock name, should be 'thermal_clk'. +- clocks: phandles for clock specified in "clock-names" property. +- #thermal-sensor-cells: Should be 1. See ./thermal.txt for a description. + +Example : + + tsensor: tsensor@0,f7030700 { + compatible = "hisilicon,tsensor"; + reg = <0x0 0xf7030700 0x0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 7 0x4>; + clocks = <&sys_ctrl HI6220_TSENSOR_CLK>; + clock-names = "thermal_clk"; + #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>; + } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-temp-alarm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-temp-alarm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..290ec06fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-temp-alarm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +Qualcomm QPNP PMIC Temperature Alarm + +QPNP temperature alarm peripherals are found inside of Qualcomm PMIC chips +that utilize the Qualcomm SPMI implementation. These peripherals provide an +interrupt signal and status register to identify high PMIC die temperature. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain "qcom,spmi-temp-alarm". +- reg: Specifies the SPMI address and length of the controller's + registers. +- interrupts: PMIC temperature alarm interrupt. +- #thermal-sensor-cells: Should be 0. See thermal.txt for a description. + +Optional properties: +- io-channels: Should contain IIO channel specifier for the ADC channel, + which report chip die temperature. +- io-channel-names: Should contain "thermal". + +Example: + + pm8941_temp: thermal-alarm@2400 { + compatible = "qcom,spmi-temp-alarm"; + reg = <0x2400 0x100>; + interrupts = <0 0x24 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + #thermal-sensor-cells = <0>; + + io-channels = <&pm8941_vadc VADC_DIE_TEMP>; + io-channel-names = "thermal"; + }; + + thermal-zones { + pm8941 { + polling-delay-passive = <250>; + polling-delay = <1000>; + + thermal-sensors = <&pm8941_temp>; + + trips { + passive { + temperature = <1050000>; + hysteresis = <2000>; + type = "passive"; + }; + alert { + temperature = <125000>; + hysteresis = <2000>; + type = "hot"; + }; + crit { + temperature = <145000>; + hysteresis = <2000>; + type = "critical"; + }; + }; + }; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt index 29fe0bfae..8a49362de 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt @@ -167,6 +167,13 @@ Optional property: by means of sensor ID. Additional coefficients are interpreted as constant offset. +- sustainable-power: An estimate of the sustainable power (in mW) that the + Type: unsigned thermal zone can dissipate at the desired + Size: one cell control temperature. For reference, the + sustainable power of a 4'' phone is typically + 2000mW, while on a 10'' tablet is around + 4500mW. + Note: The delay properties are bound to the maximum dT/dt (temperature derivative over time) in two situations for a thermal zone: (i) - when passive cooling is activated (polling-delay-passive); and @@ -546,6 +553,8 @@ thermal-zones { */ coefficients = <1200 -345 890>; + sustainable-power = <2500>; + trips { /* Trips are based on resulting linear equation */ cpu_trip: cpu-trip { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cadence,ttc-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cadence,ttc-timer.txt index 993695c65..eeee6cd51 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cadence,ttc-timer.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cadence,ttc-timer.txt @@ -6,6 +6,9 @@ Required properties: - interrupts : A list of 3 interrupts; one per timer channel. - clocks: phandle to the source clock +Optional properties: +- timer-width: Bit width of the timer, necessary if not 16. + Example: ttc0: ttc0@f8001000 { @@ -14,4 +17,5 @@ ttc0: ttc0@f8001000 { compatible = "cdns,ttc"; reg = <0xF8001000 0x1000>; clocks = <&cpu_clk 3>; + timer-width = <32>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nxp,lpc3220-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nxp,lpc3220-timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51b05a0e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nxp,lpc3220-timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +* NXP LPC3220 timer + +The NXP LPC3220 timer is used on a wide range of NXP SoCs. This +includes LPC32xx, LPC178x, LPC18xx and LPC43xx parts. + +Required properties: +- compatible: + Should be "nxp,lpc3220-timer". +- reg: + Address and length of the register set. +- interrupts: + Reference to the timer interrupt +- clocks: + Should contain a reference to timer clock. +- clock-names: + Should contain "timerclk". + +Example: + +timer1: timer@40085000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc3220-timer"; + reg = <0x40085000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <13>; + clocks = <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_TIMER1>; + clock-names = "timerclk"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,16bit-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,16bit-timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8792447a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,16bit-timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* Renesas H8/300 16bit timer + +The 16bit timer is a 16bit timer/counter with configurable clock inputs and +programmable compare match. + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: must contain "renesas,16bit-timer" + - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the timer module. + - interrupts: interrupt-specifier for the timer, IMIA + - clocks: a list of phandle, one for each entry in clock-names. + - clock-names: must contain "peripheral_clk" for the functional clock. + - renesas,channel: timer channel number. + +Example: + + timer16: timer@ffff68 { + compatible = "reneas,16bit-timer"; + reg = <0xffff68 8>, <0xffff60 8>; + interrupts = <24>; + renesas,channel = <0>; + clocks = <&pclk>; + clock-names = "peripheral_clk"; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,8bit-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,8bit-timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dca3759a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,8bit-timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* Renesas H8/300 8bit timer + +The 8bit timer is a 8bit timer/counter with configurable clock inputs and +programmable compare match. + +This implement only supported cascade mode. + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: must contain "renesas,8bit-timer" + - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the timer module. + - interrupts: interrupt-specifier for the timer, CMIA and TOVI + - clocks: a list of phandle, one for each entry in clock-names. + - clock-names: must contain "fck" for the functional clock. + +Example: + + timer8_0: timer@ffff80 { + compatible = "renesas,8bit-timer"; + reg = <0xffff80 10>; + interrupts = <36>; + clocks = <&fclk>; + clock-names = "fck"; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tpu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8b25897f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tpu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +* Renesas H8/300 Timer Pluse Unit + +The TPU is a 16bit timer/counter with configurable clock inputs and +programmable compare match. +This implementation support only cascade mode. + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: must contain "renesas,tpu" + - reg: base address and length of the registers block in 2 channel. + - clocks: a list of phandle, one for each entry in clock-names. + - clock-names: must contain "peripheral_clk" for the functional clock. + + +Example: + tpu: tpu@ffffe0 { + compatible = "renesas,tpu"; + reg = <0xffffe0 16>, <0xfffff0 12>; + clocks = <&pclk>; + clock-names = "peripheral_clk"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/st,stm32-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/st,stm32-timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ef28e70d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/st,stm32-timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +. STMicroelectronics STM32 timer + +The STM32 MCUs family has several general-purpose 16 and 32 bits timers. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "st,stm32-timer" +- reg : Address and length of the register set +- clocks : Reference on the timer input clock +- interrupts : Reference to the timer interrupt + +Optional properties: +- resets: Reference to a reset controller asserting the timer + +Example: + +timer5: timer@40000c00 { + compatible = "st,stm32-timer"; + reg = <0x40000c00 0x400>; + interrupts = <50>; + resets = <&rrc 259>; + clocks = <&clk_pmtr1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt index de773a00e..5883b73ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt @@ -5,6 +5,13 @@ OHCI Required properties: - compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-ohci" for USB controllers used in host mode. + - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device + - interrupts: Should contain ehci interrupt + - clocks: Should reference the peripheral, host and system clocks + - clock-names: Should contains two strings + "ohci_clk" for the peripheral clock + "hclk" for the host clock + "uhpck" for the system clock - num-ports: Number of ports. - atmel,vbus-gpio: If present, specifies a gpio that needs to be activated for the bus to be powered. @@ -14,6 +21,8 @@ Required properties: usb0: ohci@00500000 { compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-ohci", "usb-ohci"; reg = <0x00500000 0x100000>; + clocks = <&uhphs_clk>, <&uhphs_clk>, <&uhpck>; + clock-names = "ohci_clk", "hclk", "uhpck"; interrupts = <20 4>; num-ports = <2>; }; @@ -23,11 +32,19 @@ EHCI Required properties: - compatible: Should be "atmel,at91sam9g45-ehci" for USB controllers used in host mode. + - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device + - interrupts: Should contain ehci interrupt + - clocks: Should reference the peripheral and the UTMI clocks + - clock-names: Should contains two strings + "ehci_clk" for the peripheral clock + "usb_clk" for the UTMI clock usb1: ehci@00800000 { compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-ehci", "usb-ehci"; reg = <0x00800000 0x100000>; interrupts = <22 4>; + clocks = <&utmi>, <&uhphs_clk>; + clock-names = "usb_clk", "ehci_clk"; }; AT91 USB device controller @@ -53,6 +70,8 @@ usb1: gadget@fffa4000 { compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-udc"; reg = <0xfffa4000 0x4000>; interrupts = <10 4>; + clocks = <&udc_clk>, <&udpck>; + clock-names = "pclk", "hclk"; atmel,vbus-gpio = <&pioC 5 0>; }; @@ -65,6 +84,10 @@ Required properties: "atmel,sama5d3-udc" - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts: Should contain usba interrupt + - clocks: Should reference the peripheral and host clocks + - clock-names: Should contains two strings + "pclk" for the peripheral clock + "hclk" for the host clock - ep childnode: To specify the number of endpoints and their properties. Optional properties: @@ -86,6 +109,8 @@ usb2: gadget@fff78000 { reg = <0x00600000 0x80000 0xfff78000 0x400>; interrupts = <27 4 0>; + clocks = <&utmi>, <&udphs_clk>; + clock-names = "hclk", "pclk"; atmel,vbus-gpio = <&pioB 19 0>; ep0 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 38a548001..000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -* Freescale i.MX ci13xxx usb controllers - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx27-usb" -- reg: Should contain registers location and length -- interrupts: Should contain controller interrupt -- fsl,usbphy: phandle of usb phy that connects to the port - -Recommended properies: -- phy_type: the type of the phy connected to the core. Should be one - of "utmi", "utmi_wide", "ulpi", "serial" or "hsic". Without this - property the PORTSC register won't be touched -- dr_mode: One of "host", "peripheral" or "otg". Defaults to "otg" - -Optional properties: -- fsl,usbmisc: phandler of non-core register device, with one argument - that indicate usb controller index -- vbus-supply: regulator for vbus -- disable-over-current: disable over current detect -- external-vbus-divider: enables off-chip resistor divider for Vbus -- maximum-speed: limit the maximum connection speed to "full-speed". -- tpl-support: TPL (Targeted Peripheral List) feature for targeted hosts - -Examples: -usb@02184000 { /* USB OTG */ - compatible = "fsl,imx6q-usb", "fsl,imx27-usb"; - reg = <0x02184000 0x200>; - interrupts = <0 43 0x04>; - fsl,usbphy = <&usbphy1>; - fsl,usbmisc = <&usbmisc 0>; - disable-over-current; - external-vbus-divider; - maximum-speed = "full-speed"; - tpl-support; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-qcom.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-qcom.txt deleted file mode 100644 index f2899b550..000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-qcom.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -Qualcomm CI13xxx (Chipidea) USB controllers - -Required properties: -- compatible: should contain "qcom,ci-hdrc" -- reg: offset and length of the register set in the memory map -- interrupts: interrupt-specifier for the controller interrupt. -- usb-phy: phandle for the PHY device -- dr_mode: Should be "peripheral" - -Examples: - gadget@f9a55000 { - compatible = "qcom,ci-hdrc"; - reg = <0xf9a55000 0x400>; - dr_mode = "peripheral"; - interrupts = <0 134 0>; - usb-phy = <&usbphy0>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt index 27f8b1e5e..553e2fae3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt @@ -1,15 +1,35 @@ * USB2 ChipIdea USB controller for ci13xxx Required properties: -- compatible: should be "chipidea,usb2" +- compatible: should be one of: + "fsl,imx27-usb" + "lsi,zevio-usb" + "qcom,ci-hdrc" + "chipidea,usb2" - reg: base address and length of the registers - interrupts: interrupt for the USB controller +Recommended properies: +- phy_type: the type of the phy connected to the core. Should be one + of "utmi", "utmi_wide", "ulpi", "serial" or "hsic". Without this + property the PORTSC register won't be touched. +- dr_mode: One of "host", "peripheral" or "otg". Defaults to "otg" + +Deprecated properties: +- usb-phy: phandle for the PHY device. Use "phys" instead. +- fsl,usbphy: phandle of usb phy that connects to the port. Use "phys" instead. + Optional properties: - clocks: reference to the USB clock - phys: reference to the USB PHY - phy-names: should be "usb-phy" - vbus-supply: reference to the VBUS regulator +- maximum-speed: limit the maximum connection speed to "full-speed". +- tpl-support: TPL (Targeted Peripheral List) feature for targeted hosts +- fsl,usbmisc: (FSL only) phandler of non-core register device, with one + argument that indicate usb controller index +- disable-over-current: (FSL only) disable over current detect +- external-vbus-divider: (FSL only) enables off-chip resistor divider for Vbus Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-zevio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-zevio.txt deleted file mode 100644 index abbcb2aea..000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-zevio.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -* LSI Zevio USB OTG Controller - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "lsi,zevio-usb" -- reg: Should contain registers location and length -- interrupts: Should contain controller interrupt - -Optional properties: -- vbus-supply: regulator for vbus - -Examples: - usb0: usb@b0000000 { - reg = <0xb0000000 0x1000>; - compatible = "lsi,zevio-usb"; - interrupts = <8>; - vbus-supply = <&vbus_reg>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-st.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-st.txt index f9d70252b..01c71b125 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-st.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-st.txt @@ -49,8 +49,7 @@ st_dwc3: dwc3@8f94000 { st,syscfg = <&syscfg_core>; resets = <&powerdown STIH407_USB3_POWERDOWN>, <&softreset STIH407_MIPHY2_SOFTRESET>; - reset-names = "powerdown", - "softreset"; + reset-names = "powerdown", "softreset"; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <1>; pinctrl-names = "default"; @@ -62,7 +61,7 @@ st_dwc3: dwc3@8f94000 { reg = <0x09900000 0x100000>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 155 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; dr_mode = "host"; - phys-names = "usb2-phy", "usb3-phy"; - phys = <&usb2_picophy2>, <&phy_port2 MIPHY_TYPE_USB>; + phy-names = "usb2-phy", "usb3-phy"; + phys = <&usb2_picophy2>, <&phy_port2 PHY_TYPE_USB3>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt index 5cc364309..0815eac5b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt @@ -38,6 +38,8 @@ Optional properties: - snps,is-utmi-l1-suspend: true when DWC3 asserts output signal utmi_l1_suspend_n, false when asserts utmi_sleep_n - snps,hird-threshold: HIRD threshold + - snps,hsphy_interface: High-Speed PHY interface selection between "utmi" for + UTMI+ and "ulpi" for ULPI when the DWC_USB3_HSPHY_INTERFACE has value 3. This is usually a subnode to DWC3 glue to which it is connected. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/msm-hsusb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/msm-hsusb.txt index 2826f2af5..bd8d9e753 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/msm-hsusb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/msm-hsusb.txt @@ -69,6 +69,17 @@ Optional properties: (no, min, max) where each value represents either a voltage in microvolts or a value corresponding to voltage corner. +- qcom,manual-pullup: If present, vbus is not routed to USB controller/phy + and controller driver therefore enables pull-up explicitly + before starting controller using usbcmd run/stop bit. + +- extcon: phandles to external connector devices. First phandle + should point to external connector, which provide "USB" + cable events, the second should point to external connector + device, which provide "USB-HOST" cable events. If one of + the external connector devices is not required empty <0> + phandle should be specified. + Example HSUSB OTG controller device node: usb@f9a55000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt index ddbe304be..64a4ca6cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Must contain one of the following: - "renesas,usbhs-r8a7790" - "renesas,usbhs-r8a7791" + - "renesas,usbhs-r8a7794" - reg: Base address and length of the register for the USBHS - interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the USBHS - clocks: A list of phandle + clock specifier pairs diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/twlxxxx-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/twlxxxx-usb.txt index 0aee0ad3f..17327a296 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/twlxxxx-usb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/twlxxxx-usb.txt @@ -30,6 +30,9 @@ TWL4030 USB PHY AND COMPARATOR - usb_mode : The mode used by the phy to connect to the controller. "1" specifies "ULPI" mode and "2" specifies "CEA2011_3PIN" mode. +If a sibling node is compatible "ti,twl4030-bci", then it will find +this device and query it for USB power status. + twl4030-usb { compatible = "ti,twl4030-usb"; interrupts = < 10 4 >; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt index 0b04fdff9..a12d6012a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ Optional properties: - big-endian-desc : boolean, set this for hcds with big-endian descriptors - big-endian : boolean, for hcds with big-endian-regs + big-endian-desc - needs-reset-on-resume : boolean, set this to force EHCI reset after resume + - has-transaction-translator : boolean, set this if EHCI have a Transaction + Translator built into the root hub. - clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs - phys : phandle + phy specifier pair - phy-names : "usb" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt index 80339192c..d444757c4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ calxeda Calxeda capella Capella Microsystems, Inc cavium Cavium, Inc. cdns Cadence Design Systems Inc. +ceva Ceva, Inc. chipidea Chipidea, Inc chipone ChipOne chipspark ChipSPARK @@ -52,14 +53,17 @@ cnxt Conexant Systems, Inc. cortina Cortina Systems, Inc. cosmic Cosmic Circuits crystalfontz Crystalfontz America, Inc. +cubietech Cubietech, Ltd. dallas Maxim Integrated Products (formerly Dallas Semiconductor) davicom DAVICOM Semiconductor, Inc. +delta Delta Electronics, Inc. denx Denx Software Engineering digi Digi International Inc. digilent Diglent, Inc. dlg Dialog Semiconductor dlink D-Link Corporation dmo Data Modul AG +ea Embedded Artists AB ebv EBV Elektronik edt Emerging Display Technologies elan Elan Microelectronic Corp. @@ -90,9 +94,11 @@ gumstix Gumstix, Inc. gw Gateworks Corporation hannstar HannStar Display Corporation haoyu Haoyu Microelectronic Co. Ltd. +hardkernel Hardkernel Co., Ltd himax Himax Technologies, Inc. hisilicon Hisilicon Limited. hit Hitachi Ltd. +hitex Hitex Development Tools honeywell Honeywell hp Hewlett Packard i2se I2SE GmbH @@ -100,6 +106,7 @@ ibm International Business Machines (IBM) idt Integrated Device Technologies, Inc. iom Iomega Corporation img Imagination Technologies Ltd. +ingenic Ingenic Semiconductor innolux Innolux Corporation intel Intel Corporation intercontrol Inter Control Group @@ -107,6 +114,7 @@ isee ISEE 2007 S.L. isil Intersil karo Ka-Ro electronics GmbH keymile Keymile GmbH +kinetic Kinetic Technologies lacie LaCie lantiq Lantiq Semiconductor lenovo Lenovo Group Ltd. @@ -117,6 +125,7 @@ lltc Linear Technology Corporation marvell Marvell Technology Group Ltd. maxim Maxim Integrated Products mediatek MediaTek Inc. +melexis Melexis N.V. merrii Merrii Technology Co., Ltd. micrel Micrel Inc. microchip Microchip Technology Inc. @@ -154,13 +163,16 @@ powervr PowerVR (deprecated, use img) qca Qualcomm Atheros, Inc. qcom Qualcomm Technologies, Inc qemu QEMU, a generic and open source machine emulator and virtualizer +qi Qi Hardware qnap QNAP Systems, Inc. radxa Radxa raidsonic RaidSonic Technology GmbH ralink Mediatek/Ralink Technology Corp. ramtron Ramtron International +raspberrypi Raspberry Pi Foundation realtek Realtek Semiconductor Corp. renesas Renesas Electronics Corporation +richtek Richtek Technology Corporation ricoh Ricoh Co. Ltd. rockchip Fuzhou Rockchip Electronics Co., Ltd samsung Samsung Semiconductor @@ -181,6 +193,7 @@ skyworks Skyworks Solutions, Inc. smsc Standard Microsystems Corporation snps Synopsys, Inc. solidrun SolidRun +solomon Solomon Systech Limited sony Sony Corporation spansion Spansion Inc. sprd Spreadtrum Communications Inc. @@ -189,12 +202,14 @@ ste ST-Ericsson stericsson ST-Ericsson synology Synology, Inc. tbs TBS Technologies +tcl Toby Churchill Ltd. thine THine Electronics, Inc. ti Texas Instruments tlm Trusted Logic Mobility toradex Toradex AG toshiba Toshiba Corporation toumaz Toumaz +tplink TP-LINK Technologies Co., Ltd. truly Truly Semiconductors Limited usi Universal Scientific Industrial Co., Ltd. v3 V3 Semiconductor @@ -202,6 +217,7 @@ variscite Variscite Ltd. via VIA Technologies, Inc. virtio Virtual I/O Device Specification, developed by the OASIS consortium voipac Voipac Technologies s.r.o. +wexler Wexler winbond Winbond Electronics corp. wlf Wolfson Microelectronics wm Wondermedia Technologies, Inc. @@ -211,3 +227,5 @@ xillybus Xillybus Ltd. xlnx Xilinx zyxel ZyXEL Communications Corp. zarlink Zarlink Semiconductor +zii Zodiac Inflight Innovations +zte ZTE Corp. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos-mic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos-mic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0fba2ee64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos-mic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +Device-Tree bindings for Samsung Exynos SoC mobile image compressor (MIC) + +MIC (mobile image compressor) resides between decon and mipi dsi. Mipi dsi is +not capable to transfer high resoltuion frame data as decon can send. MIC +solves this problem by compressing the frame data by 1/2 before it is +transferred through mipi dsi. The compressed frame data must be uncompressed in +the panel PCB. + +Required properties: +- compatible: value should be "samsung,exynos5433-mic". +- reg: physical base address and length of the MIC registers set and system + register of mic. +- clocks: must include clock specifiers corresponding to entries in the + clock-names property. +- clock-names: list of clock names sorted in the same order as the clocks + property. Must contain "pclk_mic0", "sclk_rgb_vclk_to_mic0". +- samsung,disp-syscon: the reference node for syscon for DISP block. +- ports: contains a port which is connected to decon node and dsi node. + address-cells and size-cells must 1 and 0, respectively. +- port: contains an endpoint node which is connected to the endpoint in the + decon node or dsi node. The reg value must be 0 and 1 respectively. + +Example: +SoC specific DT entry: +mic: mic@13930000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-mic"; + reg = <0x13930000 0x48>; + clocks = <&cmu_disp CLK_PCLK_MIC0>, + <&cmu_disp CLK_SCLK_RGB_VCLK_TO_MIC0>; + clock-names = "pclk_mic0", "sclk_rgb_vclk_to_mic0"; + samsung,disp-syscon = <&syscon_disp>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + mic_to_decon: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&decon_to_mic>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + mic_to_dsi: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dsi_to_mic>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos5433-decon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos5433-decon.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..377afbf51 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos5433-decon.txt @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +Device-Tree bindings for Samsung Exynos SoC display controller (DECON) + +DECON (Display and Enhancement Controller) is the Display Controller for the +Exynos series of SoCs which transfers the image data from a video memory +buffer to an external LCD interface. + +Required properties: +- compatible: value should be "samsung,exynos5433-decon"; +- reg: physical base address and length of the DECON registers set. +- interrupts: should contain a list of all DECON IP block interrupts in the + order: VSYNC, LCD_SYSTEM. The interrupt specifier format + depends on the interrupt controller used. +- interrupt-names: should contain the interrupt names: "vsync", "lcd_sys" + in the same order as they were listed in the interrupts + property. +- clocks: must include clock specifiers corresponding to entries in the + clock-names property. +- clock-names: list of clock names sorted in the same order as the clocks + property. Must contain "aclk_decon", "aclk_smmu_decon0x", + "aclk_xiu_decon0x", "pclk_smmu_decon0x", clk_decon_vclk", + "sclk_decon_eclk" +- ports: contains a port which is connected to mic node. address-cells and + size-cells must 1 and 0, respectively. +- port: contains an endpoint node which is connected to the endpoint in the mic + node. The reg value muset be 0. +- i80-if-timings: specify whether the panel which is connected to decon uses + i80 lcd interface or mipi video interface. This node contains + no timing information as that of fimd does. Because there is + no register in decon to specify i80 interface timing value, + it is not needed, but make it remain to use same kind of node + in fimd and exynos7 decon. + +Example: +SoC specific DT entry: +decon: decon@13800000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-decon"; + reg = <0x13800000 0x2104>; + clocks = <&cmu_disp CLK_ACLK_DECON>, <&cmu_disp CLK_ACLK_SMMU_DECON0X>, + <&cmu_disp CLK_ACLK_XIU_DECON0X>, + <&cmu_disp CLK_PCLK_SMMU_DECON0X>, + <&cmu_disp CLK_SCLK_DECON_VCLK>, + <&cmu_disp CLK_SCLK_DECON_ECLK>; + clock-names = "aclk_decon", "aclk_smmu_decon0x", "aclk_xiu_decon0x", + "pclk_smmu_decon0x", "sclk_decon_vclk", "sclk_decon_eclk"; + interrupt-names = "vsync", "lcd_sys"; + interrupts = <0 202 0>, <0 203 0>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + decon_to_mic: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&mic_to_decon>; + }; + }; + }; +}; + +Board specific DT entry: +&decon { + i80-if-timings { + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt index 802aa7ef6..0be036270 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt @@ -6,17 +6,19 @@ Required properties: "samsung,exynos4210-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos4 SoCs */ "samsung,exynos4415-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos4415 SoC */ "samsung,exynos5410-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos5410/5420/5440 SoCs */ + "samsung,exynos5433-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos5433 SoCs */ - reg: physical base address and length of the registers set for the device - interrupts: should contain DSI interrupt - clocks: list of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for each required entry in clock-names - - clock-names: should include "bus_clk"and "pll_clk" entries + - clock-names: should include "bus_clk"and "sclk_mipi" entries + the use of "pll_clk" is deprecated - phys: list of phy specifiers, must contain an entry for each required entry in phy-names - phy-names: should include "dsim" entry - vddcore-supply: MIPI DSIM Core voltage supply (e.g. 1.1V) - vddio-supply: MIPI DSIM I/O and PLL voltage supply (e.g. 1.8V) - - samsung,pll-clock-frequency: specifies frequency of the "pll_clk" clock + - samsung,pll-clock-frequency: specifies frequency of the oscillator clock - #address-cells, #size-cells: should be set respectively to <1> and <0> according to DSI host bindings (see MIPI DSI bindings [1]) @@ -30,10 +32,19 @@ Video interfaces: Device node can contain video interface port nodes according to [2]. The following are properties specific to those nodes: - port node: - - reg: (required) can be 0 for input RGB/I80 port or 1 for DSI port; + port node inbound: + - reg: (required) must be 0. + port node outbound: + - reg: (required) must be 1. - endpoint node of DSI port (reg = 1): + endpoint node connected from mic node (reg = 0): + - remote-endpoint: specifies the endpoint in mic node. This node is required + for Exynos5433 mipi dsi. So mic can access to panel node + thoughout this dsi node. + endpoint node connected to panel node (reg = 1): + - remote-endpoint: specifies the endpoint in panel node. This node is + required in all kinds of exynos mipi dsi to represent + the connection between mipi dsi and panel. - samsung,burst-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in high-speed burst mode - samsung,esc-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in escape mode @@ -48,7 +59,7 @@ Example: reg = <0x11C80000 0x10000>; interrupts = <0 79 0>; clocks = <&clock 286>, <&clock 143>; - clock-names = "bus_clk", "pll_clk"; + clock-names = "bus_clk", "sclk_mipi"; phys = <&mipi_phy 1>; phy-names = "dsim"; vddcore-supply = <&vusb_reg>; @@ -72,7 +83,15 @@ Example: #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + decon_to_mic: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&mic_to_decon>; + }; + }; + port@1 { + reg = <1>; dsi_ep: endpoint { reg = <0>; samsung,burst-clock-frequency = <500000000>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1307fb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1307fb.txt index 7a125427f..d1be78db6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1307fb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1307fb.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Should be "solomon,<chip>fb-<bus>". The only supported bus for - now is i2c, and the supported chips are ssd1306 and ssd1307. + now is i2c, and the supported chips are ssd1305, ssd1306 and ssd1307. - reg: Should contain address of the controller on the I2C bus. Most likely 0x3c or 0x3d - pwm: Should contain the pwm to use according to the OF device tree PWM @@ -15,6 +15,16 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - reset-active-low: Is the reset gpio is active on physical low? + - solomon,segment-no-remap: Display needs normal (non-inverted) data column + to segment mapping + - solomon,com-seq: Display uses sequential COM pin configuration + - solomon,com-lrremap: Display uses left-right COM pin remap + - solomon,com-invdir: Display uses inverted COM pin scan direction + - solomon,com-offset: Number of the COM pin wired to the first display line + - solomon,prechargep1: Length of deselect period (phase 1) in clock cycles. + - solomon,prechargep2: Length of precharge period (phase 2) in clock cycles. + This needs to be the higher, the higher the capacitance + of the OLED's pixels is [0]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm.txt @@ -26,3 +36,14 @@ ssd1307: oled@3c { reset-gpios = <&gpio2 7>; reset-active-low; }; + +ssd1306: oled@3c { + compatible = "solomon,ssd1306fb-i2c"; + reg = <0x3c>; + pwms = <&pwm 4 3000>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio2 7>; + reset-active-low; + solomon,com-lrremap; + solomon,com-invdir; + solomon,com-offset = <32>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/digicolor-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/digicolor-wdt.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a882967e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/digicolor-wdt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Conexant Digicolor SoCs Watchdog timer + +The watchdog functionality in Conexant Digicolor SoCs relies on the so called +"Agent Communication" block. This block includes the eight programmable system +timer counters. The first timer (called "Timer A") is the only one that can be +used as watchdog. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : Should be "cnxt,cx92755-wdt" +- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers +- clocks : phandle; specifies the clock that drives the timer + +Optional properties: + +- timeout-sec : Contains the watchdog timeout in seconds + +Example: + + watchdog@f0000fc0 { + compatible = "cnxt,cx92755-wdt"; + reg = <0xf0000fc0 0x8>; + clocks = <&main_clk>; + timeout-sec = <15>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/omap-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/omap-wdt.txt index c22797067..1fa20e453 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/omap-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/omap-wdt.txt @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ TI Watchdog Timer (WDT) Controller for OMAP Required properties: -compatible: -- "ti,omap3-wdt" for OMAP3 -- "ti,omap4-wdt" for OMAP4 -- ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated to the WDT +- compatible : "ti,omap3-wdt" for OMAP3 or "ti,omap4-wdt" for OMAP4 +- ti,hwmods : Name of the hwmod associated to the WDT + +Optional properties: +- timeout-sec : default watchdog timeout in seconds Examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/st_lpc_wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/st_lpc_wdt.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..388c88a01 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/st_lpc_wdt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +STMicroelectronics Low Power Controller (LPC) - Watchdog +======================================================== + +LPC currently supports Watchdog OR Real Time Clock functionality. + +[See: ../rtc/rtc-st-lpc.txt for RTC options] + +Required properties + +- compatible : Must be one of: "st,stih407-lpc" "st,stih416-lpc" + "st,stih415-lpc" "st,stid127-lpc" +- reg : LPC registers base address + size +- interrupts : LPC interrupt line number and associated flags +- clocks : Clock used by LPC device (See: ../clock/clock-bindings.txt) +- st,lpc-mode : The LPC can run either one of two modes ST_LPC_MODE_RTC [0] or + ST_LPC_MODE_WDT [1]. One (and only one) mode must be + selected. + +Required properties [watchdog mode] + +- st,syscfg : Phandle to syscfg node used to enable watchdog and configure + CPU reset type. +- timeout-sec : Watchdog timeout in seconds + +Optional properties [watchdog mode] + +- st,warm-reset : If present reset type will be 'warm' - if not it will be cold + +Example: + lpc@fde05000 { + compatible = "st,stih407-lpc"; + reg = <0xfde05000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&clk_s_d3_flexgen CLK_LPC_0>; + st,syscfg = <&syscfg_core>; + timeout-sec = <120>; + st,lpc-mode = <ST_LPC_MODE_WDT>; + st,warm-reset; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt index e49e42326..04d34f6a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt @@ -856,6 +856,10 @@ address which can extend beyond that limit. name may clash with standard defined ones, you prefix them with your vendor name and a comma. + Additional properties for the root node: + + - serial-number : a string representing the device's serial number + b) The /cpus node This node is the parent of all individual CPU nodes. It doesn't diff --git a/Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt b/Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt index 05d228019..ca67b0f04 100644 --- a/Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt +++ b/Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt @@ -345,11 +345,12 @@ where to put them) that abstracts it away. * DMA_CTRL_ACK - - Undocumented feature - - No one really has an idea of what it's about, besides being - related to reusing the DMA transaction descriptors or having - additional transactions added to it in the async-tx API - - Useless in the case of the slave API + - If set, the transfer can be reused after being completed. + - There is a guarantee the transfer won't be freed until it is acked + by async_tx_ack(). + - As a consequence, if a device driver wants to skip the dma_map_sg() and + dma_unmap_sg() in between 2 transfers, because the DMA'd data wasn't used, + it can resubmit the transfer right after its completion. General Design Notes -------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/dmaengine/pxa_dma.txt b/Documentation/dmaengine/pxa_dma.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..413ef9cfa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/dmaengine/pxa_dma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +PXA/MMP - DMA Slave controller +============================== + +Constraints +----------- + a) Transfers hot queuing + A driver submitting a transfer and issuing it should be granted the transfer + is queued even on a running DMA channel. + This implies that the queuing doesn't wait for the previous transfer end, + and that the descriptor chaining is not only done in the irq/tasklet code + triggered by the end of the transfer. + A transfer which is submitted and issued on a phy doesn't wait for a phy to + stop and restart, but is submitted on a "running channel". The other + drivers, especially mmp_pdma waited for the phy to stop before relaunching + a new transfer. + + b) All transfers having asked for confirmation should be signaled + Any issued transfer with DMA_PREP_INTERRUPT should trigger a callback call. + This implies that even if an irq/tasklet is triggered by end of tx1, but + at the time of irq/dma tx2 is already finished, tx1->complete() and + tx2->complete() should be called. + + c) Channel running state + A driver should be able to query if a channel is running or not. For the + multimedia case, such as video capture, if a transfer is submitted and then + a check of the DMA channel reports a "stopped channel", the transfer should + not be issued until the next "start of frame interrupt", hence the need to + know if a channel is in running or stopped state. + + d) Bandwidth guarantee + The PXA architecture has 4 levels of DMAs priorities : high, normal, low. + The high prorities get twice as much bandwidth as the normal, which get twice + as much as the low priorities. + A driver should be able to request a priority, especially the real-time + ones such as pxa_camera with (big) throughputs. + +Design +------ + a) Virtual channels + Same concept as in sa11x0 driver, ie. a driver was assigned a "virtual + channel" linked to the requestor line, and the physical DMA channel is + assigned on the fly when the transfer is issued. + + b) Transfer anatomy for a scatter-gather transfer + +------------+-----+---------------+----------------+-----------------+ + | desc-sg[0] | ... | desc-sg[last] | status updater | finisher/linker | + +------------+-----+---------------+----------------+-----------------+ + + This structure is pointed by dma->sg_cpu. + The descriptors are used as follows : + - desc-sg[i]: i-th descriptor, transferring the i-th sg + element to the video buffer scatter gather + - status updater + Transfers a single u32 to a well known dma coherent memory to leave + a trace that this transfer is done. The "well known" is unique per + physical channel, meaning that a read of this value will tell which + is the last finished transfer at that point in time. + - finisher: has ddadr=DADDR_STOP, dcmd=ENDIRQEN + - linker: has ddadr= desc-sg[0] of next transfer, dcmd=0 + + c) Transfers hot-chaining + Suppose the running chain is : + Buffer 1 Buffer 2 + +---------+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+ + | d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | f | + +---------+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+---+ + | | + +----+ + + After a call to dmaengine_submit(b3), the chain will look like : + Buffer 1 Buffer 2 Buffer 3 + +---------+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+ + | d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | f | + +---------+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+---+ + | | | | + +----+ +----+ + new_link + + If while new_link was created the DMA channel stopped, it is _not_ + restarted. Hot-chaining doesn't break the assumption that + dma_async_issue_pending() is to be used to ensure the transfer is actually started. + + One exception to this rule : + - if Buffer1 and Buffer2 had all their addresses 8 bytes aligned + - and if Buffer3 has at least one address not 4 bytes aligned + - then hot-chaining cannot happen, as the channel must be stopped, the + "align bit" must be set, and the channel restarted As a consequence, + such a transfer tx_submit() will be queued on the submitted queue, and + this specific case if the DMA is already running in aligned mode. + + d) Transfers completion updater + Each time a transfer is completed on a channel, an interrupt might be + generated or not, up to the client's request. But in each case, the last + descriptor of a transfer, the "status updater", will write the latest + transfer being completed into the physical channel's completion mark. + + This will speed up residue calculation, for large transfers such as video + buffers which hold around 6k descriptors or more. This also allows without + any lock to find out what is the latest completed transfer in a running + DMA chain. + + e) Transfers completion, irq and tasklet + When a transfer flagged as "DMA_PREP_INTERRUPT" is finished, the dma irq + is raised. Upon this interrupt, a tasklet is scheduled for the physical + channel. + The tasklet is responsible for : + - reading the physical channel last updater mark + - calling all the transfer callbacks of finished transfers, based on + that mark, and each transfer flags. + If a transfer is completed while this handling is done, a dma irq will + be raised, and the tasklet will be scheduled once again, having a new + updater mark. + + f) Residue + Residue granularity will be descriptor based. The issued but not completed + transfers will be scanned for all of their descriptors against the + currently running descriptor. + + g) Most complicated case of driver's tx queues + The most tricky situation is when : + - there are not "acked" transfers (tx0) + - a driver submitted an aligned tx1, not chained + - a driver submitted an aligned tx2 => tx2 is cold chained to tx1 + - a driver issued tx1+tx2 => channel is running in aligned mode + - a driver submitted an aligned tx3 => tx3 is hot-chained + - a driver submitted an unaligned tx4 => tx4 is put in submitted queue, + not chained + - a driver issued tx4 => tx4 is put in issued queue, not chained + - a driver submitted an aligned tx5 => tx5 is put in submitted queue, not + chained + - a driver submitted an aligned tx6 => tx6 is put in submitted queue, + cold chained to tx5 + + This translates into (after tx4 is issued) : + - issued queue + +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ + | tx1 | | tx2 | | tx3 | | tx4 | + +---|-+ ^---|-+ ^-----+ +-----+ + | | | | + +---+ +---+ + - submitted queue + +-----+ +-----+ + | tx5 | | tx6 | + +---|-+ ^-----+ + | | + +---+ + - completed queue : empty + - allocated queue : tx0 + + It should be noted that after tx3 is completed, the channel is stopped, and + restarted in "unaligned mode" to handle tx4. + +Author: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr> diff --git a/Documentation/edac.txt b/Documentation/edac.txt index 73fff13e8..0cf27a354 100644 --- a/Documentation/edac.txt +++ b/Documentation/edac.txt @@ -1,53 +1,34 @@ - - EDAC - Error Detection And Correction - -Written by Doug Thompson <dougthompson@xmission.com> -7 Dec 2005 -17 Jul 2007 Updated - -(c) Mauro Carvalho Chehab -05 Aug 2009 Nehalem interface - -EDAC is maintained and written by: - - Doug Thompson, Dave Jiang, Dave Peterson et al, - original author: Thayne Harbaugh, - -Contact: - website: bluesmoke.sourceforge.net - mailing list: bluesmoke-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +===================================== "bluesmoke" was the name for this device driver when it was "out-of-tree" and maintained at sourceforge.net. When it was pushed into 2.6.16 for the first time, it was renamed to 'EDAC'. -The bluesmoke project at sourceforge.net is now utilized as a 'staging area' -for EDAC development, before it is sent upstream to kernel.org - -At the bluesmoke/EDAC project site is a series of quilt patches against -recent kernels, stored in a SVN repository. For easier downloading, there -is also a tarball snapshot available. +PURPOSE +------- -============================================================================ -EDAC PURPOSE - -The 'edac' kernel module goal is to detect and report errors that occur -within the computer system running under linux. +The 'edac' kernel module's goal is to detect and report hardware errors +that occur within the computer system running under linux. MEMORY +------ -In the initial release, memory Correctable Errors (CE) and Uncorrectable -Errors (UE) are the primary errors being harvested. These types of errors -are harvested by the 'edac_mc' class of device. +Memory Correctable Errors (CE) and Uncorrectable Errors (UE) are the +primary errors being harvested. These types of errors are harvested by +the 'edac_mc' device. Detecting CE events, then harvesting those events and reporting them, -CAN be a predictor of future UE events. With CE events, the system can -continue to operate, but with less safety. Preventive maintenance and -proactive part replacement of memory DIMMs exhibiting CEs can reduce -the likelihood of the dreaded UE events and system 'panics'. +*can* but must not necessarily be a predictor of future UE events. With +CE events only, the system can and will continue to operate as no data +has been damaged yet. + +However, preventive maintenance and proactive part replacement of memory +DIMMs exhibiting CEs can reduce the likelihood of the dreaded UE events +and system panics. -NON-MEMORY +OTHER HARDWARE ELEMENTS +----------------------- A new feature for EDAC, the edac_device class of device, was added in the 2.6.23 version of the kernel. @@ -56,70 +37,57 @@ This new device type allows for non-memory type of ECC hardware detectors to have their states harvested and presented to userspace via the sysfs interface. -Some architectures have ECC detectors for L1, L2 and L3 caches, along with DMA -engines, fabric switches, main data path switches, interconnections, -and various other hardware data paths. If the hardware reports it, then -a edac_device device probably can be constructed to harvest and present -that to userspace. +Some architectures have ECC detectors for L1, L2 and L3 caches, +along with DMA engines, fabric switches, main data path switches, +interconnections, and various other hardware data paths. If the hardware +reports it, then a edac_device device probably can be constructed to +harvest and present that to userspace. PCI BUS SCANNING +---------------- -In addition, PCI Bus Parity and SERR Errors are scanned for on PCI devices -in order to determine if errors are occurring on data transfers. +In addition, PCI devices are scanned for PCI Bus Parity and SERR Errors +in order to determine if errors are occurring during data transfers. The presence of PCI Parity errors must be examined with a grain of salt. -There are several add-in adapters that do NOT follow the PCI specification +There are several add-in adapters that do *not* follow the PCI specification with regards to Parity generation and reporting. The specification says the vendor should tie the parity status bits to 0 if they do not intend to generate parity. Some vendors do not do this, and thus the parity bit can "float" giving false positives. -In the kernel there is a PCI device attribute located in sysfs that is -checked by the EDAC PCI scanning code. If that attribute is set, -PCI parity/error scanning is skipped for that device. The attribute -is: +There is a PCI device attribute located in sysfs that is checked by +the EDAC PCI scanning code. If that attribute is set, PCI parity/error +scanning is skipped for that device. The attribute is: broken_parity_status -as is located in /sys/devices/pci<XXX>/0000:XX:YY.Z directories for +and is located in /sys/devices/pci<XXX>/0000:XX:YY.Z directories for PCI devices. -FUTURE HARDWARE SCANNING -EDAC will have future error detectors that will be integrated with -EDAC or added to it, in the following list: - - MCE Machine Check Exception - MCA Machine Check Architecture - NMI NMI notification of ECC errors - MSRs Machine Specific Register error cases - and other mechanisms. - -These errors are usually bus errors, ECC errors, thermal throttling -and the like. - - -============================================================================ -EDAC VERSIONING +VERSIONING +---------- EDAC is composed of a "core" module (edac_core.ko) and several Memory -Controller (MC) driver modules. On a given system, the CORE -is loaded and one MC driver will be loaded. Both the CORE and -the MC driver (or edac_device driver) have individual versions that reflect -current release level of their respective modules. +Controller (MC) driver modules. On a given system, the CORE is loaded +and one MC driver will be loaded. Both the CORE and the MC driver (or +edac_device driver) have individual versions that reflect current +release level of their respective modules. -Thus, to "report" on what version a system is running, one must report both -the CORE's and the MC driver's versions. +Thus, to "report" on what version a system is running, one must report +both the CORE's and the MC driver's versions. LOADING +------- -If 'edac' was statically linked with the kernel then no loading is -necessary. If 'edac' was built as modules then simply modprobe the -'edac' pieces that you need. You should be able to modprobe -hardware-specific modules and have the dependencies load the necessary core -modules. +If 'edac' was statically linked with the kernel then no loading +is necessary. If 'edac' was built as modules then simply modprobe +the 'edac' pieces that you need. You should be able to modprobe +hardware-specific modules and have the dependencies load the necessary +core modules. Example: @@ -129,35 +97,33 @@ loads both the amd76x_edac.ko memory controller module and the edac_mc.ko core module. -============================================================================ -EDAC sysfs INTERFACE - -EDAC presents a 'sysfs' interface for control, reporting and attribute -reporting purposes. +SYSFS INTERFACE +--------------- -EDAC lives in the /sys/devices/system/edac directory. +EDAC presents a 'sysfs' interface for control and reporting purposes. It +lives in the /sys/devices/system/edac directory. -Within this directory there currently reside 2 'edac' components: +Within this directory there currently reside 2 components: mc memory controller(s) system pci PCI control and status system -============================================================================ + Memory Controller (mc) Model +---------------------------- -First a background on the memory controller's model abstracted in EDAC. -Each 'mc' device controls a set of DIMM memory modules. These modules are -laid out in a Chip-Select Row (csrowX) and Channel table (chX). There can -be multiple csrows and multiple channels. +Each 'mc' device controls a set of DIMM memory modules. These modules +are laid out in a Chip-Select Row (csrowX) and Channel table (chX). +There can be multiple csrows and multiple channels. -Memory controllers allow for several csrows, with 8 csrows being a typical value. -Yet, the actual number of csrows depends on the electrical "loading" -of a given motherboard, memory controller and DIMM characteristics. +Memory controllers allow for several csrows, with 8 csrows being a +typical value. Yet, the actual number of csrows depends on the layout of +a given motherboard, memory controller and DIMM characteristics. -Dual channels allows for 128 bit data transfers to the CPU from memory. -Some newer chipsets allow for more than 2 channels, like Fully Buffered DIMMs -(FB-DIMMs). The following example will assume 2 channels: +Dual channels allows for 128 bit data transfers to/from the CPU from/to +memory. Some newer chipsets allow for more than 2 channels, like Fully +Buffered DIMMs (FB-DIMMs). The following example will assume 2 channels: Channel 0 Channel 1 @@ -179,12 +145,12 @@ for memory DIMMs: DIMM_A1 DIMM_B1 -Labels for these slots are usually silk screened on the motherboard. Slots -labeled 'A' are channel 0 in this example. Slots labeled 'B' -are channel 1. Notice that there are two csrows possible on a -physical DIMM. These csrows are allocated their csrow assignment -based on the slot into which the memory DIMM is placed. Thus, when 1 DIMM -is placed in each Channel, the csrows cross both DIMMs. +Labels for these slots are usually silk-screened on the motherboard. +Slots labeled 'A' are channel 0 in this example. Slots labeled 'B' are +channel 1. Notice that there are two csrows possible on a physical DIMM. +These csrows are allocated their csrow assignment based on the slot into +which the memory DIMM is placed. Thus, when 1 DIMM is placed in each +Channel, the csrows cross both DIMMs. Memory DIMMs come single or dual "ranked". A rank is a populated csrow. Thus, 2 single ranked DIMMs, placed in slots DIMM_A0 and DIMM_B0 above @@ -193,8 +159,8 @@ when 2 dual ranked DIMMs are similarly placed, then both csrow0 and csrow1 will be populated. The pattern repeats itself for csrow2 and csrow3. -The representation of the above is reflected in the directory tree -in EDAC's sysfs interface. Starting in directory +The representation of the above is reflected in the directory +tree in EDAC's sysfs interface. Starting in directory /sys/devices/system/edac/mc each memory controller will be represented by its own 'mcX' directory, where 'X' is the index of the MC. @@ -217,34 +183,35 @@ Under each 'mcX' directory each 'csrowX' is again represented by a |->csrow3 .... -Notice that there is no csrow1, which indicates that csrow0 is -composed of a single ranked DIMMs. This should also apply in both -Channels, in order to have dual-channel mode be operational. Since -both csrow2 and csrow3 are populated, this indicates a dual ranked -set of DIMMs for channels 0 and 1. +Notice that there is no csrow1, which indicates that csrow0 is composed +of a single ranked DIMMs. This should also apply in both Channels, in +order to have dual-channel mode be operational. Since both csrow2 and +csrow3 are populated, this indicates a dual ranked set of DIMMs for +channels 0 and 1. -Within each of the 'mcX' and 'csrowX' directories are several -EDAC control and attribute files. +Within each of the 'mcX' and 'csrowX' directories are several EDAC +control and attribute files. -============================================================================ -'mcX' DIRECTORIES +'mcX' directories +----------------- In 'mcX' directories are EDAC control and attribute files for this 'X' instance of the memory controllers. For a description of the sysfs API, please see: - Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs/devices-edac + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac + -============================================================================ -'csrowX' DIRECTORIES +'csrowX' directories +-------------------- -When CONFIG_EDAC_LEGACY_SYSFS is enabled, the sysfs will contain the -csrowX directories. As this API doesn't work properly for Rambus, FB-DIMMs -and modern Intel Memory Controllers, this is being deprecated in favor -of dimmX directories. +When CONFIG_EDAC_LEGACY_SYSFS is enabled, sysfs will contain the csrowX +directories. As this API doesn't work properly for Rambus, FB-DIMMs and +modern Intel Memory Controllers, this is being deprecated in favor of +dimmX directories. In the 'csrowX' directories are EDAC control and attribute files for this 'X' instance of csrow: @@ -265,18 +232,18 @@ Total Correctable Errors count attribute file: 'ce_count' This attribute file displays the total count of correctable - errors that have occurred on this csrow. This - count is very important to examine. CEs provide early - indications that a DIMM is beginning to fail. This count - field should be monitored for non-zero values and report - such information to the system administrator. + errors that have occurred on this csrow. This count is very + important to examine. CEs provide early indications that a + DIMM is beginning to fail. This count field should be + monitored for non-zero values and report such information + to the system administrator. Total memory managed by this csrow attribute file: 'size_mb' - This attribute file displays, in count of megabytes, of memory + This attribute file displays, in count of megabytes, the memory that this csrow contains. @@ -377,11 +344,13 @@ Channel 1 DIMM Label control file: motherboard specific and determination of this information must occur in userland at this time. -============================================================================ + + SYSTEM LOGGING +-------------- -If logging for UEs and CEs are enabled then system logs will have -error notices indicating errors that have been detected: +If logging for UEs and CEs is enabled, then system logs will contain +information indicating that errors have been detected: EDAC MC0: CE page 0x283, offset 0xce0, grain 8, syndrome 0x6ec3, row 0, channel 1 "DIMM_B1": amd76x_edac @@ -404,24 +373,23 @@ The structure of the message is: and then an optional, driver-specific message that may have additional information. -Both UEs and CEs with no info will lack all but memory controller, -error type, a notice of "no info" and then an optional, -driver-specific error message. +Both UEs and CEs with no info will lack all but memory controller, error +type, a notice of "no info" and then an optional, driver-specific error +message. -============================================================================ PCI Bus Parity Detection +------------------------ - -On Header Type 00 devices the primary status is looked at -for any parity error regardless of whether Parity is enabled on the -device. (The spec indicates parity is generated in some cases). -On Header Type 01 bridges, the secondary status register is also -looked at to see if parity occurred on the bus on the other side of -the bridge. +On Header Type 00 devices, the primary status is looked at for any +parity error regardless of whether parity is enabled on the device or +not. (The spec indicates parity is generated in some cases). On Header +Type 01 bridges, the secondary status register is also looked at to see +if parity occurred on the bus on the other side of the bridge. SYSFS CONFIGURATION +------------------- Under /sys/devices/system/edac/pci are control and attribute files as follows: @@ -450,8 +418,9 @@ Parity Count: have been detected. -============================================================================ + MODULE PARAMETERS +----------------- Panic on UE control file: @@ -516,7 +485,7 @@ Panic on PCI PARITY Error: 'panic_on_pci_parity' - This control files enables or disables panicking when a parity + This control file enables or disables panicking when a parity error has been detected. @@ -530,10 +499,8 @@ Panic on PCI PARITY Error: -======================================================================= - - -EDAC_DEVICE type of device +EDAC device type +---------------- In the header file, edac_core.h, there is a series of edac_device structures and APIs for the EDAC_DEVICE. @@ -573,6 +540,7 @@ The test_device_edac device adds at least one of its own custom control: The symlink points to the 'struct dev' that is registered for this edac_device. INSTANCES +--------- One or more instance directories are present. For the 'test_device_edac' case: @@ -586,6 +554,7 @@ counter in deeper subdirectories. ue_count total of UE events of subdirectories BLOCKS +------ At the lowest directory level is the 'block' directory. There can be 0, 1 or more blocks specified in each instance. @@ -617,14 +586,15 @@ The 'test_device_edac' device adds 4 attributes and 1 control: reset all the above counters. -Use of the 'test_device_edac' driver should any others to create their own +Use of the 'test_device_edac' driver should enable any others to create their own unique drivers for their hardware systems. The 'test_device_edac' sample driver is located at the bluesmoke.sourceforge.net project site for EDAC. -======================================================================= + NEHALEM USAGE OF EDAC APIs +-------------------------- This chapter documents some EXPERIMENTAL mappings for EDAC API to handle Nehalem EDAC driver. They will likely be changed on future versions @@ -633,7 +603,7 @@ of the driver. Due to the way Nehalem exports Memory Controller data, some adjustments were done at i7core_edac driver. This chapter will cover those differences -1) On Nehalem, there are one Memory Controller per Quick Patch Interconnect +1) On Nehalem, there is one Memory Controller per Quick Patch Interconnect (QPI). At the driver, the term "socket" means one QPI. This is associated with a physical CPU socket. @@ -642,7 +612,7 @@ were done at i7core_edac driver. This chapter will cover those differences Each channel can have up to 3 DIMMs. The minimum known unity is DIMMs. There are no information about csrows. - As EDAC API maps the minimum unity is csrows, the driver sequencially + As EDAC API maps the minimum unity is csrows, the driver sequentially maps channel/dimm into different csrows. For example, supposing the following layout: @@ -664,7 +634,7 @@ exports one Each QPI is exported as a different memory controller. -2) Nehalem MC has the hability to generate errors. The driver implements this +2) Nehalem MC has the ability to generate errors. The driver implements this functionality via some error injection nodes: For injecting a memory error, there are some sysfs nodes, under @@ -771,5 +741,22 @@ exports one The standard error counters are generated when an mcelog error is received by the driver. Since, with udimm, this is counted by software, it is - possible that some errors could be lost. With rdimm's, they displays the + possible that some errors could be lost. With rdimm's, they display the contents of the registers + +CREDITS: +======== + +Written by Doug Thompson <dougthompson@xmission.com> +7 Dec 2005 +17 Jul 2007 Updated + +(c) Mauro Carvalho Chehab +05 Aug 2009 Nehalem interface + +EDAC authors/maintainers: + + Doug Thompson, Dave Jiang, Dave Peterson et al, + Mauro Carvalho Chehab + Borislav Petkov + original author: Thayne Harbaugh diff --git a/Documentation/features/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d22a1095e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + +For generic kernel features that need architecture support, the +arch-support.txt file in each feature directory shows the arch +support matrix, for all upstream Linux architectures. + +The meaning of entries in the tables is: + + | ok | # feature supported by the architecture + |TODO| # feature not yet supported by the architecture + | .. | # feature cannot be supported by the hardware + diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/BPF-JIT/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/BPF-JIT/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c1b4f9172 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/core/BPF-JIT/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: BPF-JIT +# Kconfig: HAVE_BPF_JIT +# description: arch supports BPF JIT optimizations +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d930fcbe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: generic-idle-thread +# Kconfig: GENERIC_SMP_IDLE_THREAD +# description: arch makes use of the generic SMP idle thread facility +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | ok | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | ok | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | ok | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | ok | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | ok | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | ok | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..136868b63 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: jump-labels +# Kconfig: HAVE_ARCH_JUMP_LABEL +# description: arch supports live patched, high efficiency branches +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..728061d76 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: tracehook +# Kconfig: HAVE_ARCH_TRACEHOOK +# description: arch supports tracehook (ptrace) register handling APIs +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | ok | + | c6x: | ok | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | ok | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | ok | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | ok | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | ok | + | nios2: | ok | + | openrisc: | ok | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14531da2f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: KASAN +# Kconfig: HAVE_ARCH_KASAN +# description: arch supports the KASAN runtime memory checker +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38dea8eeb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: gcov-profile-all +# Kconfig: ARCH_HAS_GCOV_PROFILE_ALL +# description: arch supports whole-kernel GCOV code coverage profiling +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | ok | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..862e15d6f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: kgdb +# Kconfig: HAVE_ARCH_KGDB +# description: arch supports the kGDB kernel debugger +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | ok | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | ok | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | ok | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | ok | + | nios2: | ok | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40f44d041 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: kprobes-on-ftrace +# Kconfig: HAVE_KPROBES_ON_FTRACE +# description: arch supports combined kprobes and ftrace live patching +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a44bfff69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: kprobes +# Kconfig: HAVE_KPROBES +# description: arch supports live patched kernel probe +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | ok | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d87c1ce24 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: kretprobes +# Kconfig: HAVE_KRETPROBES +# description: arch supports kernel function-return probes +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8999d854 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: optprobes +# Kconfig: HAVE_OPTPROBES +# description: arch supports live patched optprobes +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0fa423313 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: stackprotector +# Kconfig: HAVE_CC_STACKPROTECTOR +# description: arch supports compiler driven stack overflow protection +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4efe36c3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: uprobes +# Kconfig: ARCH_SUPPORTS_UPROBES +# description: arch supports live patched user probes +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44cc1ff3f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: user-ret-profiler +# Kconfig: HAVE_USER_RETURN_NOTIFIER +# description: arch supports user-space return from system call profiler +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/dma-api-debug/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/dma-api-debug/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f4a3443b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/io/dma-api-debug/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: dma-api-debug +# Kconfig: HAVE_DMA_API_DEBUG +# description: arch supports DMA debug facilities +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | ok | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | ok | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a97e8e3f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: dma-contiguous +# Kconfig: HAVE_DMA_CONTIGUOUS +# description: arch supports the DMA CMA (continuous memory allocator) +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/dma_map_attrs/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/dma_map_attrs/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51d0f1c02 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/io/dma_map_attrs/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: dma_map_attrs +# Kconfig: HAVE_DMA_ATTRS +# description: arch provides dma_*map*_attrs() APIs +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | ok | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | ok | + | hexagon: | ok | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | ok | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | ok | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | ok | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9b675539 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: sg-chain +# Kconfig: ARCH_HAS_SG_CHAIN +# description: arch supports chained scatter-gather lists +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/lib/strncasecmp/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/lib/strncasecmp/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12b1c9358 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/lib/strncasecmp/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: strncasecmp +# Kconfig: __HAVE_ARCH_STRNCASECMP +# description: arch provides an optimized strncasecmp() function +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | TODO | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh b/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh new file mode 100755 index 000000000..6065124a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# +# Small script that visualizes the kernel feature support status +# of an architecture. +# +# (If no arguments are given then it will print the host architecture's status.) +# + +ARCH=${1:-$(arch | sed 's/x86_64/x86/' | sed 's/i386/x86/')} + +cd $(dirname $0) +echo "#" +echo "# Kernel feature support matrix of the '$ARCH' architecture:" +echo "#" + +for F in */*/arch-support.txt; do + SUBSYS=$(echo $F | cut -d/ -f1) + N=$(grep -h "^# Feature name:" $F | cut -c25-) + C=$(grep -h "^# Kconfig:" $F | cut -c25-) + D=$(grep -h "^# description:" $F | cut -c25-) + S=$(grep -hw $ARCH $F | cut -d\| -f3) + + printf "%10s/%-22s:%s| %35s # %s\n" "$SUBSYS" "$N" "$S" "$C" "$D" +done + diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9c310889 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: cmpxchg-local +# Kconfig: HAVE_CMPXCHG_LOCAL +# description: arch supports the this_cpu_cmpxchg() API +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf90635bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: lockdep +# Kconfig: LOCKDEP_SUPPORT +# description: arch supports the runtime locking correctness debug facility +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | ok | + | blackfin: | ok | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | ok | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | ok | + | microblaze: | ok | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | ok | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | ok | + | unicore32: | ok | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | ok | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..68c3a5ddd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: queued-rwlocks +# Kconfig: ARCH_USE_QUEUED_RWLOCKS +# description: arch supports queued rwlocks +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e973b1a95 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: queued-spinlocks +# Kconfig: ARCH_USE_QUEUED_SPINLOCKS +# description: arch supports queued spinlocks +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac93d7ab6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: rwsem-optimized +# Kconfig: Optimized asm/rwsem.h +# description: arch provides optimized rwsem APIs +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | ok | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | ok | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9855ad044 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: kprobes-event +# Kconfig: HAVE_REGS_AND_STACK_ACCESS_API +# description: arch supports kprobes with perf events +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | ok | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2b4a78ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: perf-regs +# Kconfig: HAVE_PERF_REGS +# description: arch supports perf events register access +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3dc24b067 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: perf-stackdump +# Kconfig: HAVE_PERF_USER_STACK_DUMP +# description: arch supports perf events stack dumps +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac7cd6b15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: numa-balancing +# Kconfig: ARCH_SUPPORTS_NUMA_BALANCING +# description: arch supports NUMA balancing +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | .. | + | arm: | .. | + | arm64: | .. | + | avr32: | .. | + | blackfin: | .. | + | c6x: | .. | + | cris: | .. | + | frv: | .. | + | h8300: | .. | + | hexagon: | .. | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | .. | + | m68k: | .. | + | metag: | .. | + | microblaze: | .. | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | .. | + | nios2: | .. | + | openrisc: | .. | + | parisc: | .. | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | .. | + | score: | .. | + | sh: | .. | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | .. | + | unicore32: | .. | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | .. | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bea800910 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: seccomp-filter +# Kconfig: HAVE_ARCH_SECCOMP_FILTER +# description: arch supports seccomp filters +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8acb439a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: arch-tick-broadcast +# Kconfig: ARCH_HAS_TICK_BROADCAST +# description: arch provides tick_broadcast() +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | TODO | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff670b220 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: clockevents +# Kconfig: GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS +# description: arch support generic clock events +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | ok | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | ok | + | blackfin: | ok | + | c6x: | ok | + | cris: | ok | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | ok | + | hexagon: | ok | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | ok | + | metag: | ok | + | microblaze: | ok | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | ok | + | nios2: | ok | + | openrisc: | ok | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | ok | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | ok | + | unicore32: | ok | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | ok | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a1e3eea70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: context-tracking +# Kconfig: HAVE_CONTEXT_TRACKING +# description: arch supports context tracking for NO_HZ_FULL +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e63316239 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: irq-time-acct +# Kconfig: HAVE_IRQ_TIME_ACCOUNTING +# description: arch supports precise IRQ time accounting +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | .. | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | .. | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | .. | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | .. | + | powerpc: | .. | + | s390: | .. | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | .. | + | tile: | .. | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | ok | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17f68a02e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: modern-timekeeping +# Kconfig: !ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET +# description: arch does not use arch_gettimeoffset() anymore +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | ok | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | ok | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | ok | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | ok | + | h8300: | ok | + | hexagon: | ok | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | ok | + | microblaze: | ok | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | ok | + | nios2: | ok | + | openrisc: | ok | + | parisc: | ok | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | ok | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | ok | + | unicore32: | ok | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | ok | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf3c3e383 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: virt-cpuacct +# Kconfig: HAVE_VIRT_CPU_ACCOUNTING +# description: arch supports precise virtual CPU time accounting +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | ok | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | ok | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec4dd28e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: ELF-ASLR +# Kconfig: ARCH_HAS_ELF_RANDOMIZE +# description: arch randomizes the stack, heap and binary images of ELF binaries +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..991974275 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: PG_uncached +# Kconfig: ARCH_USES_PG_UNCACHED +# description: arch supports the PG_uncached page flag +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..972d02c2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: THP +# Kconfig: HAVE_ARCH_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE +# description: arch supports transparent hugepages +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | .. | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | .. | + | blackfin: | .. | + | c6x: | .. | + | cris: | .. | + | frv: | .. | + | h8300: | .. | + | hexagon: | .. | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | .. | + | m68k: | .. | + | metag: | .. | + | microblaze: | .. | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | .. | + | nios2: | .. | + | openrisc: | .. | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | .. | + | sh: | .. | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | .. | + | unicore32: | .. | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | .. | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af6816bcc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: huge-vmap +# Kconfig: HAVE_ARCH_HUGE_VMAP +# description: arch supports the ioremap_pud_enabled() and ioremap_pmd_enabled() VM APIs +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90c53749f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: ioremap_prot +# Kconfig: HAVE_IOREMAP_PROT +# description: arch has ioremap_prot() +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e7c252a0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: numa-memblock +# Kconfig: HAVE_MEMBLOCK_NODE_MAP +# description: arch supports NUMA aware memblocks +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | .. | + | arm: | .. | + | arm64: | .. | + | avr32: | .. | + | blackfin: | .. | + | c6x: | .. | + | cris: | .. | + | frv: | .. | + | h8300: | .. | + | hexagon: | .. | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | .. | + | metag: | ok | + | microblaze: | ok | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | .. | + | openrisc: | .. | + | parisc: | .. | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | ok | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | .. | + | unicore32: | .. | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | .. | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/pmdp_splitting_flush/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/pmdp_splitting_flush/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26f74b457 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/pmdp_splitting_flush/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: pmdp_splitting_flush +# Kconfig: __HAVE_ARCH_PMDP_SPLITTING_FLUSH +# description: arch supports the pmdp_splitting_flush() VM API +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aaaa21db6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: pte_special +# Kconfig: __HAVE_ARCH_PTE_SPECIAL +# description: arch supports the pte_special()/pte_mkspecial() VM APIs +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking index 0a926e2ba..6a34a0f4d 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ prototypes: int (*rename2) (struct inode *, struct dentry *, struct inode *, struct dentry *, unsigned int); int (*readlink) (struct dentry *, char __user *,int); - void * (*follow_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); - void (*put_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *, void *); + const char *(*follow_link) (struct dentry *, void **); + void (*put_link) (struct inode *, void *); void (*truncate) (struct inode *); int (*permission) (struct inode *, int, unsigned int); int (*get_acl)(struct inode *, int); diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/README b/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/README deleted file mode 100644 index 27faa06fa..000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,383 +0,0 @@ - -Aufs4 -- advanced multi layered unification filesystem version 4.x -http://aufs.sf.net -Junjiro R. Okajima - - -0. Introduction ----------------------------------------- -In the early days, aufs was entirely re-designed and re-implemented -Unionfs Version 1.x series. Adding many original ideas, approaches, -improvements and implementations, it becomes totally different from -Unionfs while keeping the basic features. -Recently, Unionfs Version 2.x series begin taking some of the same -approaches to aufs1's. -Unionfs is being developed by Professor Erez Zadok at Stony Brook -University and his team. - -Aufs4 supports linux-4.0 and later, and for linux-3.x series try aufs3. -If you want older kernel version support, try aufs2-2.6.git or -aufs2-standalone.git repository, aufs1 from CVS on SourceForge. - -Note: it becomes clear that "Aufs was rejected. Let's give it up." - According to Christoph Hellwig, linux rejects all union-type - filesystems but UnionMount. -<http://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=123938533724484&w=2> - -PS. Al Viro seems have a plan to merge aufs as well as overlayfs and - UnionMount, and he pointed out an issue around a directory mutex - lock and aufs addressed it. But it is still unsure whether aufs will - be merged (or any other union solution). -<http://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=136312705029295&w=1> - - -1. Features ----------------------------------------- -- unite several directories into a single virtual filesystem. The member - directory is called as a branch. -- you can specify the permission flags to the branch, which are 'readonly', - 'readwrite' and 'whiteout-able.' -- by upper writable branch, internal copyup and whiteout, files/dirs on - readonly branch are modifiable logically. -- dynamic branch manipulation, add, del. -- etc... - -Also there are many enhancements in aufs, such as: -- test only the highest one for the directory permission (dirperm1) -- copyup on open (coo=) -- 'move' policy for copy-up between two writable branches, after - checking free space. -- xattr, acl -- readdir(3) in userspace. -- keep inode number by external inode number table -- keep the timestamps of file/dir in internal copyup operation -- seekable directory, supporting NFS readdir. -- whiteout is hardlinked in order to reduce the consumption of inodes - on branch -- do not copyup, nor create a whiteout when it is unnecessary -- revert a single systemcall when an error occurs in aufs -- remount interface instead of ioctl -- maintain /etc/mtab by an external command, /sbin/mount.aufs. -- loopback mounted filesystem as a branch -- kernel thread for removing the dir who has a plenty of whiteouts -- support copyup sparse file (a file which has a 'hole' in it) -- default permission flags for branches -- selectable permission flags for ro branch, whether whiteout can - exist or not -- export via NFS. -- support <sysfs>/fs/aufs and <debugfs>/aufs. -- support multiple writable branches, some policies to select one - among multiple writable branches. -- a new semantics for link(2) and rename(2) to support multiple - writable branches. -- no glibc changes are required. -- pseudo hardlink (hardlink over branches) -- allow a direct access manually to a file on branch, e.g. bypassing aufs. - including NFS or remote filesystem branch. -- userspace wrapper for pathconf(3)/fpathconf(3) with _PC_LINK_MAX. -- and more... - -Currently these features are dropped temporary from aufs4. -See design/08plan.txt in detail. -- nested mount, i.e. aufs as readonly no-whiteout branch of another aufs - (robr) -- statistics of aufs thread (/sys/fs/aufs/stat) - -Features or just an idea in the future (see also design/*.txt), -- reorder the branch index without del/re-add. -- permanent xino files for NFSD -- an option for refreshing the opened files after add/del branches -- light version, without branch manipulation. (unnecessary?) -- copyup in userspace -- inotify in userspace -- readv/writev - - -2. Download ----------------------------------------- -There are three GIT trees for aufs4, aufs4-linux.git, -aufs4-standalone.git, and aufs-util.git. Note that there is no "4" in -"aufs-util.git." -While the aufs-util is always necessary, you need either of aufs4-linux -or aufs4-standalone. - -The aufs4-linux tree includes the whole linux mainline GIT tree, -git://git.kernel.org/.../torvalds/linux.git. -And you cannot select CONFIG_AUFS_FS=m for this version, eg. you cannot -build aufs4 as an external kernel module. -Several extra patches are not included in this tree. Only -aufs4-standalone tree contains them. They are describe in the later -section "Configuration and Compilation." - -On the other hand, the aufs4-standalone tree has only aufs source files -and necessary patches, and you can select CONFIG_AUFS_FS=m. -But you need to apply all aufs patches manually. - -You will find GIT branches whose name is in form of "aufs4.x" where "x" -represents the linux kernel version, "linux-4.x". For instance, -"aufs4.0" is for linux-4.0. For latest "linux-4.x-rcN", use -"aufs4.x-rcN" branch. - -o aufs4-linux tree -$ git clone --reference /your/linux/git/tree \ - git://github.com/sfjro/aufs4-linux.git aufs4-linux.git -- if you don't have linux GIT tree, then remove "--reference ..." -$ cd aufs4-linux.git -$ git checkout origin/aufs4.0 - -Or You may want to directly git-pull aufs into your linux GIT tree, and -leave the patch-work to GIT. -$ cd /your/linux/git/tree -$ git remote add aufs4 git://github.com/sfjro/aufs4-linux.git -$ git fetch aufs4 -$ git checkout -b my4.0 v4.0 -$ (add your local change...) -$ git pull aufs4 aufs4.0 -- now you have v4.0 + your_changes + aufs4.0 in you my4.0 branch. -- you may need to solve some conflicts between your_changes and - aufs4.0. in this case, git-rerere is recommended so that you can - solve the similar conflicts automatically when you upgrade to 4.1 or - later in the future. - -o aufs4-standalone tree -$ git clone git://github.com/sfjro/aufs4-standalone.git aufs4-standalone.git -$ cd aufs4-standalone.git -$ git checkout origin/aufs4.0 - -o aufs-util tree -$ git clone git://git.code.sf.net/p/aufs/aufs-util aufs-util.git -- note that the public aufs-util.git is on SourceForge instead of - GitHUB. -$ cd aufs-util.git -$ git checkout origin/aufs4.0 - -Note: The 4.x-rcN branch is to be used with `rc' kernel versions ONLY. -The minor version number, 'x' in '4.x', of aufs may not always -follow the minor version number of the kernel. -Because changes in the kernel that cause the use of a new -minor version number do not always require changes to aufs-util. - -Since aufs-util has its own minor version number, you may not be -able to find a GIT branch in aufs-util for your kernel's -exact minor version number. -In this case, you should git-checkout the branch for the -nearest lower number. - -For (an unreleased) example: -If you are using "linux-4.10" and the "aufs4.10" branch -does not exist in aufs-util repository, then "aufs4.9", "aufs4.8" -or something numerically smaller is the branch for your kernel. - -Also you can view all branches by - $ git branch -a - - -3. Configuration and Compilation ----------------------------------------- -Make sure you have git-checkout'ed the correct branch. - -For aufs4-linux tree, -- enable CONFIG_AUFS_FS. -- set other aufs configurations if necessary. - -For aufs4-standalone tree, -There are several ways to build. - -1. -- apply ./aufs4-kbuild.patch to your kernel source files. -- apply ./aufs4-base.patch too. -- apply ./aufs4-mmap.patch too. -- apply ./aufs4-standalone.patch too, if you have a plan to set - CONFIG_AUFS_FS=m. otherwise you don't need ./aufs4-standalone.patch. -- copy ./{Documentation,fs,include/uapi/linux/aufs_type.h} files to your - kernel source tree. Never copy $PWD/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild. -- enable CONFIG_AUFS_FS, you can select either - =m or =y. -- and build your kernel as usual. -- install the built kernel. - Note: Since linux-3.9, every filesystem module requires an alias - "fs-<fsname>". You should make sure that "fs-aufs" is listed in your - modules.aliases file if you set CONFIG_AUFS_FS=m. -- install the header files too by "make headers_install" to the - directory where you specify. By default, it is $PWD/usr. - "make help" shows a brief note for headers_install. -- and reboot your system. - -2. -- module only (CONFIG_AUFS_FS=m). -- apply ./aufs4-base.patch to your kernel source files. -- apply ./aufs4-mmap.patch too. -- apply ./aufs4-standalone.patch too. -- build your kernel, don't forget "make headers_install", and reboot. -- edit ./config.mk and set other aufs configurations if necessary. - Note: You should read $PWD/fs/aufs/Kconfig carefully which describes - every aufs configurations. -- build the module by simple "make". - Note: Since linux-3.9, every filesystem module requires an alias - "fs-<fsname>". You should make sure that "fs-aufs" is listed in your - modules.aliases file. -- you can specify ${KDIR} make variable which points to your kernel - source tree. -- install the files - + run "make install" to install the aufs module, or copy the built - $PWD/aufs.ko to /lib/modules/... and run depmod -a (or reboot simply). - + run "make install_headers" (instead of headers_install) to install - the modified aufs header file (you can specify DESTDIR which is - available in aufs standalone version's Makefile only), or copy - $PWD/usr/include/linux/aufs_type.h to /usr/include/linux or wherever - you like manually. By default, the target directory is $PWD/usr. -- no need to apply aufs4-kbuild.patch, nor copying source files to your - kernel source tree. - -Note: The header file aufs_type.h is necessary to build aufs-util - as well as "make headers_install" in the kernel source tree. - headers_install is subject to be forgotten, but it is essentially - necessary, not only for building aufs-util. - You may not meet problems without headers_install in some older - version though. - -And then, -- read README in aufs-util, build and install it -- note that your distribution may contain an obsoleted version of - aufs_type.h in /usr/include/linux or something. When you build aufs - utilities, make sure that your compiler refers the correct aufs header - file which is built by "make headers_install." -- if you want to use readdir(3) in userspace or pathconf(3) wrapper, - then run "make install_ulib" too. And refer to the aufs manual in - detail. - -There several other patches in aufs4-standalone.git. They are all -optional. When you meet some problems, they will help you. -- aufs4-loopback.patch - Supports a nested loopback mount in a branch-fs. This patch is - unnecessary until aufs produces a message like "you may want to try - another patch for loopback file". -- vfs-ino.patch - Modifies a system global kernel internal function get_next_ino() in - order to stop assigning 0 for an inode-number. Not directly related to - aufs, but recommended generally. -- tmpfs-idr.patch - Keeps the tmpfs inode number as the lowest value. Effective to reduce - the size of aufs XINO files for tmpfs branch. Also it prevents the - duplication of inode number, which is important for backup tools and - other utilities. When you find aufs XINO files for tmpfs branch - growing too much, try this patch. - - -4. Usage ----------------------------------------- -At first, make sure aufs-util are installed, and please read the aufs -manual, aufs.5 in aufs-util.git tree. -$ man -l aufs.5 - -And then, -$ mkdir /tmp/rw /tmp/aufs -# mount -t aufs -o br=/tmp/rw:${HOME} none /tmp/aufs - -Here is another example. The result is equivalent. -# mount -t aufs -o br=/tmp/rw=rw:${HOME}=ro none /tmp/aufs - Or -# mount -t aufs -o br:/tmp/rw none /tmp/aufs -# mount -o remount,append:${HOME} /tmp/aufs - -Then, you can see whole tree of your home dir through /tmp/aufs. If -you modify a file under /tmp/aufs, the one on your home directory is -not affected, instead the same named file will be newly created under -/tmp/rw. And all of your modification to a file will be applied to -the one under /tmp/rw. This is called the file based Copy on Write -(COW) method. -Aufs mount options are described in aufs.5. -If you run chroot or something and make your aufs as a root directory, -then you need to customize the shutdown script. See the aufs manual in -detail. - -Additionally, there are some sample usages of aufs which are a -diskless system with network booting, and LiveCD over NFS. -See sample dir in CVS tree on SourceForge. - - -5. Contact ----------------------------------------- -When you have any problems or strange behaviour in aufs, please let me -know with: -- /proc/mounts (instead of the output of mount(8)) -- /sys/module/aufs/* -- /sys/fs/aufs/* (if you have them) -- /debug/aufs/* (if you have them) -- linux kernel version - if your kernel is not plain, for example modified by distributor, - the url where i can download its source is necessary too. -- aufs version which was printed at loading the module or booting the - system, instead of the date you downloaded. -- configuration (define/undefine CONFIG_AUFS_xxx) -- kernel configuration or /proc/config.gz (if you have it) -- behaviour which you think to be incorrect -- actual operation, reproducible one is better -- mailto: aufs-users at lists.sourceforge.net - -Usually, I don't watch the Public Areas(Bugs, Support Requests, Patches, -and Feature Requests) on SourceForge. Please join and write to -aufs-users ML. - - -6. Acknowledgements ----------------------------------------- -Thanks to everyone who have tried and are using aufs, whoever -have reported a bug or any feedback. - -Especially donators: -Tomas Matejicek(slax.org) made a donation (much more than once). - Since Apr 2010, Tomas M (the author of Slax and Linux Live - scripts) is making "doubling" donations. - Unfortunately I cannot list all of the donators, but I really - appreciate. - It ends Aug 2010, but the ordinary donation URL is still available. - <http://sourceforge.net/donate/index.php?group_id=167503> -Dai Itasaka made a donation (2007/8). -Chuck Smith made a donation (2008/4, 10 and 12). -Henk Schoneveld made a donation (2008/9). -Chih-Wei Huang, ASUS, CTC donated Eee PC 4G (2008/10). -Francois Dupoux made a donation (2008/11). -Bruno Cesar Ribas and Luis Carlos Erpen de Bona, C3SL serves public - aufs2 GIT tree (2009/2). -William Grant made a donation (2009/3). -Patrick Lane made a donation (2009/4). -The Mail Archive (mail-archive.com) made donations (2009/5). -Nippy Networks (Ed Wildgoose) made a donation (2009/7). -New Dream Network, LLC (www.dreamhost.com) made a donation (2009/11). -Pavel Pronskiy made a donation (2011/2). -Iridium and Inmarsat satellite phone retailer (www.mailasail.com), Nippy - Networks (Ed Wildgoose) made a donation for hardware (2011/3). -Max Lekomcev (DOM-TV project) made a donation (2011/7, 12, 2012/3, 6 and -11). -Sam Liddicott made a donation (2011/9). -Era Scarecrow made a donation (2013/4). -Bor Ratajc made a donation (2013/4). -Alessandro Gorreta made a donation (2013/4). -POIRETTE Marc made a donation (2013/4). -Alessandro Gorreta made a donation (2013/4). -lauri kasvandik made a donation (2013/5). -"pemasu from Finland" made a donation (2013/7). -The Parted Magic Project made a donation (2013/9 and 11). -Pavel Barta made a donation (2013/10). -Nikolay Pertsev made a donation (2014/5). -James B made a donation (2014/7). -Stefano Di Biase made a donation (2014/8). -Daniel Epellei made a donation (2015/1). - -Thank you very much. -Donations are always, including future donations, very important and -helpful for me to keep on developing aufs. - - -7. ----------------------------------------- -If you are an experienced user, no explanation is needed. Aufs is -just a linux filesystem. - - -Enjoy! - -# Local variables: ; -# mode: text; -# End: ; diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/01intro.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/01intro.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a0194fe21..000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/01intro.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,170 +0,0 @@ - -# Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Junjiro R. Okajima -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -Introduction ----------------------------------------- - -aufs [ei ju: ef es] | [a u f s] -1. abbrev. for "advanced multi-layered unification filesystem". -2. abbrev. for "another unionfs". -3. abbrev. for "auf das" in German which means "on the" in English. - Ex. "Butter aufs Brot"(G) means "butter onto bread"(E). - But "Filesystem aufs Filesystem" is hard to understand. - -AUFS is a filesystem with features: -- multi layered stackable unification filesystem, the member directory - is called as a branch. -- branch permission and attribute, 'readonly', 'real-readonly', - 'readwrite', 'whiteout-able', 'link-able whiteout', etc. and their - combination. -- internal "file copy-on-write". -- logical deletion, whiteout. -- dynamic branch manipulation, adding, deleting and changing permission. -- allow bypassing aufs, user's direct branch access. -- external inode number translation table and bitmap which maintains the - persistent aufs inode number. -- seekable directory, including NFS readdir. -- file mapping, mmap and sharing pages. -- pseudo-link, hardlink over branches. -- loopback mounted filesystem as a branch. -- several policies to select one among multiple writable branches. -- revert a single systemcall when an error occurs in aufs. -- and more... - - -Multi Layered Stackable Unification Filesystem ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -Most people already knows what it is. -It is a filesystem which unifies several directories and provides a -merged single directory. When users access a file, the access will be -passed/re-directed/converted (sorry, I am not sure which English word is -correct) to the real file on the member filesystem. The member -filesystem is called 'lower filesystem' or 'branch' and has a mode -'readonly' and 'readwrite.' And the deletion for a file on the lower -readonly branch is handled by creating 'whiteout' on the upper writable -branch. - -On LKML, there have been discussions about UnionMount (Jan Blunck, -Bharata B Rao and Valerie Aurora) and Unionfs (Erez Zadok). They took -different approaches to implement the merged-view. -The former tries putting it into VFS, and the latter implements as a -separate filesystem. -(If I misunderstand about these implementations, please let me know and -I shall correct it. Because it is a long time ago when I read their -source files last time). - -UnionMount's approach will be able to small, but may be hard to share -branches between several UnionMount since the whiteout in it is -implemented in the inode on branch filesystem and always -shared. According to Bharata's post, readdir does not seems to be -finished yet. -There are several missing features known in this implementations such as -- for users, the inode number may change silently. eg. copy-up. -- link(2) may break by copy-up. -- read(2) may get an obsoleted filedata (fstat(2) too). -- fcntl(F_SETLK) may be broken by copy-up. -- unnecessary copy-up may happen, for example mmap(MAP_PRIVATE) after - open(O_RDWR). - -In linux-3.18, "overlay" filesystem (formerly known as "overlayfs") was -merged into mainline. This is another implementation of UnionMount as a -separated filesystem. All the limitations and known problems which -UnionMount are equally inherited to "overlay" filesystem. - -Unionfs has a longer history. When I started implementing a stackable -filesystem (Aug 2005), it already existed. It has virtual super_block, -inode, dentry and file objects and they have an array pointing lower -same kind objects. After contributing many patches for Unionfs, I -re-started my project AUFS (Jun 2006). - -In AUFS, the structure of filesystem resembles to Unionfs, but I -implemented my own ideas, approaches and enhancements and it became -totally different one. - -Comparing DM snapshot and fs based implementation -- the number of bytes to be copied between devices is much smaller. -- the type of filesystem must be one and only. -- the fs must be writable, no readonly fs, even for the lower original - device. so the compression fs will not be usable. but if we use - loopback mount, we may address this issue. - for instance, - mount /cdrom/squashfs.img /sq - losetup /sq/ext2.img - losetup /somewhere/cow - dmsetup "snapshot /dev/loop0 /dev/loop1 ..." -- it will be difficult (or needs more operations) to extract the - difference between the original device and COW. -- DM snapshot-merge may help a lot when users try merging. in the - fs-layer union, users will use rsync(1). - -You may want to read my old paper "Filesystems in LiveCD" -(http://aufs.sourceforge.net/aufs2/report/sq/sq.pdf). - - -Several characters/aspects/persona of aufs ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Aufs has several characters, aspects or persona. -1. a filesystem, callee of VFS helper -2. sub-VFS, caller of VFS helper for branches -3. a virtual filesystem which maintains persistent inode number -4. reader/writer of files on branches such like an application - -1. Callee of VFS Helper -As an ordinary linux filesystem, aufs is a callee of VFS. For instance, -unlink(2) from an application reaches sys_unlink() kernel function and -then vfs_unlink() is called. vfs_unlink() is one of VFS helper and it -calls filesystem specific unlink operation. Actually aufs implements the -unlink operation but it behaves like a redirector. - -2. Caller of VFS Helper for Branches -aufs_unlink() passes the unlink request to the branch filesystem as if -it were called from VFS. So the called unlink operation of the branch -filesystem acts as usual. As a caller of VFS helper, aufs should handle -every necessary pre/post operation for the branch filesystem. -- acquire the lock for the parent dir on a branch -- lookup in a branch -- revalidate dentry on a branch -- mnt_want_write() for a branch -- vfs_unlink() for a branch -- mnt_drop_write() for a branch -- release the lock on a branch - -3. Persistent Inode Number -One of the most important issue for a filesystem is to maintain inode -numbers. This is particularly important to support exporting a -filesystem via NFS. Aufs is a virtual filesystem which doesn't have a -backend block device for its own. But some storage is necessary to -keep and maintain the inode numbers. It may be a large space and may not -suit to keep in memory. Aufs rents some space from its first writable -branch filesystem (by default) and creates file(s) on it. These files -are created by aufs internally and removed soon (currently) keeping -opened. -Note: Because these files are removed, they are totally gone after - unmounting aufs. It means the inode numbers are not persistent - across unmount or reboot. I have a plan to make them really - persistent which will be important for aufs on NFS server. - -4. Read/Write Files Internally (copy-on-write) -Because a branch can be readonly, when you write a file on it, aufs will -"copy-up" it to the upper writable branch internally. And then write the -originally requested thing to the file. Generally kernel doesn't -open/read/write file actively. In aufs, even a single write may cause a -internal "file copy". This behaviour is very similar to cp(1) command. - -Some people may think it is better to pass such work to user space -helper, instead of doing in kernel space. Actually I am still thinking -about it. But currently I have implemented it in kernel space. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/02struct.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/02struct.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b53a9778b..000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/02struct.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,258 +0,0 @@ - -# Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Junjiro R. Okajima -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -Basic Aufs Internal Structure - -Superblock/Inode/Dentry/File Objects ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -As like an ordinary filesystem, aufs has its own -superblock/inode/dentry/file objects. All these objects have a -dynamically allocated array and store the same kind of pointers to the -lower filesystem, branch. -For example, when you build a union with one readwrite branch and one -readonly, mounted /au, /rw and /ro respectively. -- /au = /rw + /ro -- /ro/fileA exists but /rw/fileA - -Aufs lookup operation finds /ro/fileA and gets dentry for that. These -pointers are stored in a aufs dentry. The array in aufs dentry will be, -- [0] = NULL (because /rw/fileA doesn't exist) -- [1] = /ro/fileA - -This style of an array is essentially same to the aufs -superblock/inode/dentry/file objects. - -Because aufs supports manipulating branches, ie. add/delete/change -branches dynamically, these objects has its own generation. When -branches are changed, the generation in aufs superblock is -incremented. And a generation in other object are compared when it is -accessed. When a generation in other objects are obsoleted, aufs -refreshes the internal array. - - -Superblock ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -Additionally aufs superblock has some data for policies to select one -among multiple writable branches, XIB files, pseudo-links and kobject. -See below in detail. -About the policies which supports copy-down a directory, see -wbr_policy.txt too. - - -Branch and XINO(External Inode Number Translation Table) ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -Every branch has its own xino (external inode number translation table) -file. The xino file is created and unlinked by aufs internally. When two -members of a union exist on the same filesystem, they share the single -xino file. -The struct of a xino file is simple, just a sequence of aufs inode -numbers which is indexed by the lower inode number. -In the above sample, assume the inode number of /ro/fileA is i111 and -aufs assigns the inode number i999 for fileA. Then aufs writes 999 as -4(8) bytes at 111 * 4(8) bytes offset in the xino file. - -When the inode numbers are not contiguous, the xino file will be sparse -which has a hole in it and doesn't consume as much disk space as it -might appear. If your branch filesystem consumes disk space for such -holes, then you should specify 'xino=' option at mounting aufs. - -Aufs has a mount option to free the disk blocks for such holes in XINO -files on tmpfs or ramdisk. But it is not so effective actually. If you -meet a problem of disk shortage due to XINO files, then you should try -"tmpfs-ino.patch" (and "vfs-ino.patch" too) in aufs4-standalone.git. -The patch localizes the assignment inumbers per tmpfs-mount and avoid -the holes in XINO files. - -Also a writable branch has three kinds of "whiteout bases". All these -are existed when the branch is joined to aufs, and their names are -whiteout-ed doubly, so that users will never see their names in aufs -hierarchy. -1. a regular file which will be hardlinked to all whiteouts. -2. a directory to store a pseudo-link. -3. a directory to store an "orphan"-ed file temporary. - -1. Whiteout Base - When you remove a file on a readonly branch, aufs handles it as a - logical deletion and creates a whiteout on the upper writable branch - as a hardlink of this file in order not to consume inode on the - writable branch. -2. Pseudo-link Dir - See below, Pseudo-link. -3. Step-Parent Dir - When "fileC" exists on the lower readonly branch only and it is - opened and removed with its parent dir, and then user writes - something into it, then aufs copies-up fileC to this - directory. Because there is no other dir to store fileC. After - creating a file under this dir, the file is unlinked. - -Because aufs supports manipulating branches, ie. add/delete/change -dynamically, a branch has its own id. When the branch order changes, -aufs finds the new index by searching the branch id. - - -Pseudo-link ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -Assume "fileA" exists on the lower readonly branch only and it is -hardlinked to "fileB" on the branch. When you write something to fileA, -aufs copies-up it to the upper writable branch. Additionally aufs -creates a hardlink under the Pseudo-link Directory of the writable -branch. The inode of a pseudo-link is kept in aufs super_block as a -simple list. If fileB is read after unlinking fileA, aufs returns -filedata from the pseudo-link instead of the lower readonly -branch. Because the pseudo-link is based upon the inode, to keep the -inode number by xino (see above) is essentially necessary. - -All the hardlinks under the Pseudo-link Directory of the writable branch -should be restored in a proper location later. Aufs provides a utility -to do this. The userspace helpers executed at remounting and unmounting -aufs by default. -During this utility is running, it puts aufs into the pseudo-link -maintenance mode. In this mode, only the process which began the -maintenance mode (and its child processes) is allowed to operate in -aufs. Some other processes which are not related to the pseudo-link will -be allowed to run too, but the rest have to return an error or wait -until the maintenance mode ends. If a process already acquires an inode -mutex (in VFS), it has to return an error. - - -XIB(external inode number bitmap) ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -Addition to the xino file per a branch, aufs has an external inode number -bitmap in a superblock object. It is also an internal file such like a -xino file. -It is a simple bitmap to mark whether the aufs inode number is in-use or -not. -To reduce the file I/O, aufs prepares a single memory page to cache xib. - -As well as XINO files, aufs has a feature to truncate/refresh XIB to -reduce the number of consumed disk blocks for these files. - - -Virtual or Vertical Dir, and Readdir in Userspace ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -In order to support multiple layers (branches), aufs readdir operation -constructs a virtual dir block on memory. For readdir, aufs calls -vfs_readdir() internally for each dir on branches, merges their entries -with eliminating the whiteout-ed ones, and sets it to file (dir) -object. So the file object has its entry list until it is closed. The -entry list will be updated when the file position is zero and becomes -obsoleted. This decision is made in aufs automatically. - -The dynamically allocated memory block for the name of entries has a -unit of 512 bytes (by default) and stores the names contiguously (no -padding). Another block for each entry is handled by kmem_cache too. -During building dir blocks, aufs creates hash list and judging whether -the entry is whiteouted by its upper branch or already listed. -The merged result is cached in the corresponding inode object and -maintained by a customizable life-time option. - -Some people may call it can be a security hole or invite DoS attack -since the opened and once readdir-ed dir (file object) holds its entry -list and becomes a pressure for system memory. But I'd say it is similar -to files under /proc or /sys. The virtual files in them also holds a -memory page (generally) while they are opened. When an idea to reduce -memory for them is introduced, it will be applied to aufs too. -For those who really hate this situation, I've developed readdir(3) -library which operates this merging in userspace. You just need to set -LD_PRELOAD environment variable, and aufs will not consume no memory in -kernel space for readdir(3). - - -Workqueue ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -Aufs sometimes requires privilege access to a branch. For instance, -in copy-up/down operation. When a user process is going to make changes -to a file which exists in the lower readonly branch only, and the mode -of one of ancestor directories may not be writable by a user -process. Here aufs copy-up the file with its ancestors and they may -require privilege to set its owner/group/mode/etc. -This is a typical case of a application character of aufs (see -Introduction). - -Aufs uses workqueue synchronously for this case. It creates its own -workqueue. The workqueue is a kernel thread and has privilege. Aufs -passes the request to call mkdir or write (for example), and wait for -its completion. This approach solves a problem of a signal handler -simply. -If aufs didn't adopt the workqueue and changed the privilege of the -process, then the process may receive the unexpected SIGXFSZ or other -signals. - -Also aufs uses the system global workqueue ("events" kernel thread) too -for asynchronous tasks, such like handling inotify/fsnotify, re-creating a -whiteout base and etc. This is unrelated to a privilege. -Most of aufs operation tries acquiring a rw_semaphore for aufs -superblock at the beginning, at the same time waits for the completion -of all queued asynchronous tasks. - - -Whiteout ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -The whiteout in aufs is very similar to Unionfs's. That is represented -by its filename. UnionMount takes an approach of a file mode, but I am -afraid several utilities (find(1) or something) will have to support it. - -Basically the whiteout represents "logical deletion" which stops aufs to -lookup further, but also it represents "dir is opaque" which also stop -further lookup. - -In aufs, rmdir(2) and rename(2) for dir uses whiteout alternatively. -In order to make several functions in a single systemcall to be -revertible, aufs adopts an approach to rename a directory to a temporary -unique whiteouted name. -For example, in rename(2) dir where the target dir already existed, aufs -renames the target dir to a temporary unique whiteouted name before the -actual rename on a branch, and then handles other actions (make it opaque, -update the attributes, etc). If an error happens in these actions, aufs -simply renames the whiteouted name back and returns an error. If all are -succeeded, aufs registers a function to remove the whiteouted unique -temporary name completely and asynchronously to the system global -workqueue. - - -Copy-up ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -It is a well-known feature or concept. -When user modifies a file on a readonly branch, aufs operate "copy-up" -internally and makes change to the new file on the upper writable branch. -When the trigger systemcall does not update the timestamps of the parent -dir, aufs reverts it after copy-up. - - -Move-down (aufs3.9 and later) ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -"Copy-up" is one of the essential feature in aufs. It copies a file from -the lower readonly branch to the upper writable branch when a user -changes something about the file. -"Move-down" is an opposite action of copy-up. Basically this action is -ran manually instead of automatically and internally. -For desgin and implementation, aufs has to consider these issues. -- whiteout for the file may exist on the lower branch. -- ancestor directories may not exist on the lower branch. -- diropq for the ancestor directories may exist on the upper branch. -- free space on the lower branch will reduce. -- another access to the file may happen during moving-down, including - UDBA (see "Revalidate Dentry and UDBA"). -- the file should not be hard-linked nor pseudo-linked. they should be - handled by auplink utility later. - -Sometimes users want to move-down a file from the upper writable branch -to the lower readonly or writable branch. For instance, -- the free space of the upper writable branch is going to run out. -- create a new intermediate branch between the upper and lower branch. -- etc. - -For this purpose, use "aumvdown" command in aufs-util.git. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/03atomic_open.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/03atomic_open.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 974b524f7..000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/03atomic_open.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ - -# Copyright (C) 2015 Junjiro R. Okajima -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -Support for a branch who has its ->atomic_open() ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -The filesystems who implement its ->atomic_open() are not majority. For -example NFSv4 does, and aufs should call NFSv4 ->atomic_open, -particularly for open(O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0400) case. Other than -->atomic_open(), NFSv4 returns an error for this open(2). While I am not -sure whether all filesystems who have ->atomic_open() behave like this, -but NFSv4 surely returns the error. - -In order to support ->atomic_open() for aufs, there are a few -approaches. - -A. Introduce aufs_atomic_open() - - calls one of VFS:do_last(), lookup_open() or atomic_open() for - branch fs. -B. Introduce aufs_atomic_open() calling create, open and chmod. this is - an aufs user Pip Cet's approach - - calls aufs_create(), VFS finish_open() and notify_change(). - - pass fake-mode to finish_open(), and then correct the mode by - notify_change(). -C. Extend aufs_open() to call branch fs's ->atomic_open() - - no aufs_atomic_open(). - - aufs_lookup() registers the TID to an aufs internal object. - - aufs_create() does nothing when the matching TID is registered, but - registers the mode. - - aufs_open() calls branch fs's ->atomic_open() when the matching - TID is registered. -D. Extend aufs_open() to re-try branch fs's ->open() with superuser's - credential - - no aufs_atomic_open(). - - aufs_create() registers the TID to an internal object. this info - represents "this process created this file just now." - - when aufs gets EACCES from branch fs's ->open(), then confirm the - registered TID and re-try open() with superuser's credential. - -Pros and cons for each approach. - -A. - - straightforward but highly depends upon VFS internal. - - the atomic behavaiour is kept. - - some of parameters such as nameidata are hard to reproduce for - branch fs. - - large overhead. -B. - - easy to implement. - - the atomic behavaiour is lost. -C. - - the atomic behavaiour is kept. - - dirty and tricky. - - VFS checks whether the file is created correctly after calling - ->create(), which means this approach doesn't work. -D. - - easy to implement. - - the atomic behavaiour is lost. - - to open a file with superuser's credential and give it to a user - process is a bad idea, since the file object keeps the credential - in it. It may affect LSM or something. This approach doesn't work - either. - -The approach A is ideal, but it hard to implement. So here is a -variation of A, which is to be implemented. - -A-1. Introduce aufs_atomic_open() - - calls branch fs ->atomic_open() if exists. otherwise calls - vfs_create() and finish_open(). - - the demerit is that the several checks after branch fs - ->atomic_open() are lost. in the ordinary case, the checks are - done by VFS:do_last(), lookup_open() and atomic_open(). some can - be implemented in aufs, but not all I am afraid. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/03lookup.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/03lookup.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3515c9228..000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/03lookup.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ - -# Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Junjiro R. Okajima -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -Lookup in a Branch ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -Since aufs has a character of sub-VFS (see Introduction), it operates -lookup for branches as VFS does. It may be a heavy work. But almost all -lookup operation in aufs is the simplest case, ie. lookup only an entry -directly connected to its parent. Digging down the directory hierarchy -is unnecessary. VFS has a function lookup_one_len() for that use, and -aufs calls it. - -When a branch is a remote filesystem, aufs basically relies upon its -->d_revalidate(), also aufs forces the hardest revalidate tests for -them. -For d_revalidate, aufs implements three levels of revalidate tests. See -"Revalidate Dentry and UDBA" in detail. - - -Test Only the Highest One for the Directory Permission (dirperm1 option) ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -Let's try case study. -- aufs has two branches, upper readwrite and lower readonly. - /au = /rw + /ro -- "dirA" exists under /ro, but /rw. and its mode is 0700. -- user invoked "chmod a+rx /au/dirA" -- the internal copy-up is activated and "/rw/dirA" is created and its - permission bits are set to world readable. -- then "/au/dirA" becomes world readable? - -In this case, /ro/dirA is still 0700 since it exists in readonly branch, -or it may be a natively readonly filesystem. If aufs respects the lower -branch, it should not respond readdir request from other users. But user -allowed it by chmod. Should really aufs rejects showing the entries -under /ro/dirA? - -To be honest, I don't have a good solution for this case. So aufs -implements 'dirperm1' and 'nodirperm1' mount options, and leave it to -users. -When dirperm1 is specified, aufs checks only the highest one for the -directory permission, and shows the entries. Otherwise, as usual, checks -every dir existing on all branches and rejects the request. - -As a side effect, dirperm1 option improves the performance of aufs -because the number of permission check is reduced when the number of -branch is many. - - -Revalidate Dentry and UDBA (User's Direct Branch Access) ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -Generally VFS helpers re-validate a dentry as a part of lookup. -0. digging down the directory hierarchy. -1. lock the parent dir by its i_mutex. -2. lookup the final (child) entry. -3. revalidate it. -4. call the actual operation (create, unlink, etc.) -5. unlock the parent dir - -If the filesystem implements its ->d_revalidate() (step 3), then it is -called. Actually aufs implements it and checks the dentry on a branch is -still valid. -But it is not enough. Because aufs has to release the lock for the -parent dir on a branch at the end of ->lookup() (step 2) and -->d_revalidate() (step 3) while the i_mutex of the aufs dir is still -held by VFS. -If the file on a branch is changed directly, eg. bypassing aufs, after -aufs released the lock, then the subsequent operation may cause -something unpleasant result. - -This situation is a result of VFS architecture, ->lookup() and -->d_revalidate() is separated. But I never say it is wrong. It is a good -design from VFS's point of view. It is just not suitable for sub-VFS -character in aufs. - -Aufs supports such case by three level of revalidation which is -selectable by user. -1. Simple Revalidate - Addition to the native flow in VFS's, confirm the child-parent - relationship on the branch just after locking the parent dir on the - branch in the "actual operation" (step 4). When this validation - fails, aufs returns EBUSY. ->d_revalidate() (step 3) in aufs still - checks the validation of the dentry on branches. -2. Monitor Changes Internally by Inotify/Fsnotify - Addition to above, in the "actual operation" (step 4) aufs re-lookup - the dentry on the branch, and returns EBUSY if it finds different - dentry. - Additionally, aufs sets the inotify/fsnotify watch for every dir on branches - during it is in cache. When the event is notified, aufs registers a - function to kernel 'events' thread by schedule_work(). And the - function sets some special status to the cached aufs dentry and inode - private data. If they are not cached, then aufs has nothing to - do. When the same file is accessed through aufs (step 0-3) later, - aufs will detect the status and refresh all necessary data. - In this mode, aufs has to ignore the event which is fired by aufs - itself. -3. No Extra Validation - This is the simplest test and doesn't add any additional revalidation - test, and skip the revalidation in step 4. It is useful and improves - aufs performance when system surely hide the aufs branches from user, - by over-mounting something (or another method). diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/04branch.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/04branch.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 940216e0d..000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/04branch.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ - -# Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Junjiro R. Okajima -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -Branch Manipulation - -Since aufs supports dynamic branch manipulation, ie. add/remove a branch -and changing its permission/attribute, there are a lot of works to do. - - -Add a Branch ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -o Confirm the adding dir exists outside of aufs, including loopback - mount, and its various attributes. -o Initialize the xino file and whiteout bases if necessary. - See struct.txt. - -o Check the owner/group/mode of the directory - When the owner/group/mode of the adding directory differs from the - existing branch, aufs issues a warning because it may impose a - security risk. - For example, when a upper writable branch has a world writable empty - top directory, a malicious user can create any files on the writable - branch directly, like copy-up and modify manually. If something like - /etc/{passwd,shadow} exists on the lower readonly branch but the upper - writable branch, and the writable branch is world-writable, then a - malicious guy may create /etc/passwd on the writable branch directly - and the infected file will be valid in aufs. - I am afraid it can be a security issue, but aufs can do nothing except - producing a warning. - - -Delete a Branch ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -o Confirm the deleting branch is not busy - To be general, there is one merit to adopt "remount" interface to - manipulate branches. It is to discard caches. At deleting a branch, - aufs checks the still cached (and connected) dentries and inodes. If - there are any, then they are all in-use. An inode without its - corresponding dentry can be alive alone (for example, inotify/fsnotify case). - - For the cached one, aufs checks whether the same named entry exists on - other branches. - If the cached one is a directory, because aufs provides a merged view - to users, as long as one dir is left on any branch aufs can show the - dir to users. In this case, the branch can be removed from aufs. - Otherwise aufs rejects deleting the branch. - - If any file on the deleting branch is opened by aufs, then aufs - rejects deleting. - - -Modify the Permission of a Branch ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -o Re-initialize or remove the xino file and whiteout bases if necessary. - See struct.txt. - -o rw --> ro: Confirm the modifying branch is not busy - Aufs rejects the request if any of these conditions are true. - - a file on the branch is mmap-ed. - - a regular file on the branch is opened for write and there is no - same named entry on the upper branch. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/05wbr_policy.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/05wbr_policy.txt deleted file mode 100644 index aeb108734..000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/05wbr_policy.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ - -# Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Junjiro R. Okajima -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -Policies to Select One among Multiple Writable Branches ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -When the number of writable branch is more than one, aufs has to decide -the target branch for file creation or copy-up. By default, the highest -writable branch which has the parent (or ancestor) dir of the target -file is chosen (top-down-parent policy). -By user's request, aufs implements some other policies to select the -writable branch, for file creation several policies, round-robin, -most-free-space, and other policies. For copy-up, top-down-parent, -bottom-up-parent, bottom-up and others. - -As expected, the round-robin policy selects the branch in circular. When -you have two writable branches and creates 10 new files, 5 files will be -created for each branch. mkdir(2) systemcall is an exception. When you -create 10 new directories, all will be created on the same branch. -And the most-free-space policy selects the one which has most free -space among the writable branches. The amount of free space will be -checked by aufs internally, and users can specify its time interval. - -The policies for copy-up is more simple, -top-down-parent is equivalent to the same named on in create policy, -bottom-up-parent selects the writable branch where the parent dir -exists and the nearest upper one from the copyup-source, -bottom-up selects the nearest upper writable branch from the -copyup-source, regardless the existence of the parent dir. - -There are some rules or exceptions to apply these policies. -- If there is a readonly branch above the policy-selected branch and - the parent dir is marked as opaque (a variation of whiteout), or the - target (creating) file is whiteout-ed on the upper readonly branch, - then the result of the policy is ignored and the target file will be - created on the nearest upper writable branch than the readonly branch. -- If there is a writable branch above the policy-selected branch and - the parent dir is marked as opaque or the target file is whiteouted - on the branch, then the result of the policy is ignored and the target - file will be created on the highest one among the upper writable - branches who has diropq or whiteout. In case of whiteout, aufs removes - it as usual. -- link(2) and rename(2) systemcalls are exceptions in every policy. - They try selecting the branch where the source exists as possible - since copyup a large file will take long time. If it can't be, - ie. the branch where the source exists is readonly, then they will - follow the copyup policy. -- There is an exception for rename(2) when the target exists. - If the rename target exists, aufs compares the index of the branches - where the source and the target exists and selects the higher - one. If the selected branch is readonly, then aufs follows the - copyup policy. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/06fhsm.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/06fhsm.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5928ed219..000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/06fhsm.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ - -# Copyright (C) 2011-2015 Junjiro R. Okajima -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - - -File-based Hierarchical Storage Management (FHSM) ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -Hierarchical Storage Management (or HSM) is a well-known feature in the -storage world. Aufs provides this feature as file-based with multiple -writable branches, based upon the principle of "Colder, the Lower". -Here the word "colder" means that the less used files, and "lower" means -that the position in the order of the stacked branches vertically. -These multiple writable branches are prioritized, ie. the topmost one -should be the fastest drive and be used heavily. - -o Characters in aufs FHSM story -- aufs itself and a new branch attribute. -- a new ioctl interface to move-down and to establish a connection with - the daemon ("move-down" is a converse of "copy-up"). -- userspace tool and daemon. - -The userspace daemon establishes a connection with aufs and waits for -the notification. The notified information is very similar to struct -statfs containing the number of consumed blocks and inodes. -When the consumed blocks/inodes of a branch exceeds the user-specified -upper watermark, the daemon activates its move-down process until the -consumed blocks/inodes reaches the user-specified lower watermark. - -The actual move-down is done by aufs based upon the request from -user-space since we need to maintain the inode number and the internal -pointer arrays in aufs. - -Currently aufs FHSM handles the regular files only. Additionally they -must not be hard-linked nor pseudo-linked. - - -o Cowork of aufs and the user-space daemon - During the userspace daemon established the connection, aufs sends a - small notification to it whenever aufs writes something into the - writable branch. But it may cost high since aufs issues statfs(2) - internally. So user can specify a new option to cache the - info. Actually the notification is controlled by these factors. - + the specified cache time. - + classified as "force" by aufs internally. - Until the specified time expires, aufs doesn't send the info - except the forced cases. When aufs decide forcing, the info is always - notified to userspace. - For example, the number of free inodes is generally large enough and - the shortage of it happens rarely. So aufs doesn't force the - notification when creating a new file, directory and others. This is - the typical case which aufs doesn't force. - When aufs writes the actual filedata and the files consumes any of new - blocks, the aufs forces notifying. - - -o Interfaces in aufs -- New branch attribute. - + fhsm - Specifies that the branch is managed by FHSM feature. In other word, - participant in the FHSM. - When nofhsm is set to the branch, it will not be the source/target - branch of the move-down operation. This attribute is set - independently from coo and moo attributes, and if you want full - FHSM, you should specify them as well. -- New mount option. - + fhsm_sec - Specifies a second to suppress many less important info to be - notified. -- New ioctl. - + AUFS_CTL_FHSM_FD - create a new file descriptor which userspace can read the notification - (a subset of struct statfs) from aufs. -- Module parameter 'brs' - It has to be set to 1. Otherwise the new mount option 'fhsm' will not - be set. -- mount helpers /sbin/mount.aufs and /sbin/umount.aufs - When there are two or more branches with fhsm attributes, - /sbin/mount.aufs invokes the user-space daemon and /sbin/umount.aufs - terminates it. As a result of remounting and branch-manipulation, the - number of branches with fhsm attribute can be one. In this case, - /sbin/mount.aufs will terminate the user-space daemon. - - -Finally the operation is done as these steps in kernel-space. -- make sure that, - + no one else is using the file. - + the file is not hard-linked. - + the file is not pseudo-linked. - + the file is a regular file. - + the parent dir is not opaqued. -- find the target writable branch. -- make sure the file is not whiteout-ed by the upper (than the target) - branch. -- make the parent dir on the target branch. -- mutex lock the inode on the branch. -- unlink the whiteout on the target branch (if exists). -- lookup and create the whiteout-ed temporary name on the target branch. -- copy the file as the whiteout-ed temporary name on the target branch. -- rename the whiteout-ed temporary name to the original name. -- unlink the file on the source branch. -- maintain the internal pointer array and the external inode number - table (XINO). -- maintain the timestamps and other attributes of the parent dir and the - file. - -And of course, in every step, an error may happen. So the operation -should restore the original file state after an error happens. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/06mmap.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/06mmap.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a42364eee..000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/06mmap.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ - -# Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Junjiro R. Okajima -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -mmap(2) -- File Memory Mapping ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -In aufs, the file-mapped pages are handled by a branch fs directly, no -interaction with aufs. It means aufs_mmap() calls the branch fs's -->mmap(). -This approach is simple and good, but there is one problem. -Under /proc, several entries show the mmapped files by its path (with -device and inode number), and the printed path will be the path on the -branch fs's instead of virtual aufs's. -This is not a problem in most cases, but some utilities lsof(1) (and its -user) may expect the path on aufs. - -To address this issue, aufs adds a new member called vm_prfile in struct -vm_area_struct (and struct vm_region). The original vm_file points to -the file on the branch fs in order to handle everything correctly as -usual. The new vm_prfile points to a virtual file in aufs, and the -show-functions in procfs refers to vm_prfile if it is set. -Also we need to maintain several other places where touching vm_file -such like -- fork()/clone() copies vma and the reference count of vm_file is - incremented. -- merging vma maintains the ref count too. - -This is not a good approach. It just fakes the printed path. But it -leaves all behaviour around f_mapping unchanged. This is surely an -advantage. -Actually aufs had adopted another complicated approach which calls -generic_file_mmap() and handles struct vm_operations_struct. In this -approach, aufs met a hard problem and I could not solve it without -switching the approach. - -There may be one more another approach which is -- bind-mount the branch-root onto the aufs-root internally -- grab the new vfsmount (ie. struct mount) -- lazy-umount the branch-root internally -- in open(2) the aufs-file, open the branch-file with the hidden - vfsmount (instead of the original branch's vfsmount) -- ideally this "bind-mount and lazy-umount" should be done atomically, - but it may be possible from userspace by the mount helper. - -Adding the internal hidden vfsmount and using it in opening a file, the -file path under /proc will be printed correctly. This approach looks -smarter, but is not possible I am afraid. -- aufs-root may be bind-mount later. when it happens, another hidden - vfsmount will be required. -- it is hard to get the chance to bind-mount and lazy-umount - + in kernel-space, FS can have vfsmount in open(2) via - file->f_path, and aufs can know its vfsmount. But several locks are - already acquired, and if aufs tries to bind-mount and lazy-umount - here, then it may cause a deadlock. - + in user-space, bind-mount doesn't invoke the mount helper. -- since /proc shows dev and ino, aufs has to give vma these info. it - means a new member vm_prinode will be necessary. this is essentially - equivalent to vm_prfile described above. - -I have to give up this "looks-smater" approach. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/06xattr.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/06xattr.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8aad929b8..000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/06xattr.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ - -# Copyright (C) 2014-2015 Junjiro R. Okajima -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - - -Listing XATTR/EA and getting the value ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -For the inode standard attributes (owner, group, timestamps, etc.), aufs -shows the values from the topmost existing file. This behaviour is good -for the non-dir entries since the bahaviour exactly matches the shown -information. But for the directories, aufs considers all the same named -entries on the lower branches. Which means, if one of the lower entry -rejects readdir call, then aufs returns an error even if the topmost -entry allows it. This behaviour is necessary to respect the branch fs's -security, but can make users confused since the user-visible standard -attributes don't match the behaviour. -To address this issue, aufs has a mount option called dirperm1 which -checks the permission for the topmost entry only, and ignores the lower -entry's permission. - -A similar issue can happen around XATTR. -getxattr(2) and listxattr(2) families behave as if dirperm1 option is -always set. Otherwise these very unpleasant situation would happen. -- listxattr(2) may return the duplicated entries. -- users may not be able to remove or reset the XATTR forever, - - -XATTR/EA support in the internal (copy,move)-(up,down) ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -Generally the extended attributes of inode are categorized as these. -- "security" for LSM and capability. -- "system" for posix ACL, 'acl' mount option is required for the branch - fs generally. -- "trusted" for userspace, CAP_SYS_ADMIN is required. -- "user" for userspace, 'user_xattr' mount option is required for the - branch fs generally. - -Moreover there are some other categories. Aufs handles these rather -unpopular categories as the ordinary ones, ie. there is no special -condition nor exception. - -In copy-up, the support for XATTR on the dst branch may differ from the -src branch. In this case, the copy-up operation will get an error and -the original user operation which triggered the copy-up will fail. It -can happen that even all copy-up will fail. -When both of src and dst branches support XATTR and if an error occurs -during copying XATTR, then the copy-up should fail obviously. That is a -good reason and aufs should return an error to userspace. But when only -the src branch support that XATTR, aufs should not return an error. -For example, the src branch supports ACL but the dst branch doesn't -because the dst branch may natively un-support it or temporary -un-support it due to "noacl" mount option. Of course, the dst branch fs -may NOT return an error even if the XATTR is not supported. It is -totally up to the branch fs. - -Anyway when the aufs internal copy-up gets an error from the dst branch -fs, then aufs tries removing the just copied entry and returns the error -to the userspace. The worst case of this situation will be all copy-up -will fail. - -For the copy-up operation, there two basic approaches. -- copy the specified XATTR only (by category above), and return the - error unconditionally if it happens. -- copy all XATTR, and ignore the error on the specified category only. - -In order to support XATTR and to implement the correct behaviour, aufs -chooses the latter approach and introduces some new branch attributes, -"icexsec", "icexsys", "icextr", "icexusr", and "icexoth". -They correspond to the XATTR namespaces (see above). Additionally, to be -convenient, "icex" is also provided which means all "icex*" attributes -are set (here the word "icex" stands for "ignore copy-error on XATTR"). - -The meaning of these attributes is to ignore the error from setting -XATTR on that branch. -Note that aufs tries copying all XATTR unconditionally, and ignores the -error from the dst branch according to the specified attributes. - -Some XATTR may have its default value. The default value may come from -the parent dir or the environment. If the default value is set at the -file creating-time, it will be overwritten by copy-up. -Some contradiction may happen I am afraid. -Do we need another attribute to stop copying XATTR? I am unsure. For -now, aufs implements the branch attributes to ignore the error. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/07export.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/07export.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b25dd950c..000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/07export.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ - -# Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Junjiro R. Okajima -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -Export Aufs via NFS ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -Here is an approach. -- like xino/xib, add a new file 'xigen' which stores aufs inode - generation. -- iget_locked(): initialize aufs inode generation for a new inode, and - store it in xigen file. -- destroy_inode(): increment aufs inode generation and store it in xigen - file. it is necessary even if it is not unlinked, because any data of - inode may be changed by UDBA. -- encode_fh(): for a root dir, simply return FILEID_ROOT. otherwise - build file handle by - + branch id (4 bytes) - + superblock generation (4 bytes) - + inode number (4 or 8 bytes) - + parent dir inode number (4 or 8 bytes) - + inode generation (4 bytes)) - + return value of exportfs_encode_fh() for the parent on a branch (4 - bytes) - + file handle for a branch (by exportfs_encode_fh()) -- fh_to_dentry(): - + find the index of a branch from its id in handle, and check it is - still exist in aufs. - + 1st level: get the inode number from handle and search it in cache. - + 2nd level: if not found in cache, get the parent inode number from - the handle and search it in cache. and then open the found parent - dir, find the matching inode number by vfs_readdir() and get its - name, and call lookup_one_len() for the target dentry. - + 3rd level: if the parent dir is not cached, call - exportfs_decode_fh() for a branch and get the parent on a branch, - build a pathname of it, convert it a pathname in aufs, call - path_lookup(). now aufs gets a parent dir dentry, then handle it as - the 2nd level. - + to open the dir, aufs needs struct vfsmount. aufs keeps vfsmount - for every branch, but not itself. to get this, (currently) aufs - searches in current->nsproxy->mnt_ns list. it may not be a good - idea, but I didn't get other approach. - + test the generation of the gotten inode. -- every inode operation: they may get EBUSY due to UDBA. in this case, - convert it into ESTALE for NFSD. -- readdir(): call lockdep_on/off() because filldir in NFSD calls - lookup_one_len(), vfs_getattr(), encode_fh() and others. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/08shwh.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/08shwh.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a97a7987b..000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/08shwh.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ - -# Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Junjiro R. Okajima -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -Show Whiteout Mode (shwh) ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -Generally aufs hides the name of whiteouts. But in some cases, to show -them is very useful for users. For instance, creating a new middle layer -(branch) by merging existing layers. - -(borrowing aufs1 HOW-TO from a user, Michael Towers) -When you have three branches, -- Bottom: 'system', squashfs (underlying base system), read-only -- Middle: 'mods', squashfs, read-only -- Top: 'overlay', ram (tmpfs), read-write - -The top layer is loaded at boot time and saved at shutdown, to preserve -the changes made to the system during the session. -When larger changes have been made, or smaller changes have accumulated, -the size of the saved top layer data grows. At this point, it would be -nice to be able to merge the two overlay branches ('mods' and 'overlay') -and rewrite the 'mods' squashfs, clearing the top layer and thus -restoring save and load speed. - -This merging is simplified by the use of another aufs mount, of just the -two overlay branches using the 'shwh' option. -# mount -t aufs -o ro,shwh,br:/livesys/overlay=ro+wh:/livesys/mods=rr+wh \ - aufs /livesys/merge_union - -A merged view of these two branches is then available at -/livesys/merge_union, and the new feature is that the whiteouts are -visible! -Note that in 'shwh' mode the aufs mount must be 'ro', which will disable -writing to all branches. Also the default mode for all branches is 'ro'. -It is now possible to save the combined contents of the two overlay -branches to a new squashfs, e.g.: -# mksquashfs /livesys/merge_union /path/to/newmods.squash - -This new squashfs archive can be stored on the boot device and the -initramfs will use it to replace the old one at the next boot. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/10dynop.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/10dynop.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 04c35f5ac..000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/10dynop.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ - -# Copyright (C) 2010-2015 Junjiro R. Okajima -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -Dynamically customizable FS operations ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -Generally FS operations (struct inode_operations, struct -address_space_operations, struct file_operations, etc.) are defined as -"static const", but it never means that FS have only one set of -operation. Some FS have multiple sets of them. For instance, ext2 has -three sets, one for XIP, for NOBH, and for normal. -Since aufs overrides and redirects these operations, sometimes aufs has -to change its behaviour according to the branch FS type. More importantly -VFS acts differently if a function (member in the struct) is set or -not. It means aufs should have several sets of operations and select one -among them according to the branch FS definition. - -In order to solve this problem and not to affect the behaviour of VFS, -aufs defines these operations dynamically. For instance, aufs defines -dummy direct_IO function for struct address_space_operations, but it may -not be set to the address_space_operations actually. When the branch FS -doesn't have it, aufs doesn't set it to its address_space_operations -while the function definition itself is still alive. So the behaviour -itself will not change, and it will return an error when direct_IO is -not set. - -The lifetime of these dynamically generated operation object is -maintained by aufs branch object. When the branch is removed from aufs, -the reference counter of the object is decremented. When it reaches -zero, the dynamically generated operation object will be freed. - -This approach is designed to support AIO (io_submit), Direct I/O and -XIP (DAX) mainly. -Currently this approach is applied to address_space_operations for -regular files only. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/automount-support.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/automount-support.txt index 7cac200e2..7eb762eb3 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/automount-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/automount-support.txt @@ -1,41 +1,15 @@ -Support is available for filesystems that wish to do automounting support (such -as kAFS which can be found in fs/afs/). This facility includes allowing -in-kernel mounts to be performed and mountpoint degradation to be -requested. The latter can also be requested by userspace. +Support is available for filesystems that wish to do automounting +support (such as kAFS which can be found in fs/afs/ and NFS in +fs/nfs/). This facility includes allowing in-kernel mounts to be +performed and mountpoint degradation to be requested. The latter can +also be requested by userspace. ====================== IN-KERNEL AUTOMOUNTING ====================== -A filesystem can now mount another filesystem on one of its directories by the -following procedure: - - (1) Give the directory a follow_link() operation. - - When the directory is accessed, the follow_link op will be called, and - it will be provided with the location of the mountpoint in the nameidata - structure (vfsmount and dentry). - - (2) Have the follow_link() op do the following steps: - - (a) Call vfs_kern_mount() to call the appropriate filesystem to set up a - superblock and gain a vfsmount structure representing it. - - (b) Copy the nameidata provided as an argument and substitute the dentry - argument into it the copy. - - (c) Call do_add_mount() to install the new vfsmount into the namespace's - mountpoint tree, thus making it accessible to userspace. Use the - nameidata set up in (b) as the destination. - - If the mountpoint will be automatically expired, then do_add_mount() - should also be given the location of an expiration list (see further - down). - - (d) Release the path in the nameidata argument and substitute in the new - vfsmount and its root dentry. The ref counts on these will need - incrementing. +See section "Mount Traps" of Documentation/filesystems/autofs4.txt Then from userspace, you can just do something like: @@ -61,17 +35,18 @@ AUTOMATIC MOUNTPOINT EXPIRY =========================== Automatic expiration of mountpoints is easy, provided you've mounted the -mountpoint to be expired in the automounting procedure outlined above. +mountpoint to be expired in the automounting procedure outlined separately. To do expiration, you need to follow these steps: - (3) Create at least one list off which the vfsmounts to be expired can be - hung. Access to this list will be governed by the vfsmount_lock. + (1) Create at least one list off which the vfsmounts to be expired can be + hung. - (4) In step (2c) above, the call to do_add_mount() should be provided with a - pointer to this list. It will hang the vfsmount off of it if it succeeds. + (2) When a new mountpoint is created in the ->d_automount method, add + the mnt to the list using mnt_set_expiry() + mnt_set_expiry(newmnt, &afs_vfsmounts); - (5) When you want mountpoints to be expired, call mark_mounts_for_expiry() + (3) When you want mountpoints to be expired, call mark_mounts_for_expiry() with a pointer to this list. This will process the list, marking every vfsmount thereon for potential expiry on the next call. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/backend-api.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/backend-api.txt index 277d1e810..c0bd56772 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/backend-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/backend-api.txt @@ -676,6 +676,29 @@ FS-Cache provides some utilities that a cache backend may make use of: as possible. + (*) Indicate that a stale object was found and discarded: + + void fscache_object_retrying_stale(struct fscache_object *object); + + This is called to indicate that the lookup procedure found an object in + the cache that the netfs decided was stale. The object has been + discarded from the cache and the lookup will be performed again. + + + (*) Indicate that the caching backend killed an object: + + void fscache_object_mark_killed(struct fscache_object *object, + enum fscache_why_object_killed why); + + This is called to indicate that the cache backend preemptively killed an + object. The why parameter should be set to indicate the reason: + + FSCACHE_OBJECT_IS_STALE - the object was stale and needs discarding. + FSCACHE_OBJECT_NO_SPACE - there was insufficient cache space + FSCACHE_OBJECT_WAS_RETIRED - the object was retired when relinquished. + FSCACHE_OBJECT_WAS_CULLED - the object was culled to make space. + + (*) Get and release references on a retrieval record: void fscache_get_retrieval(struct fscache_retrieval *op); diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/fscache.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/fscache.txt index 770267af5..50f0a5757 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/fscache.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/fscache.txt @@ -284,8 +284,9 @@ proc files. enq=N Number of times async ops queued for processing can=N Number of async ops cancelled rej=N Number of async ops rejected due to object lookup/create failure + ini=N Number of async ops initialised dfr=N Number of async ops queued for deferred release - rel=N Number of async ops released + rel=N Number of async ops released (should equal ini=N when idle) gc=N Number of deferred-release async ops garbage collected CacheOp alo=N Number of in-progress alloc_object() cache ops luo=N Number of in-progress lookup_object() cache ops @@ -303,6 +304,10 @@ proc files. wrp=N Number of in-progress write_page() cache ops ucp=N Number of in-progress uncache_page() cache ops dsp=N Number of in-progress dissociate_pages() cache ops + CacheEv nsp=N Number of object lookups/creations rejected due to lack of space + stl=N Number of stale objects deleted + rtr=N Number of objects retired when relinquished + cul=N Number of objects culled (*) /proc/fs/fscache/histogram diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt index baf411186..7af2851d6 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt @@ -18,8 +18,10 @@ Usage ----- If you have a block device which supports DAX, you can make a filesystem -on it as usual. When mounting it, use the -o dax option manually -or add 'dax' to the options in /etc/fstab. +on it as usual. The DAX code currently only supports files with a block +size equal to your kernel's PAGE_SIZE, so you may need to specify a block +size when creating the filesystem. When mounting it, use the "-o dax" +option on the command line or add 'dax' to the options in /etc/fstab. Implementation Tips for Block Driver Writers diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/knfsd-stats.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/knfsd-stats.txt index 64ced5149..1a5d82180 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/knfsd-stats.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/knfsd-stats.txt @@ -68,16 +68,10 @@ sockets-enqueued rate of change for this counter is zero; significantly non-zero values may indicate a performance limitation. - This can happen either because there are too few nfsd threads in the - thread pool for the NFS workload (the workload is thread-limited), - or because the NFS workload needs more CPU time than is available in - the thread pool (the workload is CPU-limited). In the former case, - configuring more nfsd threads will probably improve the performance - of the NFS workload. In the latter case, the sunrpc server layer is - already choosing not to wake idle nfsd threads because there are too - many nfsd threads which want to run but cannot, so configuring more - nfsd threads will make no difference whatsoever. The overloads-avoided - statistic (see below) can be used to distinguish these cases. + This can happen because there are too few nfsd threads in the thread + pool for the NFS workload (the workload is thread-limited), in which + case configuring more nfsd threads will probably improve the + performance of the NFS workload. threads-woken Counts how many times an idle nfsd thread is woken to try to @@ -88,36 +82,6 @@ threads-woken thing. The ideal rate of change for this counter will be close to but less than the rate of change of the packets-arrived counter. -overloads-avoided - Counts how many times the sunrpc server layer chose not to wake an - nfsd thread, despite the presence of idle nfsd threads, because - too many nfsd threads had been recently woken but could not get - enough CPU time to actually run. - - This statistic counts a circumstance where the sunrpc layer - heuristically avoids overloading the CPU scheduler with too many - runnable nfsd threads. The ideal rate of change for this counter - is zero. Significant non-zero values indicate that the workload - is CPU limited. Usually this is associated with heavy CPU usage - on all the CPUs in the nfsd thread pool. - - If a sustained large overloads-avoided rate is detected on a pool, - the top(1) utility should be used to check for the following - pattern of CPU usage on all the CPUs associated with the given - nfsd thread pool. - - - %us ~= 0 (as you're *NOT* running applications on your NFS server) - - - %wa ~= 0 - - - %id ~= 0 - - - %sy + %hi + %si ~= 100 - - If this pattern is seen, configuring more nfsd threads will *not* - improve the performance of the workload. If this patten is not - seen, then something more subtle is wrong. - threads-timedout Counts how many times an nfsd thread triggered an idle timeout, i.e. was not woken to handle any incoming network packets for diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/porting b/Documentation/filesystems/porting index e69274de8..f24d1b833 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/porting +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/porting @@ -379,10 +379,10 @@ may now be called in rcu-walk mode (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU). -ECHILD should be returned if the filesystem cannot handle rcu-walk. See Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt for more details. - permission and check_acl are inode permission checks that are called -on many or all directory inodes on the way down a path walk (to check for -exec permission). These must now be rcu-walk aware (flags & IPERM_FLAG_RCU). -See Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt for more details. + permission is an inode permission check that is called on many or all +directory inodes on the way down a path walk (to check for exec permission). It +must now be rcu-walk aware (mask & MAY_NOT_BLOCK). See +Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt for more details. -- [mandatory] @@ -483,3 +483,24 @@ in your dentry operations instead. -- [mandatory] ->aio_read/->aio_write are gone. Use ->read_iter/->write_iter. +--- +[recommended] + for embedded ("fast") symlinks just set inode->i_link to wherever the + symlink body is and use simple_follow_link() as ->follow_link(). +-- +[mandatory] + calling conventions for ->follow_link() have changed. Instead of returning + cookie and using nd_set_link() to store the body to traverse, we return + the body to traverse and store the cookie using explicit void ** argument. + nameidata isn't passed at all - nd_jump_link() doesn't need it and + nd_[gs]et_link() is gone. +-- +[mandatory] + calling conventions for ->put_link() have changed. It gets inode instead of + dentry, it does not get nameidata at all and it gets called only when cookie + is non-NULL. Note that link body isn't available anymore, so if you need it, + store it as cookie. +-- +[mandatory] + __fd_install() & fd_install() can now sleep. Callers should not + hold a spinlock or other resources that do not allow a schedule. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt index c3b6b301d..6f7fafde0 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ asynchronous manner and the value may not be very precise. To see a precise snapshot of a moment, you can see /proc/<pid>/smaps file and scan page table. It's slow but very precise. -Table 1-2: Contents of the status files (as of 3.20.0) +Table 1-2: Contents of the status files (as of 4.1) .............................................................................. Field Content Name filename of the executable @@ -235,6 +235,7 @@ Table 1-2: Contents of the status files (as of 3.20.0) VmExe size of text segment VmLib size of shared library code VmPTE size of page table entries + VmPMD size of second level page tables VmSwap size of swap usage (the number of referred swapents) Threads number of threads SigQ number of signals queued/max. number for queue diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/quota.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/quota.txt index 5e8de25bf..29fc01552 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/quota.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/quota.txt @@ -32,7 +32,10 @@ The interface uses generic netlink framework (see http://lwn.net/Articles/208755/ and http://people.suug.ch/~tgr/libnl/ for more details about this layer). The name of the quota generic netlink interface is "VFS_DQUOT". Definitions of constants below are in <linux/quota.h>. - Currently, the interface supports only one message type QUOTA_NL_C_WARNING. +Since the quota netlink protocol is not namespace aware, quota netlink messages +are sent only in initial network namespace. + +Currently, the interface supports only one message type QUOTA_NL_C_WARNING. This command is used to send a notification about any of the above mentioned events. Each message has six attributes. These are (type of the argument is in parentheses): diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt index 5d833b32b..5eb8456fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt @@ -350,8 +350,8 @@ struct inode_operations { int (*rename2) (struct inode *, struct dentry *, struct inode *, struct dentry *, unsigned int); int (*readlink) (struct dentry *, char __user *,int); - void * (*follow_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); - void (*put_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *, void *); + const char *(*follow_link) (struct dentry *, void **); + void (*put_link) (struct inode *, void *); int (*permission) (struct inode *, int); int (*get_acl)(struct inode *, int); int (*setattr) (struct dentry *, struct iattr *); @@ -436,16 +436,18 @@ otherwise noted. follow_link: called by the VFS to follow a symbolic link to the inode it points to. Only required if you want to support - symbolic links. This method returns a void pointer cookie - that is passed to put_link(). + symbolic links. This method returns the symlink body + to traverse (and possibly resets the current position with + nd_jump_link()). If the body won't go away until the inode + is gone, nothing else is needed; if it needs to be otherwise + pinned, the data needed to release whatever we'd grabbed + is to be stored in void * variable passed by address to + follow_link() instance. put_link: called by the VFS to release resources allocated by - follow_link(). The cookie returned by follow_link() is passed - to this method as the last parameter. It is used by - filesystems such as NFS where page cache is not stable - (i.e. page that was installed when the symbolic link walk - started might not be in the page cache at the end of the - walk). + follow_link(). The cookie stored by follow_link() is passed + to this method as the last parameter; only called when + cookie isn't NULL. permission: called by the VFS to check for access rights on a POSIX-like filesystem. @@ -797,7 +799,7 @@ struct file_operations ---------------------- This describes how the VFS can manipulate an open file. As of kernel -3.12, the following members are defined: +4.1, the following members are defined: struct file_operations { struct module *owner; @@ -811,8 +813,9 @@ struct file_operations { long (*unlocked_ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long); long (*compat_ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long); int (*mmap) (struct file *, struct vm_area_struct *); + int (*mremap)(struct file *, struct vm_area_struct *); int (*open) (struct inode *, struct file *); - int (*flush) (struct file *); + int (*flush) (struct file *, fl_owner_t id); int (*release) (struct inode *, struct file *); int (*fsync) (struct file *, loff_t, loff_t, int datasync); int (*aio_fsync) (struct kiocb *, int datasync); @@ -822,11 +825,15 @@ struct file_operations { unsigned long (*get_unmapped_area)(struct file *, unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long); int (*check_flags)(int); int (*flock) (struct file *, int, struct file_lock *); - ssize_t (*splice_write)(struct pipe_inode_info *, struct file *, size_t, unsigned int); - ssize_t (*splice_read)(struct file *, struct pipe_inode_info *, size_t, unsigned int); - int (*setlease)(struct file *, long arg, struct file_lock **, void **); - long (*fallocate)(struct file *, int mode, loff_t offset, loff_t len); + ssize_t (*splice_write)(struct pipe_inode_info *, struct file *, loff_t *, size_t, unsigned int); + ssize_t (*splice_read)(struct file *, loff_t *, struct pipe_inode_info *, size_t, unsigned int); + int (*setlease)(struct file *, long, struct file_lock **, void **); + long (*fallocate)(struct file *file, int mode, loff_t offset, + loff_t len); void (*show_fdinfo)(struct seq_file *m, struct file *f); +#ifndef CONFIG_MMU + unsigned (*mmap_capabilities)(struct file *); +#endif }; Again, all methods are called without any locks being held, unless diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt index 5a5a05582..8146e9fd5 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt @@ -236,10 +236,10 @@ Removed Mount Options Name Removed ---- ------- - delaylog/nodelaylog v3.20 - ihashsize v3.20 - irixsgid v3.20 - osyncisdsync/osyncisosync v3.20 + delaylog/nodelaylog v4.0 + ihashsize v4.0 + irixsgid v4.0 + osyncisdsync/osyncisosync v4.0 sysctls @@ -346,5 +346,5 @@ Removed Sysctls Name Removed ---- ------- - fs.xfs.xfsbufd_centisec v3.20 - fs.xfs.age_buffer_centisecs v3.20 + fs.xfs.xfsbufd_centisec v4.0 + fs.xfs.age_buffer_centisecs v4.0 diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt b/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt index c21c1313f..75542b91b 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt @@ -241,18 +241,18 @@ Set multiple GPIO outputs with a single function call ----------------------------------------------------- The following functions set the output values of an array of GPIOs: - void gpiod_set_array(unsigned int array_size, - struct gpio_desc **desc_array, - int *value_array) - void gpiod_set_raw_array(unsigned int array_size, - struct gpio_desc **desc_array, - int *value_array) - void gpiod_set_array_cansleep(unsigned int array_size, - struct gpio_desc **desc_array, - int *value_array) - void gpiod_set_raw_array_cansleep(unsigned int array_size, - struct gpio_desc **desc_array, - int *value_array) + void gpiod_set_array_value(unsigned int array_size, + struct gpio_desc **desc_array, + int *value_array) + void gpiod_set_raw_array_value(unsigned int array_size, + struct gpio_desc **desc_array, + int *value_array) + void gpiod_set_array_value_cansleep(unsigned int array_size, + struct gpio_desc **desc_array, + int *value_array) + void gpiod_set_raw_array_value_cansleep(unsigned int array_size, + struct gpio_desc **desc_array, + int *value_array) The array can be an arbitrary set of GPIOs. The functions will try to set GPIOs belonging to the same bank or chip simultaneously if supported by the @@ -271,8 +271,8 @@ matches the desired group of GPIOs, those GPIOs can be set by simply using the struct gpio_descs returned by gpiod_get_array(): struct gpio_descs *my_gpio_descs = gpiod_get_array(...); - gpiod_set_array(my_gpio_descs->ndescs, my_gpio_descs->desc, - my_gpio_values); + gpiod_set_array_value(my_gpio_descs->ndescs, my_gpio_descs->desc, + my_gpio_values); It is also possible to set a completely arbitrary array of descriptors. The descriptors may be obtained using any combination of gpiod_get() and @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ corresponding to a given GPIO using the following call: int gpiod_to_irq(const struct gpio_desc *desc) -It will return an IRQ number, or an negative errno code if the mapping can't be +It will return an IRQ number, or a negative errno code if the mapping can't be done (most likely because that particular GPIO cannot be used as IRQ). It is an unchecked error to use a GPIO that wasn't set up as an input using gpiod_direction_input(), or to use an IRQ number that didn't originally come diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/gpio-legacy.txt b/Documentation/gpio/gpio-legacy.txt index 6f83fa965..79ab5648d 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/gpio-legacy.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio/gpio-legacy.txt @@ -751,9 +751,6 @@ requested using gpio_request(): int gpio_export_link(struct device *dev, const char *name, unsigned gpio) - /* change the polarity of a GPIO node in sysfs */ - int gpio_sysfs_set_active_low(unsigned gpio, int value); - After a kernel driver requests a GPIO, it may only be made available in the sysfs interface by gpio_export(). The driver can control whether the signal direction may change. This helps drivers prevent userspace code @@ -767,9 +764,3 @@ After the GPIO has been exported, gpio_export_link() allows creating symlinks from elsewhere in sysfs to the GPIO sysfs node. Drivers can use this to provide the interface under their own device in sysfs with a descriptive name. - -Drivers can use gpio_sysfs_set_active_low() to hide GPIO line polarity -differences between boards from user space. This only affects the -sysfs interface. Polarity change can be done both before and after -gpio_export(), and previously enabled poll(2) support for either -rising or falling edge will be reconfigured to follow this setting. diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/gpio/sysfs.txt index c2c3a97f8..535b6a8a7 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/sysfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio/sysfs.txt @@ -132,9 +132,6 @@ requested using gpio_request(): int gpiod_export_link(struct device *dev, const char *name, struct gpio_desc *desc); - /* change the polarity of a GPIO node in sysfs */ - int gpiod_sysfs_set_active_low(struct gpio_desc *desc, int value); - After a kernel driver requests a GPIO, it may only be made available in the sysfs interface by gpiod_export(). The driver can control whether the signal direction may change. This helps drivers prevent userspace code @@ -148,8 +145,3 @@ After the GPIO has been exported, gpiod_export_link() allows creating symlinks from elsewhere in sysfs to the GPIO sysfs node. Drivers can use this to provide the interface under their own device in sysfs with a descriptive name. - -Drivers can use gpiod_sysfs_set_active_low() to hide GPIO line polarity -differences between boards from user space. Polarity change can be done both -before and after gpiod_export(), and previously enabled poll(2) support for -either rising or falling edge will be reconfigured to follow this setting. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor b/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor index c5e05e290..1d4cc847c 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Kernel driver ntc_thermistor ================= Supported thermistors from Murata: -* Murata NTC Thermistors NCP15WB473, NCP18WB473, NCP21WB473, NCP03WB473, NCP15WL333 - Prefixes: 'ncp15wb473', 'ncp18wb473', 'ncp21wb473', 'ncp03wb473', 'ncp15wl333' +* Murata NTC Thermistors NCP15WB473, NCP18WB473, NCP21WB473, NCP03WB473, + NCP15WL333, NCP03WF104 + Prefixes: 'ncp15wb473', 'ncp18wb473', 'ncp21wb473', 'ncp03wb473', + 'ncp15wl333', 'ncp03wf104' Datasheet: Publicly available at Murata Supported thermistors from EPCOS: diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches b/Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches index 3d1bac399..d201828d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches @@ -81,6 +81,13 @@ increase the chances of your change being accepted. * Provide a detect function if and only if a chip can be detected reliably. +* Only the following I2C addresses shall be probed: 0x18-0x1f, 0x28-0x2f, + 0x48-0x4f, 0x58, 0x5c, 0x73 and 0x77. Probing other addresses is strongly + discouraged as it is known to cause trouble with other (non-hwmon) I2C + chips. If your chip lives at an address which can't be probed then the + device will have to be instantiated explicitly (which is always better + anyway.) + * Avoid writing to chip registers in the detect function. If you have to write, only do it after you have already gathered enough data to be certain that the detection is going to be successful. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/tc74 b/Documentation/hwmon/tc74 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43027aad5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/tc74 @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Kernel driver tc74 +==================== + +Supported chips: + * Microchip TC74 + Prefix: 'tc74' + Datasheet: Publicly available at Microchip website. + +Description +----------- + +Driver supports the above part. + +The tc74 has an 8-bit sensor, with 1 degree centigrade resolution +and +- 2 degrees centigrade accuracy. + +Notes +----- + +Currently entering low power standby mode is not supported. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83792d b/Documentation/hwmon/w83792d index 53f7b6866..f2ffc402e 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83792d +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83792d @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Supported chips: Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com.tw Author: Shane Huang (Winbond) +Updated: Roger Lucas Module Parameters @@ -38,9 +39,16 @@ parameter; this will put it into a more well-behaved state first. The driver implements three temperature sensors, seven fan rotation speed sensors, nine voltage sensors, and two automatic fan regulation strategies called: Smart Fan I (Thermal Cruise mode) and Smart Fan II. -Automatic fan control mode is possible only for fan1-fan3. Fan4-fan7 can run -synchronized with selected fan (fan1-fan3). This functionality and manual PWM -control for fan4-fan7 is not yet implemented. + +The driver also implements up to seven fan control outputs: pwm1-7. Pwm1-7 +can be configured to PWM output or Analogue DC output via their associated +pwmX_mode. Outputs pwm4 through pwm7 may or may not be present depending on +how the W83792AD/D was configured by the BIOS. + +Automatic fan control mode is possible only for fan1-fan3. + +For all pwmX outputs, a value of 0 means minimum fan speed and a value of +255 means maximum fan speed. Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius and measurement resolution is 1 degC for temp1 and 0.5 degC for temp2 and temp3. An alarm is triggered when @@ -157,14 +165,14 @@ for each fan. /sys files ---------- -pwm[1-3] - this file stores PWM duty cycle or DC value (fan speed) in range: +pwm[1-7] - this file stores PWM duty cycle or DC value (fan speed) in range: 0 (stop) to 255 (full) pwm[1-3]_enable - this file controls mode of fan/temperature control: * 0 Disabled * 1 Manual mode * 2 Smart Fan II * 3 Thermal Cruise -pwm[1-3]_mode - Select PWM of DC mode +pwm[1-7]_mode - Select PWM or DC mode * 0 DC * 1 PWM thermal_cruise[1-3] - Selects the desired temperature for cruise (degC) diff --git a/Documentation/hwspinlock.txt b/Documentation/hwspinlock.txt index 62f7d4ea6..61c1ee98e 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwspinlock.txt +++ b/Documentation/hwspinlock.txt @@ -48,6 +48,16 @@ independent, drivers. ids for predefined purposes. Should be called from a process context (might sleep). + int of_hwspin_lock_get_id(struct device_node *np, int index); + - retrieve the global lock id for an OF phandle-based specific lock. + This function provides a means for DT users of a hwspinlock module + to get the global lock id of a specific hwspinlock, so that it can + be requested using the normal hwspin_lock_request_specific() API. + The function returns a lock id number on success, -EPROBE_DEFER if + the hwspinlock device is not yet registered with the core, or other + error values. + Should be called from a process context (might sleep). + int hwspin_lock_free(struct hwspinlock *hwlock); - free a previously-assigned hwspinlock; returns 0 on success, or an appropriate error code on failure (e.g. -EINVAL if the hwspinlock diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/slave-interface b/Documentation/i2c/slave-interface index b228ca54b..2dee4e2d6 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/slave-interface +++ b/Documentation/i2c/slave-interface @@ -3,16 +3,16 @@ Linux I2C slave interface description by Wolfram Sang <wsa@sang-engineering.com> in 2014-15 -Linux can also be an I2C slave in case I2C controllers have slave support. -Besides this HW requirement, one also needs a software backend providing the -actual functionality. An example for this is the slave-eeprom driver, which -acts as a dual memory driver. While another I2C master on the bus can access it -like a regular EEPROM, the Linux I2C slave can access the content via sysfs and -retrieve/provide information as needed. The software backend driver and the I2C -bus driver communicate via events. Here is a small graph visualizing the data -flow and the means by which data is transported. The dotted line marks only one -example. The backend could also use e.g. a character device, be in-kernel -only, or something completely different: +Linux can also be an I2C slave if the I2C controller in use has slave +functionality. For that to work, one needs slave support in the bus driver plus +a hardware independent software backend providing the actual functionality. An +example for the latter is the slave-eeprom driver, which acts as a dual memory +driver. While another I2C master on the bus can access it like a regular +EEPROM, the Linux I2C slave can access the content via sysfs and handle data as +needed. The backend driver and the I2C bus driver communicate via events. Here +is a small graph visualizing the data flow and the means by which data is +transported. The dotted line marks only one example. The backend could also +use a character device, be in-kernel only, or something completely different: e.g. sysfs I2C slave events I/O registers @@ -43,6 +43,11 @@ behaviour and setup. Developer manual ================ +First, the events which are used by the bus driver and the backend will be +described in detail. After that, some implementation hints for extending bus +drivers and writing backends will be given. + + I2C slave events ---------------- diff --git a/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt b/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt index 92e68bce1..5737e3590 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ The phase diagram of these two outputs look like this: one step (half-period mode) For more information, please see - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotary_encoder + https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotary_encoder 1. Events / state machine diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt index ec7c81b4f..1e166ad3e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt @@ -322,6 +322,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments 0xDB 00-0F drivers/char/mwave/mwavepub.h 0xDD 00-3F ZFCP device driver see drivers/s390/scsi/ <mailto:aherrman@de.ibm.com> +0xE5 00-3F linux/fuse.h 0xEC 00-01 drivers/platform/chrome/cros_ec_dev.h ChromeOS EC driver 0xF3 00-3F drivers/usb/misc/sisusbvga/sisusb.h sisfb (in development) <mailto:thomas@winischhofer.net> diff --git a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO index b61885c35..5a0f2bdc2 100644 --- a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ MAINTAINERS ファイルにリストがありますので参照してくださ メールの先頭でなく、各引用行の間にあなたの言いたいことを追加するべきで す。 -もしパッチをメールに付ける場合は、Documentaion/SubmittingPatches に提 +もしパッチをメールに付ける場合は、Documentation/SubmittingPatches に提 示されているように、それは プレーンな可読テキストにすることを忘れない ようにしましょう。カーネル開発者は 添付や圧縮したパッチを扱いたがりま せん- diff --git a/Documentation/kasan.txt b/Documentation/kasan.txt index 469224178..0d32355a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/kasan.txt +++ b/Documentation/kasan.txt @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ AddressSanitizer dedicates 1/8 of kernel memory to its shadow memory (e.g. 16TB to cover 128TB on x86_64) and uses direct mapping with a scale and offset to translate a memory address to its corresponding shadow address. -Here is the function witch translate an address to its corresponding shadow +Here is the function which translates an address to its corresponding shadow address: static inline void *kasan_mem_to_shadow(const void *addr) diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/headers_install.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/headers_install.txt index 951eb9f1e..f0153adb9 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/headers_install.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/headers_install.txt @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ The "make headers_install" command can be run in the top level directory of the kernel source code (or using a standard out-of-tree build). It takes two optional arguments: - make headers_install ARCH=i386 INSTALL_HDR_PATH=/usr/include + make headers_install ARCH=i386 INSTALL_HDR_PATH=/usr ARCH indicates which architecture to produce headers for, and defaults to the current architecture. The linux/asm directory of the exported kernel headers @@ -33,8 +33,11 @@ the command: ls -d include/asm-* | sed 's/.*-//' -INSTALL_HDR_PATH indicates where to install the headers. It defaults to -"./usr/include". +INSTALL_HDR_PATH indicates where to install the headers. It defaults to +"./usr". + +An 'include' directory is automatically created inside INSTALL_HDR_PATH and +headers are installed in 'INSTALL_HDR_PATH/include'. The command "make headers_install_all" exports headers for all architectures simultaneously. (This is mostly of interest to distribution maintainers, diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt index d2b1c40cb..13f888a02 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt @@ -755,8 +755,8 @@ Additional files can be specified in kbuild makefiles by use of $(clean-files). #lib/Makefile clean-files := crc32table.h -When executing "make clean", the two files "devlist.h classlist.h" will be -deleted. Kbuild will assume files to be in the same relative directory as the +When executing "make clean", the file "crc32table.h" will be deleted. +Kbuild will assume files to be in the same relative directory as the Makefile, except if prefixed with $(objtree). To delete a directory hierarchy use: diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index d6522d892..1d6f0459c 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -179,11 +179,6 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. See also Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt, pci=noacpi - acpi_rsdp= [ACPI,EFI,KEXEC] - Pass the RSDP address to the kernel, mostly used - on machines running EFI runtime service to boot the - second kernel for kdump. - acpi_apic_instance= [ACPI, IOAPIC] Format: <int> 2: use 2nd APIC table, if available @@ -197,6 +192,14 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. (e.g. thinkpad_acpi, sony_acpi, etc.) instead of the ACPI video.ko driver. + acpica_no_return_repair [HW, ACPI] + Disable AML predefined validation mechanism + This mechanism can repair the evaluation result to make + the return objects more ACPI specification compliant. + This option is useful for developers to identify the + root cause of an AML interpreter issue when the issue + has something to do with the repair mechanism. + acpi.debug_layer= [HW,ACPI,ACPI_DEBUG] acpi.debug_level= [HW,ACPI,ACPI_DEBUG] Format: <int> @@ -225,6 +228,22 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. unusable. The "log_buf_len" parameter may be useful if you need to capture more output. + acpi_enforce_resources= [ACPI] + { strict | lax | no } + Check for resource conflicts between native drivers + and ACPI OperationRegions (SystemIO and SystemMemory + only). IO ports and memory declared in ACPI might be + used by the ACPI subsystem in arbitrary AML code and + can interfere with legacy drivers. + strict (default): access to resources claimed by ACPI + is denied; legacy drivers trying to access reserved + resources will fail to bind to device using them. + lax: access to resources claimed by ACPI is allowed; + legacy drivers trying to access reserved resources + will bind successfully but a warning message is logged. + no: ACPI OperationRegions are not marked as reserved, + no further checks are performed. + acpi_force_table_verification [HW,ACPI] Enable table checksum verification during early stage. By default, this is disabled due to x86 early mapping @@ -253,6 +272,9 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. This feature is enabled by default. This option allows to turn off the feature. + acpi_no_memhotplug [ACPI] Disable memory hotplug. Useful for kdump + kernels. + acpi_no_static_ssdt [HW,ACPI] Disable installation of static SSDTs at early boot time By default, SSDTs contained in the RSDT/XSDT will be @@ -263,17 +285,20 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. dynamic table installation which will install SSDT tables to /sys/firmware/acpi/tables/dynamic. - acpica_no_return_repair [HW, ACPI] - Disable AML predefined validation mechanism - This mechanism can repair the evaluation result to make - the return objects more ACPI specification compliant. - This option is useful for developers to identify the - root cause of an AML interpreter issue when the issue - has something to do with the repair mechanism. + acpi_rsdp= [ACPI,EFI,KEXEC] + Pass the RSDP address to the kernel, mostly used + on machines running EFI runtime service to boot the + second kernel for kdump. acpi_os_name= [HW,ACPI] Tell ACPI BIOS the name of the OS Format: To spoof as Windows 98: ="Microsoft Windows" + acpi_rev_override [ACPI] Override the _REV object to return 5 (instead + of 2 which is mandated by ACPI 6) as the supported ACPI + specification revision (when using this switch, it may + be necessary to carry out a cold reboot _twice_ in a + row to make it take effect on the platform firmware). + acpi_osi= [HW,ACPI] Modify list of supported OS interface strings acpi_osi="string1" # add string1 acpi_osi="!string2" # remove string2 @@ -365,25 +390,6 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. Use timer override. For some broken Nvidia NF5 boards that require a timer override, but don't have HPET - acpi_enforce_resources= [ACPI] - { strict | lax | no } - Check for resource conflicts between native drivers - and ACPI OperationRegions (SystemIO and SystemMemory - only). IO ports and memory declared in ACPI might be - used by the ACPI subsystem in arbitrary AML code and - can interfere with legacy drivers. - strict (default): access to resources claimed by ACPI - is denied; legacy drivers trying to access reserved - resources will fail to bind to device using them. - lax: access to resources claimed by ACPI is allowed; - legacy drivers trying to access reserved resources - will bind successfully but a warning message is logged. - no: ACPI OperationRegions are not marked as reserved, - no further checks are performed. - - acpi_no_memhotplug [ACPI] Disable memory hotplug. Useful for kdump - kernels. - add_efi_memmap [EFI; X86] Include EFI memory map in kernel's map of available physical RAM. @@ -746,6 +752,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. cpuidle.off=1 [CPU_IDLE] disable the cpuidle sub-system + cpu_init_udelay=N + [X86] Delay for N microsec between assert and de-assert + of APIC INIT to start processors. This delay occurs + on every CPU online, such as boot, and resume from suspend. + Default: 10000 + cpcihp_generic= [HW,PCI] Generic port I/O CompactPCI driver Format: <first_slot>,<last_slot>,<port>,<enum_bit>[,<debug>] @@ -937,12 +949,19 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. Enable debug messages at boot time. See Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt for details. + nompx [X86] Disables Intel Memory Protection Extensions. + See Documentation/x86/intel_mpx.txt for more + information about the feature. + eagerfpu= [X86] on enable eager fpu restore off disable eager fpu restore auto selects the default scheme, which automatically enables eagerfpu restore for xsaveopt. + module.async_probe [KNL] + Enable asynchronous probe on this module. + early_ioremap_debug [KNL] Enable debug messages in early_ioremap support. This is useful for tracking down temporary early mappings @@ -959,14 +978,15 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. uart[8250],io,<addr>[,options] uart[8250],mmio,<addr>[,options] uart[8250],mmio32,<addr>[,options] + uart[8250],mmio32be,<addr>[,options] uart[8250],0x<addr>[,options] Start an early, polled-mode console on the 8250/16550 UART at the specified I/O port or MMIO address. MMIO inter-register address stride is either 8-bit - (mmio) or 32-bit (mmio32). - If none of [io|mmio|mmio32], <addr> is assumed to be - equivalent to 'mmio'. 'options' are specified in the - same format described for "console=ttyS<n>"; if + (mmio) or 32-bit (mmio32 or mmio32be). + If none of [io|mmio|mmio32|mmio32be], <addr> is assumed + to be equivalent to 'mmio'. 'options' are specified + in the same format described for "console=ttyS<n>"; if unspecified, the h/w is not initialized. pl011,<addr> @@ -1009,6 +1029,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. earlyprintk=serial[,0x...[,baudrate]] earlyprintk=ttySn[,baudrate] earlyprintk=dbgp[debugController#] + earlyprintk=pciserial,bus:device.function[,baudrate] earlyprintk is useful when the kernel crashes before the normal console is initialized. It is not enabled by @@ -1414,7 +1435,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. ima_template= [IMA] Select one of defined IMA measurements template formats. - Formats: { "ima" | "ima-ng" } + Formats: { "ima" | "ima-ng" | "ima-sig" } Default: "ima-ng" ima_template_fmt= @@ -1788,6 +1809,8 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. * [no]ncq: Turn on or off NCQ. + * [no]ncqtrim: Turn off queued DSM TRIM. + * nohrst, nosrst, norst: suppress hard, soft and both resets. @@ -2451,7 +2474,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. nomca [IA-64] Disable machine check abort handling - nomce [X86-32] Machine Check Exception + nomce [X86-32] Disable Machine Check Exception nomfgpt [X86-32] Disable Multi-Function General Purpose Timer usage (for AMD Geode machines). @@ -3006,11 +3029,34 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. Set maximum number of finished RCU callbacks to process in one batch. + rcutree.dump_tree= [KNL] + Dump the structure of the rcu_node combining tree + out at early boot. This is used for diagnostic + purposes, to verify correct tree setup. + + rcutree.gp_cleanup_delay= [KNL] + Set the number of jiffies to delay each step of + RCU grace-period cleanup. This only has effect + when CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_SLOW_CLEANUP is set. + rcutree.gp_init_delay= [KNL] Set the number of jiffies to delay each step of RCU grace-period initialization. This only has - effect when CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_SLOW_INIT is - set. + effect when CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_SLOW_INIT + is set. + + rcutree.gp_preinit_delay= [KNL] + Set the number of jiffies to delay each step of + RCU grace-period pre-initialization, that is, + the propagation of recent CPU-hotplug changes up + the rcu_node combining tree. This only has effect + when CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_SLOW_PREINIT is set. + + rcutree.rcu_fanout_exact= [KNL] + Disable autobalancing of the rcu_node combining + tree. This is used by rcutorture, and might + possibly be useful for architectures having high + cache-to-cache transfer latencies. rcutree.rcu_fanout_leaf= [KNL] Increase the number of CPUs assigned to each @@ -3115,7 +3161,11 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. test, hence the "fake". rcutorture.nreaders= [KNL] - Set number of RCU readers. + Set number of RCU readers. The value -1 selects + N-1, where N is the number of CPUs. A value + "n" less than -1 selects N-n-2, where N is again + the number of CPUs. For example, -2 selects N + (the number of CPUs), -3 selects N+1, and so on. rcutorture.object_debug= [KNL] Enable debug-object double-call_rcu() testing. @@ -3846,9 +3896,6 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. HIGHMEM regardless of setting of CONFIG_HIGHPTE. - uuid_debug= (Boolean) whether to enable debugging of TuxOnIce's - uuid support. - vdso= [X86,SH] On X86_32, this is an alias for vdso32=. Otherwise: diff --git a/Documentation/kmemleak.txt b/Documentation/kmemleak.txt index 45e777f4e..18e24abb3 100644 --- a/Documentation/kmemleak.txt +++ b/Documentation/kmemleak.txt @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Introduction Kmemleak provides a way of detecting possible kernel memory leaks in a way similar to a tracing garbage collector -(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Garbage_collection_%28computer_science%29#Tracing_garbage_collectors), +(https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Garbage_collection_%28computer_science%29#Tracing_garbage_collectors), with the difference that the orphan objects are not freed but only reported via /sys/kernel/debug/kmemleak. A similar method is used by the Valgrind tool (memcheck --leak-check) to detect the memory leaks in diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/.gitignore b/Documentation/laptops/.gitignore index da2bd065f..9fc984e64 100644 --- a/Documentation/laptops/.gitignore +++ b/Documentation/laptops/.gitignore @@ -1,2 +1 @@ dslm -freefall diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX b/Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX index a3b4f209e..7c0ac2a26 100644 --- a/Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ disk-shock-protection.txt - information on hard disk shock protection. dslm.c - Simple Disk Sleep Monitor program -freefall.c - - (HP/DELL) laptop accelerometer program for disk protection. laptop-mode.txt - how to conserve battery power using laptop-mode. sony-laptop.txt diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/Makefile b/Documentation/laptops/Makefile index 2b0fa5edf..0abe44f68 100644 --- a/Documentation/laptops/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/laptops/Makefile @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # List of programs to build -hostprogs-y := dslm freefall +hostprogs-y := dslm # Tell kbuild to always build the programs always := $(hostprogs-y) diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/freefall.c b/Documentation/laptops/freefall.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5e44b20b1..000000000 --- a/Documentation/laptops/freefall.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,174 +0,0 @@ -/* Disk protection for HP/DELL machines. - * - * Copyright 2008 Eric Piel - * Copyright 2009 Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz> - * Copyright 2012 Sonal Santan - * Copyright 2014 Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com> - * - * GPLv2. - */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <fcntl.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <stdint.h> -#include <errno.h> -#include <signal.h> -#include <sys/mman.h> -#include <sched.h> -#include <syslog.h> - -static int noled; -static char unload_heads_path[64]; -static char device_path[32]; -static const char app_name[] = "FREE FALL"; - -static int set_unload_heads_path(char *device) -{ - if (strlen(device) <= 5 || strncmp(device, "/dev/", 5) != 0) - return -EINVAL; - strncpy(device_path, device, sizeof(device_path) - 1); - - snprintf(unload_heads_path, sizeof(unload_heads_path) - 1, - "/sys/block/%s/device/unload_heads", device+5); - return 0; -} - -static int valid_disk(void) -{ - int fd = open(unload_heads_path, O_RDONLY); - - if (fd < 0) { - perror(unload_heads_path); - return 0; - } - - close(fd); - return 1; -} - -static void write_int(char *path, int i) -{ - char buf[1024]; - int fd = open(path, O_RDWR); - - if (fd < 0) { - perror("open"); - exit(1); - } - - sprintf(buf, "%d", i); - - if (write(fd, buf, strlen(buf)) != strlen(buf)) { - perror("write"); - exit(1); - } - - close(fd); -} - -static void set_led(int on) -{ - if (noled) - return; - write_int("/sys/class/leds/hp::hddprotect/brightness", on); -} - -static void protect(int seconds) -{ - const char *str = (seconds == 0) ? "Unparked" : "Parked"; - - write_int(unload_heads_path, seconds*1000); - syslog(LOG_INFO, "%s %s disk head\n", str, device_path); -} - -static int on_ac(void) -{ - /* /sys/class/power_supply/AC0/online */ - return 1; -} - -static int lid_open(void) -{ - /* /proc/acpi/button/lid/LID/state */ - return 1; -} - -static void ignore_me(int signum) -{ - protect(0); - set_led(0); -} - -int main(int argc, char **argv) -{ - int fd, ret; - struct stat st; - struct sched_param param; - - if (argc == 1) - ret = set_unload_heads_path("/dev/sda"); - else if (argc == 2) - ret = set_unload_heads_path(argv[1]); - else - ret = -EINVAL; - - if (ret || !valid_disk()) { - fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s <device> (default: /dev/sda)\n", - argv[0]); - exit(1); - } - - fd = open("/dev/freefall", O_RDONLY); - if (fd < 0) { - perror("/dev/freefall"); - return EXIT_FAILURE; - } - - if (stat("/sys/class/leds/hp::hddprotect/brightness", &st)) - noled = 1; - - if (daemon(0, 0) != 0) { - perror("daemon"); - return EXIT_FAILURE; - } - - openlog(app_name, LOG_CONS | LOG_PID | LOG_NDELAY, LOG_LOCAL1); - - param.sched_priority = sched_get_priority_max(SCHED_FIFO); - sched_setscheduler(0, SCHED_FIFO, ¶m); - mlockall(MCL_CURRENT|MCL_FUTURE); - - signal(SIGALRM, ignore_me); - - for (;;) { - unsigned char count; - - ret = read(fd, &count, sizeof(count)); - alarm(0); - if ((ret == -1) && (errno == EINTR)) { - /* Alarm expired, time to unpark the heads */ - continue; - } - - if (ret != sizeof(count)) { - perror("read"); - break; - } - - protect(21); - set_led(1); - if (1 || on_ac() || lid_open()) - alarm(2); - else - alarm(20); - } - - closelog(); - close(fd); - return EXIT_SUCCESS; -} diff --git a/Documentation/leds/leds-class-flash.txt b/Documentation/leds/leds-class-flash.txt index 19bb67355..8da3c6f4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/leds/leds-class-flash.txt +++ b/Documentation/leds/leds-class-flash.txt @@ -20,3 +20,54 @@ Following sysfs attributes are exposed for controlling flash LED devices: - max_flash_timeout - flash_strobe - flash_fault + + +V4L2 flash wrapper for flash LEDs +================================= + +A LED subsystem driver can be controlled also from the level of VideoForLinux2 +subsystem. In order to enable this CONFIG_V4L2_FLASH_LED_CLASS symbol has to +be defined in the kernel config. + +The driver must call the v4l2_flash_init function to get registered in the +V4L2 subsystem. The function takes six arguments: +- dev : flash device, e.g. an I2C device +- of_node : of_node of the LED, may be NULL if the same as device's +- fled_cdev : LED flash class device to wrap +- iled_cdev : LED flash class device representing indicator LED associated with + fled_cdev, may be NULL +- ops : V4L2 specific ops + * external_strobe_set - defines the source of the flash LED strobe - + V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE control or external source, typically + a sensor, which makes it possible to synchronise the flash + strobe start with exposure start, + * intensity_to_led_brightness and led_brightness_to_intensity - perform + enum led_brightness <-> V4L2 intensity conversion in a device + specific manner - they can be used for devices with non-linear + LED current scale. +- config : configuration for V4L2 Flash sub-device + * dev_name - the name of the media entity, unique in the system, + * flash_faults - bitmask of flash faults that the LED flash class + device can report; corresponding LED_FAULT* bit definitions are + available in <linux/led-class-flash.h>, + * torch_intensity - constraints for the LED in TORCH mode + in microamperes, + * indicator_intensity - constraints for the indicator LED + in microamperes, + * has_external_strobe - determines whether the flash strobe source + can be switched to external, + +On remove the v4l2_flash_release function has to be called, which takes one +argument - struct v4l2_flash pointer returned previously by v4l2_flash_init. +This function can be safely called with NULL or error pointer argument. + +Please refer to drivers/leds/leds-max77693.c for an exemplary usage of the +v4l2 flash wrapper. + +Once the V4L2 sub-device is registered by the driver which created the Media +controller device, the sub-device node acts just as a node of a native V4L2 +flash API device would. The calls are simply routed to the LED flash API. + +Opening the V4L2 flash sub-device makes the LED subsystem sysfs interface +unavailable. The interface is re-enabled after the V4L2 flash sub-device +is closed. diff --git a/Documentation/leds/leds-class.txt b/Documentation/leds/leds-class.txt index 79699c200..62261c040 100644 --- a/Documentation/leds/leds-class.txt +++ b/Documentation/leds/leds-class.txt @@ -2,9 +2,6 @@ LED handling under Linux ======================== -If you're reading this and thinking about keyboard leds, these are -handled by the input subsystem and the led class is *not* needed. - In its simplest form, the LED class just allows control of LEDs from userspace. LEDs appear in /sys/class/leds/. The maximum brightness of the LED is defined in max_brightness file. The brightness file will set the brightness diff --git a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt index 5b3e91d4a..0dbbd279c 100644 --- a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt +++ b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt @@ -49,6 +49,36 @@ There are two ways to run LED patterns. 2) Firmware interface - LP55xx common interface For the details, please refer to 'firmware' section in leds-lp55xx.txt +LP5523 has three master faders. If a channel is mapped to one of +the master faders, its output is dimmed based on the value of the master +fader. + +For example, + + echo "123000123" > master_fader_leds + +creates the following channel-fader mappings: + + channel 0,6 to master_fader1 + channel 1,7 to master_fader2 + channel 2,8 to master_fader3 + +Then, to have 25% of the original output on channel 0,6: + + echo 64 > master_fader1 + +To have 0% of the original output (i.e. no output) channel 1,7: + + echo 0 > master_fader2 + +To have 100% of the original output (i.e. no dimming) on channel 2,8: + + echo 255 > master_fader3 + +To clear all master fader controls: + + echo "000000000" > master_fader_leds + Selftest uses always the current from the platform data. Each channel contains led current settings. diff --git a/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt b/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt index ab0baa692..22dd6af2e 100644 --- a/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt +++ b/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt @@ -61,3 +61,21 @@ As explained above, a kernel knob is provided that allows administrators to configure the period of the hrtimer and the perf event. The right value for a particular environment is a trade-off between fast response to lockups and detection overhead. + +By default, the watchdog runs on all online cores. However, on a +kernel configured with NO_HZ_FULL, by default the watchdog runs only +on the housekeeping cores, not the cores specified in the "nohz_full" +boot argument. If we allowed the watchdog to run by default on +the "nohz_full" cores, we would have to run timer ticks to activate +the scheduler, which would prevent the "nohz_full" functionality +from protecting the user code on those cores from the kernel. +Of course, disabling it by default on the nohz_full cores means that +when those cores do enter the kernel, by default we will not be +able to detect if they lock up. However, allowing the watchdog +to continue to run on the housekeeping (non-tickless) cores means +that we will continue to detect lockups properly on those cores. + +In either case, the set of cores excluded from running the watchdog +may be adjusted via the kernel.watchdog_cpumask sysctl. For +nohz_full cores, this may be useful for debugging a case where the +kernel seems to be hanging on the nohz_full cores. diff --git a/Documentation/magic-number.txt b/Documentation/magic-number.txt index 4c8e142db..28befed9f 100644 --- a/Documentation/magic-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/magic-number.txt @@ -116,7 +116,6 @@ COW_MAGIC 0x4f4f4f4d cow_header_v1 arch/um/drivers/ubd_user.c I810_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E i810_card sound/oss/i810_audio.c TRIDENT_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E trident_card sound/oss/trident.c ROUTER_MAGIC 0x524d4157 wan_device [in wanrouter.h pre 3.9] -SCC_MAGIC 0x52696368 gs_port drivers/char/scc.h SAVEKMSG_MAGIC1 0x53415645 savekmsg arch/*/amiga/config.c GDA_MAGIC 0x58464552 gda arch/mips/include/asm/sn/gda.h RED_MAGIC1 0x5a2cf071 (any) mm/slab.c @@ -138,7 +137,6 @@ KMALLOC_MAGIC 0x87654321 snd_alloc_track sound/core/memory.c PWC_MAGIC 0x89DC10AB pwc_device drivers/usb/media/pwc.h NBD_REPLY_MAGIC 0x96744668 nbd_reply include/linux/nbd.h ENI155_MAGIC 0xa54b872d midway_eprom drivers/atm/eni.h -SCI_MAGIC 0xbabeface gs_port drivers/char/sh-sci.h CODA_MAGIC 0xC0DAC0DA coda_file_info fs/coda/coda_fs_i.h DPMEM_MAGIC 0xc0ffee11 gdt_pci_sram drivers/scsi/gdth.h YAM_MAGIC 0xF10A7654 yam_port drivers/net/hamradio/yam.c diff --git a/Documentation/md.txt b/Documentation/md.txt index f925666e4..1a2ada46a 100644 --- a/Documentation/md.txt +++ b/Documentation/md.txt @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ also have sync_speed_max This are similar to /proc/sys/dev/raid/speed_limit_{min,max} however they only apply to the particular array. - If no value has been written to these, of if the word 'system' + If no value has been written to these, or if the word 'system' is written, then the system-wide value is used. If a value, in kibibytes-per-second is written, then it is used. When the files are read, they show the currently active value diff --git a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt index f95746189..13feb6972 100644 --- a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt +++ b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt @@ -617,16 +617,16 @@ case what's actually required is: However, stores are not speculated. This means that ordering -is- provided for load-store control dependencies, as in the following example: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); if (q) { ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; } -Control dependencies pair normally with other types of barriers. -That said, please note that ACCESS_ONCE() is not optional! Without the -ACCESS_ONCE(), might combine the load from 'a' with other loads from -'a', and the store to 'b' with other stores to 'b', with possible highly -counterintuitive effects on ordering. +Control dependencies pair normally with other types of barriers. That +said, please note that READ_ONCE_CTRL() is not optional! Without the +READ_ONCE_CTRL(), the compiler might combine the load from 'a' with +other loads from 'a', and the store to 'b' with other stores to 'b', +with possible highly counterintuitive effects on ordering. Worse yet, if the compiler is able to prove (say) that the value of variable 'a' is always non-zero, it would be well within its rights @@ -636,12 +636,15 @@ as follows: q = a; b = p; /* BUG: Compiler and CPU can both reorder!!! */ -So don't leave out the ACCESS_ONCE(). +Finally, the READ_ONCE_CTRL() includes an smp_read_barrier_depends() +that DEC Alpha needs in order to respect control depedencies. + +So don't leave out the READ_ONCE_CTRL(). It is tempting to try to enforce ordering on identical stores on both branches of the "if" statement as follows: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); if (q) { barrier(); ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; @@ -655,7 +658,7 @@ branches of the "if" statement as follows: Unfortunately, current compilers will transform this as follows at high optimization levels: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); barrier(); ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; /* BUG: No ordering vs. load from a!!! */ if (q) { @@ -685,7 +688,7 @@ memory barriers, for example, smp_store_release(): In contrast, without explicit memory barriers, two-legged-if control ordering is guaranteed only when the stores differ, for example: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); if (q) { ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; do_something(); @@ -694,14 +697,14 @@ ordering is guaranteed only when the stores differ, for example: do_something_else(); } -The initial ACCESS_ONCE() is still required to prevent the compiler from -proving the value of 'a'. +The initial READ_ONCE_CTRL() is still required to prevent the compiler +from proving the value of 'a'. In addition, you need to be careful what you do with the local variable 'q', otherwise the compiler might be able to guess the value and again remove the needed conditional. For example: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); if (q % MAX) { ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; do_something(); @@ -714,7 +717,7 @@ If MAX is defined to be 1, then the compiler knows that (q % MAX) is equal to zero, in which case the compiler is within its rights to transform the above code into the following: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; do_something_else(); @@ -725,7 +728,7 @@ is gone, and the barrier won't bring it back. Therefore, if you are relying on this ordering, you should make sure that MAX is greater than one, perhaps as follows: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); BUILD_BUG_ON(MAX <= 1); /* Order load from a with store to b. */ if (q % MAX) { ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; @@ -742,14 +745,15 @@ of the 'if' statement. You must also be careful not to rely too much on boolean short-circuit evaluation. Consider this example: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); if (a || 1 > 0) ACCESS_ONCE(b) = 1; -Because the second condition is always true, the compiler can transform -this example as following, defeating control dependency: +Because the first condition cannot fault and the second condition is +always true, the compiler can transform this example as following, +defeating control dependency: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); ACCESS_ONCE(b) = 1; This example underscores the need to ensure that the compiler cannot @@ -762,8 +766,8 @@ demonstrated by two related examples, with the initial values of x and y both being zero: CPU 0 CPU 1 - ===================== ===================== - r1 = ACCESS_ONCE(x); r2 = ACCESS_ONCE(y); + ======================= ======================= + r1 = READ_ONCE_CTRL(x); r2 = READ_ONCE_CTRL(y); if (r1 > 0) if (r2 > 0) ACCESS_ONCE(y) = 1; ACCESS_ONCE(x) = 1; @@ -783,7 +787,8 @@ But because control dependencies do -not- provide transitivity, the above assertion can fail after the combined three-CPU example completes. If you need the three-CPU example to provide ordering, you will need smp_mb() between the loads and stores in the CPU 0 and CPU 1 code fragments, -that is, just before or just after the "if" statements. +that is, just before or just after the "if" statements. Furthermore, +the original two-CPU example is very fragile and should be avoided. These two examples are the LB and WWC litmus tests from this paper: http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/users/pes20/ppc-supplemental/test6.pdf and this @@ -791,6 +796,12 @@ site: https://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~pes20/ppcmem/index.html. In summary: + (*) Control dependencies must be headed by READ_ONCE_CTRL(). + Or, as a much less preferable alternative, interpose + be headed by READ_ONCE() or an ACCESS_ONCE() read and must + have smp_read_barrier_depends() between this read and the + control-dependent write. + (*) Control dependencies can order prior loads against later stores. However, they do -not- guarantee any other sort of ordering: Not prior loads against later loads, nor prior stores against @@ -1662,7 +1673,7 @@ CPU from reordering them. There are some more advanced barrier functions: - (*) set_mb(var, value) + (*) smp_store_mb(var, value) This assigns the value to the variable and then inserts a full memory barrier after it, depending on the function. It isn't guaranteed to @@ -1784,10 +1795,9 @@ for each construct. These operations all imply certain barriers: Memory operations issued before the ACQUIRE may be completed after the ACQUIRE operation has completed. An smp_mb__before_spinlock(), - combined with a following ACQUIRE, orders prior loads against - subsequent loads and stores and also orders prior stores against - subsequent stores. Note that this is weaker than smp_mb()! The - smp_mb__before_spinlock() primitive is free on many architectures. + combined with a following ACQUIRE, orders prior stores against + subsequent loads and stores. Note that this is weaker than smp_mb()! + The smp_mb__before_spinlock() primitive is free on many architectures. (2) RELEASE operation implication: @@ -1975,7 +1985,7 @@ after it has altered the task state: CPU 1 =============================== set_current_state(); - set_mb(); + smp_store_mb(); STORE current->state <general barrier> LOAD event_indicated @@ -2016,7 +2026,7 @@ between the STORE to indicate the event and the STORE to set TASK_RUNNING: CPU 1 CPU 2 =============================== =============================== set_current_state(); STORE event_indicated - set_mb(); wake_up(); + smp_store_mb(); wake_up(); STORE current->state <write barrier> <general barrier> STORE current->state LOAD event_indicated diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt b/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt index 77c541802..1a2f2c8ec 100644 --- a/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt +++ b/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt @@ -24,6 +24,10 @@ a virtual bus called mic bus is created and virtual dma devices are created on it by the host/card drivers. On host the channels are private and used only by the host driver to transfer data for the virtio devices. +The Symmetric Communication Interface (SCIF (pronounced as skiff)) is a +low level communications API across PCIe currently implemented for MIC. +More details are available at scif_overview.txt. + Here is a block diagram of the various components described above. The virtio backends are situated on the host rather than the card given better single threaded performance for the host compared to MIC, the ability of @@ -47,18 +51,18 @@ the fact that the virtio block storage backend can only be on the host. | | | Virtio over PCIe IOCTLs | | | +--------------------------+ +-----------+ | | | +-----------+ -| MIC DMA | | | | | MIC DMA | -| Driver | | | | | Driver | -+-----------+ | | | +-----------+ - | | | | | -+---------------+ | | | +----------------+ -|MIC virtual Bus| | | | |MIC virtual Bus | -+---------------+ | | | +----------------+ - | | | | | - | +--------------+ | +---------------+ | - | |Intel MIC | | |Intel MIC | | - +---|Card Driver | | |Host Driver | | - +--------------+ | +---------------+-----+ +| MIC DMA | | +----------+ | +-----------+ | | MIC DMA | +| Driver | | | SCIF | | | SCIF | | | Driver | ++-----------+ | +----------+ | +-----------+ | +-----------+ + | | | | | | | ++---------------+ | +-----+-----+ | +-----+-----+ | +---------------+ +|MIC virtual Bus| | |SCIF HW Bus| | |SCIF HW BUS| | |MIC virtual Bus| ++---------------+ | +-----------+ | +-----+-----+ | +---------------+ + | | | | | | | + | +--------------+ | | | +---------------+ | + | |Intel MIC | | | | |Intel MIC | | + +---|Card Driver +----+ | | |Host Driver | | + +--------------+ | +----+---------------+-----+ | | | +-------------------------------------------------------------+ | | diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/Makefile b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/Makefile index f47fe6ba7..06871b0c0 100644 --- a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/Makefile @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +ifndef CROSS_COMPILE # List of programs to build hostprogs-$(CONFIG_X86_64) := mpssd @@ -17,3 +18,4 @@ HOSTLOADLIBES_mpssd := -lpthread install: install mpssd /usr/sbin/mpssd install micctrl /usr/sbin/micctrl +endif diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss index cacbdb0ae..582aad481 100755 --- a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss +++ b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ exec=/usr/sbin/mpssd sysfs="/sys/class/mic" +mic_modules="mic_host mic_x100_dma scif" start() { @@ -48,18 +49,15 @@ start() fi echo -e $"Starting MPSS Stack" - echo -e $"Loading MIC_X100_DMA & MIC_HOST Modules" + echo -e $"Loading MIC drivers:" $mic_modules - for f in "mic_host" "mic_x100_dma" - do - modprobe $f - RETVAL=$? - if [ $RETVAL -ne 0 ]; then - failure - echo - return $RETVAL - fi - done + modprobe -a $mic_modules + RETVAL=$? + if [ $RETVAL -ne 0 ]; then + failure + echo + return $RETVAL + fi # Start the daemon echo -n $"Starting MPSSD " @@ -170,8 +168,8 @@ unload() stop sleep 5 - echo -n $"Removing MIC_HOST & MIC_X100_DMA Modules: " - modprobe -r mic_host mic_x100_dma + echo -n $"Removing MIC drivers:" $mic_modules + modprobe -r $mic_modules RETVAL=$? [ $RETVAL -ne 0 ] && failure || success echo diff --git a/Documentation/mic/scif_overview.txt b/Documentation/mic/scif_overview.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a280d986 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/mic/scif_overview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +The Symmetric Communication Interface (SCIF (pronounced as skiff)) is a low +level communications API across PCIe currently implemented for MIC. Currently +SCIF provides inter-node communication within a single host platform, where a +node is a MIC Coprocessor or Xeon based host. SCIF abstracts the details of +communicating over the PCIe bus while providing an API that is symmetric +across all the nodes in the PCIe network. An important design objective for SCIF +is to deliver the maximum possible performance given the communication +abilities of the hardware. SCIF has been used to implement an offload compiler +runtime and OFED support for MPI implementations for MIC coprocessors. + +==== SCIF API Components ==== +The SCIF API has the following parts: +1. Connection establishment using a client server model +2. Byte stream messaging intended for short messages +3. Node enumeration to determine online nodes +4. Poll semantics for detection of incoming connections and messages +5. Memory registration to pin down pages +6. Remote memory mapping for low latency CPU accesses via mmap +7. Remote DMA (RDMA) for high bandwidth DMA transfers +8. Fence APIs for RDMA synchronization + +SCIF exposes the notion of a connection which can be used by peer processes on +nodes in a SCIF PCIe "network" to share memory "windows" and to communicate. A +process in a SCIF node initiates a SCIF connection to a peer process on a +different node via a SCIF "endpoint". SCIF endpoints support messaging APIs +which are similar to connection oriented socket APIs. Connected SCIF endpoints +can also register local memory which is followed by data transfer using either +DMA, CPU copies or remote memory mapping via mmap. SCIF supports both user and +kernel mode clients which are functionally equivalent. + +==== SCIF Performance for MIC ==== +DMA bandwidth comparison between the TCP (over ethernet over PCIe) stack versus +SCIF shows the performance advantages of SCIF for HPC applications and runtimes. + + Comparison of TCP and SCIF based BW + + Throughput (GB/sec) + 8 + PCIe Bandwidth ****** + + TCP ###### + 7 + ************************************** SCIF %%%%%% + | %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + 6 + %%%% + | %% + | %%% + 5 + %% + | %% + 4 + %% + | %% + 3 + %% + | % + 2 + %% + | %% + | % + 1 + + + ###################################### + 0 +++---+++--+--+-+--+--+-++-+--+-++-+--+-++-+- + 1 10 100 1000 10000 100000 + Transfer Size (KBytes) + +SCIF allows memory sharing via mmap(..) between processes on different PCIe +nodes and thus provides bare-metal PCIe latency. The round trip SCIF mmap +latency from the host to an x100 MIC for an 8 byte message is 0.44 usecs. + +SCIF has a user space library which is a thin IOCTL wrapper providing a user +space API similar to the kernel API in scif.h. The SCIF user space library +is distributed @ https://software.intel.com/en-us/mic-developer + +Here is some pseudo code for an example of how two applications on two PCIe +nodes would typically use the SCIF API: + +Process A (on node A) Process B (on node B) + +/* get online node information */ +scif_get_node_ids(..) scif_get_node_ids(..) +scif_open(..) scif_open(..) +scif_bind(..) scif_bind(..) +scif_listen(..) +scif_accept(..) scif_connect(..) +/* SCIF connection established */ + +/* Send and receive short messages */ +scif_send(..)/scif_recv(..) scif_send(..)/scif_recv(..) + +/* Register memory */ +scif_register(..) scif_register(..) + +/* RDMA */ +scif_readfrom(..)/scif_writeto(..) scif_readfrom(..)/scif_writeto(..) + +/* Fence DMAs */ +scif_fence_signal(..) scif_fence_signal(..) + +mmap(..) mmap(..) + +/* Access remote registered memory */ + +/* Close the endpoints */ +scif_close(..) scif_close(..) diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/spear-pcie-gadget.txt b/Documentation/misc-devices/spear-pcie-gadget.txt index 02c13ef5e..89b88dee4 100644 --- a/Documentation/misc-devices/spear-pcie-gadget.txt +++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/spear-pcie-gadget.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Spear PCIe Gadget Driver: Author ============= -Pratyush Anand (pratyush.anand@st.com) +Pratyush Anand (pratyush.anand@gmail.com) Location ============ diff --git a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt index 83bf4986b..334b49ef0 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt @@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ Table of Contents 3.4 Configuring Bonding Manually via Sysfs 3.5 Configuration with Interfaces Support 3.6 Overriding Configuration for Special Cases +3.7 Configuring LACP for 802.3ad mode in a more secure way 4. Querying Bonding Configuration 4.1 Bonding Configuration @@ -178,6 +179,27 @@ active_slave active slave, or the empty string if there is no active slave or the current mode does not use an active slave. +ad_actor_sys_prio + + In an AD system, this specifies the system priority. The allowed range + is 1 - 65535. If the value is not specified, it takes 65535 as the + default value. + + This parameter has effect only in 802.3ad mode and is available through + SysFs interface. + +ad_actor_system + + In an AD system, this specifies the mac-address for the actor in + protocol packet exchanges (LACPDUs). The value cannot be NULL or + multicast. It is preferred to have the local-admin bit set for this + mac but driver does not enforce it. If the value is not given then + system defaults to using the masters' mac address as actors' system + address. + + This parameter has effect only in 802.3ad mode and is available through + SysFs interface. + ad_select Specifies the 802.3ad aggregation selection logic to use. The @@ -220,6 +242,21 @@ ad_select This option was added in bonding version 3.4.0. +ad_user_port_key + + In an AD system, the port-key has three parts as shown below - + + Bits Use + 00 Duplex + 01-05 Speed + 06-15 User-defined + + This defines the upper 10 bits of the port key. The values can be + from 0 - 1023. If not given, the system defaults to 0. + + This parameter has effect only in 802.3ad mode and is available through + SysFs interface. + all_slaves_active Specifies that duplicate frames (received on inactive ports) should be @@ -1622,6 +1659,53 @@ output port selection. This feature first appeared in bonding driver version 3.7.0 and support for output slave selection was limited to round-robin and active-backup modes. +3.7 Configuring LACP for 802.3ad mode in a more secure way +---------------------------------------------------------- + +When using 802.3ad bonding mode, the Actor (host) and Partner (switch) +exchange LACPDUs. These LACPDUs cannot be sniffed, because they are +destined to link local mac addresses (which switches/bridges are not +supposed to forward). However, most of the values are easily predictable +or are simply the machine's MAC address (which is trivially known to all +other hosts in the same L2). This implies that other machines in the L2 +domain can spoof LACPDU packets from other hosts to the switch and potentially +cause mayhem by joining (from the point of view of the switch) another +machine's aggregate, thus receiving a portion of that hosts incoming +traffic and / or spoofing traffic from that machine themselves (potentially +even successfully terminating some portion of flows). Though this is not +a likely scenario, one could avoid this possibility by simply configuring +few bonding parameters: + + (a) ad_actor_system : You can set a random mac-address that can be used for + these LACPDU exchanges. The value can not be either NULL or Multicast. + Also it's preferable to set the local-admin bit. Following shell code + generates a random mac-address as described above. + + # sys_mac_addr=$(printf '%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x' \ + $(( (RANDOM & 0xFE) | 0x02 )) \ + $(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \ + $(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \ + $(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \ + $(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \ + $(( RANDOM & 0xFF ))) + # echo $sys_mac_addr > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_actor_system + + (b) ad_actor_sys_prio : Randomize the system priority. The default value + is 65535, but system can take the value from 1 - 65535. Following shell + code generates random priority and sets it. + + # sys_prio=$(( 1 + RANDOM + RANDOM )) + # echo $sys_prio > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_actor_sys_prio + + (c) ad_user_port_key : Use the user portion of the port-key. The default + keeps this empty. These are the upper 10 bits of the port-key and value + ranges from 0 - 1023. Following shell code generates these 10 bits and + sets it. + + # usr_port_key=$(( RANDOM & 0x3FF )) + # echo $usr_port_key > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_user_port_key + + 4 Querying Bonding Configuration ================================= diff --git a/Documentation/networking/can.txt b/Documentation/networking/can.txt index 5abad1e92..b48d4a149 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/can.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/can.txt @@ -268,6 +268,9 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: struct can_frame { canid_t can_id; /* 32 bit CAN_ID + EFF/RTR/ERR flags */ __u8 can_dlc; /* frame payload length in byte (0 .. 8) */ + __u8 __pad; /* padding */ + __u8 __res0; /* reserved / padding */ + __u8 __res1; /* reserved / padding */ __u8 data[8] __attribute__((aligned(8))); }; diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dctcp.txt b/Documentation/networking/dctcp.txt index 0d5dfbc89..13a857753 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/dctcp.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/dctcp.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ the data center network to provide multi-bit feedback to the end hosts. To enable it on end hosts: sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_congestion_control=dctcp + sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_ecn_fallback=0 (optional) All switches in the data center network running DCTCP must support ECN marking and be configured for marking when reaching defined switch buffer diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt b/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt index 22bbc7225..1700756af 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ int sd = socket(PF_IEEE802154, SOCK_DGRAM, 0); The address family, socket addresses etc. are defined in the include/net/af_ieee802154.h header or in the special header -in our userspace package (see either linux-zigbee sourceforge download page -or git tree at git://linux-zigbee.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/linux-zigbee). +in the userspace package (see either http://wpan.cakelab.org/ or the +git tree at https://github.com/linux-wpan/wpan-tools). One can use SOCK_RAW for passing raw data towards device xmit function. YMMV. @@ -49,15 +49,6 @@ Like with WiFi, there are several types of devices implementing IEEE 802.15.4. Those types of devices require different approach to be hooked into Linux kernel. -MLME - MAC Level Management -============================ - -Most of IEEE 802.15.4 MLME interfaces are directly mapped on netlink commands. -See the include/net/nl802154.h header. Our userspace tools package -(see above) provides CLI configuration utility for radio interfaces and simple -coordinator for IEEE 802.15.4 networks as an example users of MLME protocol. - - HardMAC ======= @@ -75,8 +66,6 @@ net_device with a pointer to struct ieee802154_mlme_ops instance. The fields assoc_req, assoc_resp, disassoc_req, start_req, and scan_req are optional. All other fields are required. -We provide an example of simple HardMAC driver at drivers/ieee802154/fakehard.c - SoftMAC ======= @@ -89,7 +78,8 @@ stack interface for network sniffers (e.g. WireShark). This layer is going to be extended soon. -See header include/net/mac802154.h and several drivers in drivers/ieee802154/. +See header include/net/mac802154.h and several drivers in +drivers/net/ieee802154/. Device drivers API @@ -114,18 +104,17 @@ Moreover IEEE 802.15.4 device operations structure should be filled. Fake drivers ============ -In addition there are two drivers available which simulate real devices with -HardMAC (fakehard) and SoftMAC (fakelb - IEEE 802.15.4 loopback driver) -interfaces. This option provides possibility to test and debug stack without -usage of real hardware. +In addition there is a driver available which simulates a real device with +SoftMAC (fakelb - IEEE 802.15.4 loopback driver) interface. This option +provides possibility to test and debug stack without usage of real hardware. -See sources in drivers/ieee802154 folder for more details. +See sources in drivers/net/ieee802154 folder for more details. 6LoWPAN Linux implementation ============================ -The IEEE 802.15.4 standard specifies an MTU of 128 bytes, yielding about 80 +The IEEE 802.15.4 standard specifies an MTU of 127 bytes, yielding about 80 octets of actual MAC payload once security is turned on, on a wireless link with a link throughput of 250 kbps or less. The 6LoWPAN adaptation format [RFC4944] was specified to carry IPv6 datagrams over such constrained links, @@ -140,7 +129,8 @@ In Semptember 2011 the standard update was published - [RFC6282]. It deprecates HC1 and HC2 compression and defines IPHC encoding format which is used in this Linux implementation. -All the code related to 6lowpan you may find in files: net/ieee802154/6lowpan.* +All the code related to 6lowpan you may find in files: net/6lowpan/* +and net/ieee802154/6lowpan/* To setup 6lowpan interface you need (busybox release > 1.17.0): 1. Add IEEE802.15.4 interface and initialize PANid; diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt index 071fb18dc..5fae7704d 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt @@ -267,6 +267,15 @@ tcp_ecn - INTEGER but do not request ECN on outgoing connections. Default: 2 +tcp_ecn_fallback - BOOLEAN + If the kernel detects that ECN connection misbehaves, enable fall + back to non-ECN. Currently, this knob implements the fallback + from RFC3168, section 6.1.1.1., but we reserve that in future, + additional detection mechanisms could be implemented under this + knob. The value is not used, if tcp_ecn or per route (or congestion + control) ECN settings are disabled. + Default: 1 (fallback enabled) + tcp_fack - BOOLEAN Enable FACK congestion avoidance and fast retransmission. The value is not used, if tcp_sack is not enabled. @@ -742,8 +751,10 @@ IP Variables: ip_local_port_range - 2 INTEGERS Defines the local port range that is used by TCP and UDP to choose the local port. The first number is the first, the - second the last local port number. The default values are - 32768 and 61000 respectively. + second the last local port number. + If possible, it is better these numbers have different parity. + (one even and one odd values) + The default values are 32768 and 60999 respectively. ip_local_reserved_ports - list of comma separated ranges Specify the ports which are reserved for known third-party @@ -766,7 +777,7 @@ ip_local_reserved_ports - list of comma separated ranges ip_local_port_range, e.g.: $ cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range - 32000 61000 + 32000 60999 $ cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_reserved_ports 8080,9148 @@ -1213,6 +1224,14 @@ auto_flowlabels - BOOLEAN FALSE: disabled Default: false +flowlabel_state_ranges - BOOLEAN + Split the flow label number space into two ranges. 0-0x7FFFF is + reserved for the IPv6 flow manager facility, 0x80000-0xFFFFF + is reserved for stateless flow labels as described in RFC6437. + TRUE: enabled + FALSE: disabled + Default: true + anycast_src_echo_reply - BOOLEAN Controls the use of anycast addresses as source addresses for ICMPv6 echo reply diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt b/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt index a5d574a9a..30409a36e 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ started by Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>, 2001.09.17 2.6 port and netpoll api by Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>, Sep 9 2003 IPv6 support by Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>, Jan 1 2013 +Extended console support by Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>, May 1 2015 Please send bug reports to Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> Satyam Sharma <satyam.sharma@gmail.com>, and Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> @@ -24,9 +25,10 @@ Sender and receiver configuration: It takes a string configuration parameter "netconsole" in the following format: - netconsole=[src-port]@[src-ip]/[<dev>],[tgt-port]@<tgt-ip>/[tgt-macaddr] + netconsole=[+][src-port]@[src-ip]/[<dev>],[tgt-port]@<tgt-ip>/[tgt-macaddr] where + + if present, enable extended console support src-port source for UDP packets (defaults to 6665) src-ip source IP to use (interface address) dev network interface (eth0) @@ -107,6 +109,7 @@ To remove a target: The interface exposes these parameters of a netconsole target to userspace: enabled Is this target currently enabled? (read-write) + extended Extended mode enabled (read-write) dev_name Local network interface name (read-write) local_port Source UDP port to use (read-write) remote_port Remote agent's UDP port (read-write) @@ -132,6 +135,36 @@ You can also update the local interface dynamically. This is especially useful if you want to use interfaces that have newly come up (and may not have existed when netconsole was loaded / initialized). +Extended console: +================= + +If '+' is prefixed to the configuration line or "extended" config file +is set to 1, extended console support is enabled. An example boot +param follows. + + linux netconsole=+4444@10.0.0.1/eth1,9353@10.0.0.2/12:34:56:78:9a:bc + +Log messages are transmitted with extended metadata header in the +following format which is the same as /dev/kmsg. + + <level>,<sequnum>,<timestamp>,<contflag>;<message text> + +Non printable characters in <message text> are escaped using "\xff" +notation. If the message contains optional dictionary, verbatim +newline is used as the delimeter. + +If a message doesn't fit in certain number of bytes (currently 1000), +the message is split into multiple fragments by netconsole. These +fragments are transmitted with "ncfrag" header field added. + + ncfrag=<byte-offset>/<total-bytes> + +For example, assuming a lot smaller chunk size, a message "the first +chunk, the 2nd chunk." may be split as follows. + + 6,416,1758426,-,ncfrag=0/31;the first chunk, + 6,416,1758426,-,ncfrag=16/31; the 2nd chunk. + Miscellaneous notes: ==================== diff --git a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt index 0344f1d45..f4be85e96 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ - HOWTO for the linux packet generator + HOWTO for the linux packet generator ------------------------------------ Enable CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN to compile and build pktgen either in-kernel @@ -50,17 +50,33 @@ For ixgbe use e.g. "30" resulting in approx 33K interrupts/sec (1/30*10^6): # ethtool -C ethX rx-usecs 30 -Viewing threads -=============== -/proc/net/pktgen/kpktgend_0 -Name: kpktgend_0 max_before_softirq: 10000 -Running: -Stopped: eth1 -Result: OK: max_before_softirq=10000 +Kernel threads +============== +Pktgen creates a thread for each CPU with affinity to that CPU. +Which is controlled through procfile /proc/net/pktgen/kpktgend_X. + +Example: /proc/net/pktgen/kpktgend_0 + + Running: + Stopped: eth4@0 + Result: OK: add_device=eth4@0 + +Most important are the devices assigned to the thread. + +The two basic thread commands are: + * add_device DEVICE@NAME -- adds a single device + * rem_device_all -- remove all associated devices + +When adding a device to a thread, a corrosponding procfile is created +which is used for configuring this device. Thus, device names need to +be unique. -Most important are the devices assigned to the thread. Note that a -device can only belong to one thread. +To support adding the same device to multiple threads, which is useful +with multi queue NICs, a the device naming scheme is extended with "@": + device@something +The part after "@" can be anything, but it is custom to use the thread +number. Viewing devices =============== @@ -69,29 +85,32 @@ The Params section holds configured information. The Current section holds running statistics. The Result is printed after a run or after interruption. Example: -/proc/net/pktgen/eth1 +/proc/net/pktgen/eth4@0 -Params: count 10000000 min_pkt_size: 60 max_pkt_size: 60 - frags: 0 delay: 0 clone_skb: 1000000 ifname: eth1 + Params: count 100000 min_pkt_size: 60 max_pkt_size: 60 + frags: 0 delay: 0 clone_skb: 64 ifname: eth4@0 flows: 0 flowlen: 0 - dst_min: 10.10.11.2 dst_max: - src_min: src_max: - src_mac: 00:00:00:00:00:00 dst_mac: 00:04:23:AC:FD:82 - udp_src_min: 9 udp_src_max: 9 udp_dst_min: 9 udp_dst_max: 9 - src_mac_count: 0 dst_mac_count: 0 - Flags: -Current: - pkts-sofar: 10000000 errors: 39664 - started: 1103053986245187us stopped: 1103053999346329us idle: 880401us - seq_num: 10000011 cur_dst_mac_offset: 0 cur_src_mac_offset: 0 - cur_saddr: 0x10a0a0a cur_daddr: 0x20b0a0a - cur_udp_dst: 9 cur_udp_src: 9 + queue_map_min: 0 queue_map_max: 0 + dst_min: 192.168.81.2 dst_max: + src_min: src_max: + src_mac: 90:e2:ba:0a:56:b4 dst_mac: 00:1b:21:3c:9d:f8 + udp_src_min: 9 udp_src_max: 109 udp_dst_min: 9 udp_dst_max: 9 + src_mac_count: 0 dst_mac_count: 0 + Flags: UDPSRC_RND NO_TIMESTAMP QUEUE_MAP_CPU + Current: + pkts-sofar: 100000 errors: 0 + started: 623913381008us stopped: 623913396439us idle: 25us + seq_num: 100001 cur_dst_mac_offset: 0 cur_src_mac_offset: 0 + cur_saddr: 192.168.8.3 cur_daddr: 192.168.81.2 + cur_udp_dst: 9 cur_udp_src: 42 + cur_queue_map: 0 flows: 0 -Result: OK: 13101142(c12220741+d880401) usec, 10000000 (60byte,0frags) - 763292pps 390Mb/sec (390805504bps) errors: 39664 + Result: OK: 15430(c15405+d25) usec, 100000 (60byte,0frags) + 6480562pps 3110Mb/sec (3110669760bps) errors: 0 -Configuring threads and devices -================================ + +Configuring devices +=================== This is done via the /proc interface, and most easily done via pgset as defined in the sample scripts. @@ -126,7 +145,7 @@ Examples: To select queue 1 of a given device, use queue_map_min=1 and queue_map_max=1 - pgset "src_mac_count 1" Sets the number of MACs we'll range through. + pgset "src_mac_count 1" Sets the number of MACs we'll range through. The 'minimum' MAC is what you set with srcmac. pgset "dst_mac_count 1" Sets the number of MACs we'll range through. @@ -145,6 +164,7 @@ Examples: UDPCSUM, IPSEC # IPsec encapsulation (needs CONFIG_XFRM) NODE_ALLOC # node specific memory allocation + NO_TIMESTAMP # disable timestamping pgset spi SPI_VALUE Set specific SA used to transform packet. @@ -192,24 +212,43 @@ Examples: pgset "rate 300M" set rate to 300 Mb/s pgset "ratep 1000000" set rate to 1Mpps + pgset "xmit_mode netif_receive" RX inject into stack netif_receive_skb() + Works with "burst" but not with "clone_skb". + Default xmit_mode is "start_xmit". + Sample scripts ============== -A collection of small tutorial scripts for pktgen is in the -samples/pktgen directory: +A collection of tutorial scripts and helpers for pktgen is in the +samples/pktgen directory. The helper parameters.sh file support easy +and consistant parameter parsing across the sample scripts. + +Usage example and help: + ./pktgen_sample01_simple.sh -i eth4 -m 00:1B:21:3C:9D:F8 -d 192.168.8.2 + +Usage: ./pktgen_sample01_simple.sh [-vx] -i ethX + -i : ($DEV) output interface/device (required) + -s : ($PKT_SIZE) packet size + -d : ($DEST_IP) destination IP + -m : ($DST_MAC) destination MAC-addr + -t : ($THREADS) threads to start + -c : ($SKB_CLONE) SKB clones send before alloc new SKB + -b : ($BURST) HW level bursting of SKBs + -v : ($VERBOSE) verbose + -x : ($DEBUG) debug + +The global variables being set are also listed. E.g. the required +interface/device parameter "-i" sets variable $DEV. Copy the +pktgen_sampleXX scripts and modify them to fit your own needs. + +The old scripts: -pktgen.conf-1-1 # 1 CPU 1 dev pktgen.conf-1-2 # 1 CPU 2 dev -pktgen.conf-2-1 # 2 CPU's 1 dev -pktgen.conf-2-2 # 2 CPU's 2 dev pktgen.conf-1-1-rdos # 1 CPU 1 dev w. route DoS pktgen.conf-1-1-ip6 # 1 CPU 1 dev ipv6 pktgen.conf-1-1-ip6-rdos # 1 CPU 1 dev ipv6 w. route DoS pktgen.conf-1-1-flows # 1 CPU 1 dev multiple flows. -Run in shell: ./pktgen.conf-X-Y -This does all the setup including sending. - Interrupt affinity =================== @@ -217,6 +256,9 @@ Note that when adding devices to a specific CPU it is a good idea to also assign /proc/irq/XX/smp_affinity so that the TX interrupts are bound to the same CPU. This reduces cache bouncing when freeing skbs. +Plus using the device flag QUEUE_MAP_CPU, which maps the SKBs TX queue +to the running threads CPU (directly from smp_processor_id()). + Enable IPsec ============ Default IPsec transformation with ESP encapsulation plus transport mode @@ -237,18 +279,19 @@ Current commands and configuration options start stop +reset ** Thread commands: add_device rem_device_all -max_before_softirq ** Device commands: count clone_skb +burst debug frags @@ -257,10 +300,17 @@ delay src_mac_count dst_mac_count -pkt_size +pkt_size min_pkt_size max_pkt_size +queue_map_min +queue_map_max +skb_priority + +tos (ipv4) +traffic_class (ipv6) + mpls udp_src_min @@ -269,6 +319,8 @@ udp_src_max udp_dst_min udp_dst_max +node + flag IPSRC_RND IPDST_RND @@ -287,6 +339,9 @@ flag UDPCSUM IPSEC NODE_ALLOC + NO_TIMESTAMP + +spi (ipsec) dst_min dst_max @@ -299,8 +354,10 @@ src_mac clear_counters -dst6 src6 +dst6 +dst6_max +dst6_min flows flowlen @@ -308,6 +365,17 @@ flowlen rate ratep +xmit_mode <start_xmit|netif_receive> + +vlan_cfi +vlan_id +vlan_p + +svlan_cfi +svlan_id +svlan_p + + References: ftp://robur.slu.se/pub/Linux/net-development/pktgen-testing/ ftp://robur.slu.se/pub/Linux/net-development/pktgen-testing/examples/ diff --git a/Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt b/Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt index f981a9295..c5d7ade10 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt @@ -1,59 +1,360 @@ -Switch (and switch-ish) device drivers HOWTO -=========================== - -Please note that the word "switch" is here used in very generic meaning. -This include devices supporting L2/L3 but also various flow offloading chips, -including switches embedded into SR-IOV NICs. - -Lets describe a topology a bit. Imagine the following example: - - +----------------------------+ +---------------+ - | SOME switch chip | | CPU | - +----------------------------+ +---------------+ - port1 port2 port3 port4 MNGMNT | PCI-E | - | | | | | +---------------+ - PHY PHY | | | | NIC0 NIC1 - | | | | | | - | | +- PCI-E -+ | | - | +------- MII -------+ | - +------------- MII ------------+ - -In this example, there are two independent lines between the switch silicon -and CPU. NIC0 and NIC1 drivers are not aware of a switch presence. They are -separate from the switch driver. SOME switch chip is by managed by a driver -via PCI-E device MNGMNT. Note that MNGMNT device, NIC0 and NIC1 may be -connected to some other type of bus. - -Now, for the previous example show the representation in kernel: - - +----------------------------+ +---------------+ - | SOME switch chip | | CPU | - +----------------------------+ +---------------+ - sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 MNGMNT | PCI-E | - | | | | | +---------------+ - PHY PHY | | | | eth0 eth1 - | | | | | | - | | +- PCI-E -+ | | - | +------- MII -------+ | - +------------- MII ------------+ - -Lets call the example switch driver for SOME switch chip "SOMEswitch". This -driver takes care of PCI-E device MNGMNT. There is a netdevice instance sw0pX -created for each port of a switch. These netdevices are instances -of "SOMEswitch" driver. sw0pX netdevices serve as a "representation" -of the switch chip. eth0 and eth1 are instances of some other existing driver. - -The only difference of the switch-port netdevice from the ordinary netdevice -is that is implements couple more NDOs: - - ndo_switch_parent_id_get - This returns the same ID for two port netdevices - of the same physical switch chip. This is - mandatory to be implemented by all switch drivers - and serves the caller for recognition of a port - netdevice. - ndo_switch_parent_* - Functions that serve for a manipulation of the switch - chip itself (it can be though of as a "parent" of the - port, therefore the name). They are not port-specific. - Caller might use arbitrary port netdevice of the same - switch and it will make no difference. - ndo_switch_port_* - Functions that serve for a port-specific manipulation. +Ethernet switch device driver model (switchdev) +=============================================== +Copyright (c) 2014 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> +Copyright (c) 2014-2015 Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> + + +The Ethernet switch device driver model (switchdev) is an in-kernel driver +model for switch devices which offload the forwarding (data) plane from the +kernel. + +Figure 1 is a block diagram showing the components of the switchdev model for +an example setup using a data-center-class switch ASIC chip. Other setups +with SR-IOV or soft switches, such as OVS, are possible. + + + User-space tools + + user space | + +-------------------------------------------------------------------+ + kernel | Netlink + | + +--------------+-------------------------------+ + | Network stack | + | (Linux) | + | | + +----------------------------------------------+ + + sw1p2 sw1p4 sw1p6 + sw1p1 + sw1p3 + sw1p5 + eth1 + + | + | + | + + | | | | | | | + +--+----+----+----+-+--+----+---+ +-----+-----+ + | Switch driver | | mgmt | + | (this document) | | driver | + | | | | + +--------------+----------------+ +-----------+ + | + kernel | HW bus (eg PCI) + +-------------------------------------------------------------------+ + hardware | + +--------------+---+------------+ + | Switch device (sw1) | + | +----+ +--------+ + | | v offloaded data path | mgmt port + | | | | + +--|----|----+----+----+----+---+ + | | | | | | + + + + + + + + p1 p2 p3 p4 p5 p6 + + front-panel ports + + + Fig 1. + + +Include Files +------------- + +#include <linux/netdevice.h> +#include <net/switchdev.h> + + +Configuration +------------- + +Use "depends NET_SWITCHDEV" in driver's Kconfig to ensure switchdev model +support is built for driver. + + +Switch Ports +------------ + +On switchdev driver initialization, the driver will allocate and register a +struct net_device (using register_netdev()) for each enumerated physical switch +port, called the port netdev. A port netdev is the software representation of +the physical port and provides a conduit for control traffic to/from the +controller (the kernel) and the network, as well as an anchor point for higher +level constructs such as bridges, bonds, VLANs, tunnels, and L3 routers. Using +standard netdev tools (iproute2, ethtool, etc), the port netdev can also +provide to the user access to the physical properties of the switch port such +as PHY link state and I/O statistics. + +There is (currently) no higher-level kernel object for the switch beyond the +port netdevs. All of the switchdev driver ops are netdev ops or switchdev ops. + +A switch management port is outside the scope of the switchdev driver model. +Typically, the management port is not participating in offloaded data plane and +is loaded with a different driver, such as a NIC driver, on the management port +device. + +Port Netdev Naming +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Udev rules should be used for port netdev naming, using some unique attribute +of the port as a key, for example the port MAC address or the port PHYS name. +Hard-coding of kernel netdev names within the driver is discouraged; let the +kernel pick the default netdev name, and let udev set the final name based on a +port attribute. + +Using port PHYS name (ndo_get_phys_port_name) for the key is particularly +useful for dynamically-named ports where the device names its ports based on +external configuration. For example, if a physical 40G port is split logically +into 4 10G ports, resulting in 4 port netdevs, the device can give a unique +name for each port using port PHYS name. The udev rule would be: + +SUBSYSTEM=="net", ACTION=="add", DRIVER="<driver>", ATTR{phys_port_name}!="", \ + NAME="$attr{phys_port_name}" + +Suggested naming convention is "swXpYsZ", where X is the switch name or ID, Y +is the port name or ID, and Z is the sub-port name or ID. For example, sw1p1s0 +would be sub-port 0 on port 1 on switch 1. + +Switch ID +^^^^^^^^^ + +The switchdev driver must implement the switchdev op switchdev_port_attr_get +for SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID for each port netdev, returning the same +physical ID for each port of a switch. The ID must be unique between switches +on the same system. The ID does not need to be unique between switches on +different systems. + +The switch ID is used to locate ports on a switch and to know if aggregated +ports belong to the same switch. + +Port Features +^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +NETIF_F_NETNS_LOCAL + +If the switchdev driver (and device) only supports offloading of the default +network namespace (netns), the driver should set this feature flag to prevent +the port netdev from being moved out of the default netns. A netns-aware +driver/device would not set this flag and be responsible for partitioning +hardware to preserve netns containment. This means hardware cannot forward +traffic from a port in one namespace to another port in another namespace. + +Port Topology +^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The port netdevs representing the physical switch ports can be organized into +higher-level switching constructs. The default construct is a standalone +router port, used to offload L3 forwarding. Two or more ports can be bonded +together to form a LAG. Two or more ports (or LAGs) can be bridged to bridge +L2 networks. VLANs can be applied to sub-divide L2 networks. L2-over-L3 +tunnels can be built on ports. These constructs are built using standard Linux +tools such as the bridge driver, the bonding/team drivers, and netlink-based +tools such as iproute2. + +The switchdev driver can know a particular port's position in the topology by +monitoring NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER notifications. For example, a port moved into a +bond will see it's upper master change. If that bond is moved into a bridge, +the bond's upper master will change. And so on. The driver will track such +movements to know what position a port is in in the overall topology by +registering for netdevice events and acting on NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER. + +L2 Forwarding Offload +--------------------- + +The idea is to offload the L2 data forwarding (switching) path from the kernel +to the switchdev device by mirroring bridge FDB entries down to the device. An +FDB entry is the {port, MAC, VLAN} tuple forwarding destination. + +To offloading L2 bridging, the switchdev driver/device should support: + + - Static FDB entries installed on a bridge port + - Notification of learned/forgotten src mac/vlans from device + - STP state changes on the port + - VLAN flooding of multicast/broadcast and unknown unicast packets + +Static FDB Entries +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The switchdev driver should implement ndo_fdb_add, ndo_fdb_del and ndo_fdb_dump +to support static FDB entries installed to the device. Static bridge FDB +entries are installed, for example, using iproute2 bridge cmd: + + bridge fdb add ADDR dev DEV [vlan VID] [self] + +The driver should use the helper switchdev_port_fdb_xxx ops for ndo_fdb_xxx +ops, and handle add/delete/dump of SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB object using +switchdev_port_obj_xxx ops. + +XXX: what should be done if offloading this rule to hardware fails (for +example, due to full capacity in hardware tables) ? + +Note: by default, the bridge does not filter on VLAN and only bridges untagged +traffic. To enable VLAN support, turn on VLAN filtering: + + echo 1 >/sys/class/net/<bridge>/bridge/vlan_filtering + +Notification of Learned/Forgotten Source MAC/VLANs +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The switch device will learn/forget source MAC address/VLAN on ingress packets +and notify the switch driver of the mac/vlan/port tuples. The switch driver, +in turn, will notify the bridge driver using the switchdev notifier call: + + err = call_switchdev_notifiers(val, dev, info); + +Where val is SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD when learning and SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL when +forgetting, and info points to a struct switchdev_notifier_fdb_info. On +SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD, the bridge driver will install the FDB entry into the +bridge's FDB and mark the entry as NTF_EXT_LEARNED. The iproute2 bridge +command will label these entries "offload": + + $ bridge fdb + 52:54:00:12:35:01 dev sw1p1 master br0 permanent + 00:02:00:00:02:00 dev sw1p1 master br0 offload + 00:02:00:00:02:00 dev sw1p1 self + 52:54:00:12:35:02 dev sw1p2 master br0 permanent + 00:02:00:00:03:00 dev sw1p2 master br0 offload + 00:02:00:00:03:00 dev sw1p2 self + 33:33:00:00:00:01 dev eth0 self permanent + 01:00:5e:00:00:01 dev eth0 self permanent + 33:33:ff:00:00:00 dev eth0 self permanent + 01:80:c2:00:00:0e dev eth0 self permanent + 33:33:00:00:00:01 dev br0 self permanent + 01:00:5e:00:00:01 dev br0 self permanent + 33:33:ff:12:35:01 dev br0 self permanent + +Learning on the port should be disabled on the bridge using the bridge command: + + bridge link set dev DEV learning off + +Learning on the device port should be enabled, as well as learning_sync: + + bridge link set dev DEV learning on self + bridge link set dev DEV learning_sync on self + +Learning_sync attribute enables syncing of the learned/forgotton FDB entry to +the bridge's FDB. It's possible, but not optimal, to enable learning on the +device port and on the bridge port, and disable learning_sync. + +To support learning and learning_sync port attributes, the driver implements +switchdev op switchdev_port_attr_get/set for SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS. +The driver should initialize the attributes to the hardware defaults. + +FDB Ageing +^^^^^^^^^^ + +There are two FDB ageing models supported: 1) ageing by the device, and 2) +ageing by the kernel. Ageing by the device is preferred if many FDB entries +are supported. The driver calls call_switchdev_notifiers(SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL, +...) to age out the FDB entry. In this model, ageing by the kernel should be +turned off. XXX: how to turn off ageing in kernel on a per-port basis or +otherwise prevent the kernel from ageing out the FDB entry? + +In the kernel ageing model, the standard bridge ageing mechanism is used to age +out stale FDB entries. To keep an FDB entry "alive", the driver should refresh +the FDB entry by calling call_switchdev_notifiers(SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD, ...). The +notification will reset the FDB entry's last-used time to now. The driver +should rate limit refresh notifications, for example, no more than once a +second. If the FDB entry expires, fdb_delete is called to remove entry from +the device. + +STP State Change on Port +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Internally or with a third-party STP protocol implementation (e.g. mstpd), the +bridge driver maintains the STP state for ports, and will notify the switch +driver of STP state change on a port using the switchdev op +switchdev_attr_port_set for SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_STP_UPDATE. + +State is one of BR_STATE_*. The switch driver can use STP state updates to +update ingress packet filter list for the port. For example, if port is +DISABLED, no packets should pass, but if port moves to BLOCKED, then STP BPDUs +and other IEEE 01:80:c2:xx:xx:xx link-local multicast packets can pass. + +Note that STP BDPUs are untagged and STP state applies to all VLANs on the port +so packet filters should be applied consistently across untagged and tagged +VLANs on the port. + +Flooding L2 domain +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +For a given L2 VLAN domain, the switch device should flood multicast/broadcast +and unknown unicast packets to all ports in domain, if allowed by port's +current STP state. The switch driver, knowing which ports are within which +vlan L2 domain, can program the switch device for flooding. The packet should +also be sent to the port netdev for processing by the bridge driver. The +bridge should not reflood the packet to the same ports the device flooded. +XXX: the mechanism to avoid duplicate flood packets is being discuseed. + +It is possible for the switch device to not handle flooding and push the +packets up to the bridge driver for flooding. This is not ideal as the number +of ports scale in the L2 domain as the device is much more efficient at +flooding packets that software. + +IGMP Snooping +^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +XXX: complete this section + + +L3 Routing Offload +------------------ + +Offloading L3 routing requires that device be programmed with FIB entries from +the kernel, with the device doing the FIB lookup and forwarding. The device +does a longest prefix match (LPM) on FIB entries matching route prefix and +forwards the packet to the matching FIB entry's nexthop(s) egress ports. + +To program the device, the driver implements support for +SWITCHDEV_OBJ_IPV[4|6]_FIB object using switchdev_port_obj_xxx ops. +switchdev_port_obj_add is used for both adding a new FIB entry to the device, +or modifying an existing entry on the device. + +XXX: Currently, only SWITCHDEV_OBJ_IPV4_FIB objects are supported. + +SWITCHDEV_OBJ_IPV4_FIB object passes: + + struct switchdev_obj_ipv4_fib { /* IPV4_FIB */ + u32 dst; + int dst_len; + struct fib_info *fi; + u8 tos; + u8 type; + u32 nlflags; + u32 tb_id; + } ipv4_fib; + +to add/modify/delete IPv4 dst/dest_len prefix on table tb_id. The *fi +structure holds details on the route and route's nexthops. *dev is one of the +port netdevs mentioned in the routes next hop list. If the output port netdevs +referenced in the route's nexthop list don't all have the same switch ID, the +driver is not called to add/modify/delete the FIB entry. + +Routes offloaded to the device are labeled with "offload" in the ip route +listing: + + $ ip route show + default via 192.168.0.2 dev eth0 + 11.0.0.0/30 dev sw1p1 proto kernel scope link src 11.0.0.2 offload + 11.0.0.4/30 via 11.0.0.1 dev sw1p1 proto zebra metric 20 offload + 11.0.0.8/30 dev sw1p2 proto kernel scope link src 11.0.0.10 offload + 11.0.0.12/30 via 11.0.0.9 dev sw1p2 proto zebra metric 20 offload + 12.0.0.2 proto zebra metric 30 offload + nexthop via 11.0.0.1 dev sw1p1 weight 1 + nexthop via 11.0.0.9 dev sw1p2 weight 1 + 12.0.0.3 via 11.0.0.1 dev sw1p1 proto zebra metric 20 offload + 12.0.0.4 via 11.0.0.9 dev sw1p2 proto zebra metric 20 offload + 192.168.0.0/24 dev eth0 proto kernel scope link src 192.168.0.15 + +XXX: add/mod/del IPv6 FIB API + +Nexthop Resolution +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The FIB entry's nexthop list contains the nexthop tuple (gateway, dev), but for +the switch device to forward the packet with the correct dst mac address, the +nexthop gateways must be resolved to the neighbor's mac address. Neighbor mac +address discovery comes via the ARP (or ND) process and is available via the +arp_tbl neighbor table. To resolve the routes nexthop gateways, the driver +should trigger the kernel's neighbor resolution process. See the rocker +driver's rocker_port_ipv4_resolve() for an example. + +The driver can monitor for updates to arp_tbl using the netevent notifier +NETEVENT_NEIGH_UPDATE. The device can be programmed with resolved nexthops +for the routes as arp_tbl updates. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tc-actions-env-rules.txt b/Documentation/networking/tc-actions-env-rules.txt index 70d6cf608..f37814693 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/tc-actions-env-rules.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/tc-actions-env-rules.txt @@ -8,14 +8,8 @@ For example if your action queues a packet to be processed later, or intentionally branches by redirecting a packet, then you need to clone the packet. -There are certain fields in the skb tc_verd that need to be reset so we -avoid loops, etc. A few are generic enough that skb_act_clone() -resets them for you, so invoke skb_act_clone() rather than skb_clone(). - 2) If you munge any packet thou shalt call pskb_expand_head in the case someone else is referencing the skb. After that you "own" the skb. -You must also tell us if it is ok to munge the packet (TC_OK2MUNGE), -this way any action downstream can stomp on the packet. 3) Dropping packets you don't own is a no-no. You simply return TC_ACT_SHOT to the caller and they will drop it. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c index 8217510d3..5df07047c 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c +++ b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c @@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ #include <asm/types.h> #include <error.h> #include <errno.h> +#include <inttypes.h> #include <linux/errqueue.h> #include <linux/if_ether.h> #include <linux/net_tstamp.h> @@ -49,7 +50,6 @@ #include <poll.h> #include <stdarg.h> #include <stdbool.h> -#include <stdint.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ static void __print_timestamp(const char *name, struct timespec *cur, prev_ms = (long) ts_prev.tv_sec * 1000 * 1000; prev_ms += ts_prev.tv_nsec / 1000; - fprintf(stderr, " (%+ld us)", cur_ms - prev_ms); + fprintf(stderr, " (%+" PRId64 " us)", cur_ms - prev_ms); } ts_prev = *cur; diff --git a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt index 0686c9e21..0dc078cab 100644 --- a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt +++ b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ This must be done from a context that can sleep. PHY Management -------------- -The physical link (i2c, ...) management is defined by the following struture: +The physical link (i2c, ...) management is defined by the following structure: struct nfc_phy_ops { int (*write)(void *dev_id, struct sk_buff *skb); diff --git a/Documentation/ntb.txt b/Documentation/ntb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1d9bbabb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ntb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +# NTB Drivers + +NTB (Non-Transparent Bridge) is a type of PCI-Express bridge chip that connects +the separate memory systems of two computers to the same PCI-Express fabric. +Existing NTB hardware supports a common feature set, including scratchpad +registers, doorbell registers, and memory translation windows. Scratchpad +registers are read-and-writable registers that are accessible from either side +of the device, so that peers can exchange a small amount of information at a +fixed address. Doorbell registers provide a way for peers to send interrupt +events. Memory windows allow translated read and write access to the peer +memory. + +## NTB Core Driver (ntb) + +The NTB core driver defines an api wrapping the common feature set, and allows +clients interested in NTB features to discover NTB the devices supported by +hardware drivers. The term "client" is used here to mean an upper layer +component making use of the NTB api. The term "driver," or "hardware driver," +is used here to mean a driver for a specific vendor and model of NTB hardware. + +## NTB Client Drivers + +NTB client drivers should register with the NTB core driver. After +registering, the client probe and remove functions will be called appropriately +as ntb hardware, or hardware drivers, are inserted and removed. The +registration uses the Linux Device framework, so it should feel familiar to +anyone who has written a pci driver. + +### NTB Transport Client (ntb\_transport) and NTB Netdev (ntb\_netdev) + +The primary client for NTB is the Transport client, used in tandem with NTB +Netdev. These drivers function together to create a logical link to the peer, +across the ntb, to exchange packets of network data. The Transport client +establishes a logical link to the peer, and creates queue pairs to exchange +messages and data. The NTB Netdev then creates an ethernet device using a +Transport queue pair. Network data is copied between socket buffers and the +Transport queue pair buffer. The Transport client may be used for other things +besides Netdev, however no other applications have yet been written. + +### NTB Ping Pong Test Client (ntb\_pingpong) + +The Ping Pong test client serves as a demonstration to exercise the doorbell +and scratchpad registers of NTB hardware, and as an example simple NTB client. +Ping Pong enables the link when started, waits for the NTB link to come up, and +then proceeds to read and write the doorbell scratchpad registers of the NTB. +The peers interrupt each other using a bit mask of doorbell bits, which is +shifted by one in each round, to test the behavior of multiple doorbell bits +and interrupt vectors. The Ping Pong driver also reads the first local +scratchpad, and writes the value plus one to the first peer scratchpad, each +round before writing the peer doorbell register. + +Module Parameters: + +* unsafe - Some hardware has known issues with scratchpad and doorbell + registers. By default, Ping Pong will not attempt to exercise such + hardware. You may override this behavior at your own risk by setting + unsafe=1. +* delay\_ms - Specify the delay between receiving a doorbell + interrupt event and setting the peer doorbell register for the next + round. +* init\_db - Specify the doorbell bits to start new series of rounds. A new + series begins once all the doorbell bits have been shifted out of + range. +* dyndbg - It is suggested to specify dyndbg=+p when loading this module, and + then to observe debugging output on the console. + +### NTB Tool Test Client (ntb\_tool) + +The Tool test client serves for debugging, primarily, ntb hardware and drivers. +The Tool provides access through debugfs for reading, setting, and clearing the +NTB doorbell, and reading and writing scratchpads. + +The Tool does not currently have any module parameters. + +Debugfs Files: + +* *debugfs*/ntb\_tool/*hw*/ - A directory in debugfs will be created for each + NTB device probed by the tool. This directory is shortened to *hw* + below. +* *hw*/db - This file is used to read, set, and clear the local doorbell. Not + all operations may be supported by all hardware. To read the doorbell, + read the file. To set the doorbell, write `s` followed by the bits to + set (eg: `echo 's 0x0101' > db`). To clear the doorbell, write `c` + followed by the bits to clear. +* *hw*/mask - This file is used to read, set, and clear the local doorbell mask. + See *db* for details. +* *hw*/peer\_db - This file is used to read, set, and clear the peer doorbell. + See *db* for details. +* *hw*/peer\_mask - This file is used to read, set, and clear the peer doorbell + mask. See *db* for details. +* *hw*/spad - This file is used to read and write local scratchpads. To read + the values of all scratchpads, read the file. To write values, write a + series of pairs of scratchpad number and value + (eg: `echo '4 0x123 7 0xabc' > spad` + # to set scratchpads `4` and `7` to `0x123` and `0xabc`, respectively). +* *hw*/peer\_spad - This file is used to read and write peer scratchpads. See + *spad* for details. + +## NTB Hardware Drivers + +NTB hardware drivers should register devices with the NTB core driver. After +registering, clients probe and remove functions will be called. + +### NTB Intel Hardware Driver (ntb\_hw\_intel) + +The Intel hardware driver supports NTB on Xeon and Atom CPUs. + +Module Parameters: + +* b2b\_mw\_idx - If the peer ntb is to be accessed via a memory window, then use + this memory window to access the peer ntb. A value of zero or positive + starts from the first mw idx, and a negative value starts from the last + mw idx. Both sides MUST set the same value here! The default value is + `-1`. +* b2b\_mw\_share - If the peer ntb is to be accessed via a memory window, and if + the memory window is large enough, still allow the client to use the + second half of the memory window for address translation to the peer. +* xeon\_b2b\_usd\_bar2\_addr64 - If using B2B topology on Xeon hardware, use + this 64 bit address on the bus between the NTB devices for the window + at BAR2, on the upstream side of the link. +* xeon\_b2b\_usd\_bar4\_addr64 - See *xeon\_b2b\_bar2\_addr64*. +* xeon\_b2b\_usd\_bar4\_addr32 - See *xeon\_b2b\_bar2\_addr64*. +* xeon\_b2b\_usd\_bar5\_addr32 - See *xeon\_b2b\_bar2\_addr64*. +* xeon\_b2b\_dsd\_bar2\_addr64 - See *xeon\_b2b\_bar2\_addr64*. +* xeon\_b2b\_dsd\_bar4\_addr64 - See *xeon\_b2b\_bar2\_addr64*. +* xeon\_b2b\_dsd\_bar4\_addr32 - See *xeon\_b2b\_bar2\_addr64*. +* xeon\_b2b\_dsd\_bar5\_addr32 - See *xeon\_b2b\_bar2\_addr64*. diff --git a/Documentation/nvdimm/btt.txt b/Documentation/nvdimm/btt.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b91443f57 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/nvdimm/btt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,283 @@ +BTT - Block Translation Table +============================= + + +1. Introduction +--------------- + +Persistent memory based storage is able to perform IO at byte (or more +accurately, cache line) granularity. However, we often want to expose such +storage as traditional block devices. The block drivers for persistent memory +will do exactly this. However, they do not provide any atomicity guarantees. +Traditional SSDs typically provide protection against torn sectors in hardware, +using stored energy in capacitors to complete in-flight block writes, or perhaps +in firmware. We don't have this luxury with persistent memory - if a write is in +progress, and we experience a power failure, the block will contain a mix of old +and new data. Applications may not be prepared to handle such a scenario. + +The Block Translation Table (BTT) provides atomic sector update semantics for +persistent memory devices, so that applications that rely on sector writes not +being torn can continue to do so. The BTT manifests itself as a stacked block +device, and reserves a portion of the underlying storage for its metadata. At +the heart of it, is an indirection table that re-maps all the blocks on the +volume. It can be thought of as an extremely simple file system that only +provides atomic sector updates. + + +2. Static Layout +---------------- + +The underlying storage on which a BTT can be laid out is not limited in any way. +The BTT, however, splits the available space into chunks of up to 512 GiB, +called "Arenas". + +Each arena follows the same layout for its metadata, and all references in an +arena are internal to it (with the exception of one field that points to the +next arena). The following depicts the "On-disk" metadata layout: + + + Backing Store +-------> Arena ++---------------+ | +------------------+ +| | | | Arena info block | +| Arena 0 +---+ | 4K | +| 512G | +------------------+ +| | | | ++---------------+ | | +| | | | +| Arena 1 | | Data Blocks | +| 512G | | | +| | | | ++---------------+ | | +| . | | | +| . | | | +| . | | | +| | | | +| | | | ++---------------+ +------------------+ + | | + | BTT Map | + | | + | | + +------------------+ + | | + | BTT Flog | + | | + +------------------+ + | Info block copy | + | 4K | + +------------------+ + + +3. Theory of Operation +---------------------- + + +a. The BTT Map +-------------- + +The map is a simple lookup/indirection table that maps an LBA to an internal +block. Each map entry is 32 bits. The two most significant bits are special +flags, and the remaining form the internal block number. + +Bit Description +31 - 30 : Error and Zero flags - Used in the following way: + Bit Description + 31 30 + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + 00 Initial state. Reads return zeroes; Premap = Postmap + 01 Zero state: Reads return zeroes + 10 Error state: Reads fail; Writes clear 'E' bit + 11 Normal Block – has valid postmap + + +29 - 0 : Mappings to internal 'postmap' blocks + + +Some of the terminology that will be subsequently used: + +External LBA : LBA as made visible to upper layers. +ABA : Arena Block Address - Block offset/number within an arena +Premap ABA : The block offset into an arena, which was decided upon by range + checking the External LBA +Postmap ABA : The block number in the "Data Blocks" area obtained after + indirection from the map +nfree : The number of free blocks that are maintained at any given time. + This is the number of concurrent writes that can happen to the + arena. + + +For example, after adding a BTT, we surface a disk of 1024G. We get a read for +the external LBA at 768G. This falls into the second arena, and of the 512G +worth of blocks that this arena contributes, this block is at 256G. Thus, the +premap ABA is 256G. We now refer to the map, and find out the mapping for block +'X' (256G) points to block 'Y', say '64'. Thus the postmap ABA is 64. + + +b. The BTT Flog +--------------- + +The BTT provides sector atomicity by making every write an "allocating write", +i.e. Every write goes to a "free" block. A running list of free blocks is +maintained in the form of the BTT flog. 'Flog' is a combination of the words +"free list" and "log". The flog contains 'nfree' entries, and an entry contains: + +lba : The premap ABA that is being written to +old_map : The old postmap ABA - after 'this' write completes, this will be a + free block. +new_map : The new postmap ABA. The map will up updated to reflect this + lba->postmap_aba mapping, but we log it here in case we have to + recover. +seq : Sequence number to mark which of the 2 sections of this flog entry is + valid/newest. It cycles between 01->10->11->01 (binary) under normal + operation, with 00 indicating an uninitialized state. +lba' : alternate lba entry +old_map': alternate old postmap entry +new_map': alternate new postmap entry +seq' : alternate sequence number. + +Each of the above fields is 32-bit, making one entry 32 bytes. Entries are also +padded to 64 bytes to avoid cache line sharing or aliasing. Flog updates are +done such that for any entry being written, it: +a. overwrites the 'old' section in the entry based on sequence numbers +b. writes the 'new' section such that the sequence number is written last. + + +c. The concept of lanes +----------------------- + +While 'nfree' describes the number of concurrent IOs an arena can process +concurrently, 'nlanes' is the number of IOs the BTT device as a whole can +process. + nlanes = min(nfree, num_cpus) +A lane number is obtained at the start of any IO, and is used for indexing into +all the on-disk and in-memory data structures for the duration of the IO. If +there are more CPUs than the max number of available lanes, than lanes are +protected by spinlocks. + + +d. In-memory data structure: Read Tracking Table (RTT) +------------------------------------------------------ + +Consider a case where we have two threads, one doing reads and the other, +writes. We can hit a condition where the writer thread grabs a free block to do +a new IO, but the (slow) reader thread is still reading from it. In other words, +the reader consulted a map entry, and started reading the corresponding block. A +writer started writing to the same external LBA, and finished the write updating +the map for that external LBA to point to its new postmap ABA. At this point the +internal, postmap block that the reader is (still) reading has been inserted +into the list of free blocks. If another write comes in for the same LBA, it can +grab this free block, and start writing to it, causing the reader to read +incorrect data. To prevent this, we introduce the RTT. + +The RTT is a simple, per arena table with 'nfree' entries. Every reader inserts +into rtt[lane_number], the postmap ABA it is reading, and clears it after the +read is complete. Every writer thread, after grabbing a free block, checks the +RTT for its presence. If the postmap free block is in the RTT, it waits till the +reader clears the RTT entry, and only then starts writing to it. + + +e. In-memory data structure: map locks +-------------------------------------- + +Consider a case where two writer threads are writing to the same LBA. There can +be a race in the following sequence of steps: + +free[lane] = map[premap_aba] +map[premap_aba] = postmap_aba + +Both threads can update their respective free[lane] with the same old, freed +postmap_aba. This has made the layout inconsistent by losing a free entry, and +at the same time, duplicating another free entry for two lanes. + +To solve this, we could have a single map lock (per arena) that has to be taken +before performing the above sequence, but we feel that could be too contentious. +Instead we use an array of (nfree) map_locks that is indexed by +(premap_aba modulo nfree). + + +f. Reconstruction from the Flog +------------------------------- + +On startup, we analyze the BTT flog to create our list of free blocks. We walk +through all the entries, and for each lane, of the set of two possible +'sections', we always look at the most recent one only (based on the sequence +number). The reconstruction rules/steps are simple: +- Read map[log_entry.lba]. +- If log_entry.new matches the map entry, then log_entry.old is free. +- If log_entry.new does not match the map entry, then log_entry.new is free. + (This case can only be caused by power-fails/unsafe shutdowns) + + +g. Summarizing - Read and Write flows +------------------------------------- + +Read: + +1. Convert external LBA to arena number + pre-map ABA +2. Get a lane (and take lane_lock) +3. Read map to get the entry for this pre-map ABA +4. Enter post-map ABA into RTT[lane] +5. If TRIM flag set in map, return zeroes, and end IO (go to step 8) +6. If ERROR flag set in map, end IO with EIO (go to step 8) +7. Read data from this block +8. Remove post-map ABA entry from RTT[lane] +9. Release lane (and lane_lock) + +Write: + +1. Convert external LBA to Arena number + pre-map ABA +2. Get a lane (and take lane_lock) +3. Use lane to index into in-memory free list and obtain a new block, next flog + index, next sequence number +4. Scan the RTT to check if free block is present, and spin/wait if it is. +5. Write data to this free block +6. Read map to get the existing post-map ABA entry for this pre-map ABA +7. Write flog entry: [premap_aba / old postmap_aba / new postmap_aba / seq_num] +8. Write new post-map ABA into map. +9. Write old post-map entry into the free list +10. Calculate next sequence number and write into the free list entry +11. Release lane (and lane_lock) + + +4. Error Handling +================= + +An arena would be in an error state if any of the metadata is corrupted +irrecoverably, either due to a bug or a media error. The following conditions +indicate an error: +- Info block checksum does not match (and recovering from the copy also fails) +- All internal available blocks are not uniquely and entirely addressed by the + sum of mapped blocks and free blocks (from the BTT flog). +- Rebuilding free list from the flog reveals missing/duplicate/impossible + entries +- A map entry is out of bounds + +If any of these error conditions are encountered, the arena is put into a read +only state using a flag in the info block. + + +5. In-kernel usage +================== + +Any block driver that supports byte granularity IO to the storage may register +with the BTT. It will have to provide the rw_bytes interface in its +block_device_operations struct: + + int (*rw_bytes)(struct gendisk *, void *, size_t, off_t, int rw); + +It may register with the BTT after it adds its own gendisk, using btt_init: + + struct btt *btt_init(struct gendisk *disk, unsigned long long rawsize, + u32 lbasize, u8 uuid[], int maxlane); + +note that maxlane is the maximum amount of concurrency the driver wishes to +allow the BTT to use. + +The BTT 'disk' appears as a stacked block device that grabs the underlying block +device in the O_EXCL mode. + +When the driver wishes to remove the backing disk, it should similarly call +btt_fini using the same struct btt* handle that was provided to it by btt_init. + + void btt_fini(struct btt *btt); + diff --git a/Documentation/nvdimm/nvdimm.txt b/Documentation/nvdimm/nvdimm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..197a0b6b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/nvdimm/nvdimm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,808 @@ + LIBNVDIMM: Non-Volatile Devices + libnvdimm - kernel / libndctl - userspace helper library + linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org + v13 + + + Glossary + Overview + Supporting Documents + Git Trees + LIBNVDIMM PMEM and BLK + Why BLK? + PMEM vs BLK + BLK-REGIONs, PMEM-REGIONs, Atomic Sectors, and DAX + Example NVDIMM Platform + LIBNVDIMM Kernel Device Model and LIBNDCTL Userspace API + LIBNDCTL: Context + libndctl: instantiate a new library context example + LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Bus + libnvdimm: control class device in /sys/class + libnvdimm: bus + libndctl: bus enumeration example + LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: DIMM (NMEM) + libnvdimm: DIMM (NMEM) + libndctl: DIMM enumeration example + LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Region + libnvdimm: region + libndctl: region enumeration example + Why Not Encode the Region Type into the Region Name? + How Do I Determine the Major Type of a Region? + LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Namespace + libnvdimm: namespace + libndctl: namespace enumeration example + libndctl: namespace creation example + Why the Term "namespace"? + LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Block Translation Table "btt" + libnvdimm: btt layout + libndctl: btt creation example + Summary LIBNDCTL Diagram + + +Glossary +-------- + +PMEM: A system-physical-address range where writes are persistent. A +block device composed of PMEM is capable of DAX. A PMEM address range +may span an interleave of several DIMMs. + +BLK: A set of one or more programmable memory mapped apertures provided +by a DIMM to access its media. This indirection precludes the +performance benefit of interleaving, but enables DIMM-bounded failure +modes. + +DPA: DIMM Physical Address, is a DIMM-relative offset. With one DIMM in +the system there would be a 1:1 system-physical-address:DPA association. +Once more DIMMs are added a memory controller interleave must be +decoded to determine the DPA associated with a given +system-physical-address. BLK capacity always has a 1:1 relationship +with a single-DIMM's DPA range. + +DAX: File system extensions to bypass the page cache and block layer to +mmap persistent memory, from a PMEM block device, directly into a +process address space. + +BTT: Block Translation Table: Persistent memory is byte addressable. +Existing software may have an expectation that the power-fail-atomicity +of writes is at least one sector, 512 bytes. The BTT is an indirection +table with atomic update semantics to front a PMEM/BLK block device +driver and present arbitrary atomic sector sizes. + +LABEL: Metadata stored on a DIMM device that partitions and identifies +(persistently names) storage between PMEM and BLK. It also partitions +BLK storage to host BTTs with different parameters per BLK-partition. +Note that traditional partition tables, GPT/MBR, are layered on top of a +BLK or PMEM device. + + +Overview +-------- + +The LIBNVDIMM subsystem provides support for three types of NVDIMMs, namely, +PMEM, BLK, and NVDIMM devices that can simultaneously support both PMEM +and BLK mode access. These three modes of operation are described by +the "NVDIMM Firmware Interface Table" (NFIT) in ACPI 6. While the LIBNVDIMM +implementation is generic and supports pre-NFIT platforms, it was guided +by the superset of capabilities need to support this ACPI 6 definition +for NVDIMM resources. The bulk of the kernel implementation is in place +to handle the case where DPA accessible via PMEM is aliased with DPA +accessible via BLK. When that occurs a LABEL is needed to reserve DPA +for exclusive access via one mode a time. + +Supporting Documents +ACPI 6: http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/ACPI_6.0.pdf +NVDIMM Namespace: http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_Namespace_Spec.pdf +DSM Interface Example: http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_DSM_Interface_Example.pdf +Driver Writer's Guide: http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_Driver_Writers_Guide.pdf + +Git Trees +LIBNVDIMM: https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/djbw/nvdimm.git +LIBNDCTL: https://github.com/pmem/ndctl.git +PMEM: https://github.com/01org/prd + + +LIBNVDIMM PMEM and BLK +------------------ + +Prior to the arrival of the NFIT, non-volatile memory was described to a +system in various ad-hoc ways. Usually only the bare minimum was +provided, namely, a single system-physical-address range where writes +are expected to be durable after a system power loss. Now, the NFIT +specification standardizes not only the description of PMEM, but also +BLK and platform message-passing entry points for control and +configuration. + +For each NVDIMM access method (PMEM, BLK), LIBNVDIMM provides a block +device driver: + + 1. PMEM (nd_pmem.ko): Drives a system-physical-address range. This + range is contiguous in system memory and may be interleaved (hardware + memory controller striped) across multiple DIMMs. When interleaved the + platform may optionally provide details of which DIMMs are participating + in the interleave. + + Note that while LIBNVDIMM describes system-physical-address ranges that may + alias with BLK access as ND_NAMESPACE_PMEM ranges and those without + alias as ND_NAMESPACE_IO ranges, to the nd_pmem driver there is no + distinction. The different device-types are an implementation detail + that userspace can exploit to implement policies like "only interface + with address ranges from certain DIMMs". It is worth noting that when + aliasing is present and a DIMM lacks a label, then no block device can + be created by default as userspace needs to do at least one allocation + of DPA to the PMEM range. In contrast ND_NAMESPACE_IO ranges, once + registered, can be immediately attached to nd_pmem. + + 2. BLK (nd_blk.ko): This driver performs I/O using a set of platform + defined apertures. A set of apertures will all access just one DIMM. + Multiple windows allow multiple concurrent accesses, much like + tagged-command-queuing, and would likely be used by different threads or + different CPUs. + + The NFIT specification defines a standard format for a BLK-aperture, but + the spec also allows for vendor specific layouts, and non-NFIT BLK + implementations may other designs for BLK I/O. For this reason "nd_blk" + calls back into platform-specific code to perform the I/O. One such + implementation is defined in the "Driver Writer's Guide" and "DSM + Interface Example". + + +Why BLK? +-------- + +While PMEM provides direct byte-addressable CPU-load/store access to +NVDIMM storage, it does not provide the best system RAS (recovery, +availability, and serviceability) model. An access to a corrupted +system-physical-address address causes a cpu exception while an access +to a corrupted address through an BLK-aperture causes that block window +to raise an error status in a register. The latter is more aligned with +the standard error model that host-bus-adapter attached disks present. +Also, if an administrator ever wants to replace a memory it is easier to +service a system at DIMM module boundaries. Compare this to PMEM where +data could be interleaved in an opaque hardware specific manner across +several DIMMs. + +PMEM vs BLK +BLK-apertures solve this RAS problem, but their presence is also the +major contributing factor to the complexity of the ND subsystem. They +complicate the implementation because PMEM and BLK alias in DPA space. +Any given DIMM's DPA-range may contribute to one or more +system-physical-address sets of interleaved DIMMs, *and* may also be +accessed in its entirety through its BLK-aperture. Accessing a DPA +through a system-physical-address while simultaneously accessing the +same DPA through a BLK-aperture has undefined results. For this reason, +DIMMs with this dual interface configuration include a DSM function to +store/retrieve a LABEL. The LABEL effectively partitions the DPA-space +into exclusive system-physical-address and BLK-aperture accessible +regions. For simplicity a DIMM is allowed a PMEM "region" per each +interleave set in which it is a member. The remaining DPA space can be +carved into an arbitrary number of BLK devices with discontiguous +extents. + +BLK-REGIONs, PMEM-REGIONs, Atomic Sectors, and DAX +-------------------------------------------------- + +One of the few +reasons to allow multiple BLK namespaces per REGION is so that each +BLK-namespace can be configured with a BTT with unique atomic sector +sizes. While a PMEM device can host a BTT the LABEL specification does +not provide for a sector size to be specified for a PMEM namespace. +This is due to the expectation that the primary usage model for PMEM is +via DAX, and the BTT is incompatible with DAX. However, for the cases +where an application or filesystem still needs atomic sector update +guarantees it can register a BTT on a PMEM device or partition. See +LIBNVDIMM/NDCTL: Block Translation Table "btt" + + +Example NVDIMM Platform +----------------------- + +For the remainder of this document the following diagram will be +referenced for any example sysfs layouts. + + + (a) (b) DIMM BLK-REGION + +-------------------+--------+--------+--------+ ++------+ | pm0.0 | blk2.0 | pm1.0 | blk2.1 | 0 region2 +| imc0 +--+- - - region0- - - +--------+ +--------+ ++--+---+ | pm0.0 | blk3.0 | pm1.0 | blk3.1 | 1 region3 + | +-------------------+--------v v--------+ ++--+---+ | | +| cpu0 | region1 ++--+---+ | | + | +----------------------------^ ^--------+ ++--+---+ | blk4.0 | pm1.0 | blk4.0 | 2 region4 +| imc1 +--+----------------------------| +--------+ ++------+ | blk5.0 | pm1.0 | blk5.0 | 3 region5 + +----------------------------+--------+--------+ + +In this platform we have four DIMMs and two memory controllers in one +socket. Each unique interface (BLK or PMEM) to DPA space is identified +by a region device with a dynamically assigned id (REGION0 - REGION5). + + 1. The first portion of DIMM0 and DIMM1 are interleaved as REGION0. A + single PMEM namespace is created in the REGION0-SPA-range that spans + DIMM0 and DIMM1 with a user-specified name of "pm0.0". Some of that + interleaved system-physical-address range is reclaimed as BLK-aperture + accessed space starting at DPA-offset (a) into each DIMM. In that + reclaimed space we create two BLK-aperture "namespaces" from REGION2 and + REGION3 where "blk2.0" and "blk3.0" are just human readable names that + could be set to any user-desired name in the LABEL. + + 2. In the last portion of DIMM0 and DIMM1 we have an interleaved + system-physical-address range, REGION1, that spans those two DIMMs as + well as DIMM2 and DIMM3. Some of REGION1 allocated to a PMEM namespace + named "pm1.0" the rest is reclaimed in 4 BLK-aperture namespaces (for + each DIMM in the interleave set), "blk2.1", "blk3.1", "blk4.0", and + "blk5.0". + + 3. The portion of DIMM2 and DIMM3 that do not participate in the REGION1 + interleaved system-physical-address range (i.e. the DPA address below + offset (b) are also included in the "blk4.0" and "blk5.0" namespaces. + Note, that this example shows that BLK-aperture namespaces don't need to + be contiguous in DPA-space. + + This bus is provided by the kernel under the device + /sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0 when CONFIG_NFIT_TEST is enabled and + the nfit_test.ko module is loaded. This not only test LIBNVDIMM but the + acpi_nfit.ko driver as well. + + +LIBNVDIMM Kernel Device Model and LIBNDCTL Userspace API +---------------------------------------------------- + +What follows is a description of the LIBNVDIMM sysfs layout and a +corresponding object hierarchy diagram as viewed through the LIBNDCTL +api. The example sysfs paths and diagrams are relative to the Example +NVDIMM Platform which is also the LIBNVDIMM bus used in the LIBNDCTL unit +test. + +LIBNDCTL: Context +Every api call in the LIBNDCTL library requires a context that holds the +logging parameters and other library instance state. The library is +based on the libabc template: +https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/kay/libabc.git/ + +LIBNDCTL: instantiate a new library context example + + struct ndctl_ctx *ctx; + + if (ndctl_new(&ctx) == 0) + return ctx; + else + return NULL; + +LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Bus +------------------- + +A bus has a 1:1 relationship with an NFIT. The current expectation for +ACPI based systems is that there is only ever one platform-global NFIT. +That said, it is trivial to register multiple NFITs, the specification +does not preclude it. The infrastructure supports multiple busses and +we we use this capability to test multiple NFIT configurations in the +unit test. + +LIBNVDIMM: control class device in /sys/class + +This character device accepts DSM messages to be passed to DIMM +identified by its NFIT handle. + + /sys/class/nd/ndctl0 + |-- dev + |-- device -> ../../../ndbus0 + |-- subsystem -> ../../../../../../../class/nd + + + +LIBNVDIMM: bus + + struct nvdimm_bus *nvdimm_bus_register(struct device *parent, + struct nvdimm_bus_descriptor *nfit_desc); + + /sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0 + |-- commands + |-- nd + |-- nfit + |-- nmem0 + |-- nmem1 + |-- nmem2 + |-- nmem3 + |-- power + |-- provider + |-- region0 + |-- region1 + |-- region2 + |-- region3 + |-- region4 + |-- region5 + |-- uevent + `-- wait_probe + +LIBNDCTL: bus enumeration example +Find the bus handle that describes the bus from Example NVDIMM Platform + + static struct ndctl_bus *get_bus_by_provider(struct ndctl_ctx *ctx, + const char *provider) + { + struct ndctl_bus *bus; + + ndctl_bus_foreach(ctx, bus) + if (strcmp(provider, ndctl_bus_get_provider(bus)) == 0) + return bus; + + return NULL; + } + + bus = get_bus_by_provider(ctx, "nfit_test.0"); + + +LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: DIMM (NMEM) +--------------------------- + +The DIMM device provides a character device for sending commands to +hardware, and it is a container for LABELs. If the DIMM is defined by +NFIT then an optional 'nfit' attribute sub-directory is available to add +NFIT-specifics. + +Note that the kernel device name for "DIMMs" is "nmemX". The NFIT +describes these devices via "Memory Device to System Physical Address +Range Mapping Structure", and there is no requirement that they actually +be physical DIMMs, so we use a more generic name. + +LIBNVDIMM: DIMM (NMEM) + + struct nvdimm *nvdimm_create(struct nvdimm_bus *nvdimm_bus, void *provider_data, + const struct attribute_group **groups, unsigned long flags, + unsigned long *dsm_mask); + + /sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0 + |-- nmem0 + | |-- available_slots + | |-- commands + | |-- dev + | |-- devtype + | |-- driver -> ../../../../../bus/nd/drivers/nvdimm + | |-- modalias + | |-- nfit + | | |-- device + | | |-- format + | | |-- handle + | | |-- phys_id + | | |-- rev_id + | | |-- serial + | | `-- vendor + | |-- state + | |-- subsystem -> ../../../../../bus/nd + | `-- uevent + |-- nmem1 + [..] + + +LIBNDCTL: DIMM enumeration example + +Note, in this example we are assuming NFIT-defined DIMMs which are +identified by an "nfit_handle" a 32-bit value where: +Bit 3:0 DIMM number within the memory channel +Bit 7:4 memory channel number +Bit 11:8 memory controller ID +Bit 15:12 socket ID (within scope of a Node controller if node controller is present) +Bit 27:16 Node Controller ID +Bit 31:28 Reserved + + static struct ndctl_dimm *get_dimm_by_handle(struct ndctl_bus *bus, + unsigned int handle) + { + struct ndctl_dimm *dimm; + + ndctl_dimm_foreach(bus, dimm) + if (ndctl_dimm_get_handle(dimm) == handle) + return dimm; + + return NULL; + } + + #define DIMM_HANDLE(n, s, i, c, d) \ + (((n & 0xfff) << 16) | ((s & 0xf) << 12) | ((i & 0xf) << 8) \ + | ((c & 0xf) << 4) | (d & 0xf)) + + dimm = get_dimm_by_handle(bus, DIMM_HANDLE(0, 0, 0, 0, 0)); + +LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Region +---------------------- + +A generic REGION device is registered for each PMEM range orBLK-aperture +set. Per the example there are 6 regions: 2 PMEM and 4 BLK-aperture +sets on the "nfit_test.0" bus. The primary role of regions are to be a +container of "mappings". A mapping is a tuple of <DIMM, +DPA-start-offset, length>. + +LIBNVDIMM provides a built-in driver for these REGION devices. This driver +is responsible for reconciling the aliased DPA mappings across all +regions, parsing the LABEL, if present, and then emitting NAMESPACE +devices with the resolved/exclusive DPA-boundaries for the nd_pmem or +nd_blk device driver to consume. + +In addition to the generic attributes of "mapping"s, "interleave_ways" +and "size" the REGION device also exports some convenience attributes. +"nstype" indicates the integer type of namespace-device this region +emits, "devtype" duplicates the DEVTYPE variable stored by udev at the +'add' event, "modalias" duplicates the MODALIAS variable stored by udev +at the 'add' event, and finally, the optional "spa_index" is provided in +the case where the region is defined by a SPA. + +LIBNVDIMM: region + + struct nd_region *nvdimm_pmem_region_create(struct nvdimm_bus *nvdimm_bus, + struct nd_region_desc *ndr_desc); + struct nd_region *nvdimm_blk_region_create(struct nvdimm_bus *nvdimm_bus, + struct nd_region_desc *ndr_desc); + + /sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0 + |-- region0 + | |-- available_size + | |-- btt0 + | |-- btt_seed + | |-- devtype + | |-- driver -> ../../../../../bus/nd/drivers/nd_region + | |-- init_namespaces + | |-- mapping0 + | |-- mapping1 + | |-- mappings + | |-- modalias + | |-- namespace0.0 + | |-- namespace_seed + | |-- numa_node + | |-- nfit + | | `-- spa_index + | |-- nstype + | |-- set_cookie + | |-- size + | |-- subsystem -> ../../../../../bus/nd + | `-- uevent + |-- region1 + [..] + +LIBNDCTL: region enumeration example + +Sample region retrieval routines based on NFIT-unique data like +"spa_index" (interleave set id) for PMEM and "nfit_handle" (dimm id) for +BLK. + + static struct ndctl_region *get_pmem_region_by_spa_index(struct ndctl_bus *bus, + unsigned int spa_index) + { + struct ndctl_region *region; + + ndctl_region_foreach(bus, region) { + if (ndctl_region_get_type(region) != ND_DEVICE_REGION_PMEM) + continue; + if (ndctl_region_get_spa_index(region) == spa_index) + return region; + } + return NULL; + } + + static struct ndctl_region *get_blk_region_by_dimm_handle(struct ndctl_bus *bus, + unsigned int handle) + { + struct ndctl_region *region; + + ndctl_region_foreach(bus, region) { + struct ndctl_mapping *map; + + if (ndctl_region_get_type(region) != ND_DEVICE_REGION_BLOCK) + continue; + ndctl_mapping_foreach(region, map) { + struct ndctl_dimm *dimm = ndctl_mapping_get_dimm(map); + + if (ndctl_dimm_get_handle(dimm) == handle) + return region; + } + } + return NULL; + } + + +Why Not Encode the Region Type into the Region Name? +---------------------------------------------------- + +At first glance it seems since NFIT defines just PMEM and BLK interface +types that we should simply name REGION devices with something derived +from those type names. However, the ND subsystem explicitly keeps the +REGION name generic and expects userspace to always consider the +region-attributes for 4 reasons: + + 1. There are already more than two REGION and "namespace" types. For + PMEM there are two subtypes. As mentioned previously we have PMEM where + the constituent DIMM devices are known and anonymous PMEM. For BLK + regions the NFIT specification already anticipates vendor specific + implementations. The exact distinction of what a region contains is in + the region-attributes not the region-name or the region-devtype. + + 2. A region with zero child-namespaces is a possible configuration. For + example, the NFIT allows for a DCR to be published without a + corresponding BLK-aperture. This equates to a DIMM that can only accept + control/configuration messages, but no i/o through a descendant block + device. Again, this "type" is advertised in the attributes ('mappings' + == 0) and the name does not tell you much. + + 3. What if a third major interface type arises in the future? Outside + of vendor specific implementations, it's not difficult to envision a + third class of interface type beyond BLK and PMEM. With a generic name + for the REGION level of the device-hierarchy old userspace + implementations can still make sense of new kernel advertised + region-types. Userspace can always rely on the generic region + attributes like "mappings", "size", etc and the expected child devices + named "namespace". This generic format of the device-model hierarchy + allows the LIBNVDIMM and LIBNDCTL implementations to be more uniform and + future-proof. + + 4. There are more robust mechanisms for determining the major type of a + region than a device name. See the next section, How Do I Determine the + Major Type of a Region? + +How Do I Determine the Major Type of a Region? +---------------------------------------------- + +Outside of the blanket recommendation of "use libndctl", or simply +looking at the kernel header (/usr/include/linux/ndctl.h) to decode the +"nstype" integer attribute, here are some other options. + + 1. module alias lookup: + + The whole point of region/namespace device type differentiation is to + decide which block-device driver will attach to a given LIBNVDIMM namespace. + One can simply use the modalias to lookup the resulting module. It's + important to note that this method is robust in the presence of a + vendor-specific driver down the road. If a vendor-specific + implementation wants to supplant the standard nd_blk driver it can with + minimal impact to the rest of LIBNVDIMM. + + In fact, a vendor may also want to have a vendor-specific region-driver + (outside of nd_region). For example, if a vendor defined its own LABEL + format it would need its own region driver to parse that LABEL and emit + the resulting namespaces. The output from module resolution is more + accurate than a region-name or region-devtype. + + 2. udev: + + The kernel "devtype" is registered in the udev database + # udevadm info --path=/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region0 + P: /devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region0 + E: DEVPATH=/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region0 + E: DEVTYPE=nd_pmem + E: MODALIAS=nd:t2 + E: SUBSYSTEM=nd + + # udevadm info --path=/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region4 + P: /devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region4 + E: DEVPATH=/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region4 + E: DEVTYPE=nd_blk + E: MODALIAS=nd:t3 + E: SUBSYSTEM=nd + + ...and is available as a region attribute, but keep in mind that the + "devtype" does not indicate sub-type variations and scripts should + really be understanding the other attributes. + + 3. type specific attributes: + + As it currently stands a BLK-aperture region will never have a + "nfit/spa_index" attribute, but neither will a non-NFIT PMEM region. A + BLK region with a "mappings" value of 0 is, as mentioned above, a DIMM + that does not allow I/O. A PMEM region with a "mappings" value of zero + is a simple system-physical-address range. + + +LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Namespace +------------------------- + +A REGION, after resolving DPA aliasing and LABEL specified boundaries, +surfaces one or more "namespace" devices. The arrival of a "namespace" +device currently triggers either the nd_blk or nd_pmem driver to load +and register a disk/block device. + +LIBNVDIMM: namespace +Here is a sample layout from the three major types of NAMESPACE where +namespace0.0 represents DIMM-info-backed PMEM (note that it has a 'uuid' +attribute), namespace2.0 represents a BLK namespace (note it has a +'sector_size' attribute) that, and namespace6.0 represents an anonymous +PMEM namespace (note that has no 'uuid' attribute due to not support a +LABEL). + + /sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region0/namespace0.0 + |-- alt_name + |-- devtype + |-- dpa_extents + |-- force_raw + |-- modalias + |-- numa_node + |-- resource + |-- size + |-- subsystem -> ../../../../../../bus/nd + |-- type + |-- uevent + `-- uuid + /sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region2/namespace2.0 + |-- alt_name + |-- devtype + |-- dpa_extents + |-- force_raw + |-- modalias + |-- numa_node + |-- sector_size + |-- size + |-- subsystem -> ../../../../../../bus/nd + |-- type + |-- uevent + `-- uuid + /sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.1/ndbus1/region6/namespace6.0 + |-- block + | `-- pmem0 + |-- devtype + |-- driver -> ../../../../../../bus/nd/drivers/pmem + |-- force_raw + |-- modalias + |-- numa_node + |-- resource + |-- size + |-- subsystem -> ../../../../../../bus/nd + |-- type + `-- uevent + +LIBNDCTL: namespace enumeration example +Namespaces are indexed relative to their parent region, example below. +These indexes are mostly static from boot to boot, but subsystem makes +no guarantees in this regard. For a static namespace identifier use its +'uuid' attribute. + +static struct ndctl_namespace *get_namespace_by_id(struct ndctl_region *region, + unsigned int id) +{ + struct ndctl_namespace *ndns; + + ndctl_namespace_foreach(region, ndns) + if (ndctl_namespace_get_id(ndns) == id) + return ndns; + + return NULL; +} + +LIBNDCTL: namespace creation example +Idle namespaces are automatically created by the kernel if a given +region has enough available capacity to create a new namespace. +Namespace instantiation involves finding an idle namespace and +configuring it. For the most part the setting of namespace attributes +can occur in any order, the only constraint is that 'uuid' must be set +before 'size'. This enables the kernel to track DPA allocations +internally with a static identifier. + +static int configure_namespace(struct ndctl_region *region, + struct ndctl_namespace *ndns, + struct namespace_parameters *parameters) +{ + char devname[50]; + + snprintf(devname, sizeof(devname), "namespace%d.%d", + ndctl_region_get_id(region), paramaters->id); + + ndctl_namespace_set_alt_name(ndns, devname); + /* 'uuid' must be set prior to setting size! */ + ndctl_namespace_set_uuid(ndns, paramaters->uuid); + ndctl_namespace_set_size(ndns, paramaters->size); + /* unlike pmem namespaces, blk namespaces have a sector size */ + if (parameters->lbasize) + ndctl_namespace_set_sector_size(ndns, parameters->lbasize); + ndctl_namespace_enable(ndns); +} + + +Why the Term "namespace"? + + 1. Why not "volume" for instance? "volume" ran the risk of confusing ND + as a volume manager like device-mapper. + + 2. The term originated to describe the sub-devices that can be created + within a NVME controller (see the nvme specification: + http://www.nvmexpress.org/specifications/), and NFIT namespaces are + meant to parallel the capabilities and configurability of + NVME-namespaces. + + +LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Block Translation Table "btt" +--------------------------------------------- + +A BTT (design document: http://pmem.io/2014/09/23/btt.html) is a stacked +block device driver that fronts either the whole block device or a +partition of a block device emitted by either a PMEM or BLK NAMESPACE. + +LIBNVDIMM: btt layout +Every region will start out with at least one BTT device which is the +seed device. To activate it set the "namespace", "uuid", and +"sector_size" attributes and then bind the device to the nd_pmem or +nd_blk driver depending on the region type. + + /sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.1/ndbus0/region0/btt0/ + |-- namespace + |-- delete + |-- devtype + |-- modalias + |-- numa_node + |-- sector_size + |-- subsystem -> ../../../../../bus/nd + |-- uevent + `-- uuid + +LIBNDCTL: btt creation example +Similar to namespaces an idle BTT device is automatically created per +region. Each time this "seed" btt device is configured and enabled a new +seed is created. Creating a BTT configuration involves two steps of +finding and idle BTT and assigning it to consume a PMEM or BLK namespace. + + static struct ndctl_btt *get_idle_btt(struct ndctl_region *region) + { + struct ndctl_btt *btt; + + ndctl_btt_foreach(region, btt) + if (!ndctl_btt_is_enabled(btt) + && !ndctl_btt_is_configured(btt)) + return btt; + + return NULL; + } + + static int configure_btt(struct ndctl_region *region, + struct btt_parameters *parameters) + { + btt = get_idle_btt(region); + + ndctl_btt_set_uuid(btt, parameters->uuid); + ndctl_btt_set_sector_size(btt, parameters->sector_size); + ndctl_btt_set_namespace(btt, parameters->ndns); + /* turn off raw mode device */ + ndctl_namespace_disable(parameters->ndns); + /* turn on btt access */ + ndctl_btt_enable(btt); + } + +Once instantiated a new inactive btt seed device will appear underneath +the region. + +Once a "namespace" is removed from a BTT that instance of the BTT device +will be deleted or otherwise reset to default values. This deletion is +only at the device model level. In order to destroy a BTT the "info +block" needs to be destroyed. Note, that to destroy a BTT the media +needs to be written in raw mode. By default, the kernel will autodetect +the presence of a BTT and disable raw mode. This autodetect behavior +can be suppressed by enabling raw mode for the namespace via the +ndctl_namespace_set_raw_mode() api. + + +Summary LIBNDCTL Diagram +------------------------ + +For the given example above, here is the view of the objects as seen by the LIBNDCTL api: + +---+ + |CTX| +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+ + +-+-+ +-> REGION0 +---> NAMESPACE0.0 +--> PMEM8 "pm0.0" | + | | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+ ++-------+ | | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+ +| DIMM0 <-+ | +-> REGION1 +---> NAMESPACE1.0 +--> PMEM6 "pm1.0" | ++-------+ | | | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+ +| DIMM1 <-+ +-v--+ | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+ ++-------+ +-+BUS0+---> REGION2 +-+-> NAMESPACE2.0 +--> ND6 "blk2.0" | +| DIMM2 <-+ +----+ | +---------+ | +--------------+ +----------------------+ ++-------+ | | +-> NAMESPACE2.1 +--> ND5 "blk2.1" | BTT2 | +| DIMM3 <-+ | +--------------+ +----------------------+ ++-------+ | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+ + +-> REGION3 +-+-> NAMESPACE3.0 +--> ND4 "blk3.0" | + | +---------+ | +--------------+ +----------------------+ + | +-> NAMESPACE3.1 +--> ND3 "blk3.1" | BTT1 | + | +--------------+ +----------------------+ + | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+ + +-> REGION4 +---> NAMESPACE4.0 +--> ND2 "blk4.0" | + | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+ + | +---------+ +--------------+ +----------------------+ + +-> REGION5 +---> NAMESPACE5.0 +--> ND1 "blk5.0" | BTT0 | + +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+------+ + + diff --git a/Documentation/phy.txt b/Documentation/phy.txt index 371361c69..b388c5af9 100644 --- a/Documentation/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/phy.txt @@ -76,6 +76,8 @@ struct phy *phy_get(struct device *dev, const char *string); struct phy *phy_optional_get(struct device *dev, const char *string); struct phy *devm_phy_get(struct device *dev, const char *string); struct phy *devm_phy_optional_get(struct device *dev, const char *string); +struct phy *devm_of_phy_get_by_index(struct device *dev, struct device_node *np, + int index); phy_get, phy_optional_get, devm_phy_get and devm_phy_optional_get can be used to get the PHY. In the case of dt boot, the string arguments @@ -86,7 +88,10 @@ successful PHY get. On driver detach, release function is invoked on the the devres data and devres data is freed. phy_optional_get and devm_phy_optional_get should be used when the phy is optional. These two functions will never return -ENODEV, but instead returns NULL when -the phy cannot be found. +the phy cannot be found.Some generic drivers, such as ehci, may use multiple +phys and for such drivers referencing phy(s) by name(s) does not make sense. In +this case, devm_of_phy_get_by_index can be used to get a phy reference based on +the index. It should be noted that NULL is a valid phy reference. All phy consumer calls on the NULL phy become NOPs. That is the release calls, diff --git a/Documentation/pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/pinctrl.txt index a9b47163b..4976389e4 100644 --- a/Documentation/pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/pinctrl.txt @@ -714,6 +714,7 @@ static struct pinmux_ops foo_pmxops = { .get_function_name = foo_get_fname, .get_function_groups = foo_get_groups, .set_mux = foo_set_mux, + .strict = true, }; /* Pinmux operations are handled by some pin controller */ @@ -830,6 +831,11 @@ separate memory range only intended for GPIO driving, and the register range dealing with pin config and pin multiplexing get placed into a different memory range and a separate section of the data sheet. +A flag "strict" in struct pinctrl_desc is available to check and deny +simultaneous access to the same pin from GPIO and pin multiplexing +consumers on hardware of this type. The pinctrl driver should set this flag +accordingly. + (B) pin config @@ -850,6 +856,11 @@ possible that the GPIO, pin config and pin multiplex registers are placed into the same memory range and the same section of the data sheet, although that need not be the case. +In some pin controllers, although the physical pins are designed in the same +way as (B), the GPIO function still can't be enabled at the same time as the +peripheral functions. So again the "strict" flag should be set, denying +simultaneous activation by GPIO and other muxed in devices. + From a kernel point of view, however, these are different aspects of the hardware and shall be put into different subsystems: diff --git a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt index 44fe1d28a..e76dc0ad4 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt @@ -556,6 +556,12 @@ helper functions described in Section 4. In that case, pm_runtime_resume() should be used. Of course, for this purpose the device's runtime PM has to be enabled earlier by calling pm_runtime_enable(). +Note, if the device may execute pm_runtime calls during the probe (such as +if it is registers with a subsystem that may call back in) then the +pm_runtime_get_sync() call paired with a pm_runtime_put() call will be +appropriate to ensure that the device is not put back to sleep during the +probe. This can happen with systems such as the network device layer. + It may be desirable to suspend the device once ->probe() has finished. Therefore the driver core uses the asyncronous pm_request_idle() to submit a request to execute the subsystem-level idle callback for the device at that diff --git a/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt b/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt index f732a8321..8cc17ca71 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt @@ -410,8 +410,17 @@ Documentation/usb/persist.txt. Q: Can I suspend-to-disk using a swap partition under LVM? -A: No. You can suspend successfully, but you'll not be able to -resume. uswsusp should be able to work with LVM. See suspend.sf.net. +A: Yes and No. You can suspend successfully, but the kernel will not be able +to resume on its own. You need an initramfs that can recognize the resume +situation, activate the logical volume containing the swap volume (but not +touch any filesystems!), and eventually call + +echo -n "$major:$minor" > /sys/power/resume + +where $major and $minor are the respective major and minor device numbers of +the swap volume. + +uswsusp works with LVM, too. See http://suspend.sourceforge.net/ Q: I upgraded the kernel from 2.6.15 to 2.6.16. Both kernels were compiled with the similar configuration files. Anyway I found that diff --git a/Documentation/power/tuxonice-internals.txt b/Documentation/power/tuxonice-internals.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0c6a2163a..000000000 --- a/Documentation/power/tuxonice-internals.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,532 +0,0 @@ - TuxOnIce 4.0 Internal Documentation. - Updated to 23 March 2015 - -(Please note that incremental image support mentioned in this document is work -in progress. This document may need updating prior to the actual release of -4.0!) - -1. Introduction. - - TuxOnIce 4.0 is an addition to the Linux Kernel, designed to - allow the user to quickly shutdown and quickly boot a computer, without - needing to close documents or programs. It is equivalent to the - hibernate facility in some laptops. This implementation, however, - requires no special BIOS or hardware support. - - The code in these files is based upon the original implementation - prepared by Gabor Kuti and additional work by Pavel Machek and a - host of others. This code has been substantially reworked by Nigel - Cunningham, again with the help and testing of many others, not the - least of whom are Bernard Blackham and Michael Frank. At its heart, - however, the operation is essentially the same as Gabor's version. - -2. Overview of operation. - - The basic sequence of operations is as follows: - - a. Quiesce all other activity. - b. Ensure enough memory and storage space are available, and attempt - to free memory/storage if necessary. - c. Allocate the required memory and storage space. - d. Write the image. - e. Power down. - - There are a number of complicating factors which mean that things are - not as simple as the above would imply, however... - - o The activity of each process must be stopped at a point where it will - not be holding locks necessary for saving the image, or unexpectedly - restart operations due to something like a timeout and thereby make - our image inconsistent. - - o It is desirous that we sync outstanding I/O to disk before calculating - image statistics. This reduces corruption if one should suspend but - then not resume, and also makes later parts of the operation safer (see - below). - - o We need to get as close as we can to an atomic copy of the data. - Inconsistencies in the image will result in inconsistent memory contents at - resume time, and thus in instability of the system and/or file system - corruption. This would appear to imply a maximum image size of one half of - the amount of RAM, but we have a solution... (again, below). - - o In 2.6 and later, we choose to play nicely with the other suspend-to-disk - implementations. - -3. Detailed description of internals. - - a. Quiescing activity. - - Safely quiescing the system is achieved using three separate but related - aspects. - - First, we use the vanilla kerne's support for freezing processes. This code - is based on the observation that the vast majority of processes don't need - to run during suspend. They can be 'frozen'. The kernel therefore - implements a refrigerator routine, which processes enter and in which they - remain until the cycle is complete. Processes enter the refrigerator via - try_to_freeze() invocations at appropriate places. A process cannot be - frozen in any old place. It must not be holding locks that will be needed - for writing the image or freezing other processes. For this reason, - userspace processes generally enter the refrigerator via the signal - handling code, and kernel threads at the place in their event loops where - they drop locks and yield to other processes or sleep. The task of freezing - processes is complicated by the fact that there can be interdependencies - between processes. Freezing process A before process B may mean that - process B cannot be frozen, because it stops at waiting for process A - rather than in the refrigerator. This issue is seen where userspace waits - on freezeable kernel threads or fuse filesystem threads. To address this - issue, we implement the following algorithm for quiescing activity: - - - Freeze filesystems (including fuse - userspace programs starting - new requests are immediately frozen; programs already running - requests complete their work before being frozen in the next - step) - - Freeze userspace - - Thaw filesystems (this is safe now that userspace is frozen and no - fuse requests are outstanding). - - Invoke sys_sync (noop on fuse). - - Freeze filesystems - - Freeze kernel threads - - If we need to free memory, we thaw kernel threads and filesystems, but not - userspace. We can then free caches without worrying about deadlocks due to - swap files being on frozen filesystems or such like. - - b. Ensure enough memory & storage are available. - - We have a number of constraints to meet in order to be able to successfully - suspend and resume. - - First, the image will be written in two parts, described below. One of - these parts needs to have an atomic copy made, which of course implies a - maximum size of one half of the amount of system memory. The other part - ('pageset') is not atomically copied, and can therefore be as large or - small as desired. - - Second, we have constraints on the amount of storage available. In these - calculations, we may also consider any compression that will be done. The - cryptoapi module allows the user to configure an expected compression ratio. - - Third, the user can specify an arbitrary limit on the image size, in - megabytes. This limit is treated as a soft limit, so that we don't fail the - attempt to suspend if we cannot meet this constraint. - - c. Allocate the required memory and storage space. - - Having done the initial freeze, we determine whether the above constraints - are met, and seek to allocate the metadata for the image. If the constraints - are not met, or we fail to allocate the required space for the metadata, we - seek to free the amount of memory that we calculate is needed and try again. - We allow up to four iterations of this loop before aborting the cycle. If - we do fail, it should only be because of a bug in TuxOnIce's calculations - or the vanilla kernel code for freeing memory. - - These steps are merged together in the prepare_image function, found in - prepare_image.c. The functions are merged because of the cyclical nature - of the problem of calculating how much memory and storage is needed. Since - the data structures containing the information about the image must - themselves take memory and use storage, the amount of memory and storage - required changes as we prepare the image. Since the changes are not large, - only one or two iterations will be required to achieve a solution. - - The recursive nature of the algorithm is miminised by keeping user space - frozen while preparing the image, and by the fact that our records of which - pages are to be saved and which pageset they are saved in use bitmaps (so - that changes in number or fragmentation of the pages to be saved don't - feedback via changes in the amount of memory needed for metadata). The - recursiveness is thus limited to any extra slab pages allocated to store the - extents that record storage used, and the effects of seeking to free memory. - - d. Write the image. - - We previously mentioned the need to create an atomic copy of the data, and - the half-of-memory limitation that is implied in this. This limitation is - circumvented by dividing the memory to be saved into two parts, called - pagesets. - - Pageset2 contains most of the page cache - the pages on the active and - inactive LRU lists that aren't needed or modified while TuxOnIce is - running, so they can be safely written without an atomic copy. They are - therefore saved first and reloaded last. While saving these pages, - TuxOnIce carefully ensures that the work of writing the pages doesn't make - the image inconsistent. With the support for Kernel (Video) Mode Setting - going into the kernel at the time of writing, we need to check for pages - on the LRU that are used by KMS, and exclude them from pageset2. They are - atomically copied as part of pageset 1. - - Once pageset2 has been saved, we prepare to do the atomic copy of remaining - memory. As part of the preparation, we power down drivers, thereby providing - them with the opportunity to have their state recorded in the image. The - amount of memory allocated by drivers for this is usually negligible, but if - DRI is in use, video drivers may require significants amounts. Ideally we - would be able to query drivers while preparing the image as to the amount of - memory they will need. Unfortunately no such mechanism exists at the time of - writing. For this reason, TuxOnIce allows the user to set an - 'extra_pages_allowance', which is used to seek to ensure sufficient memory - is available for drivers at this point. TuxOnIce also lets the user set this - value to 0. In this case, a test driver suspend is done while preparing the - image, and the difference (plus a margin) used instead. TuxOnIce will also - automatically restart the hibernation process (twice at most) if it finds - that the extra pages allowance is not sufficient. It will then use what was - actually needed (plus a margin, again). Failure to hibernate should thus - be an extremely rare occurence. - - Having suspended the drivers, we save the CPU context before making an - atomic copy of pageset1, resuming the drivers and saving the atomic copy. - After saving the two pagesets, we just need to save our metadata before - powering down. - - As we mentioned earlier, the contents of pageset2 pages aren't needed once - they've been saved. We therefore use them as the destination of our atomic - copy. In the unlikely event that pageset1 is larger, extra pages are - allocated while the image is being prepared. This is normally only a real - possibility when the system has just been booted and the page cache is - small. - - This is where we need to be careful about syncing, however. Pageset2 will - probably contain filesystem meta data. If this is overwritten with pageset1 - and then a sync occurs, the filesystem will be corrupted - at least until - resume time and another sync of the restored data. Since there is a - possibility that the user might not resume or (may it never be!) that - TuxOnIce might oops, we do our utmost to avoid syncing filesystems after - copying pageset1. - - e. Incremental images - - TuxOnIce 4.0 introduces a new incremental image mode which changes things a - little. When incremental images are enabled, we save a 'normal' image the - first time we hibernate. One resume however, we do not free the image or - the associated storage. Instead, it is retained until the next attempt at - hibernating and a mechanism is enabled which is used to track which pages - of memory are modified between the two cycles. The modified pages can then - be added to the existing image, rather than unmodified pages being saved - again unnecessarily. - - Incremental image support is available in 64 bit Linux only, due to the - requirement for extra page flags. - - This support is accomplished in the following way: - - 1) Tracking of pages. - - The tracking of changed pages is accomplished using the page fault - mechanism. When we reach a point at which we want to start tracking - changes, most pages are marked read-only and also flagged as being - read-only because of this support. Since this cannot happen for every page - of RAM, some are marked as untracked and always treated as modified whn - preparing an incremental iamge. When a process attempts to modify a page - that is marked read-only in this way, a page fault occurs, with TuxOnIce - code marking the page writable and dirty before allowing the write to - continue. In this way, the effect of incremental images on performance is - minimised - a page only causes a fault once. Small modifications to the - page allocator further reduce the number of faults that occur - free pages - are not tracked; they are made writable and marked as dirty as part of - being allocated. - - 2) Saving the incremental image / atomicity. - - The page fault mechanism is also used to improve the means by which - atomicity of the image is acheived. When it is time to do an atomic copy, - the flags for pages are reset, with the result being that it is no longer - necessary for us to do an atomic of pageset1. Instead, we normally write - the uncopied pages to disk. When an attempt is made to modify a page that - has not yet been saved, the page-fault mechanism makes a copy of the page - prior to allowing the write. This copy is then written to disk. Likewise, - on resume, if a process attempts to write to a page that has been read - while the rest of the image is still being loaded, a copy of that page is - made prior to the write being allowed. At the end of loading the image, - modified pages can thus be restored to their 'atomic copy' contents prior - to restarting normal operation. We also mark pages that are yet to be read - as invalid PFNs, so that we can capture as a bug any attempt by a - half-restored kernel to access a page that hasn't yet been reloaded. - - f. Power down. - - Powering down uses standard kernel routines. TuxOnIce supports powering down - using the ACPI S3, S4 and S5 methods or the kernel's non-ACPI power-off. - Supporting suspend to ram (S3) as a power off option might sound strange, - but it allows the user to quickly get their system up and running again if - the battery doesn't run out (we just need to re-read the overwritten pages) - and if the battery does run out (or the user removes power), they can still - resume. - -4. Data Structures. - - TuxOnIce uses three main structures to store its metadata and configuration - information: - - a) Pageflags bitmaps. - - TuxOnIce records which pages will be in pageset1, pageset2, the destination - of the atomic copy and the source of the atomically restored image using - bitmaps. The code used is that written for swsusp, with small improvements - to match TuxOnIce's requirements. - - The pageset1 bitmap is thus easily stored in the image header for use at - resume time. - - As mentioned above, using bitmaps also means that the amount of memory and - storage required for recording the above information is constant. This - greatly simplifies the work of preparing the image. In earlier versions of - TuxOnIce, extents were used to record which pages would be stored. In that - case, however, eating memory could result in greater fragmentation of the - lists of pages, which in turn required more memory to store the extents and - more storage in the image header. These could in turn require further - freeing of memory, and another iteration. All of this complexity is removed - by having bitmaps. - - Bitmaps also make a lot of sense because TuxOnIce only ever iterates - through the lists. There is therefore no cost to not being able to find the - nth page in order 0 time. We only need to worry about the cost of finding - the n+1th page, given the location of the nth page. Bitwise optimisations - help here. - - b) Extents for block data. - - TuxOnIce supports writing the image to multiple block devices. In the case - of swap, multiple partitions and/or files may be in use, and we happily use - them all (with the exception of compcache pages, which we allocate but do - not use). This use of multiple block devices is accomplished as follows: - - Whatever the actual source of the allocated storage, the destination of the - image can be viewed in terms of one or more block devices, and on each - device, a list of sectors. To simplify matters, we only use contiguous, - PAGE_SIZE aligned sectors, like the swap code does. - - Since sector numbers on each bdev may well not start at 0, it makes much - more sense to use extents here. Contiguous ranges of pages can thus be - represented in the extents by contiguous values. - - Variations in block size are taken account of in transforming this data - into the parameters for bio submission. - - We can thus implement a layer of abstraction wherein the core of TuxOnIce - doesn't have to worry about which device we're currently writing to or - where in the device we are. It simply requests that the next page in the - pageset or header be written, leaving the details to this lower layer. - The lower layer remembers where in the sequence of devices and blocks each - pageset starts. The header always starts at the beginning of the allocated - storage. - - So extents are: - - struct extent { - unsigned long minimum, maximum; - struct extent *next; - } - - These are combined into chains of extents for a device: - - struct extent_chain { - int size; /* size of the extent ie sum (max-min+1) */ - int allocs, frees; - char *name; - struct extent *first, *last_touched; - }; - - For each bdev, we need to store a little more info (simplified definition): - - struct toi_bdev_info { - struct block_device *bdev; - - char uuid[17]; - dev_t dev_t; - int bmap_shift; - int blocks_per_page; - }; - - The uuid is the main means used to identify the device in the storage - image. This means we can cope with the dev_t representation of a device - changing between saving the image and restoring it, as may happen on some - bioses or in the LVM case. - - bmap_shift and blocks_per_page apply the effects of variations in blocks - per page settings for the filesystem and underlying bdev. For most - filesystems, these are the same, but for xfs, they can have independant - values. - - Combining these two structures together, we have everything we need to - record what devices and what blocks on each device are being used to - store the image, and to submit i/o using bio_submit. - - The last elements in the picture are a means of recording how the storage - is being used. - - We do this first and foremost by implementing a layer of abstraction on - top of the devices and extent chains which allows us to view however many - devices there might be as one long storage tape, with a single 'head' that - tracks a 'current position' on the tape: - - struct extent_iterate_state { - struct extent_chain *chains; - int num_chains; - int current_chain; - struct extent *current_extent; - unsigned long current_offset; - }; - - That is, *chains points to an array of size num_chains of extent chains. - For the filewriter, this is always a single chain. For the swapwriter, the - array is of size MAX_SWAPFILES. - - current_chain, current_extent and current_offset thus point to the current - index in the chains array (and into a matching array of struct - suspend_bdev_info), the current extent in that chain (to optimise access), - and the current value in the offset. - - The image is divided into three parts: - - The header - - Pageset 1 - - Pageset 2 - - The header always starts at the first device and first block. We know its - size before we begin to save the image because we carefully account for - everything that will be stored in it. - - The second pageset (LRU) is stored first. It begins on the next page after - the end of the header. - - The first pageset is stored second. It's start location is only known once - pageset2 has been saved, since pageset2 may be compressed as it is written. - This location is thus recorded at the end of saving pageset2. It is page - aligned also. - - Since this information is needed at resume time, and the location of extents - in memory will differ at resume time, this needs to be stored in a portable - way: - - struct extent_iterate_saved_state { - int chain_num; - int extent_num; - unsigned long offset; - }; - - We can thus implement a layer of abstraction wherein the core of TuxOnIce - doesn't have to worry about which device we're currently writing to or - where in the device we are. It simply requests that the next page in the - pageset or header be written, leaving the details to this layer, and - invokes the routines to remember and restore the position, without having - to worry about the details of how the data is arranged on disk or such like. - - c) Modules - - One aim in designing TuxOnIce was to make it flexible. We wanted to allow - for the implementation of different methods of transforming a page to be - written to disk and different methods of getting the pages stored. - - In early versions (the betas and perhaps Suspend1), compression support was - inlined in the image writing code, and the data structures and code for - managing swap were intertwined with the rest of the code. A number of people - had expressed interest in implementing image encryption, and alternative - methods of storing the image. - - In order to achieve this, TuxOnIce was given a modular design. - - A module is a single file which encapsulates the functionality needed - to transform a pageset of data (encryption or compression, for example), - or to write the pageset to a device. The former type of module is called - a 'page-transformer', the later a 'writer'. - - Modules are linked together in pipeline fashion. There may be zero or more - page transformers in a pipeline, and there is always exactly one writer. - The pipeline follows this pattern: - - --------------------------------- - | TuxOnIce Core | - --------------------------------- - | - | - --------------------------------- - | Page transformer 1 | - --------------------------------- - | - | - --------------------------------- - | Page transformer 2 | - --------------------------------- - | - | - --------------------------------- - | Writer | - --------------------------------- - - During the writing of an image, the core code feeds pages one at a time - to the first module. This module performs whatever transformations it - implements on the incoming data, completely consuming the incoming data and - feeding output in a similar manner to the next module. - - All routines are SMP safe, and the final result of the transformations is - written with an index (provided by the core) and size of the output by the - writer. As a result, we can have multithreaded I/O without needing to - worry about the sequence in which pages are written (or read). - - During reading, the pipeline works in the reverse direction. The core code - calls the first module with the address of a buffer which should be filled. - (Note that the buffer size is always PAGE_SIZE at this time). This module - will in turn request data from the next module and so on down until the - writer is made to read from the stored image. - - Part of definition of the structure of a module thus looks like this: - - int (*rw_init) (int rw, int stream_number); - int (*rw_cleanup) (int rw); - int (*write_chunk) (struct page *buffer_page); - int (*read_chunk) (struct page *buffer_page, int sync); - - It should be noted that the _cleanup routine may be called before the - full stream of data has been read or written. While writing the image, - the user may (depending upon settings) choose to abort suspending, and - if we are in the midst of writing the last portion of the image, a portion - of the second pageset may be reread. This may also happen if an error - occurs and we seek to abort the process of writing the image. - - The modular design is also useful in a number of other ways. It provides - a means where by we can add support for: - - - providing overall initialisation and cleanup routines; - - serialising configuration information in the image header; - - providing debugging information to the user; - - determining memory and image storage requirements; - - dis/enabling components at run-time; - - configuring the module (see below); - - ...and routines for writers specific to their work: - - Parsing a resume= location; - - Determining whether an image exists; - - Marking a resume as having been attempted; - - Invalidating an image; - - Since some parts of the core - the user interface and storage manager - support - have use for some of these functions, they are registered as - 'miscellaneous' modules as well. - - d) Sysfs data structures. - - This brings us naturally to support for configuring TuxOnIce. We desired to - provide a way to make TuxOnIce as flexible and configurable as possible. - The user shouldn't have to reboot just because they want to now hibernate to - a file instead of a partition, for example. - - To accomplish this, TuxOnIce implements a very generic means whereby the - core and modules can register new sysfs entries. All TuxOnIce entries use - a single _store and _show routine, both of which are found in - tuxonice_sysfs.c in the kernel/power directory. These routines handle the - most common operations - getting and setting the values of bits, integers, - longs, unsigned longs and strings in one place, and allow overrides for - customised get and set options as well as side-effect routines for all - reads and writes. - - When combined with some simple macros, a new sysfs entry can then be defined - in just a couple of lines: - - SYSFS_INT("progress_granularity", SYSFS_RW, &progress_granularity, 1, - 2048, 0, NULL), - - This defines a sysfs entry named "progress_granularity" which is rw and - allows the user to access an integer stored at &progress_granularity, giving - it a value between 1 and 2048 inclusive. - - Sysfs entries are registered under /sys/power/tuxonice, and entries for - modules are located in a subdirectory named after the module. - diff --git a/Documentation/power/tuxonice.txt b/Documentation/power/tuxonice.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3bf0575ef..000000000 --- a/Documentation/power/tuxonice.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,948 +0,0 @@ - --- TuxOnIce, version 3.0 --- - -1. What is it? -2. Why would you want it? -3. What do you need to use it? -4. Why not just use the version already in the kernel? -5. How do you use it? -6. What do all those entries in /sys/power/tuxonice do? -7. How do you get support? -8. I think I've found a bug. What should I do? -9. When will XXX be supported? -10 How does it work? -11. Who wrote TuxOnIce? - -1. What is it? - - Imagine you're sitting at your computer, working away. For some reason, you - need to turn off your computer for a while - perhaps it's time to go home - for the day. When you come back to your computer next, you're going to want - to carry on where you left off. Now imagine that you could push a button and - have your computer store the contents of its memory to disk and power down. - Then, when you next start up your computer, it loads that image back into - memory and you can carry on from where you were, just as if you'd never - turned the computer off. You have far less time to start up, no reopening of - applications or finding what directory you put that file in yesterday. - That's what TuxOnIce does. - - TuxOnIce has a long heritage. It began life as work by Gabor Kuti, who, - with some help from Pavel Machek, got an early version going in 1999. The - project was then taken over by Florent Chabaud while still in alpha version - numbers. Nigel Cunningham came on the scene when Florent was unable to - continue, moving the project into betas, then 1.0, 2.0 and so on up to - the present series. During the 2.0 series, the name was contracted to - Suspend2 and the website suspend2.net created. Beginning around July 2007, - a transition to calling the software TuxOnIce was made, to seek to help - make it clear that TuxOnIce is more concerned with hibernation than suspend - to ram. - - Pavel Machek's swsusp code, which was merged around 2.5.17 retains the - original name, and was essentially a fork of the beta code until Rafael - Wysocki came on the scene in 2005 and began to improve it further. - -2. Why would you want it? - - Why wouldn't you want it? - - Being able to save the state of your system and quickly restore it improves - your productivity - you get a useful system in far less time than through - the normal boot process. You also get to be completely 'green', using zero - power, or as close to that as possible (the computer may still provide - minimal power to some devices, so they can initiate a power on, but that - will be the same amount of power as would be used if you told the computer - to shutdown. - -3. What do you need to use it? - - a. Kernel Support. - - i) The TuxOnIce patch. - - TuxOnIce is part of the Linux Kernel. This version is not part of Linus's - 2.6 tree at the moment, so you will need to download the kernel source and - apply the latest patch. Having done that, enable the appropriate options in - make [menu|x]config (under Power Management Options - look for "Enhanced - Hibernation"), compile and install your kernel. TuxOnIce works with SMP, - Highmem, preemption, fuse filesystems, x86-32, PPC and x86_64. - - TuxOnIce patches are available from http://tuxonice.net. - - ii) Compression support. - - Compression support is implemented via the cryptoapi. You will therefore want - to select any Cryptoapi transforms that you want to use on your image from - the Cryptoapi menu while configuring your kernel. We recommend the use of the - LZO compression method - it is very fast and still achieves good compression. - - You can also tell TuxOnIce to write its image to an encrypted and/or - compressed filesystem/swap partition. In that case, you don't need to do - anything special for TuxOnIce when it comes to kernel configuration. - - iii) Configuring other options. - - While you're configuring your kernel, try to configure as much as possible - to build as modules. We recommend this because there are a number of drivers - that are still in the process of implementing proper power management - support. In those cases, the best way to work around their current lack is - to build them as modules and remove the modules while hibernating. You might - also bug the driver authors to get their support up to speed, or even help! - - b. Storage. - - i) Swap. - - TuxOnIce can store the hibernation image in your swap partition, a swap file or - a combination thereof. Whichever combination you choose, you will probably - want to create enough swap space to store the largest image you could have, - plus the space you'd normally use for swap. A good rule of thumb would be - to calculate the amount of swap you'd want without using TuxOnIce, and then - add the amount of memory you have. This swapspace can be arranged in any way - you'd like. It can be in one partition or file, or spread over a number. The - only requirement is that they be active when you start a hibernation cycle. - - There is one exception to this requirement. TuxOnIce has the ability to turn - on one swap file or partition at the start of hibernating and turn it back off - at the end. If you want to ensure you have enough memory to store a image - when your memory is fully used, you might want to make one swap partition or - file for 'normal' use, and another for TuxOnIce to activate & deactivate - automatically. (Further details below). - - ii) Normal files. - - TuxOnIce includes a 'file allocator'. The file allocator can store your - image in a simple file. Since Linux has the concept of everything being a - file, this is more powerful than it initially sounds. If, for example, you - were to set up a network block device file, you could hibernate to a network - server. This has been tested and works to a point, but nbd itself isn't - stateless enough for our purposes. - - Take extra care when setting up the file allocator. If you just type - commands without thinking and then try to hibernate, you could cause - irreversible corruption on your filesystems! Make sure you have backups. - - Most people will only want to hibernate to a local file. To achieve that, do - something along the lines of: - - echo "TuxOnIce" > /hibernation-file - dd if=/dev/zero bs=1M count=512 >> /hibernation-file - - This will create a 512MB file called /hibernation-file. To get TuxOnIce to use - it: - - echo /hibernation-file > /sys/power/tuxonice/file/target - - Then - - cat /sys/power/tuxonice/resume - - Put the results of this into your bootloader's configuration (see also step - C, below): - - ---EXAMPLE-ONLY-DON'T-COPY-AND-PASTE--- - # cat /sys/power/tuxonice/resume - file:/dev/hda2:0x1e001 - - In this example, we would edit the append= line of our lilo.conf|menu.lst - so that it included: - - resume=file:/dev/hda2:0x1e001 - ---EXAMPLE-ONLY-DON'T-COPY-AND-PASTE--- - - For those who are thinking 'Could I make the file sparse?', the answer is - 'No!'. At the moment, there is no way for TuxOnIce to fill in the holes in - a sparse file while hibernating. In the longer term (post merge!), I'd like - to change things so that the file could be dynamically resized and have - holes filled as needed. Right now, however, that's not possible and not a - priority. - - c. Bootloader configuration. - - Using TuxOnIce also requires that you add an extra parameter to - your lilo.conf or equivalent. Here's an example for a swap partition: - - append="resume=swap:/dev/hda1" - - This would tell TuxOnIce that /dev/hda1 is a swap partition you - have. TuxOnIce will use the swap signature of this partition as a - pointer to your data when you hibernate. This means that (in this example) - /dev/hda1 doesn't need to be _the_ swap partition where all of your data - is actually stored. It just needs to be a swap partition that has a - valid signature. - - You don't need to have a swap partition for this purpose. TuxOnIce - can also use a swap file, but usage is a little more complex. Having made - your swap file, turn it on and do - - cat /sys/power/tuxonice/swap/headerlocations - - (this assumes you've already compiled your kernel with TuxOnIce - support and booted it). The results of the cat command will tell you - what you need to put in lilo.conf: - - For swap partitions like /dev/hda1, simply use resume=/dev/hda1. - For swapfile `swapfile`, use resume=swap:/dev/hda2:0x242d. - - If the swapfile changes for any reason (it is moved to a different - location, it is deleted and recreated, or the filesystem is - defragmented) then you will have to check - /sys/power/tuxonice/swap/headerlocations for a new resume_block value. - - Once you've compiled and installed the kernel and adjusted your bootloader - configuration, you should only need to reboot for the most basic part - of TuxOnIce to be ready. - - If you only compile in the swap allocator, or only compile in the file - allocator, you don't need to add the "swap:" part of the resume= - parameters above. resume=/dev/hda2:0x242d will work just as well. If you - have compiled both and your storage is on swap, you can also use this - format (the swap allocator is the default allocator). - - When compiling your kernel, one of the options in the 'Power Management - Support' menu, just above the 'Enhanced Hibernation (TuxOnIce)' entry is - called 'Default resume partition'. This can be used to set a default value - for the resume= parameter. - - d. The hibernate script. - - Since the driver model in 2.6 kernels is still being developed, you may need - to do more than just configure TuxOnIce. Users of TuxOnIce usually start the - process via a script which prepares for the hibernation cycle, tells the - kernel to do its stuff and then restore things afterwards. This script might - involve: - - - Switching to a text console and back if X doesn't like the video card - status on resume. - - Un/reloading drivers that don't play well with hibernation. - - Note that you might not be able to unload some drivers if there are - processes using them. You might have to kill off processes that hold - devices open. Hint: if your X server accesses an USB mouse, doing a - 'chvt' to a text console releases the device and you can unload the - module. - - Check out the latest script (available on tuxonice.net). - - e. The userspace user interface. - - TuxOnIce has very limited support for displaying status if you only apply - the kernel patch - it can printk messages, but that is all. In addition, - some of the functions mentioned in this document (such as cancelling a cycle - or performing interactive debugging) are unavailable. To utilise these - functions, or simply get a nice display, you need the 'userui' component. - Userui comes in three flavours, usplash, fbsplash and text. Text should - work on any console. Usplash and fbsplash require the appropriate - (distro specific?) support. - - To utilise a userui, TuxOnIce just needs to be told where to find the - userspace binary: - - echo "/usr/local/sbin/tuxoniceui_fbsplash" > /sys/power/tuxonice/user_interface/program - - The hibernate script can do this for you, and a default value for this - setting can be configured when compiling the kernel. This path is also - stored in the image header, so if you have an initrd or initramfs, you can - use the userui during the first part of resuming (prior to the atomic - restore) by putting the binary in the same path in your initrd/ramfs. - Alternatively, you can put it in a different location and do an echo - similar to the above prior to the echo > do_resume. The value saved in the - image header will then be ignored. - -4. Why not just use the version already in the kernel? - - The version in the vanilla kernel has a number of drawbacks. The most - serious of these are: - - it has a maximum image size of 1/2 total memory; - - it doesn't allocate storage until after it has snapshotted memory. - This means that you can't be sure hibernating will work until you - see it start to write the image; - - it does not allow you to press escape to cancel a cycle; - - it does not allow you to press escape to cancel resuming; - - it does not allow you to automatically swapon a file when - starting a cycle; - - it does not allow you to use multiple swap partitions or files; - - it does not allow you to use ordinary files; - - it just invalidates an image and continues to boot if you - accidentally boot the wrong kernel after hibernating; - - it doesn't support any sort of nice display while hibernating; - - it is moving toward requiring that you have an initrd/initramfs - to ever have a hope of resuming (uswsusp). While uswsusp will - address some of the concerns above, it won't address all of them, - and will be more complicated to get set up; - - it doesn't have support for suspend-to-both (write a hibernation - image, then suspend to ram; I think this is known as ReadySafe - under M$). - -5. How do you use it? - - A hibernation cycle can be started directly by doing: - - echo > /sys/power/tuxonice/do_hibernate - - In practice, though, you'll probably want to use the hibernate script - to unload modules, configure the kernel the way you like it and so on. - In that case, you'd do (as root): - - hibernate - - See the hibernate script's man page for more details on the options it - takes. - - If you're using the text or splash user interface modules, one feature of - TuxOnIce that you might find useful is that you can press Escape at any time - during hibernating, and the process will be aborted. - - Due to the way hibernation works, this means you'll have your system back and - perfectly usable almost instantly. The only exception is when it's at the - very end of writing the image. Then it will need to reload a small (usually - 4-50MBs, depending upon the image characteristics) portion first. - - Likewise, when resuming, you can press escape and resuming will be aborted. - The computer will then powerdown again according to settings at that time for - the powerdown method or rebooting. - - You can change the settings for powering down while the image is being - written by pressing 'R' to toggle rebooting and 'O' to toggle between - suspending to ram and powering down completely). - - If you run into problems with resuming, adding the "noresume" option to - the kernel command line will let you skip the resume step and recover your - system. This option shouldn't normally be needed, because TuxOnIce modifies - the image header prior to the atomic restore, and will thus prompt you - if it detects that you've tried to resume an image before (this flag is - removed if you press Escape to cancel a resume, so you won't be prompted - then). - - Recent kernels (2.6.24 onwards) add support for resuming from a different - kernel to the one that was hibernated (thanks to Rafael for his work on - this - I've just embraced and enhanced the support for TuxOnIce). This - should further reduce the need for you to use the noresume option. - -6. What do all those entries in /sys/power/tuxonice do? - - /sys/power/tuxonice is the directory which contains files you can use to - tune and configure TuxOnIce to your liking. The exact contents of - the directory will depend upon the version of TuxOnIce you're - running and the options you selected at compile time. In the following - descriptions, names in brackets refer to compile time options. - (Note that they're all dependant upon you having selected CONFIG_TUXONICE - in the first place!). - - Since the values of these settings can open potential security risks, the - writeable ones are accessible only to the root user. You may want to - configure sudo to allow you to invoke your hibernate script as an ordinary - user. - - - alloc/failure_test - - This debugging option provides a way of testing TuxOnIce's handling of - memory allocation failures. Each allocation type that TuxOnIce makes has - been given a unique number (see the source code). Echo the appropriate - number into this entry, and when TuxOnIce attempts to do that allocation, - it will pretend there was a failure and act accordingly. - - - alloc/find_max_mem_allocated - - This debugging option will cause TuxOnIce to find the maximum amount of - memory it used during a cycle, and report that information in debugging - information at the end of the cycle. - - - alt_resume_param - - Instead of powering down after writing a hibernation image, TuxOnIce - supports resuming from a different image. This entry lets you set the - location of the signature for that image (the resume= value you'd use - for it). Using an alternate image and keep_image mode, you can do things - like using an alternate image to power down an uninterruptible power - supply. - - - block_io/target_outstanding_io - - This value controls the amount of memory that the block I/O code says it - needs when the core code is calculating how much memory is needed for - hibernating and for resuming. It doesn't directly control the amount of - I/O that is submitted at any one time - that depends on the amount of - available memory (we may have more available than we asked for), the - throughput that is being achieved and the ability of the CPU to keep up - with disk throughput (particularly where we're compressing pages). - - - checksum/enabled - - Use cryptoapi hashing routines to verify that Pageset2 pages don't change - while we're saving the first part of the image, and to get any pages that - do change resaved in the atomic copy. This should normally not be needed, - but if you're seeing issues, please enable this. If your issues stop you - being able to resume, enable this option, hibernate and cancel the cycle - after the atomic copy is done. If the debugging info shows a non-zero - number of pages resaved, please report this to Nigel. - - - compression/algorithm - - Set the cryptoapi algorithm used for compressing the image. - - - compression/expected_compression - - These values allow you to set an expected compression ratio, which TuxOnice - will use in calculating whether it meets constraints on the image size. If - this expected compression ratio is not attained, the hibernation cycle will - abort, so it is wise to allow some spare. You can see what compression - ratio is achieved in the logs after hibernating. - - - debug_info: - - This file returns information about your configuration that may be helpful - in diagnosing problems with hibernating. - - - did_suspend_to_both: - - This file can be used when you hibernate with powerdown method 3 (ie suspend - to ram after writing the image). There can be two outcomes in this case. We - can resume from the suspend-to-ram before the battery runs out, or we can run - out of juice and and up resuming like normal. This entry lets you find out, - post resume, which way we went. If the value is 1, we resumed from suspend - to ram. This can be useful when actions need to be run post suspend-to-ram - that don't need to be run if we did the normal resume from power off. - - - do_hibernate: - - When anything is written to this file, the kernel side of TuxOnIce will - begin to attempt to write an image to disk and power down. You'll normally - want to run the hibernate script instead, to get modules unloaded first. - - - do_resume: - - When anything is written to this file TuxOnIce will attempt to read and - restore an image. If there is no image, it will return almost immediately. - If an image exists, the echo > will never return. Instead, the original - kernel context will be restored and the original echo > do_hibernate will - return. - - - */enabled - - These option can be used to temporarily disable various parts of TuxOnIce. - - - extra_pages_allowance - - When TuxOnIce does its atomic copy, it calls the driver model suspend - and resume methods. If you have DRI enabled with a driver such as fglrx, - this can result in the driver allocating a substantial amount of memory - for storing its state. Extra_pages_allowance tells TuxOnIce how much - extra memory it should ensure is available for those allocations. If - your attempts at hibernating end with a message in dmesg indicating that - insufficient extra pages were allowed, you need to increase this value. - - - file/target: - - Read this value to get the current setting. Write to it to point TuxOnice - at a new storage location for the file allocator. See section 3.b.ii above - for details of how to set up the file allocator. - - - freezer_test - - This entry can be used to get TuxOnIce to just test the freezer and prepare - an image without actually doing a hibernation cycle. It is useful for - diagnosing freezing and image preparation issues. - - - full_pageset2 - - TuxOnIce divides the pages that are stored in an image into two sets. The - difference between the two sets is that pages in pageset 1 are atomically - copied, and pages in pageset 2 are written to disk without being copied - first. A page CAN be written to disk without being copied first if and only - if its contents will not be modified or used at any time after userspace - processes are frozen. A page MUST be in pageset 1 if its contents are - modified or used at any time after userspace processes have been frozen. - - Normally (ie if this option is enabled), TuxOnIce will put all pages on the - per-zone LRUs in pageset2, then remove those pages used by any userspace - user interface helper and TuxOnIce storage manager that are running, - together with pages used by the GEM memory manager introduced around 2.6.28 - kernels. - - If this option is disabled, a much more conservative approach will be taken. - The only pages in pageset2 will be those belonging to userspace processes, - with the exclusion of those belonging to the TuxOnIce userspace helpers - mentioned above. This will result in a much smaller pageset2, and will - therefore result in smaller images than are possible with this option - enabled. - - - ignore_rootfs - - TuxOnIce records which device is mounted as the root filesystem when - writing the hibernation image. It will normally check at resume time that - this device isn't already mounted - that would be a cause of filesystem - corruption. In some particular cases (RAM based root filesystems), you - might want to disable this check. This option allows you to do that. - - - image_exists: - - Can be used in a script to determine whether a valid image exists at the - location currently pointed to by resume=. Returns up to three lines. - The first is whether an image exists (-1 for unsure, otherwise 0 or 1). - If an image eixsts, additional lines will return the machine and version. - Echoing anything to this entry removes any current image. - - - image_size_limit: - - The maximum size of hibernation image written to disk, measured in megabytes - (1024*1024). - - - last_result: - - The result of the last hibernation cycle, as defined in - include/linux/suspend-debug.h with the values SUSPEND_ABORTED to - SUSPEND_KEPT_IMAGE. This is a bitmask. - - - late_cpu_hotplug: - - This sysfs entry controls whether cpu hotplugging is done - as normal - just - before (unplug) and after (replug) the atomic copy/restore (so that all - CPUs/cores are available for multithreaded I/O). The alternative is to - unplug all secondary CPUs/cores at the start of hibernating/resuming, and - replug them at the end of resuming. No multithreaded I/O will be possible in - this configuration, but the odd machine has been reported to require it. - - - lid_file: - - This determines which ACPI button file we look in to determine whether the - lid is open or closed after resuming from suspend to disk or power off. - If the entry is set to "lid/LID", we'll open /proc/acpi/button/lid/LID/state - and check its contents at the appropriate moment. See post_wake_state below - for more details on how this entry is used. - - - log_everything (CONFIG_PM_DEBUG): - - Setting this option results in all messages printed being logged. Normally, - only a subset are logged, so as to not slow the process and not clutter the - logs. Useful for debugging. It can be toggled during a cycle by pressing - 'L'. - - - no_load_direct: - - This is a debugging option. If, when loading the atomically copied pages of - an image, TuxOnIce finds that the destination address for a page is free, - it will normally allocate the image, load the data directly into that - address and skip it in the atomic restore. If this option is disabled, the - page will be loaded somewhere else and atomically restored like other pages. - - - no_flusher_thread: - - When doing multithreaded I/O (see below), the first online CPU can be used - to _just_ submit compressed pages when writing the image, rather than - compressing and submitting data. This option is normally disabled, but has - been included because Nigel would like to see whether it will be more useful - as the number of cores/cpus in computers increases. - - - no_multithreaded_io: - - TuxOnIce will normally create one thread per cpu/core on your computer, - each of which will then perform I/O. This will generally result in - throughput that's the maximum the storage medium can handle. There - shouldn't be any reason to disable multithreaded I/O now, but this option - has been retained for debugging purposes. - - - no_pageset2 - - See the entry for full_pageset2 above for an explanation of pagesets. - Enabling this option causes TuxOnIce to do an atomic copy of all pages, - thereby limiting the maximum image size to 1/2 of memory, as swsusp does. - - - no_pageset2_if_unneeded - - See the entry for full_pageset2 above for an explanation of pagesets. - Enabling this option causes TuxOnIce to act like no_pageset2 was enabled - if and only it isn't needed anyway. This option may still make TuxOnIce - less reliable because pageset2 pages are normally used to store the - atomic copy - drivers that want to do allocations of larger amounts of - memory in one shot will be more likely to find that those amounts aren't - available if this option is enabled. - - - pause_between_steps (CONFIG_PM_DEBUG): - - This option is used during debugging, to make TuxOnIce pause between - each step of the process. It is ignored when the nice display is on. - - - post_wake_state: - - TuxOnIce provides support for automatically waking after a user-selected - delay, and using a different powerdown method if the lid is still closed. - (Yes, we're assuming a laptop). This entry lets you choose what state - should be entered next. The values are those described under - powerdown_method, below. It can be used to suspend to RAM after hibernating, - then powerdown properly (say) 20 minutes. It can also be used to power down - properly, then wake at (say) 6.30am and suspend to RAM until you're ready - to use the machine. - - - powerdown_method: - - Used to select a method by which TuxOnIce should powerdown after writing the - image. Currently: - - 0: Don't use ACPI to power off. - 3: Attempt to enter Suspend-to-ram. - 4: Attempt to enter ACPI S4 mode. - 5: Attempt to power down via ACPI S5 mode. - - Note that these options are highly dependant upon your hardware & software: - - 3: When succesful, your machine suspends to ram instead of powering off. - The advantage of using this mode is that it doesn't matter whether your - battery has enough charge to make it through to your next resume. If it - lasts, you will simply resume from suspend to ram (and the image on disk - will be discarded). If the battery runs out, you will resume from disk - instead. The disadvantage is that it takes longer than a normal - suspend-to-ram to enter the state, since the suspend-to-disk image needs - to be written first. - 4/5: When successful, your machine will be off and comsume (almost) no power. - But it might still react to some external events like opening the lid or - trafic on a network or usb device. For the bios, resume is then the same - as warm boot, similar to a situation where you used the command `reboot' - to reboot your machine. If your machine has problems on warm boot or if - you want to protect your machine with the bios password, this is probably - not the right choice. Mode 4 may be necessary on some machines where ACPI - wake up methods need to be run to properly reinitialise hardware after a - hibernation cycle. - 0: Switch the machine completely off. The only possible wakeup is the power - button. For the bios, resume is then the same as a cold boot, in - particular you would have to provide your bios boot password if your - machine uses that feature for booting. - - - progressbar_granularity_limit: - - This option can be used to limit the granularity of the progress bar - displayed with a bootsplash screen. The value is the maximum number of - steps. That is, 10 will make the progress bar jump in 10% increments. - - - reboot: - - This option causes TuxOnIce to reboot rather than powering down - at the end of saving an image. It can be toggled during a cycle by pressing - 'R'. - - - resume: - - This sysfs entry can be used to read and set the location in which TuxOnIce - will look for the signature of an image - the value set using resume= at - boot time or CONFIG_PM_STD_PARTITION ("Default resume partition"). By - writing to this file as well as modifying your bootloader's configuration - file (eg menu.lst), you can set or reset the location of your image or the - method of storing the image without rebooting. - - - replace_swsusp (CONFIG_TOI_REPLACE_SWSUSP): - - This option makes - - echo disk > /sys/power/state - - activate TuxOnIce instead of swsusp. Regardless of whether this option is - enabled, any invocation of swsusp's resume time trigger will cause TuxOnIce - to check for an image too. This is due to the fact that at resume time, we - can't know whether this option was enabled until we see if an image is there - for us to resume from. (And when an image exists, we don't care whether we - did replace swsusp anyway - we just want to resume). - - - resume_commandline: - - This entry can be read after resuming to see the commandline that was used - when resuming began. You might use this to set up two bootloader entries - that are the same apart from the fact that one includes a extra append= - argument "at_work=1". You could then grep resume_commandline in your - post-resume scripts and configure networking (for example) differently - depending upon whether you're at home or work. resume_commandline can be - set to arbitrary text if you wish to remove sensitive contents. - - - swap/swapfilename: - - This entry is used to specify the swapfile or partition that - TuxOnIce will attempt to swapon/swapoff automatically. Thus, if - I normally use /dev/hda1 for swap, and want to use /dev/hda2 for specifically - for my hibernation image, I would - - echo /dev/hda2 > /sys/power/tuxonice/swap/swapfile - - /dev/hda2 would then be automatically swapon'd and swapoff'd. Note that the - swapon and swapoff occur while other processes are frozen (including kswapd) - so this swap file will not be used up when attempting to free memory. The - parition/file is also given the highest priority, so other swapfiles/partitions - will only be used to save the image when this one is filled. - - The value of this file is used by headerlocations along with any currently - activated swapfiles/partitions. - - - swap/headerlocations: - - This option tells you the resume= options to use for swap devices you - currently have activated. It is particularly useful when you only want to - use a swap file to store your image. See above for further details. - - - test_bio - - This is a debugging option. When enabled, TuxOnIce will not hibernate. - Instead, when asked to write an image, it will skip the atomic copy, - just doing the writing of the image and then returning control to the - user at the point where it would have powered off. This is useful for - testing throughput in different configurations. - - - test_filter_speed - - This is a debugging option. When enabled, TuxOnIce will not hibernate. - Instead, when asked to write an image, it will not write anything or do - an atomic copy, but will only run any enabled compression algorithm on the - data that would have been written (the source pages of the atomic copy in - the case of pageset 1). This is useful for comparing the performance of - compression algorithms and for determining the extent to which an upgrade - to your storage method would improve hibernation speed. - - - user_interface/debug_sections (CONFIG_PM_DEBUG): - - This value, together with the console log level, controls what debugging - information is displayed. The console log level determines the level of - detail, and this value determines what detail is displayed. This value is - a bit vector, and the meaning of the bits can be found in the kernel tree - in include/linux/tuxonice.h. It can be overridden using the kernel's - command line option suspend_dbg. - - - user_interface/default_console_level (CONFIG_PM_DEBUG): - - This determines the value of the console log level at the start of a - hibernation cycle. If debugging is compiled in, the console log level can be - changed during a cycle by pressing the digit keys. Meanings are: - - 0: Nice display. - 1: Nice display plus numerical progress. - 2: Errors only. - 3: Low level debugging info. - 4: Medium level debugging info. - 5: High level debugging info. - 6: Verbose debugging info. - - - user_interface/enable_escape: - - Setting this to "1" will enable you abort a hibernation cycle or resuming by - pressing escape, "0" (default) disables this feature. Note that enabling - this option means that you cannot initiate a hibernation cycle and then walk - away from your computer, expecting it to be secure. With feature disabled, - you can validly have this expectation once TuxOnice begins to write the - image to disk. (Prior to this point, it is possible that TuxOnice might - about because of failure to freeze all processes or because constraints - on its ability to save the image are not met). - - - user_interface/program - - This entry is used to tell TuxOnice what userspace program to use for - providing a user interface while hibernating. The program uses a netlink - socket to pass messages back and forward to the kernel, allowing all of the - functions formerly implemented in the kernel user interface components. - - - version: - - The version of TuxOnIce you have compiled into the currently running kernel. - - - wake_alarm_dir: - - As mentioned above (post_wake_state), TuxOnIce supports automatically waking - after some delay. This entry allows you to select which wake alarm to use. - It should contain the value "rtc0" if you're wanting to use - /sys/class/rtc/rtc0. - - - wake_delay: - - This value determines the delay from the end of writing the image until the - wake alarm is triggered. You can set an absolute time by writing the desired - time into /sys/class/rtc/<wake_alarm_dir>/wakealarm and leaving these values - empty. - - Note that for the wakeup to actually occur, you may need to modify entries - in /proc/acpi/wakeup. This is done by echoing the name of the button in the - first column (eg PBTN) into the file. - -7. How do you get support? - - Glad you asked. TuxOnIce is being actively maintained and supported - by Nigel (the guy doing most of the kernel coding at the moment), Bernard - (who maintains the hibernate script and userspace user interface components) - and its users. - - Resources availble include HowTos, FAQs and a Wiki, all available via - tuxonice.net. You can find the mailing lists there. - -8. I think I've found a bug. What should I do? - - By far and a way, the most common problems people have with TuxOnIce - related to drivers not having adequate power management support. In this - case, it is not a bug with TuxOnIce, but we can still help you. As we - mentioned above, such issues can usually be worked around by building the - functionality as modules and unloading them while hibernating. Please visit - the Wiki for up-to-date lists of known issues and work arounds. - - If this information doesn't help, try running: - - hibernate --bug-report - - ..and sending the output to the users mailing list. - - Good information on how to provide us with useful information from an - oops is found in the file REPORTING-BUGS, in the top level directory - of the kernel tree. If you get an oops, please especially note the - information about running what is printed on the screen through ksymoops. - The raw information is useless. - -9. When will XXX be supported? - - If there's a feature missing from TuxOnIce that you'd like, feel free to - ask. We try to be obliging, within reason. - - Patches are welcome. Please send to the list. - -10. How does it work? - - TuxOnIce does its work in a number of steps. - - a. Freezing system activity. - - The first main stage in hibernating is to stop all other activity. This is - achieved in stages. Processes are considered in fours groups, which we will - describe in reverse order for clarity's sake: Threads with the PF_NOFREEZE - flag, kernel threads without this flag, userspace processes with the - PF_SYNCTHREAD flag and all other processes. The first set (PF_NOFREEZE) are - untouched by the refrigerator code. They are allowed to run during hibernating - and resuming, and are used to support user interaction, storage access or the - like. Other kernel threads (those unneeded while hibernating) are frozen last. - This leaves us with userspace processes that need to be frozen. When a - process enters one of the *_sync system calls, we set a PF_SYNCTHREAD flag on - that process for the duration of that call. Processes that have this flag are - frozen after processes without it, so that we can seek to ensure that dirty - data is synced to disk as quickly as possible in a situation where other - processes may be submitting writes at the same time. Freezing the processes - that are submitting data stops new I/O from being submitted. Syncthreads can - then cleanly finish their work. So the order is: - - - Userspace processes without PF_SYNCTHREAD or PF_NOFREEZE; - - Userspace processes with PF_SYNCTHREAD (they won't have NOFREEZE); - - Kernel processes without PF_NOFREEZE. - - b. Eating memory. - - For a successful hibernation cycle, you need to have enough disk space to store the - image and enough memory for the various limitations of TuxOnIce's - algorithm. You can also specify a maximum image size. In order to attain - to those constraints, TuxOnIce may 'eat' memory. If, after freezing - processes, the constraints aren't met, TuxOnIce will thaw all the - other processes and begin to eat memory until its calculations indicate - the constraints are met. It will then freeze processes again and recheck - its calculations. - - c. Allocation of storage. - - Next, TuxOnIce allocates the storage that will be used to save - the image. - - The core of TuxOnIce knows nothing about how or where pages are stored. We - therefore request the active allocator (remember you might have compiled in - more than one!) to allocate enough storage for our expect image size. If - this request cannot be fulfilled, we eat more memory and try again. If it - is fulfiled, we seek to allocate additional storage, just in case our - expected compression ratio (if any) isn't achieved. This time, however, we - just continue if we can't allocate enough storage. - - If these calls to our allocator change the characteristics of the image - such that we haven't allocated enough memory, we also loop. (The allocator - may well need to allocate space for its storage information). - - d. Write the first part of the image. - - TuxOnIce stores the image in two sets of pages called 'pagesets'. - Pageset 2 contains pages on the active and inactive lists; essentially - the page cache. Pageset 1 contains all other pages, including the kernel. - We use two pagesets for one important reason: We need to make an atomic copy - of the kernel to ensure consistency of the image. Without a second pageset, - that would limit us to an image that was at most half the amount of memory - available. Using two pagesets allows us to store a full image. Since pageset - 2 pages won't be needed in saving pageset 1, we first save pageset 2 pages. - We can then make our atomic copy of the remaining pages using both pageset 2 - pages and any other pages that are free. While saving both pagesets, we are - careful not to corrupt the image. Among other things, we use lowlevel block - I/O routines that don't change the pagecache contents. - - The next step, then, is writing pageset 2. - - e. Suspending drivers and storing processor context. - - Having written pageset2, TuxOnIce calls the power management functions to - notify drivers of the hibernation, and saves the processor state in preparation - for the atomic copy of memory we are about to make. - - f. Atomic copy. - - At this stage, everything else but the TuxOnIce code is halted. Processes - are frozen or idling, drivers are quiesced and have stored (ideally and where - necessary) their configuration in memory we are about to atomically copy. - In our lowlevel architecture specific code, we have saved the CPU state. - We can therefore now do our atomic copy before resuming drivers etc. - - g. Save the atomic copy (pageset 1). - - TuxOnice can then write the atomic copy of the remaining pages. Since we - have copied the pages into other locations, we can continue to use the - normal block I/O routines without fear of corruption our image. - - f. Save the image header. - - Nearly there! We save our settings and other parameters needed for - reloading pageset 1 in an 'image header'. We also tell our allocator to - serialise its data at this stage, so that it can reread the image at resume - time. - - g. Set the image header. - - Finally, we edit the header at our resume= location. The signature is - changed by the allocator to reflect the fact that an image exists, and to - point to the start of that data if necessary (swap allocator). - - h. Power down. - - Or reboot if we're debugging and the appropriate option is selected. - - Whew! - - Reloading the image. - -------------------- - - Reloading the image is essentially the reverse of all the above. We load - our copy of pageset 1, being careful to choose locations that aren't going - to be overwritten as we copy it back (We start very early in the boot - process, so there are no other processes to quiesce here). We then copy - pageset 1 back to its original location in memory and restore the process - context. We are now running with the original kernel. Next, we reload the - pageset 2 pages, free the memory and swap used by TuxOnIce, restore - the pageset header and restart processes. Sounds easy in comparison to - hibernating, doesn't it! - - There is of course more to TuxOnIce than this, but this explanation - should be a good start. If there's interest, I'll write further - documentation on range pages and the low level I/O. - -11. Who wrote TuxOnIce? - - (Answer based on the writings of Florent Chabaud, credits in files and - Nigel's limited knowledge; apologies to anyone missed out!) - - The main developers of TuxOnIce have been... - - Gabor Kuti - Pavel Machek - Florent Chabaud - Bernard Blackham - Nigel Cunningham - - Significant portions of swsusp, the code in the vanilla kernel which - TuxOnIce enhances, have been worked on by Rafael Wysocki. Thanks should - also be expressed to him. - - The above mentioned developers have been aided in their efforts by a host - of hundreds, if not thousands of testers and people who have submitted bug - fixes & suggestions. Of special note are the efforts of Michael Frank, who - had his computers repetitively hibernate and resume for literally tens of - thousands of cycles and developed scripts to stress the system and test - TuxOnIce far beyond the point most of us (Nigel included!) would consider - testing. His efforts have contributed as much to TuxOnIce as any of the - names above. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX b/Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX index 6fd0e8bb8..9dc845cf7 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX @@ -30,3 +30,5 @@ ptrace.txt - Information on the ptrace interfaces for hardware debug registers. transactional_memory.txt - Overview of the Power8 transactional memory support. +dscr.txt + - Overview DSCR (Data Stream Control Register) support. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt index 2c71ecc51..2a230d01c 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt @@ -133,6 +133,9 @@ User API The following file operations are supported on both slave and master devices. + A userspace library libcxl is avaliable here: + https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + This provides a C interface to this kernel API. open ---- @@ -366,6 +369,7 @@ Sysfs Class enumeration and tuning of the accelerators. Its layout is described in Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl + Udev rules ========== diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ff4400c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.txt @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + DSCR (Data Stream Control Register) + ================================================ + +DSCR register in powerpc allows user to have some control of prefetch of data +stream in the processor. Please refer to the ISA documents or related manual +for more detailed information regarding how to use this DSCR to attain this +control of the pefetches . This document here provides an overview of kernel +support for DSCR, related kernel objects, it's functionalities and exported +user interface. + +(A) Data Structures: + + (1) thread_struct: + dscr /* Thread DSCR value */ + dscr_inherit /* Thread has changed default DSCR */ + + (2) PACA: + dscr_default /* per-CPU DSCR default value */ + + (3) sysfs.c: + dscr_default /* System DSCR default value */ + +(B) Scheduler Changes: + + Scheduler will write the per-CPU DSCR default which is stored in the + CPU's PACA value into the register if the thread has dscr_inherit value + cleared which means that it has not changed the default DSCR till now. + If the dscr_inherit value is set which means that it has changed the + default DSCR value, scheduler will write the changed value which will + now be contained in thread struct's dscr into the register instead of + the per-CPU default PACA based DSCR value. + + NOTE: Please note here that the system wide global DSCR value never + gets used directly in the scheduler process context switch at all. + +(C) SYSFS Interface: + + Global DSCR default: /sys/devices/system/cpu/dscr_default + CPU specific DSCR default: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuN/dscr + + Changing the global DSCR default in the sysfs will change all the CPU + specific DSCR defaults immediately in their PACA structures. Again if + the current process has the dscr_inherit clear, it also writes the new + value into every CPU's DSCR register right away and updates the current + thread's DSCR value as well. + + Changing the CPU specif DSCR default value in the sysfs does exactly + the same thing as above but unlike the global one above, it just changes + stuff for that particular CPU instead for all the CPUs on the system. + +(D) User Space Instructions: + + The DSCR register can be accessed in the user space using any of these + two SPR numbers available for that purpose. + + (1) Problem state SPR: 0x03 (Un-privileged, POWER8 only) + (2) Privileged state SPR: 0x11 (Privileged) + + Accessing DSCR through privileged SPR number (0x11) from user space + works, as it is emulated following an illegal instruction exception + inside the kernel. Both mfspr and mtspr instructions are emulated. + + Accessing DSCR through user level SPR (0x03) from user space will first + create a facility unavailable exception. Inside this exception handler + all mfspr isntruction based read attempts will get emulated and returned + where as the first mtspr instruction based write attempts will enable + the DSCR facility for the next time around (both for read and write) by + setting DSCR facility in the FSCR register. + +(E) Specifics about 'dscr_inherit': + + The thread struct element 'dscr_inherit' represents whether the thread + in question has attempted and changed the DSCR itself using any of the + following methods. This element signifies whether the thread wants to + use the CPU default DSCR value or its own changed DSCR value in the + kernel. + + (1) mtspr instruction (SPR number 0x03) + (2) mtspr instruction (SPR number 0x11) + (3) ptrace interface (Explicitly set user DSCR value) + + Any child of the process created after this event in the process inherits + this same behaviour as well. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt index ded69794a..ba0a2a4a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt @@ -74,22 +74,23 @@ Causes of transaction aborts Syscalls ======== -Performing syscalls from within transaction is not recommended, and can lead -to unpredictable results. +Syscalls made from within an active transaction will not be performed and the +transaction will be doomed by the kernel with the failure code TM_CAUSE_SYSCALL +| TM_CAUSE_PERSISTENT. -Syscalls do not by design abort transactions, but beware: The kernel code will -not be running in transactional state. The effect of syscalls will always -remain visible, but depending on the call they may abort your transaction as a -side-effect, read soon-to-be-aborted transactional data that should not remain -invisible, etc. If you constantly retry a transaction that constantly aborts -itself by calling a syscall, you'll have a livelock & make no progress. +Syscalls made from within a suspended transaction are performed as normal and +the transaction is not explicitly doomed by the kernel. However, what the +kernel does to perform the syscall may result in the transaction being doomed +by the hardware. The syscall is performed in suspended mode so any side +effects will be persistent, independent of transaction success or failure. No +guarantees are provided by the kernel about which syscalls will affect +transaction success. -Simple syscalls (e.g. sigprocmask()) "could" be OK. Even things like write() -from, say, printf() should be OK as long as the kernel does not access any -memory that was accessed transactionally. - -Consider any syscalls that happen to work as debug-only -- not recommended for -production use. Best to queue them up till after the transaction is over. +Care must be taken when relying on syscalls to abort during active transactions +if the calls are made via a library. Libraries may cache values (which may +give the appearance of success) or perform operations that cause transaction +failure before entering the kernel (which may produce different failure codes). +Examples are glibc's getpid() and lazy symbol resolution. Signals @@ -176,8 +177,7 @@ kernel aborted a transaction: TM_CAUSE_RESCHED Thread was rescheduled. TM_CAUSE_TLBI Software TLB invalid. TM_CAUSE_FAC_UNAV FP/VEC/VSX unavailable trap. - TM_CAUSE_SYSCALL Currently unused; future syscalls that must abort - transactions for consistency will use this. + TM_CAUSE_SYSCALL Syscall from active transaction. TM_CAUSE_SIGNAL Signal delivered. TM_CAUSE_MISC Currently unused. TM_CAUSE_ALIGNMENT Alignment fault. diff --git a/Documentation/pps/pps.txt b/Documentation/pps/pps.txt index c03b1be5e..c508cceee 100644 --- a/Documentation/pps/pps.txt +++ b/Documentation/pps/pps.txt @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Testing the PPS support In order to test the PPS support even without specific hardware you can use the ktimer driver (see the client subsection in the PPS configuration menu) -and the userland tools provided into Documentaion/pps/ directory. +and the userland tools provided in the Documentation/pps/ directory. Once you have enabled the compilation of ktimer just modprobe it (if not statically compiled): diff --git a/Documentation/prctl/Makefile b/Documentation/prctl/Makefile index 2948b7b12..44de3080c 100644 --- a/Documentation/prctl/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/prctl/Makefile @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +ifndef CROSS_COMPILE # List of programs to build hostprogs-$(CONFIG_X86) := disable-tsc-ctxt-sw-stress-test disable-tsc-on-off-stress-test disable-tsc-test # Tell kbuild to always build the programs @@ -6,3 +7,4 @@ always := $(hostprogs-y) HOSTCFLAGS_disable-tsc-ctxt-sw-stress-test.o += -I$(objtree)/usr/include HOSTCFLAGS_disable-tsc-on-off-stress-test.o += -I$(objtree)/usr/include HOSTCFLAGS_disable-tsc-test.o += -I$(objtree)/usr/include +endif diff --git a/Documentation/preempt-locking.txt b/Documentation/preempt-locking.txt index 57883ca24..e89ce6624 100644 --- a/Documentation/preempt-locking.txt +++ b/Documentation/preempt-locking.txt @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ preemption must be disabled around such regions. Note, some FPU functions are already explicitly preempt safe. For example, kernel_fpu_begin and kernel_fpu_end will disable and enable preemption. -However, math_state_restore must be called with preemption disabled. +However, fpu__restore() must be called with preemption disabled. RULE #3: Lock acquire and release must be performed by same task diff --git a/Documentation/remoteproc.txt b/Documentation/remoteproc.txt index e6469fdcf..ef0219fa4 100644 --- a/Documentation/remoteproc.txt +++ b/Documentation/remoteproc.txt @@ -51,6 +51,12 @@ cost. rproc_shutdown() returns, and users can still use it with a subsequent rproc_boot(), if needed. + struct rproc *rproc_get_by_phandle(phandle phandle) + - Find an rproc handle using a device tree phandle. Returns the rproc + handle on success, and NULL on failure. This function increments + the remote processor's refcount, so always use rproc_put() to + decrement it back once rproc isn't needed anymore. + 3. Typical usage #include <linux/remoteproc.h> diff --git a/Documentation/s390/qeth.txt b/Documentation/s390/qeth.txt index 74122ada9..aa06fcf5f 100644 --- a/Documentation/s390/qeth.txt +++ b/Documentation/s390/qeth.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ IBM s390 QDIO Ethernet Driver -HiperSockets Bridge Port Support +OSA and HiperSockets Bridge Port Support Uevents @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ To generate the events the device must be assigned a role of either a primary or a secondary Bridge Port. For more information, see "z/VM Connectivity, SC24-6174". -When run on HiperSockets Bridge Capable Port hardware, and the state +When run on an OSA or HiperSockets Bridge Capable Port hardware, and the state of some configured Bridge Port device on the channel changes, a udev event with ACTION=CHANGE is emitted on behalf of the corresponding ccwgroup device. The event has the following attributes: diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-BFS.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-BFS.txt deleted file mode 100644 index c10d95601..000000000 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-BFS.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,347 +0,0 @@ -BFS - The Brain Fuck Scheduler by Con Kolivas. - -Goals. - -The goal of the Brain Fuck Scheduler, referred to as BFS from here on, is to -completely do away with the complex designs of the past for the cpu process -scheduler and instead implement one that is very simple in basic design. -The main focus of BFS is to achieve excellent desktop interactivity and -responsiveness without heuristics and tuning knobs that are difficult to -understand, impossible to model and predict the effect of, and when tuned to -one workload cause massive detriment to another. - - -Design summary. - -BFS is best described as a single runqueue, O(n) lookup, earliest effective -virtual deadline first design, loosely based on EEVDF (earliest eligible virtual -deadline first) and my previous Staircase Deadline scheduler. Each component -shall be described in order to understand the significance of, and reasoning for -it. The codebase when the first stable version was released was approximately -9000 lines less code than the existing mainline linux kernel scheduler (in -2.6.31). This does not even take into account the removal of documentation and -the cgroups code that is not used. - -Design reasoning. - -The single runqueue refers to the queued but not running processes for the -entire system, regardless of the number of CPUs. The reason for going back to -a single runqueue design is that once multiple runqueues are introduced, -per-CPU or otherwise, there will be complex interactions as each runqueue will -be responsible for the scheduling latency and fairness of the tasks only on its -own runqueue, and to achieve fairness and low latency across multiple CPUs, any -advantage in throughput of having CPU local tasks causes other disadvantages. -This is due to requiring a very complex balancing system to at best achieve some -semblance of fairness across CPUs and can only maintain relatively low latency -for tasks bound to the same CPUs, not across them. To increase said fairness -and latency across CPUs, the advantage of local runqueue locking, which makes -for better scalability, is lost due to having to grab multiple locks. - -A significant feature of BFS is that all accounting is done purely based on CPU -used and nowhere is sleep time used in any way to determine entitlement or -interactivity. Interactivity "estimators" that use some kind of sleep/run -algorithm are doomed to fail to detect all interactive tasks, and to falsely tag -tasks that aren't interactive as being so. The reason for this is that it is -close to impossible to determine that when a task is sleeping, whether it is -doing it voluntarily, as in a userspace application waiting for input in the -form of a mouse click or otherwise, or involuntarily, because it is waiting for -another thread, process, I/O, kernel activity or whatever. Thus, such an -estimator will introduce corner cases, and more heuristics will be required to -cope with those corner cases, introducing more corner cases and failed -interactivity detection and so on. Interactivity in BFS is built into the design -by virtue of the fact that tasks that are waking up have not used up their quota -of CPU time, and have earlier effective deadlines, thereby making it very likely -they will preempt any CPU bound task of equivalent nice level. See below for -more information on the virtual deadline mechanism. Even if they do not preempt -a running task, because the rr interval is guaranteed to have a bound upper -limit on how long a task will wait for, it will be scheduled within a timeframe -that will not cause visible interface jitter. - - -Design details. - -Task insertion. - -BFS inserts tasks into each relevant queue as an O(1) insertion into a double -linked list. On insertion, *every* running queue is checked to see if the newly -queued task can run on any idle queue, or preempt the lowest running task on the -system. This is how the cross-CPU scheduling of BFS achieves significantly lower -latency per extra CPU the system has. In this case the lookup is, in the worst -case scenario, O(n) where n is the number of CPUs on the system. - -Data protection. - -BFS has one single lock protecting the process local data of every task in the -global queue. Thus every insertion, removal and modification of task data in the -global runqueue needs to grab the global lock. However, once a task is taken by -a CPU, the CPU has its own local data copy of the running process' accounting -information which only that CPU accesses and modifies (such as during a -timer tick) thus allowing the accounting data to be updated lockless. Once a -CPU has taken a task to run, it removes it from the global queue. Thus the -global queue only ever has, at most, - - (number of tasks requesting cpu time) - (number of logical CPUs) + 1 - -tasks in the global queue. This value is relevant for the time taken to look up -tasks during scheduling. This will increase if many tasks with CPU affinity set -in their policy to limit which CPUs they're allowed to run on if they outnumber -the number of CPUs. The +1 is because when rescheduling a task, the CPU's -currently running task is put back on the queue. Lookup will be described after -the virtual deadline mechanism is explained. - -Virtual deadline. - -The key to achieving low latency, scheduling fairness, and "nice level" -distribution in BFS is entirely in the virtual deadline mechanism. The one -tunable in BFS is the rr_interval, or "round robin interval". This is the -maximum time two SCHED_OTHER (or SCHED_NORMAL, the common scheduling policy) -tasks of the same nice level will be running for, or looking at it the other -way around, the longest duration two tasks of the same nice level will be -delayed for. When a task requests cpu time, it is given a quota (time_slice) -equal to the rr_interval and a virtual deadline. The virtual deadline is -offset from the current time in jiffies by this equation: - - jiffies + (prio_ratio * rr_interval) - -The prio_ratio is determined as a ratio compared to the baseline of nice -20 -and increases by 10% per nice level. The deadline is a virtual one only in that -no guarantee is placed that a task will actually be scheduled by this time, but -it is used to compare which task should go next. There are three components to -how a task is next chosen. First is time_slice expiration. If a task runs out -of its time_slice, it is descheduled, the time_slice is refilled, and the -deadline reset to that formula above. Second is sleep, where a task no longer -is requesting CPU for whatever reason. The time_slice and deadline are _not_ -adjusted in this case and are just carried over for when the task is next -scheduled. Third is preemption, and that is when a newly waking task is deemed -higher priority than a currently running task on any cpu by virtue of the fact -that it has an earlier virtual deadline than the currently running task. The -earlier deadline is the key to which task is next chosen for the first and -second cases. Once a task is descheduled, it is put back on the queue, and an -O(n) lookup of all queued-but-not-running tasks is done to determine which has -the earliest deadline and that task is chosen to receive CPU next. - -The CPU proportion of different nice tasks works out to be approximately the - - (prio_ratio difference)^2 - -The reason it is squared is that a task's deadline does not change while it is -running unless it runs out of time_slice. Thus, even if the time actually -passes the deadline of another task that is queued, it will not get CPU time -unless the current running task deschedules, and the time "base" (jiffies) is -constantly moving. - -Task lookup. - -BFS has 103 priority queues. 100 of these are dedicated to the static priority -of realtime tasks, and the remaining 3 are, in order of best to worst priority, -SCHED_ISO (isochronous), SCHED_NORMAL, and SCHED_IDLEPRIO (idle priority -scheduling). When a task of these priorities is queued, a bitmap of running -priorities is set showing which of these priorities has tasks waiting for CPU -time. When a CPU is made to reschedule, the lookup for the next task to get -CPU time is performed in the following way: - -First the bitmap is checked to see what static priority tasks are queued. If -any realtime priorities are found, the corresponding queue is checked and the -first task listed there is taken (provided CPU affinity is suitable) and lookup -is complete. If the priority corresponds to a SCHED_ISO task, they are also -taken in FIFO order (as they behave like SCHED_RR). If the priority corresponds -to either SCHED_NORMAL or SCHED_IDLEPRIO, then the lookup becomes O(n). At this -stage, every task in the runlist that corresponds to that priority is checked -to see which has the earliest set deadline, and (provided it has suitable CPU -affinity) it is taken off the runqueue and given the CPU. If a task has an -expired deadline, it is taken and the rest of the lookup aborted (as they are -chosen in FIFO order). - -Thus, the lookup is O(n) in the worst case only, where n is as described -earlier, as tasks may be chosen before the whole task list is looked over. - - -Scalability. - -The major limitations of BFS will be that of scalability, as the separate -runqueue designs will have less lock contention as the number of CPUs rises. -However they do not scale linearly even with separate runqueues as multiple -runqueues will need to be locked concurrently on such designs to be able to -achieve fair CPU balancing, to try and achieve some sort of nice-level fairness -across CPUs, and to achieve low enough latency for tasks on a busy CPU when -other CPUs would be more suited. BFS has the advantage that it requires no -balancing algorithm whatsoever, as balancing occurs by proxy simply because -all CPUs draw off the global runqueue, in priority and deadline order. Despite -the fact that scalability is _not_ the prime concern of BFS, it both shows very -good scalability to smaller numbers of CPUs and is likely a more scalable design -at these numbers of CPUs. - -It also has some very low overhead scalability features built into the design -when it has been deemed their overhead is so marginal that they're worth adding. -The first is the local copy of the running process' data to the CPU it's running -on to allow that data to be updated lockless where possible. Then there is -deference paid to the last CPU a task was running on, by trying that CPU first -when looking for an idle CPU to use the next time it's scheduled. Finally there -is the notion of "sticky" tasks that are flagged when they are involuntarily -descheduled, meaning they still want further CPU time. This sticky flag is -used to bias heavily against those tasks being scheduled on a different CPU -unless that CPU would be otherwise idle. When a cpu frequency governor is used -that scales with CPU load, such as ondemand, sticky tasks are not scheduled -on a different CPU at all, preferring instead to go idle. This means the CPU -they were bound to is more likely to increase its speed while the other CPU -will go idle, thus speeding up total task execution time and likely decreasing -power usage. This is the only scenario where BFS will allow a CPU to go idle -in preference to scheduling a task on the earliest available spare CPU. - -The real cost of migrating a task from one CPU to another is entirely dependant -on the cache footprint of the task, how cache intensive the task is, how long -it's been running on that CPU to take up the bulk of its cache, how big the CPU -cache is, how fast and how layered the CPU cache is, how fast a context switch -is... and so on. In other words, it's close to random in the real world where we -do more than just one sole workload. The only thing we can be sure of is that -it's not free. So BFS uses the principle that an idle CPU is a wasted CPU and -utilising idle CPUs is more important than cache locality, and cache locality -only plays a part after that. - -When choosing an idle CPU for a waking task, the cache locality is determined -according to where the task last ran and then idle CPUs are ranked from best -to worst to choose the most suitable idle CPU based on cache locality, NUMA -node locality and hyperthread sibling business. They are chosen in the -following preference (if idle): - -* Same core, idle or busy cache, idle threads -* Other core, same cache, idle or busy cache, idle threads. -* Same node, other CPU, idle cache, idle threads. -* Same node, other CPU, busy cache, idle threads. -* Same core, busy threads. -* Other core, same cache, busy threads. -* Same node, other CPU, busy threads. -* Other node, other CPU, idle cache, idle threads. -* Other node, other CPU, busy cache, idle threads. -* Other node, other CPU, busy threads. - -This shows the SMT or "hyperthread" awareness in the design as well which will -choose a real idle core first before a logical SMT sibling which already has -tasks on the physical CPU. - -Early benchmarking of BFS suggested scalability dropped off at the 16 CPU mark. -However this benchmarking was performed on an earlier design that was far less -scalable than the current one so it's hard to know how scalable it is in terms -of both CPUs (due to the global runqueue) and heavily loaded machines (due to -O(n) lookup) at this stage. Note that in terms of scalability, the number of -_logical_ CPUs matters, not the number of _physical_ CPUs. Thus, a dual (2x) -quad core (4X) hyperthreaded (2X) machine is effectively a 16X. Newer benchmark -results are very promising indeed, without needing to tweak any knobs, features -or options. Benchmark contributions are most welcome. - - -Features - -As the initial prime target audience for BFS was the average desktop user, it -was designed to not need tweaking, tuning or have features set to obtain benefit -from it. Thus the number of knobs and features has been kept to an absolute -minimum and should not require extra user input for the vast majority of cases. -There are precisely 2 tunables, and 2 extra scheduling policies. The rr_interval -and iso_cpu tunables, and the SCHED_ISO and SCHED_IDLEPRIO policies. In addition -to this, BFS also uses sub-tick accounting. What BFS does _not_ now feature is -support for CGROUPS. The average user should neither need to know what these -are, nor should they need to be using them to have good desktop behaviour. - -rr_interval - -There is only one "scheduler" tunable, the round robin interval. This can be -accessed in - - /proc/sys/kernel/rr_interval - -The value is in milliseconds, and the default value is set to 6ms. Valid values -are from 1 to 1000. Decreasing the value will decrease latencies at the cost of -decreasing throughput, while increasing it will improve throughput, but at the -cost of worsening latencies. The accuracy of the rr interval is limited by HZ -resolution of the kernel configuration. Thus, the worst case latencies are -usually slightly higher than this actual value. BFS uses "dithering" to try and -minimise the effect the Hz limitation has. The default value of 6 is not an -arbitrary one. It is based on the fact that humans can detect jitter at -approximately 7ms, so aiming for much lower latencies is pointless under most -circumstances. It is worth noting this fact when comparing the latency -performance of BFS to other schedulers. Worst case latencies being higher than -7ms are far worse than average latencies not being in the microsecond range. -Experimentation has shown that rr intervals being increased up to 300 can -improve throughput but beyond that, scheduling noise from elsewhere prevents -further demonstrable throughput. - -Isochronous scheduling. - -Isochronous scheduling is a unique scheduling policy designed to provide -near-real-time performance to unprivileged (ie non-root) users without the -ability to starve the machine indefinitely. Isochronous tasks (which means -"same time") are set using, for example, the schedtool application like so: - - schedtool -I -e amarok - -This will start the audio application "amarok" as SCHED_ISO. How SCHED_ISO works -is that it has a priority level between true realtime tasks and SCHED_NORMAL -which would allow them to preempt all normal tasks, in a SCHED_RR fashion (ie, -if multiple SCHED_ISO tasks are running, they purely round robin at rr_interval -rate). However if ISO tasks run for more than a tunable finite amount of time, -they are then demoted back to SCHED_NORMAL scheduling. This finite amount of -time is the percentage of _total CPU_ available across the machine, configurable -as a percentage in the following "resource handling" tunable (as opposed to a -scheduler tunable): - - /proc/sys/kernel/iso_cpu - -and is set to 70% by default. It is calculated over a rolling 5 second average -Because it is the total CPU available, it means that on a multi CPU machine, it -is possible to have an ISO task running as realtime scheduling indefinitely on -just one CPU, as the other CPUs will be available. Setting this to 100 is the -equivalent of giving all users SCHED_RR access and setting it to 0 removes the -ability to run any pseudo-realtime tasks. - -A feature of BFS is that it detects when an application tries to obtain a -realtime policy (SCHED_RR or SCHED_FIFO) and the caller does not have the -appropriate privileges to use those policies. When it detects this, it will -give the task SCHED_ISO policy instead. Thus it is transparent to the user. -Because some applications constantly set their policy as well as their nice -level, there is potential for them to undo the override specified by the user -on the command line of setting the policy to SCHED_ISO. To counter this, once -a task has been set to SCHED_ISO policy, it needs superuser privileges to set -it back to SCHED_NORMAL. This will ensure the task remains ISO and all child -processes and threads will also inherit the ISO policy. - -Idleprio scheduling. - -Idleprio scheduling is a scheduling policy designed to give out CPU to a task -_only_ when the CPU would be otherwise idle. The idea behind this is to allow -ultra low priority tasks to be run in the background that have virtually no -effect on the foreground tasks. This is ideally suited to distributed computing -clients (like setiathome, folding, mprime etc) but can also be used to start -a video encode or so on without any slowdown of other tasks. To avoid this -policy from grabbing shared resources and holding them indefinitely, if it -detects a state where the task is waiting on I/O, the machine is about to -suspend to ram and so on, it will transiently schedule them as SCHED_NORMAL. As -per the Isochronous task management, once a task has been scheduled as IDLEPRIO, -it cannot be put back to SCHED_NORMAL without superuser privileges. Tasks can -be set to start as SCHED_IDLEPRIO with the schedtool command like so: - - schedtool -D -e ./mprime - -Subtick accounting. - -It is surprisingly difficult to get accurate CPU accounting, and in many cases, -the accounting is done by simply determining what is happening at the precise -moment a timer tick fires off. This becomes increasingly inaccurate as the -timer tick frequency (HZ) is lowered. It is possible to create an application -which uses almost 100% CPU, yet by being descheduled at the right time, records -zero CPU usage. While the main problem with this is that there are possible -security implications, it is also difficult to determine how much CPU a task -really does use. BFS tries to use the sub-tick accounting from the TSC clock, -where possible, to determine real CPU usage. This is not entirely reliable, but -is far more likely to produce accurate CPU usage data than the existing designs -and will not show tasks as consuming no CPU usage when they actually are. Thus, -the amount of CPU reported as being used by BFS will more accurately represent -how much CPU the task itself is using (as is shown for example by the 'time' -application), so the reported values may be quite different to other schedulers. -Values reported as the 'load' are more prone to problems with this design, but -per process values are closer to real usage. When comparing throughput of BFS -to other designs, it is important to compare the actual completed work in terms -of total wall clock time taken and total work done, rather than the reported -"cpu usage". - - -Con Kolivas <kernel@kolivas.org> Tue, 5 Apr 2011 diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.txt index 21461a044..e114513a2 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.txt +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.txt @@ -8,6 +8,10 @@ CONTENTS 1. Overview 2. Scheduling algorithm 3. Scheduling Real-Time Tasks + 3.1 Definitions + 3.2 Schedulability Analysis for Uniprocessor Systems + 3.3 Schedulability Analysis for Multiprocessor Systems + 3.4 Relationship with SCHED_DEADLINE Parameters 4. Bandwidth management 4.1 System-wide settings 4.2 Task interface @@ -43,7 +47,7 @@ CONTENTS "deadline", to schedule tasks. A SCHED_DEADLINE task should receive "runtime" microseconds of execution time every "period" microseconds, and these "runtime" microseconds are available within "deadline" microseconds - from the beginning of the period. In order to implement this behaviour, + from the beginning of the period. In order to implement this behavior, every time the task wakes up, the scheduler computes a "scheduling deadline" consistent with the guarantee (using the CBS[2,3] algorithm). Tasks are then scheduled using EDF[1] on these scheduling deadlines (the task with the @@ -52,7 +56,7 @@ CONTENTS "admission control" strategy (see Section "4. Bandwidth management") is used (clearly, if the system is overloaded this guarantee cannot be respected). - Summing up, the CBS[2,3] algorithms assigns scheduling deadlines to tasks so + Summing up, the CBS[2,3] algorithm assigns scheduling deadlines to tasks so that each task runs for at most its runtime every period, avoiding any interference between different tasks (bandwidth isolation), while the EDF[1] algorithm selects the task with the earliest scheduling deadline as the one @@ -63,7 +67,7 @@ CONTENTS In more details, the CBS algorithm assigns scheduling deadlines to tasks in the following way: - - Each SCHED_DEADLINE task is characterised by the "runtime", + - Each SCHED_DEADLINE task is characterized by the "runtime", "deadline", and "period" parameters; - The state of the task is described by a "scheduling deadline", and @@ -78,7 +82,7 @@ CONTENTS then, if the scheduling deadline is smaller than the current time, or this condition is verified, the scheduling deadline and the - remaining runtime are re-initialised as + remaining runtime are re-initialized as scheduling deadline = current time + deadline remaining runtime = runtime @@ -126,31 +130,37 @@ CONTENTS suited for periodic or sporadic real-time tasks that need guarantees on their timing behavior, e.g., multimedia, streaming, control applications, etc. +3.1 Definitions +------------------------ + A typical real-time task is composed of a repetition of computation phases (task instances, or jobs) which are activated on a periodic or sporadic fashion. - Each job J_j (where J_j is the j^th job of the task) is characterised by an + Each job J_j (where J_j is the j^th job of the task) is characterized by an arrival time r_j (the time when the job starts), an amount of computation time c_j needed to finish the job, and a job absolute deadline d_j, which is the time within which the job should be finished. The maximum execution - time max_j{c_j} is called "Worst Case Execution Time" (WCET) for the task. + time max{c_j} is called "Worst Case Execution Time" (WCET) for the task. A real-time task can be periodic with period P if r_{j+1} = r_j + P, or sporadic with minimum inter-arrival time P is r_{j+1} >= r_j + P. Finally, d_j = r_j + D, where D is the task's relative deadline. - The utilisation of a real-time task is defined as the ratio between its + Summing up, a real-time task can be described as + Task = (WCET, D, P) + + The utilization of a real-time task is defined as the ratio between its WCET and its period (or minimum inter-arrival time), and represents the fraction of CPU time needed to execute the task. - If the total utilisation sum_i(WCET_i/P_i) is larger than M (with M equal + If the total utilization U=sum(WCET_i/P_i) is larger than M (with M equal to the number of CPUs), then the scheduler is unable to respect all the deadlines. - Note that total utilisation is defined as the sum of the utilisations + Note that total utilization is defined as the sum of the utilizations WCET_i/P_i over all the real-time tasks in the system. When considering multiple real-time tasks, the parameters of the i-th task are indicated with the "_i" suffix. - Moreover, if the total utilisation is larger than M, then we risk starving + Moreover, if the total utilization is larger than M, then we risk starving non- real-time tasks by real-time tasks. - If, instead, the total utilisation is smaller than M, then non real-time + If, instead, the total utilization is smaller than M, then non real-time tasks will not be starved and the system might be able to respect all the deadlines. As a matter of fact, in this case it is possible to provide an upper bound @@ -159,38 +169,119 @@ CONTENTS More precisely, it can be proven that using a global EDF scheduler the maximum tardiness of each task is smaller or equal than ((M − 1) · WCET_max − WCET_min)/(M − (M − 2) · U_max) + WCET_max - where WCET_max = max_i{WCET_i} is the maximum WCET, WCET_min=min_i{WCET_i} - is the minimum WCET, and U_max = max_i{WCET_i/P_i} is the maximum utilisation. + where WCET_max = max{WCET_i} is the maximum WCET, WCET_min=min{WCET_i} + is the minimum WCET, and U_max = max{WCET_i/P_i} is the maximum + utilization[12]. + +3.2 Schedulability Analysis for Uniprocessor Systems +------------------------ If M=1 (uniprocessor system), or in case of partitioned scheduling (each real-time task is statically assigned to one and only one CPU), it is possible to formally check if all the deadlines are respected. If D_i = P_i for all tasks, then EDF is able to respect all the deadlines - of all the tasks executing on a CPU if and only if the total utilisation + of all the tasks executing on a CPU if and only if the total utilization of the tasks running on such a CPU is smaller or equal than 1. If D_i != P_i for some task, then it is possible to define the density of - a task as C_i/min{D_i,T_i}, and EDF is able to respect all the deadlines - of all the tasks running on a CPU if the sum sum_i C_i/min{D_i,T_i} of the - densities of the tasks running on such a CPU is smaller or equal than 1 - (notice that this condition is only sufficient, and not necessary). + a task as WCET_i/min{D_i,P_i}, and EDF is able to respect all the deadlines + of all the tasks running on a CPU if the sum of the densities of the tasks + running on such a CPU is smaller or equal than 1: + sum(WCET_i / min{D_i, P_i}) <= 1 + It is important to notice that this condition is only sufficient, and not + necessary: there are task sets that are schedulable, but do not respect the + condition. For example, consider the task set {Task_1,Task_2} composed by + Task_1=(50ms,50ms,100ms) and Task_2=(10ms,100ms,100ms). + EDF is clearly able to schedule the two tasks without missing any deadline + (Task_1 is scheduled as soon as it is released, and finishes just in time + to respect its deadline; Task_2 is scheduled immediately after Task_1, hence + its response time cannot be larger than 50ms + 10ms = 60ms) even if + 50 / min{50,100} + 10 / min{100, 100} = 50 / 50 + 10 / 100 = 1.1 + Of course it is possible to test the exact schedulability of tasks with + D_i != P_i (checking a condition that is both sufficient and necessary), + but this cannot be done by comparing the total utilization or density with + a constant. Instead, the so called "processor demand" approach can be used, + computing the total amount of CPU time h(t) needed by all the tasks to + respect all of their deadlines in a time interval of size t, and comparing + such a time with the interval size t. If h(t) is smaller than t (that is, + the amount of time needed by the tasks in a time interval of size t is + smaller than the size of the interval) for all the possible values of t, then + EDF is able to schedule the tasks respecting all of their deadlines. Since + performing this check for all possible values of t is impossible, it has been + proven[4,5,6] that it is sufficient to perform the test for values of t + between 0 and a maximum value L. The cited papers contain all of the + mathematical details and explain how to compute h(t) and L. + In any case, this kind of analysis is too complex as well as too + time-consuming to be performed on-line. Hence, as explained in Section + 4 Linux uses an admission test based on the tasks' utilizations. + +3.3 Schedulability Analysis for Multiprocessor Systems +------------------------ On multiprocessor systems with global EDF scheduling (non partitioned systems), a sufficient test for schedulability can not be based on the - utilisations (it can be shown that task sets with utilisations slightly - larger than 1 can miss deadlines regardless of the number of CPUs M). - However, as previously stated, enforcing that the total utilisation is smaller - than M is enough to guarantee that non real-time tasks are not starved and - that the tardiness of real-time tasks has an upper bound. + utilizations or densities: it can be shown that even if D_i = P_i task + sets with utilizations slightly larger than 1 can miss deadlines regardless + of the number of CPUs. + + Consider a set {Task_1,...Task_{M+1}} of M+1 tasks on a system with M + CPUs, with the first task Task_1=(P,P,P) having period, relative deadline + and WCET equal to P. The remaining M tasks Task_i=(e,P-1,P-1) have an + arbitrarily small worst case execution time (indicated as "e" here) and a + period smaller than the one of the first task. Hence, if all the tasks + activate at the same time t, global EDF schedules these M tasks first + (because their absolute deadlines are equal to t + P - 1, hence they are + smaller than the absolute deadline of Task_1, which is t + P). As a + result, Task_1 can be scheduled only at time t + e, and will finish at + time t + e + P, after its absolute deadline. The total utilization of the + task set is U = M · e / (P - 1) + P / P = M · e / (P - 1) + 1, and for small + values of e this can become very close to 1. This is known as "Dhall's + effect"[7]. Note: the example in the original paper by Dhall has been + slightly simplified here (for example, Dhall more correctly computed + lim_{e->0}U). + + More complex schedulability tests for global EDF have been developed in + real-time literature[8,9], but they are not based on a simple comparison + between total utilization (or density) and a fixed constant. If all tasks + have D_i = P_i, a sufficient schedulability condition can be expressed in + a simple way: + sum(WCET_i / P_i) <= M - (M - 1) · U_max + where U_max = max{WCET_i / P_i}[10]. Notice that for U_max = 1, + M - (M - 1) · U_max becomes M - M + 1 = 1 and this schedulability condition + just confirms the Dhall's effect. A more complete survey of the literature + about schedulability tests for multi-processor real-time scheduling can be + found in [11]. + + As seen, enforcing that the total utilization is smaller than M does not + guarantee that global EDF schedules the tasks without missing any deadline + (in other words, global EDF is not an optimal scheduling algorithm). However, + a total utilization smaller than M is enough to guarantee that non real-time + tasks are not starved and that the tardiness of real-time tasks has an upper + bound[12] (as previously noted). Different bounds on the maximum tardiness + experienced by real-time tasks have been developed in various papers[13,14], + but the theoretical result that is important for SCHED_DEADLINE is that if + the total utilization is smaller or equal than M then the response times of + the tasks are limited. + +3.4 Relationship with SCHED_DEADLINE Parameters +------------------------ - SCHED_DEADLINE can be used to schedule real-time tasks guaranteeing that - the jobs' deadlines of a task are respected. In order to do this, a task - must be scheduled by setting: + Finally, it is important to understand the relationship between the + SCHED_DEADLINE scheduling parameters described in Section 2 (runtime, + deadline and period) and the real-time task parameters (WCET, D, P) + described in this section. Note that the tasks' temporal constraints are + represented by its absolute deadlines d_j = r_j + D described above, while + SCHED_DEADLINE schedules the tasks according to scheduling deadlines (see + Section 2). + If an admission test is used to guarantee that the scheduling deadlines + are respected, then SCHED_DEADLINE can be used to schedule real-time tasks + guaranteeing that all the jobs' deadlines of a task are respected. + In order to do this, a task must be scheduled by setting: - runtime >= WCET - deadline = D - period <= P - IOW, if runtime >= WCET and if period is >= P, then the scheduling deadlines + IOW, if runtime >= WCET and if period is <= P, then the scheduling deadlines and the absolute deadlines (d_j) coincide, so a proper admission control allows to respect the jobs' absolute deadlines for this task (this is what is called "hard schedulability property" and is an extension of Lemma 1 of [2]). @@ -206,6 +297,39 @@ CONTENTS Symposium, 1998. http://retis.sssup.it/~giorgio/paps/1998/rtss98-cbs.pdf 3 - L. Abeni. Server Mechanisms for Multimedia Applications. ReTiS Lab Technical Report. http://disi.unitn.it/~abeni/tr-98-01.pdf + 4 - J. Y. Leung and M.L. Merril. A Note on Preemptive Scheduling of + Periodic, Real-Time Tasks. Information Processing Letters, vol. 11, + no. 3, pp. 115-118, 1980. + 5 - S. K. Baruah, A. K. Mok and L. E. Rosier. Preemptively Scheduling + Hard-Real-Time Sporadic Tasks on One Processor. Proceedings of the + 11th IEEE Real-time Systems Symposium, 1990. + 6 - S. K. Baruah, L. E. Rosier and R. R. Howell. Algorithms and Complexity + Concerning the Preemptive Scheduling of Periodic Real-Time tasks on + One Processor. Real-Time Systems Journal, vol. 4, no. 2, pp 301-324, + 1990. + 7 - S. J. Dhall and C. L. Liu. On a real-time scheduling problem. Operations + research, vol. 26, no. 1, pp 127-140, 1978. + 8 - T. Baker. Multiprocessor EDF and Deadline Monotonic Schedulability + Analysis. Proceedings of the 24th IEEE Real-Time Systems Symposium, 2003. + 9 - T. Baker. An Analysis of EDF Schedulability on a Multiprocessor. + IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems, vol. 16, no. 8, + pp 760-768, 2005. + 10 - J. Goossens, S. Funk and S. Baruah, Priority-Driven Scheduling of + Periodic Task Systems on Multiprocessors. Real-Time Systems Journal, + vol. 25, no. 2–3, pp. 187–205, 2003. + 11 - R. Davis and A. Burns. A Survey of Hard Real-Time Scheduling for + Multiprocessor Systems. ACM Computing Surveys, vol. 43, no. 4, 2011. + http://www-users.cs.york.ac.uk/~robdavis/papers/MPSurveyv5.0.pdf + 12 - U. C. Devi and J. H. Anderson. Tardiness Bounds under Global EDF + Scheduling on a Multiprocessor. Real-Time Systems Journal, vol. 32, + no. 2, pp 133-189, 2008. + 13 - P. Valente and G. Lipari. An Upper Bound to the Lateness of Soft + Real-Time Tasks Scheduled by EDF on Multiprocessors. Proceedings of + the 26th IEEE Real-Time Systems Symposium, 2005. + 14 - J. Erickson, U. Devi and S. Baruah. Improved tardiness bounds for + Global EDF. Proceedings of the 22nd Euromicro Conference on + Real-Time Systems, 2010. + 4. Bandwidth management ======================= @@ -218,10 +342,10 @@ CONTENTS no guarantee can be given on the actual scheduling of the -deadline tasks. As already stated in Section 3, a necessary condition to be respected to - correctly schedule a set of real-time tasks is that the total utilisation + correctly schedule a set of real-time tasks is that the total utilization is smaller than M. When talking about -deadline tasks, this requires that the sum of the ratio between runtime and period for all tasks is smaller - than M. Notice that the ratio runtime/period is equivalent to the utilisation + than M. Notice that the ratio runtime/period is equivalent to the utilization of a "traditional" real-time task, and is also often referred to as "bandwidth". The interface used to control the CPU bandwidth that can be allocated @@ -251,7 +375,7 @@ CONTENTS The system wide settings are configured under the /proc virtual file system. For now the -rt knobs are used for -deadline admission control and the - -deadline runtime is accounted against the -rt runtime. We realise that this + -deadline runtime is accounted against the -rt runtime. We realize that this isn't entirely desirable; however, it is better to have a small interface for now, and be able to change it easily later. The ideal situation (see 5.) is to run -rt tasks from a -deadline server; in which case the -rt bandwidth is a diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt index 731bc4f4c..255075157 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt @@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ Members of interest: request_buffer - either contains data buffer or scatter gather list depending on the setting of use_sg. Scatter gather elements are defined by 'struct scatterlist' found - in include/asm/scatterlist.h . + in include/linux/scatterlist.h . done - function pointer that should be invoked by LLD when the SCSI command is completed (successfully or otherwise). Should only be called by an LLD if the LLD has accepted diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/st.txt b/Documentation/scsi/st.txt index 0d5bdb153..f29fa5506 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/st.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/st.txt @@ -151,6 +151,65 @@ A link named 'tape' is made from the SCSI device directory to the class directory corresponding to the mode 0 auto-rewind device (e.g., st0). +SYSFS AND STATISTICS FOR TAPE DEVICES + +The st driver maintains statistics for tape drives inside the sysfs filesystem. +The following method can be used to locate the statistics that are +available (assuming that sysfs is mounted at /sys): + +1. Use opendir(3) on the directory /sys/class/scsi_tape +2. Use readdir(3) to read the directory contents +3. Use regcomp(3)/regexec(3) to match directory entries to the extended + regular expression "^st[0-9]+$" +4. Access the statistics from the /sys/class/scsi_tape/<match>/stats + directory (where <match> is a directory entry from /sys/class/scsi_tape + that matched the extended regular expression) + +The reason for using this approach is that all the character devices +pointing to the same tape drive use the same statistics. That means +that st0 would have the same statistics as nst0. + +The directory contains the following statistics files: + +1. in_flight - The number of I/Os currently outstanding to this device. +2. io_ns - The amount of time spent waiting (in nanoseconds) for all I/O + to complete (including read and write). This includes tape movement + commands such as seeking between file or set marks and implicit tape + movement such as when rewind on close tape devices are used. +3. other_cnt - The number of I/Os issued to the tape drive other than read or + write commands. The time taken to complete these commands uses the + following calculation io_ms-read_ms-write_ms. +4. read_byte_cnt - The number of bytes read from the tape drive. +5. read_cnt - The number of read requests issued to the tape drive. +6. read_ns - The amount of time (in nanoseconds) spent waiting for read + requests to complete. +7. write_byte_cnt - The number of bytes written to the tape drive. +8. write_cnt - The number of write requests issued to the tape drive. +9. write_ns - The amount of time (in nanoseconds) spent waiting for write + requests to complete. +10. resid_cnt - The number of times during a read or write we found + the residual amount to be non-zero. This should mean that a program + is issuing a read larger thean the block size on tape. For write + not all data made it to tape. + +Note: The in_flight value is incremented when an I/O starts the I/O +itself is not added to the statistics until it completes. + +The total of read_cnt, write_cnt, and other_cnt may not total to the same +value as iodone_cnt at the device level. The tape statistics only count +I/O issued via the st module. + +When read the statistics may not be temporally consistent while I/O is in +progress. The individual values are read and written to atomically however +when reading them back via sysfs they may be in the process of being +updated when starting an I/O or when it is completed. + +The value shown in in_flight is incremented before any statstics are +updated and decremented when an I/O completes after updating statistics. +The value of in_flight is 0 when there are no I/Os outstanding that are +issued by the st driver. Tape statistics do not take into account any +I/O performed via the sg device. + BSD AND SYS V SEMANTICS The user can choose between these two behaviours of the tape driver by diff --git a/Documentation/security/Smack.txt b/Documentation/security/Smack.txt index abc82f852..de5e1aeca 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/Smack.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/Smack.txt @@ -206,11 +206,11 @@ netlabel label. The format accepted on write is: "%d.%d.%d.%d label" or "%d.%d.%d.%d/%d label". onlycap - This contains the label processes must have for CAP_MAC_ADMIN + This contains labels processes must have for CAP_MAC_ADMIN and CAP_MAC_OVERRIDE to be effective. If this file is empty these capabilities are effective at for processes with any - label. The value is set by writing the desired label to the - file or cleared by writing "-" to the file. + label. The values are set by writing the desired labels, separated + by spaces, to the file or cleared by writing "-" to the file. ptrace This is used to define the current ptrace policy 0 - default: this is the policy that relies on Smack access rules. diff --git a/Documentation/serial/serial-rs485.txt b/Documentation/serial/serial-rs485.txt index 39dac9542..2253b8b45 100644 --- a/Documentation/serial/serial-rs485.txt +++ b/Documentation/serial/serial-rs485.txt @@ -33,50 +33,10 @@ the values given by the device tree. Any driver for devices capable of working both as RS232 and RS485 should - provide at least the following ioctls: - - - TIOCSRS485 (typically associated with number 0x542F). This ioctl is used - to enable/disable RS485 mode from user-space - - - TIOCGRS485 (typically associated with number 0x542E). This ioctl is used - to get RS485 mode from kernel-space (i.e., driver) to user-space. - - In other words, the serial driver should contain a code similar to the next - one: - - static struct uart_ops atmel_pops = { - /* ... */ - .ioctl = handle_ioctl, - }; - - static int handle_ioctl(struct uart_port *port, - unsigned int cmd, - unsigned long arg) - { - struct serial_rs485 rs485conf; - - switch (cmd) { - case TIOCSRS485: - if (copy_from_user(&rs485conf, - (struct serial_rs485 *) arg, - sizeof(rs485conf))) - return -EFAULT; - - /* ... */ - break; - - case TIOCGRS485: - if (copy_to_user((struct serial_rs485 *) arg, - ..., - sizeof(rs485conf))) - return -EFAULT; - /* ... */ - break; - - /* ... */ - } - } - + implement the rs485_config callback in the uart_port structure. The + serial_core calls rs485_config to do the device specific part in response + to TIOCSRS485 and TIOCGRS485 ioctls (see below). The rs485_config callback + receives a pointer to struct serial_rs485. 4. USAGE FROM USER-LEVEL @@ -85,7 +45,7 @@ #include <linux/serial.h> - /* Driver-specific ioctls: */ + /* RS485 ioctls: */ #define TIOCGRS485 0x542E #define TIOCSRS485 0x542F diff --git a/Documentation/serial/tty.txt b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt index dbe6623fe..973c8ad3f 100644 --- a/Documentation/serial/tty.txt +++ b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt @@ -4,9 +4,6 @@ Your guide to the ancient and twisted locking policies of the tty layer and the warped logic behind them. Beware all ye who read on. -FIXME: still need to work out the full set of BKL assumptions and document -them so they can eventually be killed off. - Line Discipline --------------- diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt index 5a3163cac..ec099d434 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt @@ -11,7 +11,10 @@ ALC880 ALC260 ====== - N/A + gpio1 Enable GPIO1 + coef Enable EAPD via COEF table + fujitsu Quirk for FSC S7020 + fujitsu-jwse Quirk for FSC S7020 with jack modes and HP mic support ALC262 ====== @@ -20,8 +23,9 @@ ALC262 ALC267/268 ========== inv-dmic Inverted internal mic workaround + hp-eapd Disable HP EAPD on NID 0x15 -ALC269/270/275/276/28x/29x +ALC22x/23x/25x/269/27x/28x/29x (and vendor-specific ALC3xxx models) ====== laptop-amic Laptops with analog-mic input laptop-dmic Laptops with digital-mic input @@ -29,9 +33,15 @@ ALC269/270/275/276/28x/29x alc271-dmic Enable ALC271X digital mic workaround inv-dmic Inverted internal mic workaround headset-mic Indicates a combined headset (headphone+mic) jack + headset-mode More comprehensive headset support for ALC269 & co + headset-mode-no-hp-mic Headset mode support without headphone mic lenovo-dock Enables docking station I/O for some Lenovos + hp-gpio-led GPIO LED support on HP laptops dell-headset-multi Headset jack, which can also be used as mic-in dell-headset-dock Headset jack (without mic-in), and also dock I/O + alc283-dac-wcaps Fixups for Chromebook with ALC283 + alc283-sense-combo Combo jack sensing on ALC283 + tpt440-dock Pin configs for Lenovo Thinkpad Dock support ALC66x/67x/892 ============== diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/Jack-Controls.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/Jack-Controls.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe1c5e0c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/Jack-Controls.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +Why we need Jack kcontrols +========================== + +ALSA uses kcontrols to export audio controls(switch, volume, Mux, ...) +to user space. This means userspace applications like pulseaudio can +switch off headphones and switch on speakers when no headphones are +pluged in. + +The old ALSA jack code only created input devices for each registered +jack. These jack input devices are not readable by userspace devices +that run as non root. + +The new jack code creates embedded jack kcontrols for each jack that +can be read by any process. + +This can be combined with UCM to allow userspace to route audio more +intelligently based on jack insertion or removal events. + +Jack Kcontrol Internals +======================= + +Each jack will have a kcontrol list, so that we can create a kcontrol +and attach it to the jack, at jack creation stage. We can also add a +kcontrol to an existing jack, at anytime when required. + +Those kcontrols will be freed automatically when the Jack is freed. + +How to use jack kcontrols +========================= + +In order to keep compatibility, snd_jack_new() has been modified by +adding two params :- + + - @initial_kctl: if true, create a kcontrol and add it to the jack + list. + - @phantom_jack: Don't create a input device for phantom jacks. + +HDA jacks can set phantom_jack to true in order to create a phantom +jack and set initial_kctl to true to create an initial kcontrol with +the correct id. + +ASoC jacks should set initial_kctl as false. The pin name will be +assigned as the jack kcontrol name. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/PSS-updates b/Documentation/sound/oss/PSS-updates index a11a41fe4..b8c44db8c 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/oss/PSS-updates +++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/PSS-updates @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ pss_no_sound This module parameter is a flag that can be used to tell the driver to just configure non-sound components. 0 configures all components, a non-0 -value will only attept to configure the CDROM and joystick ports. This +value will only attempt to configure the CDROM and joystick ports. This parameter can be used by a user who only wished to use the builtin joystick and/or CDROM port(s) of his PSS sound card. If this driver is loaded with this parameter and with the parameter below set to true then a user can safely unload diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS b/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS index 3463b8272..2dcae711e 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS +++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS @@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@ implement nice real-time signal processing audio effect software and network telephones. The ACI mixer has to be switched into the "solo" mode for duplex operation in order to avoid feedback caused by the mixer (input hears output signal). You can de-/activate this mode -through toggleing the record button for the wave controller with an +through toggling the record button for the wave controller with an OSS-mixer. The PCM20 contains a radio tuner, which is also controlled by diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/btaudio b/Documentation/sound/oss/btaudio index 1a693e69d..effdb9a3f 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/oss/btaudio +++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/btaudio @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Driver Status Still somewhat experimental. The driver should work stable, i.e. it should'nt crash your box. It might not work as expected, have bugs, -not being fully OSS API compilant, ... +not being fully OSS API compliant, ... Latest versions are available from http://bytesex.org/bttv/, the driver is in the bttv tarball. Kernel patches might be available too, diff --git a/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt b/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt index 58d0ac4df..3049a6122 100644 --- a/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt +++ b/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt @@ -59,11 +59,20 @@ For all other submissions, choose one of the following procedures: changelog of your submission, as well as the kernel version you wish it to be applied to. -Option 1 is probably the easiest and most common. Options 2 and 3 are more -useful if the patch isn't deemed worthy at the time it is applied to a public -git tree (for instance, because it deserves more regression testing first). -Option 3 is especially useful if the patch needs some special handling to apply -to an older kernel (e.g., if API's have changed in the meantime). +Option 1 is *strongly* preferred, is the easiest and most common. Options 2 and +3 are more useful if the patch isn't deemed worthy at the time it is applied to +a public git tree (for instance, because it deserves more regression testing +first). Option 3 is especially useful if the patch needs some special handling +to apply to an older kernel (e.g., if API's have changed in the meantime). + +Note that for Option 3, if the patch deviates from the original upstream patch +(for example because it had to be backported) this must be very clearly +documented and justified in the patch description. + +The upstream commit ID must be specified with a separate line above the commit +text, like this: + + commit <sha1> upstream. Additionally, some patches submitted via Option 1 may have additional patch prerequisites which can be cherry-picked. This can be specified in the following diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt index 45542afe7..6fccb69c0 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt @@ -38,7 +38,6 @@ show up in /proc/sys/kernel: - hung_task_timeout_secs - hung_task_warnings - kexec_load_disabled -- iso_cpu - kptr_restrict - kstack_depth_to_print [ X86 only ] - l2cr [ PPC only ] @@ -67,7 +66,6 @@ show up in /proc/sys/kernel: - randomize_va_space - real-root-dev ==> Documentation/initrd.txt - reboot-cmd [ SPARC only ] -- rr_interval - rtsig-max - rtsig-nr - sem @@ -199,8 +197,8 @@ core_pattern is used to specify a core dumpfile pattern name. %P global pid (init PID namespace) %i tid %I global tid (init PID namespace) - %u uid - %g gid + %u uid (in initial user namespace) + %g gid (in initial user namespace) %d dump mode, matches PR_SET_DUMPABLE and /proc/sys/fs/suid_dumpable %s signal number @@ -386,16 +384,6 @@ kernel stack. ============================================================== -iso_cpu: (BFS CPU scheduler only). - -This sets the percentage cpu that the unprivileged SCHED_ISO tasks can -run effectively at realtime priority, averaged over a rolling five -seconds over the -whole- system, meaning all cpus. - -Set to 70 (percent) by default. - -============================================================== - l2cr: (PPC only) This flag controls the L2 cache of G3 processor boards. If @@ -735,20 +723,6 @@ rebooting. ??? ============================================================== -rr_interval: (BFS CPU scheduler only) - -This is the smallest duration that any cpu process scheduling unit -will run for. Increasing this value can increase throughput of cpu -bound tasks substantially but at the expense of increased latencies -overall. Conversely decreasing it will decrease average and maximum -latencies but at the expense of throughput. This value is in -milliseconds and the default value chosen depends on the number of -cpus available at scheduler initialisation with a minimum of 6. - -Valid values are from 1-1000. - -============================================================== - rtsig-max & rtsig-nr: The file rtsig-max can be used to tune the maximum number @@ -949,6 +923,27 @@ and nmi_watchdog. ============================================================== +watchdog_cpumask: + +This value can be used to control on which cpus the watchdog may run. +The default cpumask is all possible cores, but if NO_HZ_FULL is +enabled in the kernel config, and cores are specified with the +nohz_full= boot argument, those cores are excluded by default. +Offline cores can be included in this mask, and if the core is later +brought online, the watchdog will be started based on the mask value. + +Typically this value would only be touched in the nohz_full case +to re-enable cores that by default were not running the watchdog, +if a kernel lockup was suspected on those cores. + +The argument value is the standard cpulist format for cpumasks, +so for example to enable the watchdog on cores 0, 2, 3, and 4 you +might say: + + echo 0,2-4 > /proc/sys/kernel/watchdog_cpumask + +============================================================== + watchdog_thresh: This value can be used to control the frequency of hrtimer and NMI diff --git a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py index 2ba71cea0..cda56df9b 100755 --- a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py +++ b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py @@ -50,15 +50,6 @@ def tcm_mod_build_FC_include(fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf = "#define " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_VERSION \"v0.1\"\n" buf += "#define " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN 32\n" buf += "\n" - buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl {\n" - buf += " /* Binary World Wide unique Port Name for FC Initiator Nport */\n" - buf += " u64 nport_wwpn;\n" - buf += " /* ASCII formatted WWPN for FC Initiator Nport */\n" - buf += " char nport_name[" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN];\n" - buf += " /* Returned by " + fabric_mod_name + "_make_nodeacl() */\n" - buf += " struct se_node_acl se_node_acl;\n" - buf += "};\n" - buf += "\n" buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg {\n" buf += " /* FC lport target portal group tag for TCM */\n" buf += " u16 lport_tpgt;\n" @@ -69,8 +60,6 @@ def tcm_mod_build_FC_include(fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "};\n" buf += "\n" buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_lport {\n" - buf += " /* SCSI protocol the lport is providing */\n" - buf += " u8 lport_proto_id;\n" buf += " /* Binary World Wide unique Port Name for FC Target Lport */\n" buf += " u64 lport_wwpn;\n" buf += " /* ASCII formatted WWPN for FC Target Lport */\n" @@ -105,14 +94,6 @@ def tcm_mod_build_SAS_include(fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf = "#define " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_VERSION \"v0.1\"\n" buf += "#define " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN 32\n" buf += "\n" - buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl {\n" - buf += " /* Binary World Wide unique Port Name for SAS Initiator port */\n" - buf += " u64 iport_wwpn;\n" - buf += " /* ASCII formatted WWPN for Sas Initiator port */\n" - buf += " char iport_name[" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN];\n" - buf += " /* Returned by " + fabric_mod_name + "_make_nodeacl() */\n" - buf += " struct se_node_acl se_node_acl;\n" - buf += "};\n\n" buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg {\n" buf += " /* SAS port target portal group tag for TCM */\n" buf += " u16 tport_tpgt;\n" @@ -122,8 +103,6 @@ def tcm_mod_build_SAS_include(fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " struct se_portal_group se_tpg;\n" buf += "};\n\n" buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tport {\n" - buf += " /* SCSI protocol the tport is providing */\n" - buf += " u8 tport_proto_id;\n" buf += " /* Binary World Wide unique Port Name for SAS Target port */\n" buf += " u64 tport_wwpn;\n" buf += " /* ASCII formatted WWPN for SAS Target port */\n" @@ -158,12 +137,6 @@ def tcm_mod_build_iSCSI_include(fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf = "#define " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_VERSION \"v0.1\"\n" buf += "#define " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN 32\n" buf += "\n" - buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl {\n" - buf += " /* ASCII formatted InitiatorName */\n" - buf += " char iport_name[" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN];\n" - buf += " /* Returned by " + fabric_mod_name + "_make_nodeacl() */\n" - buf += " struct se_node_acl se_node_acl;\n" - buf += "};\n\n" buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg {\n" buf += " /* iSCSI target portal group tag for TCM */\n" buf += " u16 tport_tpgt;\n" @@ -173,8 +146,6 @@ def tcm_mod_build_iSCSI_include(fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " struct se_portal_group se_tpg;\n" buf += "};\n\n" buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tport {\n" - buf += " /* SCSI protocol the tport is providing */\n" - buf += " u8 tport_proto_id;\n" buf += " /* ASCII formatted TargetName for IQN */\n" buf += " char tport_name[" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN];\n" buf += " /* Returned by " + fabric_mod_name + "_make_tport() */\n" @@ -228,65 +199,17 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "#include <linux/string.h>\n" buf += "#include <linux/configfs.h>\n" buf += "#include <linux/ctype.h>\n" - buf += "#include <asm/unaligned.h>\n\n" + buf += "#include <asm/unaligned.h>\n" + buf += "#include <scsi/scsi_proto.h>\n\n" buf += "#include <target/target_core_base.h>\n" buf += "#include <target/target_core_fabric.h>\n" buf += "#include <target/target_core_fabric_configfs.h>\n" - buf += "#include <target/target_core_configfs.h>\n" buf += "#include <target/configfs_macros.h>\n\n" buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_base.h\"\n" buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric.h\"\n\n" buf += "static const struct target_core_fabric_ops " + fabric_mod_name + "_ops;\n\n" - buf += "static struct se_node_acl *" + fabric_mod_name + "_make_nodeacl(\n" - buf += " struct se_portal_group *se_tpg,\n" - buf += " struct config_group *group,\n" - buf += " const char *name)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct se_node_acl *se_nacl, *se_nacl_new;\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl *nacl;\n" - - if proto_ident == "FC" or proto_ident == "SAS": - buf += " u64 wwpn = 0;\n" - - buf += " u32 nexus_depth;\n\n" - buf += " /* " + fabric_mod_name + "_parse_wwn(name, &wwpn, 1) < 0)\n" - buf += " return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL); */\n" - buf += " se_nacl_new = " + fabric_mod_name + "_alloc_fabric_acl(se_tpg);\n" - buf += " if (!se_nacl_new)\n" - buf += " return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);\n" - buf += "//#warning FIXME: Hardcoded nexus depth in " + fabric_mod_name + "_make_nodeacl()\n" - buf += " nexus_depth = 1;\n" - buf += " /*\n" - buf += " * se_nacl_new may be released by core_tpg_add_initiator_node_acl()\n" - buf += " * when converting a NodeACL from demo mode -> explict\n" - buf += " */\n" - buf += " se_nacl = core_tpg_add_initiator_node_acl(se_tpg, se_nacl_new,\n" - buf += " name, nexus_depth);\n" - buf += " if (IS_ERR(se_nacl)) {\n" - buf += " " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_fabric_acl(se_tpg, se_nacl_new);\n" - buf += " return se_nacl;\n" - buf += " }\n" - buf += " /*\n" - buf += " * Locate our struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl and set the FC Nport WWPN\n" - buf += " */\n" - buf += " nacl = container_of(se_nacl, struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl, se_node_acl);\n" - - if proto_ident == "FC" or proto_ident == "SAS": - buf += " nacl->" + fabric_mod_init_port + "_wwpn = wwpn;\n" - - buf += " /* " + fabric_mod_name + "_format_wwn(&nacl->" + fabric_mod_init_port + "_name[0], " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN, wwpn); */\n\n" - buf += " return se_nacl;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - buf += "static void " + fabric_mod_name + "_drop_nodeacl(struct se_node_acl *se_acl)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl *nacl = container_of(se_acl,\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl, se_node_acl);\n" - buf += " core_tpg_del_initiator_node_acl(se_acl->se_tpg, se_acl, 1);\n" - buf += " kfree(nacl);\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - buf += "static struct se_portal_group *" + fabric_mod_name + "_make_tpg(\n" buf += " struct se_wwn *wwn,\n" buf += " struct config_group *group,\n" @@ -308,9 +231,14 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " }\n" buf += " tpg->" + fabric_mod_port + " = " + fabric_mod_port + ";\n" buf += " tpg->" + fabric_mod_port + "_tpgt = tpgt;\n\n" - buf += " ret = core_tpg_register(&" + fabric_mod_name + "_ops, wwn,\n" - buf += " &tpg->se_tpg, tpg,\n" - buf += " TRANSPORT_TPG_TYPE_NORMAL);\n" + + if proto_ident == "FC": + buf += " ret = core_tpg_register(wwn, &tpg->se_tpg, SCSI_PROTOCOL_FCP);\n" + elif proto_ident == "SAS": + buf += " ret = core_tpg_register(wwn, &tpg->se_tpg, SCSI_PROTOCOL_SAS);\n" + elif proto_ident == "iSCSI": + buf += " ret = core_tpg_register(wwn, &tpg->se_tpg, SCSI_PROTOCOL_ISCSI);\n" + buf += " if (ret < 0) {\n" buf += " kfree(tpg);\n" buf += " return NULL;\n" @@ -371,22 +299,14 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "static const struct target_core_fabric_ops " + fabric_mod_name + "_ops = {\n" buf += " .module = THIS_MODULE,\n" - buf += " .name = " + fabric_mod_name + ",\n" - buf += " .get_fabric_proto_ident = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_proto_ident,\n" + buf += " .name = \"" + fabric_mod_name + "\",\n" buf += " .get_fabric_name = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_name,\n" - buf += " .get_fabric_proto_ident = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_proto_ident,\n" buf += " .tpg_get_wwn = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_wwn,\n" buf += " .tpg_get_tag = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_tag,\n" - buf += " .tpg_get_default_depth = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_default_depth,\n" - buf += " .tpg_get_pr_transport_id = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_pr_transport_id,\n" - buf += " .tpg_get_pr_transport_id_len = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_pr_transport_id_len,\n" - buf += " .tpg_parse_pr_out_transport_id = " + fabric_mod_name + "_parse_pr_out_transport_id,\n" buf += " .tpg_check_demo_mode = " + fabric_mod_name + "_check_false,\n" buf += " .tpg_check_demo_mode_cache = " + fabric_mod_name + "_check_true,\n" buf += " .tpg_check_demo_mode_write_protect = " + fabric_mod_name + "_check_true,\n" buf += " .tpg_check_prod_mode_write_protect = " + fabric_mod_name + "_check_false,\n" - buf += " .tpg_alloc_fabric_acl = " + fabric_mod_name + "_alloc_fabric_acl,\n" - buf += " .tpg_release_fabric_acl = " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_fabric_acl,\n" buf += " .tpg_get_inst_index = " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg_get_inst_index,\n" buf += " .release_cmd = " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_cmd,\n" buf += " .shutdown_session = " + fabric_mod_name + "_shutdown_session,\n" @@ -396,7 +316,6 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " .write_pending = " + fabric_mod_name + "_write_pending,\n" buf += " .write_pending_status = " + fabric_mod_name + "_write_pending_status,\n" buf += " .set_default_node_attributes = " + fabric_mod_name + "_set_default_node_attrs,\n" - buf += " .get_task_tag = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_task_tag,\n" buf += " .get_cmd_state = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_cmd_state,\n" buf += " .queue_data_in = " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_data_in,\n" buf += " .queue_status = " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_status,\n" @@ -409,24 +328,18 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " .fabric_drop_wwn = " + fabric_mod_name + "_drop_" + fabric_mod_port + ",\n" buf += " .fabric_make_tpg = " + fabric_mod_name + "_make_tpg,\n" buf += " .fabric_drop_tpg = " + fabric_mod_name + "_drop_tpg,\n" - buf += " .fabric_post_link = NULL,\n" - buf += " .fabric_pre_unlink = NULL,\n" - buf += " .fabric_make_np = NULL,\n" - buf += " .fabric_drop_np = NULL,\n" - buf += " .fabric_make_nodeacl = " + fabric_mod_name + "_make_nodeacl,\n" - buf += " .fabric_drop_nodeacl = " + fabric_mod_name + "_drop_nodeacl,\n" buf += "\n" - buf += " .tfc_wwn_attrs = " + fabric_mod_name + "_wwn_attrs;\n" + buf += " .tfc_wwn_attrs = " + fabric_mod_name + "_wwn_attrs,\n" buf += "};\n\n" buf += "static int __init " + fabric_mod_name + "_init(void)\n" buf += "{\n" - buf += " return target_register_template(" + fabric_mod_name + "_ops);\n" + buf += " return target_register_template(&" + fabric_mod_name + "_ops);\n" buf += "};\n\n" buf += "static void __exit " + fabric_mod_name + "_exit(void)\n" buf += "{\n" - buf += " target_unregister_template(" + fabric_mod_name + "_ops);\n" + buf += " target_unregister_template(&" + fabric_mod_name + "_ops);\n" buf += "};\n\n" buf += "MODULE_DESCRIPTION(\"" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + " series fabric driver\");\n" @@ -503,14 +416,10 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "#include <linux/string.h>\n" buf += "#include <linux/ctype.h>\n" buf += "#include <asm/unaligned.h>\n" - buf += "#include <scsi/scsi.h>\n" - buf += "#include <scsi/scsi_host.h>\n" - buf += "#include <scsi/scsi_device.h>\n" - buf += "#include <scsi/scsi_cmnd.h>\n" - buf += "#include <scsi/libfc.h>\n\n" + buf += "#include <scsi/scsi_common.h>\n" + buf += "#include <scsi/scsi_proto.h>\n" buf += "#include <target/target_core_base.h>\n" buf += "#include <target/target_core_fabric.h>\n" - buf += "#include <target/target_core_configfs.h>\n\n" buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_base.h\"\n" buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric.h\"\n\n" @@ -542,35 +451,6 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): bufi += "char *" + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_name(void);\n" continue - if re.search('get_fabric_proto_ident', fo): - buf += "u8 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_proto_ident(struct se_portal_group *se_tpg)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg *tpg = container_of(se_tpg,\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg, se_tpg);\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_" + fabric_mod_port + " *" + fabric_mod_port + " = tpg->" + fabric_mod_port + ";\n" - buf += " u8 proto_id;\n\n" - buf += " switch (" + fabric_mod_port + "->" + fabric_mod_port + "_proto_id) {\n" - if proto_ident == "FC": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_FCP:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " proto_id = fc_get_fabric_proto_ident(se_tpg);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - elif proto_ident == "SAS": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_SAS:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " proto_id = sas_get_fabric_proto_ident(se_tpg);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - elif proto_ident == "iSCSI": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_ISCSI:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " proto_id = iscsi_get_fabric_proto_ident(se_tpg);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - - buf += " }\n\n" - buf += " return proto_id;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "u8 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_proto_ident(struct se_portal_group *);\n" - if re.search('get_wwn', fo): buf += "char *" + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_wwn(struct se_portal_group *se_tpg)\n" buf += "{\n" @@ -590,150 +470,6 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "}\n\n" bufi += "u16 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_tag(struct se_portal_group *);\n" - if re.search('get_default_depth', fo): - buf += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_default_depth(struct se_portal_group *se_tpg)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " return 1;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_default_depth(struct se_portal_group *);\n" - - if re.search('get_pr_transport_id\)\(', fo): - buf += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_pr_transport_id(\n" - buf += " struct se_portal_group *se_tpg,\n" - buf += " struct se_node_acl *se_nacl,\n" - buf += " struct t10_pr_registration *pr_reg,\n" - buf += " int *format_code,\n" - buf += " unsigned char *buf)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg *tpg = container_of(se_tpg,\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg, se_tpg);\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_" + fabric_mod_port + " *" + fabric_mod_port + " = tpg->" + fabric_mod_port + ";\n" - buf += " int ret = 0;\n\n" - buf += " switch (" + fabric_mod_port + "->" + fabric_mod_port + "_proto_id) {\n" - if proto_ident == "FC": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_FCP:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " ret = fc_get_pr_transport_id(se_tpg, se_nacl, pr_reg,\n" - buf += " format_code, buf);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - elif proto_ident == "SAS": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_SAS:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " ret = sas_get_pr_transport_id(se_tpg, se_nacl, pr_reg,\n" - buf += " format_code, buf);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - elif proto_ident == "iSCSI": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_ISCSI:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " ret = iscsi_get_pr_transport_id(se_tpg, se_nacl, pr_reg,\n" - buf += " format_code, buf);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - - buf += " }\n\n" - buf += " return ret;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_pr_transport_id(struct se_portal_group *,\n" - bufi += " struct se_node_acl *, struct t10_pr_registration *,\n" - bufi += " int *, unsigned char *);\n" - - if re.search('get_pr_transport_id_len\)\(', fo): - buf += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_pr_transport_id_len(\n" - buf += " struct se_portal_group *se_tpg,\n" - buf += " struct se_node_acl *se_nacl,\n" - buf += " struct t10_pr_registration *pr_reg,\n" - buf += " int *format_code)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg *tpg = container_of(se_tpg,\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg, se_tpg);\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_" + fabric_mod_port + " *" + fabric_mod_port + " = tpg->" + fabric_mod_port + ";\n" - buf += " int ret = 0;\n\n" - buf += " switch (" + fabric_mod_port + "->" + fabric_mod_port + "_proto_id) {\n" - if proto_ident == "FC": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_FCP:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " ret = fc_get_pr_transport_id_len(se_tpg, se_nacl, pr_reg,\n" - buf += " format_code);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - elif proto_ident == "SAS": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_SAS:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " ret = sas_get_pr_transport_id_len(se_tpg, se_nacl, pr_reg,\n" - buf += " format_code);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - elif proto_ident == "iSCSI": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_ISCSI:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " ret = iscsi_get_pr_transport_id_len(se_tpg, se_nacl, pr_reg,\n" - buf += " format_code);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - - - buf += " }\n\n" - buf += " return ret;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_pr_transport_id_len(struct se_portal_group *,\n" - bufi += " struct se_node_acl *, struct t10_pr_registration *,\n" - bufi += " int *);\n" - - if re.search('parse_pr_out_transport_id\)\(', fo): - buf += "char *" + fabric_mod_name + "_parse_pr_out_transport_id(\n" - buf += " struct se_portal_group *se_tpg,\n" - buf += " const char *buf,\n" - buf += " u32 *out_tid_len,\n" - buf += " char **port_nexus_ptr)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg *tpg = container_of(se_tpg,\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg, se_tpg);\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_" + fabric_mod_port + " *" + fabric_mod_port + " = tpg->" + fabric_mod_port + ";\n" - buf += " char *tid = NULL;\n\n" - buf += " switch (" + fabric_mod_port + "->" + fabric_mod_port + "_proto_id) {\n" - if proto_ident == "FC": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_FCP:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " tid = fc_parse_pr_out_transport_id(se_tpg, buf, out_tid_len,\n" - buf += " port_nexus_ptr);\n" - elif proto_ident == "SAS": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_SAS:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " tid = sas_parse_pr_out_transport_id(se_tpg, buf, out_tid_len,\n" - buf += " port_nexus_ptr);\n" - elif proto_ident == "iSCSI": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_ISCSI:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " tid = iscsi_parse_pr_out_transport_id(se_tpg, buf, out_tid_len,\n" - buf += " port_nexus_ptr);\n" - - buf += " }\n\n" - buf += " return tid;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "char *" + fabric_mod_name + "_parse_pr_out_transport_id(struct se_portal_group *,\n" - bufi += " const char *, u32 *, char **);\n" - - if re.search('alloc_fabric_acl\)\(', fo): - buf += "struct se_node_acl *" + fabric_mod_name + "_alloc_fabric_acl(struct se_portal_group *se_tpg)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl *nacl;\n\n" - buf += " nacl = kzalloc(sizeof(struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl), GFP_KERNEL);\n" - buf += " if (!nacl) {\n" - buf += " printk(KERN_ERR \"Unable to allocate struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl\\n\");\n" - buf += " return NULL;\n" - buf += " }\n\n" - buf += " return &nacl->se_node_acl;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "struct se_node_acl *" + fabric_mod_name + "_alloc_fabric_acl(struct se_portal_group *);\n" - - if re.search('release_fabric_acl\)\(', fo): - buf += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_fabric_acl(\n" - buf += " struct se_portal_group *se_tpg,\n" - buf += " struct se_node_acl *se_nacl)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl *nacl = container_of(se_nacl,\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl, se_node_acl);\n" - buf += " kfree(nacl);\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_fabric_acl(struct se_portal_group *,\n" - bufi += " struct se_node_acl *);\n" - if re.search('tpg_get_inst_index\)\(', fo): buf += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg_get_inst_index(struct se_portal_group *se_tpg)\n" buf += "{\n" @@ -790,13 +526,6 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "}\n\n" bufi += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_set_default_node_attrs(struct se_node_acl *);\n" - if re.search('get_task_tag\)\(', fo): - buf += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_task_tag(struct se_cmd *se_cmd)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " return 0;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_task_tag(struct se_cmd *);\n" - if re.search('get_cmd_state\)\(', fo): buf += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_cmd_state(struct se_cmd *se_cmd)\n" buf += "{\n" diff --git a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.txt b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.txt index 84533d8e7..ae22f7005 100644 --- a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.txt +++ b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.txt @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ fabric skeleton, by simply using: This script will create a new drivers/target/$TCM_NEW_MOD/, and will do the following *) Generate new API callers for drivers/target/target_core_fabric_configs.c logic - ->make_nodeacl(), ->drop_nodeacl(), ->make_tpg(), ->drop_tpg() - ->make_wwn(), ->drop_wwn(). These are created into $TCM_NEW_MOD/$TCM_NEW_MOD_configfs.c + ->make_tpg(), ->drop_tpg(), ->make_wwn(), ->drop_wwn(). These are created + into $TCM_NEW_MOD/$TCM_NEW_MOD_configfs.c *) Generate basic infrastructure for loading/unloading LKMs and TCM/ConfigFS fabric module using a skeleton struct target_core_fabric_ops API template. *) Based on user defined T10 Proto_Ident for the new fabric module being built, diff --git a/Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt b/Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt index 263b90751..bef81e427 100644 --- a/Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt +++ b/Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ overall shared memory region, not the entry. The data in/out buffers are accessible via tht req.iov[] array. iov_cnt contains the number of entries in iov[] needed to describe either the Data-In or Data-Out buffers. For bidirectional commands, iov_cnt specifies how many iovec -entries cover the Data-Out area, and iov_bidi_count specifies how many +entries cover the Data-Out area, and iov_bidi_cnt specifies how many iovec entries immediately after that in iov[] cover the Data-In area. Just like other fields, iov.iov_base is an offset from the start of the region. diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt b/Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt index 753e47cc2..71653584c 100644 --- a/Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt @@ -36,8 +36,162 @@ the user. The registration APIs returns the cooling device pointer. np: pointer to the cooling device device tree node clip_cpus: cpumask of cpus where the frequency constraints will happen. -1.1.3 void cpufreq_cooling_unregister(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev) +1.1.3 struct thermal_cooling_device *cpufreq_power_cooling_register( + const struct cpumask *clip_cpus, u32 capacitance, + get_static_t plat_static_func) + +Similar to cpufreq_cooling_register, this function registers a cpufreq +cooling device. Using this function, the cooling device will +implement the power extensions by using a simple cpu power model. The +cpus must have registered their OPPs using the OPP library. + +The additional parameters are needed for the power model (See 2. Power +models). "capacitance" is the dynamic power coefficient (See 2.1 +Dynamic power). "plat_static_func" is a function to calculate the +static power consumed by these cpus (See 2.2 Static power). + +1.1.4 struct thermal_cooling_device *of_cpufreq_power_cooling_register( + struct device_node *np, const struct cpumask *clip_cpus, u32 capacitance, + get_static_t plat_static_func) + +Similar to cpufreq_power_cooling_register, this function register a +cpufreq cooling device with power extensions using the device tree +information supplied by the np parameter. + +1.1.5 void cpufreq_cooling_unregister(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev) This interface function unregisters the "thermal-cpufreq-%x" cooling device. cdev: Cooling device pointer which has to be unregistered. + +2. Power models + +The power API registration functions provide a simple power model for +CPUs. The current power is calculated as dynamic + (optionally) +static power. This power model requires that the operating-points of +the CPUs are registered using the kernel's opp library and the +`cpufreq_frequency_table` is assigned to the `struct device` of the +cpu. If you are using CONFIG_CPUFREQ_DT then the +`cpufreq_frequency_table` should already be assigned to the cpu +device. + +The `plat_static_func` parameter of `cpufreq_power_cooling_register()` +and `of_cpufreq_power_cooling_register()` is optional. If you don't +provide it, only dynamic power will be considered. + +2.1 Dynamic power + +The dynamic power consumption of a processor depends on many factors. +For a given processor implementation the primary factors are: + +- The time the processor spends running, consuming dynamic power, as + compared to the time in idle states where dynamic consumption is + negligible. Herein we refer to this as 'utilisation'. +- The voltage and frequency levels as a result of DVFS. The DVFS + level is a dominant factor governing power consumption. +- In running time the 'execution' behaviour (instruction types, memory + access patterns and so forth) causes, in most cases, a second order + variation. In pathological cases this variation can be significant, + but typically it is of a much lesser impact than the factors above. + +A high level dynamic power consumption model may then be represented as: + +Pdyn = f(run) * Voltage^2 * Frequency * Utilisation + +f(run) here represents the described execution behaviour and its +result has a units of Watts/Hz/Volt^2 (this often expressed in +mW/MHz/uVolt^2) + +The detailed behaviour for f(run) could be modelled on-line. However, +in practice, such an on-line model has dependencies on a number of +implementation specific processor support and characterisation +factors. Therefore, in initial implementation that contribution is +represented as a constant coefficient. This is a simplification +consistent with the relative contribution to overall power variation. + +In this simplified representation our model becomes: + +Pdyn = Capacitance * Voltage^2 * Frequency * Utilisation + +Where `capacitance` is a constant that represents an indicative +running time dynamic power coefficient in fundamental units of +mW/MHz/uVolt^2. Typical values for mobile CPUs might lie in range +from 100 to 500. For reference, the approximate values for the SoC in +ARM's Juno Development Platform are 530 for the Cortex-A57 cluster and +140 for the Cortex-A53 cluster. + + +2.2 Static power + +Static leakage power consumption depends on a number of factors. For a +given circuit implementation the primary factors are: + +- Time the circuit spends in each 'power state' +- Temperature +- Operating voltage +- Process grade + +The time the circuit spends in each 'power state' for a given +evaluation period at first order means OFF or ON. However, +'retention' states can also be supported that reduce power during +inactive periods without loss of context. + +Note: The visibility of state entries to the OS can vary, according to +platform specifics, and this can then impact the accuracy of a model +based on OS state information alone. It might be possible in some +cases to extract more accurate information from system resources. + +The temperature, operating voltage and process 'grade' (slow to fast) +of the circuit are all significant factors in static leakage power +consumption. All of these have complex relationships to static power. + +Circuit implementation specific factors include the chosen silicon +process as well as the type, number and size of transistors in both +the logic gates and any RAM elements included. + +The static power consumption modelling must take into account the +power managed regions that are implemented. Taking the example of an +ARM processor cluster, the modelling would take into account whether +each CPU can be powered OFF separately or if only a single power +region is implemented for the complete cluster. + +In one view, there are others, a static power consumption model can +then start from a set of reference values for each power managed +region (e.g. CPU, Cluster/L2) in each state (e.g. ON, OFF) at an +arbitrary process grade, voltage and temperature point. These values +are then scaled for all of the following: the time in each state, the +process grade, the current temperature and the operating voltage. +However, since both implementation specific and complex relationships +dominate the estimate, the appropriate interface to the model from the +cpu cooling device is to provide a function callback that calculates +the static power in this platform. When registering the cpu cooling +device pass a function pointer that follows the `get_static_t` +prototype: + + int plat_get_static(cpumask_t *cpumask, int interval, + unsigned long voltage, u32 &power); + +`cpumask` is the cpumask of the cpus involved in the calculation. +`voltage` is the voltage at which they are operating. The function +should calculate the average static power for the last `interval` +milliseconds. It returns 0 on success, -E* on error. If it +succeeds, it should store the static power in `power`. Reading the +temperature of the cpus described by `cpumask` is left for +plat_get_static() to do as the platform knows best which thermal +sensor is closest to the cpu. + +If `plat_static_func` is NULL, static power is considered to be +negligible for this platform and only dynamic power is considered. + +The platform specific callback can then use any combination of tables +and/or equations to permute the estimated value. Process grade +information is not passed to the model since access to such data, from +on-chip measurement capability or manufacture time data, is platform +specific. + +Note: the significance of static power for CPUs in comparison to +dynamic power is highly dependent on implementation. Given the +potential complexity in implementation, the importance and accuracy of +its inclusion when using cpu cooling devices should be assessed on a +case by case basis. + diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt b/Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c3797b529 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +Power allocator governor tunables +================================= + +Trip points +----------- + +The governor requires the following two passive trip points: + +1. "switch on" trip point: temperature above which the governor + control loop starts operating. This is the first passive trip + point of the thermal zone. + +2. "desired temperature" trip point: it should be higher than the + "switch on" trip point. This the target temperature the governor + is controlling for. This is the last passive trip point of the + thermal zone. + +PID Controller +-------------- + +The power allocator governor implements a +Proportional-Integral-Derivative controller (PID controller) with +temperature as the control input and power as the controlled output: + + P_max = k_p * e + k_i * err_integral + k_d * diff_err + sustainable_power + +where + e = desired_temperature - current_temperature + err_integral is the sum of previous errors + diff_err = e - previous_error + +It is similar to the one depicted below: + + k_d + | +current_temp | + | v + | +----------+ +---+ + | +----->| diff_err |-->| X |------+ + | | +----------+ +---+ | + | | | tdp actor + | | k_i | | get_requested_power() + | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | ... + v | v v v v v + +---+ | +-------+ +---+ +---+ +---+ +----------+ + | S |-------+----->| sum e |----->| X |--->| S |-->| S |-->|power | + +---+ | +-------+ +---+ +---+ +---+ |allocation| + ^ | ^ +----------+ + | | | | | + | | +---+ | | | + | +------->| X |-------------------+ v v + | +---+ granted performance +desired_temperature ^ + | + | + k_po/k_pu + +Sustainable power +----------------- + +An estimate of the sustainable dissipatable power (in mW) should be +provided while registering the thermal zone. This estimates the +sustained power that can be dissipated at the desired control +temperature. This is the maximum sustained power for allocation at +the desired maximum temperature. The actual sustained power can vary +for a number of reasons. The closed loop controller will take care of +variations such as environmental conditions, and some factors related +to the speed-grade of the silicon. `sustainable_power` is therefore +simply an estimate, and may be tuned to affect the aggressiveness of +the thermal ramp. For reference, the sustainable power of a 4" phone +is typically 2000mW, while on a 10" tablet is around 4500mW (may vary +depending on screen size). + +If you are using device tree, do add it as a property of the +thermal-zone. For example: + + thermal-zones { + soc_thermal { + polling-delay = <1000>; + polling-delay-passive = <100>; + sustainable-power = <2500>; + ... + +Instead, if the thermal zone is registered from the platform code, pass a +`thermal_zone_params` that has a `sustainable_power`. If no +`thermal_zone_params` were being passed, then something like below +will suffice: + + static const struct thermal_zone_params tz_params = { + .sustainable_power = 3500, + }; + +and then pass `tz_params` as the 5th parameter to +`thermal_zone_device_register()` + +k_po and k_pu +------------- + +The implementation of the PID controller in the power allocator +thermal governor allows the configuration of two proportional term +constants: `k_po` and `k_pu`. `k_po` is the proportional term +constant during temperature overshoot periods (current temperature is +above "desired temperature" trip point). Conversely, `k_pu` is the +proportional term constant during temperature undershoot periods +(current temperature below "desired temperature" trip point). + +These controls are intended as the primary mechanism for configuring +the permitted thermal "ramp" of the system. For instance, a lower +`k_pu` value will provide a slower ramp, at the cost of capping +available capacity at a low temperature. On the other hand, a high +value of `k_pu` will result in the governor granting very high power +whilst temperature is low, and may lead to temperature overshooting. + +The default value for `k_pu` is: + + 2 * sustainable_power / (desired_temperature - switch_on_temp) + +This means that at `switch_on_temp` the output of the controller's +proportional term will be 2 * `sustainable_power`. The default value +for `k_po` is: + + sustainable_power / (desired_temperature - switch_on_temp) + +Focusing on the proportional and feed forward values of the PID +controller equation we have: + + P_max = k_p * e + sustainable_power + +The proportional term is proportional to the difference between the +desired temperature and the current one. When the current temperature +is the desired one, then the proportional component is zero and +`P_max` = `sustainable_power`. That is, the system should operate in +thermal equilibrium under constant load. `sustainable_power` is only +an estimate, which is the reason for closed-loop control such as this. + +Expanding `k_pu` we get: + P_max = 2 * sustainable_power * (T_set - T) / (T_set - T_on) + + sustainable_power + +where + T_set is the desired temperature + T is the current temperature + T_on is the switch on temperature + +When the current temperature is the switch_on temperature, the above +formula becomes: + + P_max = 2 * sustainable_power * (T_set - T_on) / (T_set - T_on) + + sustainable_power = 2 * sustainable_power + sustainable_power = + 3 * sustainable_power + +Therefore, the proportional term alone linearly decreases power from +3 * `sustainable_power` to `sustainable_power` as the temperature +rises from the switch on temperature to the desired temperature. + +k_i and integral_cutoff +----------------------- + +`k_i` configures the PID loop's integral term constant. This term +allows the PID controller to compensate for long term drift and for +the quantized nature of the output control: cooling devices can't set +the exact power that the governor requests. When the temperature +error is below `integral_cutoff`, errors are accumulated in the +integral term. This term is then multiplied by `k_i` and the result +added to the output of the controller. Typically `k_i` is set low (1 +or 2) and `integral_cutoff` is 0. + +k_d +--- + +`k_d` configures the PID loop's derivative term constant. It's +recommended to leave it as the default: 0. + +Cooling device power API +======================== + +Cooling devices controlled by this governor must supply the additional +"power" API in their `cooling_device_ops`. It consists on three ops: + +1. int get_requested_power(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev, + struct thermal_zone_device *tz, u32 *power); +@cdev: The `struct thermal_cooling_device` pointer +@tz: thermal zone in which we are currently operating +@power: pointer in which to store the calculated power + +`get_requested_power()` calculates the power requested by the device +in milliwatts and stores it in @power . It should return 0 on +success, -E* on failure. This is currently used by the power +allocator governor to calculate how much power to give to each cooling +device. + +2. int state2power(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev, struct + thermal_zone_device *tz, unsigned long state, u32 *power); +@cdev: The `struct thermal_cooling_device` pointer +@tz: thermal zone in which we are currently operating +@state: A cooling device state +@power: pointer in which to store the equivalent power + +Convert cooling device state @state into power consumption in +milliwatts and store it in @power. It should return 0 on success, -E* +on failure. This is currently used by thermal core to calculate the +maximum power that an actor can consume. + +3. int power2state(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev, u32 power, + unsigned long *state); +@cdev: The `struct thermal_cooling_device` pointer +@power: power in milliwatts +@state: pointer in which to store the resulting state + +Calculate a cooling device state that would make the device consume at +most @power mW and store it in @state. It should return 0 on success, +-E* on failure. This is currently used by the thermal core to convert +a given power set by the power allocator governor to a state that the +cooling device can set. It is a function because this conversion may +depend on external factors that may change so this function should the +best conversion given "current circumstances". + +Cooling device weights +---------------------- + +Weights are a mechanism to bias the allocation among cooling +devices. They express the relative power efficiency of different +cooling devices. Higher weight can be used to express higher power +efficiency. Weighting is relative such that if each cooling device +has a weight of one they are considered equal. This is particularly +useful in heterogeneous systems where two cooling devices may perform +the same kind of compute, but with different efficiency. For example, +a system with two different types of processors. + +If the thermal zone is registered using +`thermal_zone_device_register()` (i.e., platform code), then weights +are passed as part of the thermal zone's `thermal_bind_parameters`. +If the platform is registered using device tree, then they are passed +as the `contribution` property of each map in the `cooling-maps` node. + +Limitations of the power allocator governor +=========================================== + +The power allocator governor's PID controller works best if there is a +periodic tick. If you have a driver that calls +`thermal_zone_device_update()` (or anything that ends up calling the +governor's `throttle()` function) repetitively, the governor response +won't be very good. Note that this is not particular to this +governor, step-wise will also misbehave if you call its throttle() +faster than the normal thermal framework tick (due to interrupts for +example) as it will overreact. diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt index 87519cb37..c1f6864a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices. 1.3 interface for binding a thermal zone device with a thermal cooling device 1.3.1 int thermal_zone_bind_cooling_device(struct thermal_zone_device *tz, int trip, struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev, - unsigned long upper, unsigned long lower); + unsigned long upper, unsigned long lower, unsigned int weight); This interface function bind a thermal cooling device to the certain trip point of a thermal zone device. @@ -110,6 +110,8 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices. lower:the Minimum cooling state can be used for this trip point. THERMAL_NO_LIMIT means no lower limit, and the cooling device can be in cooling state 0. + weight: the influence of this cooling device in this thermal + zone. See 1.4.1 below for more information. 1.3.2 int thermal_zone_unbind_cooling_device(struct thermal_zone_device *tz, int trip, struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev); @@ -127,9 +129,15 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices. This structure defines the following parameters that are used to bind a zone with a cooling device for a particular trip point. .cdev: The cooling device pointer - .weight: The 'influence' of a particular cooling device on this zone. - This is on a percentage scale. The sum of all these weights - (for a particular zone) cannot exceed 100. + .weight: The 'influence' of a particular cooling device on this + zone. This is relative to the rest of the cooling + devices. For example, if all cooling devices have a + weight of 1, then they all contribute the same. You can + use percentages if you want, but it's not mandatory. A + weight of 0 means that this cooling device doesn't + contribute to the cooling of this zone unless all cooling + devices have a weight of 0. If all weights are 0, then + they all contribute the same. .trip_mask:This is a bit mask that gives the binding relation between this thermal zone and cdev, for a particular trip point. If nth bit is set, then the cdev and thermal zone are bound @@ -176,6 +184,14 @@ Thermal zone device sys I/F, created once it's registered: |---trip_point_[0-*]_type: Trip point type |---trip_point_[0-*]_hyst: Hysteresis value for this trip point |---emul_temp: Emulated temperature set node + |---sustainable_power: Sustainable dissipatable power + |---k_po: Proportional term during temperature overshoot + |---k_pu: Proportional term during temperature undershoot + |---k_i: PID's integral term in the power allocator gov + |---k_d: PID's derivative term in the power allocator + |---integral_cutoff: Offset above which errors are accumulated + |---slope: Slope constant applied as linear extrapolation + |---offset: Offset constant applied as linear extrapolation Thermal cooling device sys I/F, created once it's registered: /sys/class/thermal/cooling_device[0-*]: @@ -192,6 +208,8 @@ thermal_zone_bind_cooling_device/thermal_zone_unbind_cooling_device. /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zone[0-*]: |---cdev[0-*]: [0-*]th cooling device in current thermal zone |---cdev[0-*]_trip_point: Trip point that cdev[0-*] is associated with + |---cdev[0-*]_weight: Influence of the cooling device in + this thermal zone Besides the thermal zone device sysfs I/F and cooling device sysfs I/F, the generic thermal driver also creates a hwmon sysfs I/F for each _type_ @@ -265,6 +283,14 @@ cdev[0-*]_trip_point point. RO, Optional +cdev[0-*]_weight + The influence of cdev[0-*] in this thermal zone. This value + is relative to the rest of cooling devices in the thermal + zone. For example, if a cooling device has a weight double + than that of other, it's twice as effective in cooling the + thermal zone. + RW, Optional + passive Attribute is only present for zones in which the passive cooling policy is not supported by native thermal driver. Default is zero @@ -289,6 +315,66 @@ emul_temp because userland can easily disable the thermal policy by simply flooding this sysfs node with low temperature values. +sustainable_power + An estimate of the sustained power that can be dissipated by + the thermal zone. Used by the power allocator governor. For + more information see Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt + Unit: milliwatts + RW, Optional + +k_po + The proportional term of the power allocator governor's PID + controller during temperature overshoot. Temperature overshoot + is when the current temperature is above the "desired + temperature" trip point. For more information see + Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt + RW, Optional + +k_pu + The proportional term of the power allocator governor's PID + controller during temperature undershoot. Temperature undershoot + is when the current temperature is below the "desired + temperature" trip point. For more information see + Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt + RW, Optional + +k_i + The integral term of the power allocator governor's PID + controller. This term allows the PID controller to compensate + for long term drift. For more information see + Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt + RW, Optional + +k_d + The derivative term of the power allocator governor's PID + controller. For more information see + Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt + RW, Optional + +integral_cutoff + Temperature offset from the desired temperature trip point + above which the integral term of the power allocator + governor's PID controller starts accumulating errors. For + example, if integral_cutoff is 0, then the integral term only + accumulates error when temperature is above the desired + temperature trip point. For more information see + Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt + RW, Optional + +slope + The slope constant used in a linear extrapolation model + to determine a hotspot temperature based off the sensor's + raw readings. It is up to the device driver to determine + the usage of these values. + RW, Optional + +offset + The offset constant used in a linear extrapolation model + to determine a hotspot temperature based off the sensor's + raw readings. It is up to the device driver to determine + the usage of these values. + RW, Optional + ***************************** * Cooling device attributes * ***************************** @@ -318,7 +404,8 @@ passive, active. If an ACPI thermal zone supports critical, passive, active[0] and active[1] at the same time, it may register itself as a thermal_zone_device (thermal_zone1) with 4 trip points in all. It has one processor and one fan, which are both registered as -thermal_cooling_device. +thermal_cooling_device. Both are considered to have the same +effectiveness in cooling the thermal zone. If the processor is listed in _PSL method, and the fan is listed in _AL0 method, the sys I/F structure will be built like this: @@ -340,8 +427,10 @@ method, the sys I/F structure will be built like this: |---trip_point_3_type: active1 |---cdev0: --->/sys/class/thermal/cooling_device0 |---cdev0_trip_point: 1 /* cdev0 can be used for passive */ + |---cdev0_weight: 1024 |---cdev1: --->/sys/class/thermal/cooling_device3 |---cdev1_trip_point: 2 /* cdev1 can be used for active[0]*/ + |---cdev1_weight: 1024 |cooling_device0: |---type: Processor diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt index 572ca9236..7ddb1e319 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt +++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt @@ -108,8 +108,8 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: data is read from this file, it is consumed, and will not be read again with a sequential read. The "trace" file is static, and if the tracer is not - adding more data,they will display the same - information every time they are read. + adding more data, it will display the same + information every time it is read. trace_options: diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.txt b/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.txt index f45b2bf4b..592678009 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.txt @@ -526,8 +526,6 @@ Except for ifname they can be written to until the function is linked to a configuration. The ifname is read-only and contains the name of the interface which was assigned by the net core, e. g. usb0. -By default there can be only 1 RNDIS interface in the system. - Testing the RNDIS function -------------------------- @@ -629,7 +627,7 @@ Function-specific configfs interface The function name to use when creating the function directory is "uac2". The uac2 function provides these attributes in its function directory: - chmask - capture channel mask + c_chmask - capture channel mask c_srate - capture sampling rate c_ssize - capture sample size (bytes) p_chmask - playback channel mask diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt index 947fa62bc..349f3104f 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt @@ -465,12 +465,14 @@ Generic Serial driver device, and does not support any kind of device flow control. All that is required of your device is that it has at least one bulk in endpoint, or one bulk out endpoint. - - To enable the generic driver to recognize your device, build the driver - as a module and load it by the following invocation: + + To enable the generic driver to recognize your device, provide + echo <vid> <pid> >/sys/bus/usb-serial/drivers/generic/new_id + where the <vid> and <pid> is replaced with the hex representation of your + device's vendor id and product id. + If the driver is compiled as a module you can also provide one id when + loading the module insmod usbserial vendor=0x#### product=0x#### - where the #### is replaced with the hex representation of your device's - vendor id and product id. This driver has been successfully used to connect to the NetChip USB development board, providing a way to develop USB firmware without diff --git a/Documentation/vDSO/Makefile b/Documentation/vDSO/Makefile index ee075c3d2..b12e98770 100644 --- a/Documentation/vDSO/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/vDSO/Makefile @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +ifndef CROSS_COMPILE # vdso_test won't build for glibc < 2.16, so disable it # hostprogs-y := vdso_test hostprogs-$(CONFIG_X86) := vdso_standalone_test_x86 @@ -13,3 +14,4 @@ HOSTLOADLIBES_vdso_standalone_test_x86 := -nostdlib ifeq ($(CONFIG_X86_32),y) HOSTLOADLIBES_vdso_standalone_test_x86 += -lgcc_s endif +endif diff --git a/Documentation/vfio.txt b/Documentation/vfio.txt index 96978eced..1dd3fddfd 100644 --- a/Documentation/vfio.txt +++ b/Documentation/vfio.txt @@ -289,10 +289,12 @@ PPC64 sPAPR implementation note This implementation has some specifics: -1) Only one IOMMU group per container is supported as an IOMMU group -represents the minimal entity which isolation can be guaranteed for and -groups are allocated statically, one per a Partitionable Endpoint (PE) +1) On older systems (POWER7 with P5IOC2/IODA1) only one IOMMU group per +container is supported as an IOMMU table is allocated at the boot time, +one table per a IOMMU group which is a Partitionable Endpoint (PE) (PE is often a PCI domain but not always). +Newer systems (POWER8 with IODA2) have improved hardware design which allows +to remove this limitation and have multiple IOMMU groups per a VFIO container. 2) The hardware supports so called DMA windows - the PCI address range within which DMA transfer is allowed, any attempt to access address space @@ -385,6 +387,18 @@ The code flow from the example above should be slightly changed: .... + /* Inject EEH error, which is expected to be caused by 32-bits + * config load. + */ + pe_op.op = VFIO_EEH_PE_INJECT_ERR; + pe_op.err.type = EEH_ERR_TYPE_32; + pe_op.err.func = EEH_ERR_FUNC_LD_CFG_ADDR; + pe_op.err.addr = 0ul; + pe_op.err.mask = 0ul; + ioctl(container, VFIO_EEH_PE_OP, &pe_op); + + .... + /* When 0xFF's returned from reading PCI config space or IO BARs * of the PCI device. Check the PE's state to see if that has been * frozen. @@ -427,6 +441,48 @@ The code flow from the example above should be slightly changed: .... +5) There is v2 of SPAPR TCE IOMMU. It deprecates VFIO_IOMMU_ENABLE/ +VFIO_IOMMU_DISABLE and implements 2 new ioctls: +VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_REGISTER_MEMORY and VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_UNREGISTER_MEMORY +(which are unsupported in v1 IOMMU). + +PPC64 paravirtualized guests generate a lot of map/unmap requests, +and the handling of those includes pinning/unpinning pages and updating +mm::locked_vm counter to make sure we do not exceed the rlimit. +The v2 IOMMU splits accounting and pinning into separate operations: + +- VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_REGISTER_MEMORY/VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_UNREGISTER_MEMORY ioctls +receive a user space address and size of the block to be pinned. +Bisecting is not supported and VFIO_IOMMU_UNREGISTER_MEMORY is expected to +be called with the exact address and size used for registering +the memory block. The userspace is not expected to call these often. +The ranges are stored in a linked list in a VFIO container. + +- VFIO_IOMMU_MAP_DMA/VFIO_IOMMU_UNMAP_DMA ioctls only update the actual +IOMMU table and do not do pinning; instead these check that the userspace +address is from pre-registered range. + +This separation helps in optimizing DMA for guests. + +6) sPAPR specification allows guests to have an additional DMA window(s) on +a PCI bus with a variable page size. Two ioctls have been added to support +this: VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_TCE_CREATE and VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_TCE_REMOVE. +The platform has to support the functionality or error will be returned to +the userspace. The existing hardware supports up to 2 DMA windows, one is +2GB long, uses 4K pages and called "default 32bit window"; the other can +be as big as entire RAM, use different page size, it is optional - guests +create those in run-time if the guest driver supports 64bit DMA. + +VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_TCE_CREATE receives a page shift, a DMA window size and +a number of TCE table levels (if a TCE table is going to be big enough and +the kernel may not be able to allocate enough of physically contiguous memory). +It creates a new window in the available slot and returns the bus address where +the new window starts. Due to hardware limitation, the user space cannot choose +the location of DMA windows. + +VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_TCE_REMOVE receives the bus start address of the window +and removes it. + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [1] VFIO was originally an acronym for "Virtual Function I/O" in its diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 index 4c84ec853..44a4cfbfd 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ 35 -> TeVii S471 [d471:9022] 36 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1255 [0070:2259] 37 -> Prof Revolution DVB-S2 8000 [8000:3034] - 38 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR4400 [0070:c108,0070:c138,0070:c12a,0070:c1f8] + 38 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR4400/HVR5500 [0070:c108,0070:c138,0070:c1f8] 39 -> AVerTV Hybrid Express Slim HC81R [1461:d939] 40 -> TurboSight TBS 6981 [6981:8888] 41 -> TurboSight TBS 6980 [6980:8888] @@ -45,3 +45,10 @@ 44 -> DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Dual Express2 [18ac:db98] 45 -> DVBSky T9580 [4254:9580] 46 -> DVBSky T980C [4254:980c] + 47 -> DVBSky S950C [4254:950c] + 48 -> Technotrend TT-budget CT2-4500 CI [13c2:3013] + 49 -> DVBSky S950 [4254:0950] + 50 -> DVBSky S952 [4254:0952] + 51 -> DVBSky T982 [4254:0982] + 52 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR5525 [0070:f038] + 53 -> Hauppauge WinTV Starburst [0070:c12a] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx index 3700edb81..9e57ce43c 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx @@ -94,3 +94,5 @@ 93 -> KWorld USB ATSC TV Stick UB435-Q V3 (em2874) [1b80:e34c] 94 -> PCTV tripleStick (292e) (em28178) 95 -> Leadtek VC100 (em2861) [0413:6f07] + 96 -> Terratec Cinergy T2 Stick HD (em28178) + 97 -> Elgato EyeTV Hybrid 2008 INT (em2884) [0fd9:0018] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 index a93d86455..f4b395bdc 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 @@ -192,3 +192,4 @@ 191 -> Hawell HW-9004V1 192 -> AverMedia AverTV Satellite Hybrid+FM A706 [1461:2055] 193 -> WIS Voyager or compatible [1905:7007] +194 -> AverMedia AverTV/505 [1461:a10a] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 index 2205e8d55..6eb057220 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 @@ -9,3 +9,6 @@ 8 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2250 [0070:88A1] 9 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2200 [0070:8940] 10 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2200 [0070:8953] + 11 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2255(proto) + 12 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2255 [0070:f111] + 13 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2205 [0070:f123,0070:f120] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt index 59e619f9b..75d5c18d6 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt @@ -1129,6 +1129,10 @@ available event type is 'class base + 1'. An example on how the V4L2 events may be used can be found in the OMAP 3 ISP driver (drivers/media/platform/omap3isp). +A subdev can directly send an event to the v4l2_device notify function with +V4L2_DEVICE_NOTIFY_EVENT. This allows the bridge to map the subdev that sends +the event to the video node(s) associated with the subdev that need to be +informed about such an event. V4L2 clocks ----------- diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c index 7bd1b975b..9c80c090e 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c @@ -406,9 +406,7 @@ static int skeleton_enum_fmt_vid_cap(struct file *file, void *priv, if (f->index != 0) return -EINVAL; - strlcpy(f->description, "4:2:2, packed, YUYV", sizeof(f->description)); f->pixelformat = V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV; - f->flags = 0; return 0; } diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt index cd4b5a1ac..e35d376b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt @@ -631,26 +631,33 @@ Timestamp Source: selects when the timestamp for each buffer is taken. Colorspace: selects which colorspace should be used when generating the image. This only applies if the CSC Colorbar test pattern is selected, - otherwise the test pattern will go through unconverted (except for - the so-called 'Transfer Function' corrections and the R'G'B' to Y'CbCr - conversion). This behavior is also what you want, since a 75% Colorbar + otherwise the test pattern will go through unconverted. + This behavior is also what you want, since a 75% Colorbar should really have 75% signal intensity and should not be affected by colorspace conversions. Changing the colorspace will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE to be sent since it emulates a detected colorspace change. +Transfer Function: selects which colorspace transfer function should be used when + generating an image. This only applies if the CSC Colorbar test pattern is + selected, otherwise the test pattern will go through unconverted. + This behavior is also what you want, since a 75% Colorbar + should really have 75% signal intensity and should not be affected + by colorspace conversions. + + Changing the transfer function will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE + to be sent since it emulates a detected colorspace change. + Y'CbCr Encoding: selects which Y'CbCr encoding should be used when generating - a Y'CbCr image. This only applies if the CSC Colorbar test pattern is - selected, and if the format is set to a Y'CbCr format as opposed to an - RGB format. + a Y'CbCr image. This only applies if the format is set to a Y'CbCr format + as opposed to an RGB format. Changing the Y'CbCr encoding will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE to be sent since it emulates a detected colorspace change. Quantization: selects which quantization should be used for the RGB or Y'CbCr - encoding when generating the test pattern. This only applies if the CSC - Colorbar test pattern is selected. + encoding when generating the test pattern. Changing the quantization will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE to be sent since it emulates a detected colorspace change. @@ -888,7 +895,7 @@ Section 10.1: Video and Sliced VBI looping The way to enable video/VBI looping is currently fairly crude. A 'Loop Video' control is available in the "Vivid" control class of the video -output and VBI output devices. When checked the video looping will be enabled. +capture and VBI capture devices. When checked the video looping will be enabled. Once enabled any video S-Video or HDMI input will show a static test pattern until the video output has started. At that time the video output will be looped to the video input provided that: @@ -985,8 +992,9 @@ to change crop and compose rectangles on the fly. Section 12: Formats ------------------- -The driver supports all the regular packed YUYV formats, 16, 24 and 32 RGB -packed formats and two multiplanar formats (one luma and one chroma plane). +The driver supports all the regular packed and planar 4:4:4, 4:2:2 and 4:2:0 +YUYV formats, 8, 16, 24 and 32 RGB packed formats and various multiplanar +formats. The alpha component can be set through the 'Alpha Component' User control for those formats that support it. If the 'Apply Alpha To Red Only' control @@ -1119,11 +1127,9 @@ Just as a reminder and in no particular order: - Use per-queue locks and/or per-device locks to improve throughput - Add support to loop from a specific output to a specific input across vivid instances -- Add support for VIDIOC_EXPBUF once support for that has been added to vb2 - The SDR radio should use the same 'frequencies' for stations as the normal radio receiver, and give back noise if the frequency doesn't match up with a station frequency -- Improve the sine generation of the SDR radio. - Make a thread for the RDS generation, that would help in particular for the "Controls" RDS Rx I/O Mode as the read-only RDS controls could be updated in real-time. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt index 9fa2bf8c3..a7926a901 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt @@ -254,6 +254,11 @@ since the last call to this ioctl. Bit 0 is the first page in the memory slot. Ensure the entire structure is cleared to avoid padding issues. +If KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE is available, bits 16-31 specifies +the address space for which you want to return the dirty bitmap. +They must be less than the value that KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION returns for +the KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE capability. + 4.9 KVM_SET_MEMORY_ALIAS @@ -820,11 +825,21 @@ struct kvm_vcpu_events { } nmi; __u32 sipi_vector; __u32 flags; + struct { + __u8 smm; + __u8 pending; + __u8 smm_inside_nmi; + __u8 latched_init; + } smi; }; -KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SHADOW may be set in the flags field to signal that -interrupt.shadow contains a valid state. Otherwise, this field is undefined. +Only two fields are defined in the flags field: + +- KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SHADOW may be set in the flags field to signal that + interrupt.shadow contains a valid state. +- KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SMM may be set in the flags field to signal that + smi contains a valid state. 4.32 KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS @@ -841,17 +856,20 @@ vcpu. See KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS for the data structure. Fields that may be modified asynchronously by running VCPUs can be excluded -from the update. These fields are nmi.pending and sipi_vector. Keep the -corresponding bits in the flags field cleared to suppress overwriting the -current in-kernel state. The bits are: +from the update. These fields are nmi.pending, sipi_vector, smi.smm, +smi.pending. Keep the corresponding bits in the flags field cleared to +suppress overwriting the current in-kernel state. The bits are: KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_NMI_PENDING - transfer nmi.pending to the kernel KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SIPI_VECTOR - transfer sipi_vector +KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SMM - transfer the smi sub-struct. If KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW is available, KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SHADOW can be set in the flags field to signal that interrupt.shadow contains a valid state and shall be written into the VCPU. +KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SMM can only be set if KVM_CAP_X86_SMM is available. + 4.33 KVM_GET_DEBUGREGS @@ -911,6 +929,13 @@ slot. When changing an existing slot, it may be moved in the guest physical memory space, or its flags may be modified. It may not be resized. Slots may not overlap in guest physical address space. +If KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE is available, bits 16-31 of "slot" +specifies the address space which is being modified. They must be +less than the value that KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION returns for the +KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE capability. Slots in separate address spaces +are unrelated; the restriction on overlapping slots only applies within +each address space. + Memory for the region is taken starting at the address denoted by the field userspace_addr, which must point at user addressable memory for the entire memory slot size. Any object may back this memory, including @@ -959,7 +984,8 @@ documentation when it pops into existence). 4.37 KVM_ENABLE_CAP Capability: KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP, KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP_VM -Architectures: ppc, s390 +Architectures: x86 (only KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP_VM), + mips (only KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP), ppc, s390 Type: vcpu ioctl, vm ioctl (with KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP_VM) Parameters: struct kvm_enable_cap (in) Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error @@ -1268,7 +1294,7 @@ The flags bitmap is defined as: /* the host supports the ePAPR idle hcall #define KVM_PPC_PVINFO_FLAGS_EV_IDLE (1<<0) -4.48 KVM_ASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE +4.48 KVM_ASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE (deprecated) Capability: none Architectures: x86 @@ -1318,7 +1344,7 @@ Errors: have their standard meanings. -4.49 KVM_DEASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE +4.49 KVM_DEASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE (deprecated) Capability: none Architectures: x86 @@ -1337,7 +1363,7 @@ Errors: Other error conditions may be defined by individual device types or have their standard meanings. -4.50 KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ +4.50 KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ (deprecated) Capability: KVM_CAP_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ Architectures: x86 @@ -1377,7 +1403,7 @@ Errors: have their standard meanings. -4.51 KVM_DEASSIGN_DEV_IRQ +4.51 KVM_DEASSIGN_DEV_IRQ (deprecated) Capability: KVM_CAP_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ Architectures: x86 @@ -1451,7 +1477,7 @@ struct kvm_irq_routing_s390_adapter { }; -4.53 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_NR +4.53 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_NR (deprecated) Capability: none Architectures: x86 @@ -1473,7 +1499,7 @@ struct kvm_assigned_msix_nr { #define KVM_MAX_MSIX_PER_DEV 256 -4.54 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_ENTRY +4.54 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_ENTRY (deprecated) Capability: none Architectures: x86 @@ -1629,7 +1655,7 @@ should skip processing the bitmap and just invalidate everything. It must be set to the number of set bits in the bitmap. -4.61 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_INTX_MASK +4.61 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_INTX_MASK (deprecated) Capability: KVM_CAP_PCI_2_3 Architectures: x86 @@ -2978,6 +3004,16 @@ len must be a multiple of sizeof(struct kvm_s390_irq). It must be > 0 and it must not exceed (max_vcpus + 32) * sizeof(struct kvm_s390_irq), which is the maximum number of possibly pending cpu-local interrupts. +4.90 KVM_SMI + +Capability: KVM_CAP_X86_SMM +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Queues an SMI on the thread's vcpu. + 5. The kvm_run structure ------------------------ @@ -3013,7 +3049,12 @@ an interrupt can be injected now with KVM_INTERRUPT. The value of the current interrupt flag. Only valid if in-kernel local APIC is not used. - __u8 padding2[2]; + __u16 flags; + +More architecture-specific flags detailing state of the VCPU that may +affect the device's behavior. The only currently defined flag is +KVM_RUN_X86_SMM, which is valid on x86 machines and is set if the +VCPU is in system management mode. /* in (pre_kvm_run), out (post_kvm_run) */ __u64 cr8; diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt index c59bd9bc4..3a4d681c3 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt @@ -173,6 +173,12 @@ Shadow pages contain the following information: Contains the value of cr4.smap && !cr0.wp for which the page is valid (pages for which this is true are different from other pages; see the treatment of cr0.wp=0 below). + role.smm: + Is 1 if the page is valid in system management mode. This field + determines which of the kvm_memslots array was used to build this + shadow page; it is also used to go back from a struct kvm_mmu_page + to a memslot, through the kvm_memslots_for_spte_role macro and + __gfn_to_memslot. gfn: Either the guest page table containing the translations shadowed by this page, or the base page frame for linear translations. See role.direct. diff --git a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt index 3be0bfc47..32ee3a67d 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt @@ -467,7 +467,13 @@ mmap(MAP_LOCKED) SYSTEM CALL HANDLING In addition the mlock()/mlockall() system calls, an application can request that a region of memory be mlocked supplying the MAP_LOCKED flag to the mmap() -call. Furthermore, any mmap() call or brk() call that expands the heap by a +call. There is one important and subtle difference here, though. mmap() + mlock() +will fail if the range cannot be faulted in (e.g. because mm_populate fails) +and returns with ENOMEM while mmap(MAP_LOCKED) will not fail. The mmaped +area will still have properties of the locked area - aka. pages will not get +swapped out - but major page faults to fault memory in might still happen. + +Furthermore, any mmap() call or brk() call that expands the heap by a task that has previously called mlockall() with the MCL_FUTURE flag will result in the newly mapped memory being mlocked. Before the unevictable/mlock changes, the kernel simply called make_pages_present() to allocate pages and diff --git a/Documentation/vm/zswap.txt b/Documentation/vm/zswap.txt index 00c3d31e7..8458c0861 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/zswap.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/zswap.txt @@ -26,8 +26,22 @@ Zswap evicts pages from compressed cache on an LRU basis to the backing swap device when the compressed pool reaches its size limit. This requirement had been identified in prior community discussions. -To enabled zswap, the "enabled" attribute must be set to 1 at boot time. e.g. -zswap.enabled=1 +Zswap is disabled by default but can be enabled at boot time by setting +the "enabled" attribute to 1 at boot time. ie: zswap.enabled=1. Zswap +can also be enabled and disabled at runtime using the sysfs interface. +An example command to enable zswap at runtime, assuming sysfs is mounted +at /sys, is: + +echo 1 > /sys/modules/zswap/parameters/enabled + +When zswap is disabled at runtime it will stop storing pages that are +being swapped out. However, it will _not_ immediately write out or fault +back into memory all of the pages stored in the compressed pool. The +pages stored in zswap will remain in the compressed pool until they are +either invalidated or faulted back into memory. In order to force all +pages out of the compressed pool, a swapoff on the swap device(s) will +fault back into memory all swapped out pages, including those in the +compressed pool. Design: diff --git a/Documentation/vme_api.txt b/Documentation/vme_api.txt index ffe6e22a2..ca5b82797 100644 --- a/Documentation/vme_api.txt +++ b/Documentation/vme_api.txt @@ -171,6 +171,12 @@ This functions by reading the offset, applying the mask. If the bits selected in the mask match with the values of the corresponding bits in the compare field, the value of swap is written the specified offset. +Parts of a VME window can be mapped into user space memory using the following +function: + + int vme_master_mmap(struct vme_resource *resource, + struct vm_area_struct *vma) + Slave windows ============= diff --git a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm index cc62a95e4..13411fe52 100644 --- a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm +++ b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm @@ -11,12 +11,14 @@ Author: Evgeniy Polyakov <johnpol@2ka.mipt.ru> Description ----------- -w1_therm provides basic temperature conversion for ds18*20 devices. +w1_therm provides basic temperature conversion for ds18*20 devices, and the +ds28ea00 device. supported family codes: W1_THERM_DS18S20 0x10 W1_THERM_DS1822 0x22 W1_THERM_DS18B20 0x28 W1_THERM_DS1825 0x3B +W1_THERM_DS28EA00 0x42 Support is provided through the sysfs w1_slave file. Each open and read sequence will initiate a temperature conversion then provide two @@ -48,3 +50,10 @@ resistor). The DS18b20 temperature sensor specification lists a maximum current draw of 1.5mA and that a 5k pullup resistor is not sufficient. The strong pullup is designed to provide the additional current required. + +The DS28EA00 provides an additional two pins for implementing a sequence +detection algorithm. This feature allows you to determine the physical +location of the chip in the 1-wire bus without needing pre-existing +knowledge of the bus ordering. Support is provided through the sysfs +w1_seq file. The file will contain a single line with an integer value +representing the device index in the bus starting at 0. diff --git a/Documentation/w1/w1.generic b/Documentation/w1/w1.generic index b2033c64c..b3ffaf8cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/w1/w1.generic +++ b/Documentation/w1/w1.generic @@ -76,21 +76,24 @@ See struct w1_bus_master definition in w1.h for details. w1 master sysfs interface ------------------------------------------------------------------ -<xx-xxxxxxxxxxxxx> - a directory for a found device. The format is family-serial +<xx-xxxxxxxxxxxxx> - A directory for a found device. The format is family-serial bus - (standard) symlink to the w1 bus driver - (standard) symlink to the w1 driver -w1_master_add - Manually register a slave device -w1_master_attempts - the number of times a search was attempted +w1_master_add - (rw) manually register a slave device +w1_master_attempts - (ro) the number of times a search was attempted w1_master_max_slave_count - - maximum number of slaves to search for at a time -w1_master_name - the name of the device (w1_bus_masterX) -w1_master_pullup - 5V strong pullup 0 enabled, 1 disabled -w1_master_remove - Manually remove a slave device -w1_master_search - the number of searches left to do, -1=continual (default) + - (rw) maximum number of slaves to search for at a time +w1_master_name - (ro) the name of the device (w1_bus_masterX) +w1_master_pullup - (rw) 5V strong pullup 0 enabled, 1 disabled +w1_master_remove - (rw) manually remove a slave device +w1_master_search - (rw) the number of searches left to do, + -1=continual (default) w1_master_slave_count - - the number of slaves found -w1_master_slaves - the names of the slaves, one per line -w1_master_timeout - the delay in seconds between searches + - (ro) the number of slaves found +w1_master_slaves - (ro) the names of the slaves, one per line +w1_master_timeout - (ro) the delay in seconds between searches +w1_master_timeout_us + - (ro) the delay in microseconds beetwen searches If you have a w1 bus that never changes (you don't add or remove devices), you can set the module parameter search_count to a small positive number @@ -101,6 +104,11 @@ generally only make sense when searching is disabled, as a search will redetect manually removed devices that are present and timeout manually added devices that aren't on the bus. +Bus searches occur at an interval, specified as a summ of timeout and +timeout_us module parameters (either of which may be 0) for as long as +w1_master_search remains greater than 0 or is -1. Each search attempt +decrements w1_master_search by 1 (down to 0) and increments +w1_master_attempts by 1. w1 slave sysfs interface ------------------------------------------------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt index a0438f395..d8b0d3367 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt @@ -36,6 +36,10 @@ The watchdog_unregister_device routine deregisters a registered watchdog timer device. The parameter of this routine is the pointer to the registered watchdog_device structure. +The watchdog subsystem includes an registration deferral mechanism, +which allows you to register an watchdog as early as you wish during +the boot process. + The watchdog device structure looks like this: struct watchdog_device { @@ -52,6 +56,7 @@ struct watchdog_device { void *driver_data; struct mutex lock; unsigned long status; + struct list_head deferred; }; It contains following fields: @@ -80,6 +85,8 @@ It contains following fields: information about the status of the device (Like: is the watchdog timer running/active, is the nowayout bit set, is the device opened via the /dev/watchdog interface or not, ...). +* deferred: entry in wtd_deferred_reg_list which is used to + register early initialized watchdogs. The list of watchdog operations is defined as: diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt index 692791cc6..9f9ec9f76 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt @@ -208,6 +208,9 @@ nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started ------------------------------------------------- omap_wdt: timer_margin: initial watchdog timeout (in seconds) +early_enable: Watchdog is started on module insertion (default=0 +nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started + (default=kernel config parameter) ------------------------------------------------- orion_wdt: heartbeat: Initial watchdog heartbeat in seconds diff --git a/Documentation/workqueue.txt b/Documentation/workqueue.txt index f81a65b54..5e0e05c51 100644 --- a/Documentation/workqueue.txt +++ b/Documentation/workqueue.txt @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ root 5674 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 12:13 0:00 [kworker/1:0] If kworkers are going crazy (using too much cpu), there are two types of possible problems: - 1. Something beeing scheduled in rapid succession + 1. Something being scheduled in rapid succession 2. A single work item that consumes lots of cpu cycles The first one can be tracked using tracing: diff --git a/Documentation/x86/boot.txt b/Documentation/x86/boot.txt index 88b85899d..9da6f3512 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/boot.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/boot.txt @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ Protocol: 2.00+ - If 0, the protected-mode code is loaded at 0x10000. - If 1, the protected-mode code is loaded at 0x100000. - Bit 1 (kernel internal): ALSR_FLAG + Bit 1 (kernel internal): KASLR_FLAG - Used internally by the compressed kernel to communicate KASLR status to kernel proper. If 1, KASLR enabled. @@ -1124,7 +1124,6 @@ The boot loader *must* fill out the following fields in bp, o hdr.code32_start o hdr.cmd_line_ptr - o hdr.cmdline_size o hdr.ramdisk_image (if applicable) o hdr.ramdisk_size (if applicable) diff --git a/Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt b/Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt index 9132b8617..c1df8eba9 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ This file documents some of the kernel entries in -arch/x86/kernel/entry_64.S. A lot of this explanation is adapted from +arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S. A lot of this explanation is adapted from an email from Ingo Molnar: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/<20110529191055.GC9835%40elte.hu> The x86 architecture has quite a few different ways to jump into kernel code. Most of these entry points are registered in -arch/x86/kernel/traps.c and implemented in arch/x86/kernel/entry_64.S -for 64-bit, arch/x86/kernel/entry_32.S for 32-bit and finally -arch/x86/ia32/ia32entry.S which implements the 32-bit compatibility +arch/x86/kernel/traps.c and implemented in arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S +for 64-bit, arch/x86/entry/entry_32.S for 32-bit and finally +arch/x86/entry/entry_64_compat.S which implements the 32-bit compatibility syscall entry points and thus provides for 32-bit processes the ability to execute syscalls when running on 64-bit kernels. @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ Some of these entries are: - system_call: syscall instruction from 64-bit code. - - ia32_syscall: int 0x80 from 32-bit or 64-bit code; compat syscall + - entry_INT80_compat: int 0x80 from 32-bit or 64-bit code; compat syscall either way. - - ia32_syscall, ia32_sysenter: syscall and sysenter from 32-bit + - entry_INT80_compat, ia32_sysenter: syscall and sysenter from 32-bit code - interrupt: An array of entries. Every IDT vector that doesn't diff --git a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/kernel-stacks b/Documentation/x86/kernel-stacks index e3c8a49d1..0f3a6c201 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/kernel-stacks +++ b/Documentation/x86/kernel-stacks @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +Kernel stacks on x86-64 bit +--------------------------- + Most of the text from Keith Owens, hacked by AK x86_64 page size (PAGE_SIZE) is 4K. @@ -56,13 +59,6 @@ If that assumption is ever broken then the stacks will become corrupt. The currently assigned IST stacks are :- -* STACKFAULT_STACK. EXCEPTION_STKSZ (PAGE_SIZE). - - Used for interrupt 12 - Stack Fault Exception (#SS). - - This allows the CPU to recover from invalid stack segments. Rarely - happens. - * DOUBLEFAULT_STACK. EXCEPTION_STKSZ (PAGE_SIZE). Used for interrupt 8 - Double Fault Exception (#DF). @@ -99,3 +95,47 @@ The currently assigned IST stacks are :- assumptions about the previous state of the kernel stack. For more details see the Intel IA32 or AMD AMD64 architecture manuals. + + +Printing backtraces on x86 +-------------------------- + +The question about the '?' preceding function names in an x86 stacktrace +keeps popping up, here's an indepth explanation. It helps if the reader +stares at print_context_stack() and the whole machinery in and around +arch/x86/kernel/dumpstack.c. + +Adapted from Ingo's mail, Message-ID: <20150521101614.GA10889@gmail.com>: + +We always scan the full kernel stack for return addresses stored on +the kernel stack(s) [*], from stack top to stack bottom, and print out +anything that 'looks like' a kernel text address. + +If it fits into the frame pointer chain, we print it without a question +mark, knowing that it's part of the real backtrace. + +If the address does not fit into our expected frame pointer chain we +still print it, but we print a '?'. It can mean two things: + + - either the address is not part of the call chain: it's just stale + values on the kernel stack, from earlier function calls. This is + the common case. + + - or it is part of the call chain, but the frame pointer was not set + up properly within the function, so we don't recognize it. + +This way we will always print out the real call chain (plus a few more +entries), regardless of whether the frame pointer was set up correctly +or not - but in most cases we'll get the call chain right as well. The +entries printed are strictly in stack order, so you can deduce more +information from that as well. + +The most important property of this method is that we _never_ lose +information: we always strive to print _all_ addresses on the stack(s) +that look like kernel text addresses, so if debug information is wrong, +we still print out the real call chain as well - just with more question +marks than ideal. + +[*] For things like IRQ and IST stacks, we also scan those stacks, in + the right order, and try to cross from one stack into another + reconstructing the call chain. This works most of the time. diff --git a/Documentation/x86/mtrr.txt b/Documentation/x86/mtrr.txt index cc071dc33..860bc3adc 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/mtrr.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/mtrr.txt @@ -1,7 +1,19 @@ MTRR (Memory Type Range Register) control -3 Jun 1999 -Richard Gooch -<rgooch@atnf.csiro.au> + +Richard Gooch <rgooch@atnf.csiro.au> - 3 Jun 1999 +Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> - April 9, 2015 + +=============================================================================== +Phasing out MTRR use + +MTRR use is replaced on modern x86 hardware with PAT. Over time the only type +of effective MTRR that is expected to be supported will be for write-combining. +As MTRR use is phased out device drivers should use arch_phys_wc_add() to make +MTRR effective on non-PAT systems while a no-op on PAT enabled systems. + +For details refer to Documentation/x86/pat.txt. + +=============================================================================== On Intel P6 family processors (Pentium Pro, Pentium II and later) the Memory Type Range Registers (MTRRs) may be used to control diff --git a/Documentation/x86/pat.txt b/Documentation/x86/pat.txt index cf08c9fff..54944c71b 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/pat.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/pat.txt @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ virtual addresses. PAT allows for different types of memory attributes. The most commonly used ones that will be supported at this time are Write-back, Uncached, -Write-combined and Uncached Minus. +Write-combined, Write-through and Uncached Minus. PAT APIs @@ -34,16 +34,23 @@ ioremap | -- | UC- | UC- | | | | | ioremap_cache | -- | WB | WB | | | | | +ioremap_uc | -- | UC | UC | + | | | | ioremap_nocache | -- | UC- | UC- | | | | | ioremap_wc | -- | -- | WC | | | | | +ioremap_wt | -- | -- | WT | + | | | | set_memory_uc | UC- | -- | -- | set_memory_wb | | | | | | | | set_memory_wc | WC | -- | -- | set_memory_wb | | | | | | | | +set_memory_wt | WT | -- | -- | + set_memory_wb | | | | + | | | | pci sysfs resource | -- | -- | UC- | | | | | pci sysfs resource_wc | -- | -- | WC | @@ -102,7 +109,38 @@ wants to export a RAM region, it has to do set_memory_uc() or set_memory_wc() as step 0 above and also track the usage of those pages and use set_memory_wb() before the page is freed to free pool. - +MTRR effects on PAT / non-PAT systems +------------------------------------- + +The following table provides the effects of using write-combining MTRRs when +using ioremap*() calls on x86 for both non-PAT and PAT systems. Ideally +mtrr_add() usage will be phased out in favor of arch_phys_wc_add() which will +be a no-op on PAT enabled systems. The region over which a arch_phys_wc_add() +is made, should already have been ioremapped with WC attributes or PAT entries, +this can be done by using ioremap_wc() / set_memory_wc(). Devices which +combine areas of IO memory desired to remain uncacheable with areas where +write-combining is desirable should consider use of ioremap_uc() followed by +set_memory_wc() to white-list effective write-combined areas. Such use is +nevertheless discouraged as the effective memory type is considered +implementation defined, yet this strategy can be used as last resort on devices +with size-constrained regions where otherwise MTRR write-combining would +otherwise not be effective. + +---------------------------------------------------------------------- +MTRR Non-PAT PAT Linux ioremap value Effective memory type +---------------------------------------------------------------------- + Non-PAT | PAT + PAT + |PCD + ||PWT + ||| +WC 000 WB _PAGE_CACHE_MODE_WB WC | WC +WC 001 WC _PAGE_CACHE_MODE_WC WC* | WC +WC 010 UC- _PAGE_CACHE_MODE_UC_MINUS WC* | UC +WC 011 UC _PAGE_CACHE_MODE_UC UC | UC +---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +(*) denotes implementation defined and is discouraged Notes: @@ -115,8 +153,8 @@ can be more restrictive, in case of any existing aliasing for that address. For example: If there is an existing uncached mapping, a new ioremap_wc can return uncached mapping in place of write-combine requested. -set_memory_[uc|wc] and set_memory_wb should be used in pairs, where driver will -first make a region uc or wc and switch it back to wb after use. +set_memory_[uc|wc|wt] and set_memory_wb should be used in pairs, where driver +will first make a region uc, wc or wt and switch it back to wb after use. Over time writes to /proc/mtrr will be deprecated in favor of using PAT based interfaces. Users writing to /proc/mtrr are suggested to use above interfaces. @@ -124,7 +162,7 @@ interfaces. Users writing to /proc/mtrr are suggested to use above interfaces. Drivers should use ioremap_[uc|wc] to access PCI BARs with [uc|wc] access types. -Drivers should use set_memory_[uc|wc] to set access type for RAM ranges. +Drivers should use set_memory_[uc|wc|wt] to set access type for RAM ranges. PAT debugging diff --git a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt index 522347929..68ed3114c 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt @@ -31,6 +31,9 @@ Machine check (e.g. BIOS or hardware monitoring applications), conflicting with OS's error handling, and you cannot deactivate the agent, then this option will be a help. + mce=no_lmce + Do not opt-in to Local MCE delivery. Use legacy method + to broadcast MCEs. mce=bootlog Enable logging of machine checks left over from booting. Disabled by default on AMD because some BIOS leave bogus ones. diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/gpio.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/gpio.txt index d5b8f0183..bce972521 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/gpio.txt @@ -638,9 +638,6 @@ GPIO 控制器的路径类似 /sys/class/gpio/gpiochip42/ (对于从#42 GPIO int gpio_export_link(struct device *dev, const char *name, unsigned gpio) - /* 改变 sysfs 中的一个 GPIO 节点的极性 */ - int gpio_sysfs_set_active_low(unsigned gpio, int value); - 在一个内核驱动申请一个 GPIO 之后，它可以通过 gpio_export()使其在 sysfs 接口中可见。该驱动可以控制信号方向是否可修改。这有助于防止用户空间代码无意间 破坏重要的系统状态。 @@ -651,8 +648,3 @@ GPIO 控制器的路径类似 /sys/class/gpio/gpiochip42/ (对于从#42 GPIO 在 GPIO 被导出之后，gpio_export_link()允许在 sysfs 文件系统的任何地方 创建一个到这个 GPIO sysfs 节点的符号链接。这样驱动就可以通过一个描述性的 名字，在 sysfs 中他们所拥有的设备下提供一个(到这个 GPIO sysfs 节点的)接口。 - -驱动可以使用 gpio_sysfs_set_active_low() 来在用户空间隐藏电路板之间 -GPIO 线的极性差异。这个仅对 sysfs 接口起作用。极性的改变可以在 gpio_export() -前后进行,且之前使能的轮询操作(poll(2))支持(上升或下降沿)将会被重新配置来遵循 -这个设置。 diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt index dfb72a5c6..e9db693c0 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt @@ -116,7 +116,6 @@ COW_MAGIC 0x4f4f4f4d cow_header_v1 arch/um/drivers/ubd_user.c I810_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E i810_card sound/oss/i810_audio.c TRIDENT_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E trident_card sound/oss/trident.c ROUTER_MAGIC 0x524d4157 wan_device [in wanrouter.h pre 3.9] -SCC_MAGIC 0x52696368 gs_port drivers/char/scc.h SAVEKMSG_MAGIC1 0x53415645 savekmsg arch/*/amiga/config.c GDA_MAGIC 0x58464552 gda arch/mips/include/asm/sn/gda.h RED_MAGIC1 0x5a2cf071 (any) mm/slab.c @@ -138,7 +137,6 @@ KMALLOC_MAGIC 0x87654321 snd_alloc_track sound/core/memory.c PWC_MAGIC 0x89DC10AB pwc_device drivers/usb/media/pwc.h NBD_REPLY_MAGIC 0x96744668 nbd_reply include/linux/nbd.h ENI155_MAGIC 0xa54b872d midway_eprom drivers/atm/eni.h -SCI_MAGIC 0xbabeface gs_port drivers/char/sh-sci.h CODA_MAGIC 0xC0DAC0DA coda_file_info include/linux/coda_fs_i.h DPMEM_MAGIC 0xc0ffee11 gdt_pci_sram drivers/scsi/gdth.h YAM_MAGIC 0xF10A7654 yam_port drivers/net/hamradio/yam.c |
